As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 18, 2014.

Registration No. 333-      

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



 

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



 

Medley Management Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

   
Delaware   6282   47-1130638
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)


 

375 Park Avenue, 33 rd Floor
New York, NY 10152
Telephone: (212) 759-0777

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)



 

John Fredericks
General Counsel
Medley Management Inc.
600 Montgomery Street, 35 th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94111
Telephone: (415) 568-2760

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)



 

Copies to:

 
Joshua Ford Bonnie
Edgar J. Lewandowski
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017-3954
Telephone: (212) 455-2000
Facsimile: (212) 455-2502
  Phyllis G. Korff
David J. Goldschmidt
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
4 Times Square
New York, NY 10036
Telephone: (212) 735-3000
Facsimile: (212) 735-2000


 

Approximate date of commencement of the proposed sale of the securities to the public: As soon as practicable after the Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. o

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

     
Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer x
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

   
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered   Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price (1) (2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee
Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share   $ 150,000,000     $ 19,320  

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(2) Includes shares of Class A common stock subject to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock.


 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to completion, dated August 18, 2014

Preliminary Prospectus

           Shares

[GRAPHIC MISSING]  

Medley Management Inc.

Class A Common Stock

This is the initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of Medley Management Inc. No public market currently exists for our Class A common stock. We are offering all of the      shares that are being offered in this offering. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $     and $     per share. We intend to apply to list the shares of Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “MDLY.”

Upon completion of this offering, Medley Group LLC, an entity owned by certain of our senior professionals, will hold shares of Class B common stock that will entitle it to     % (or     % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock is exercised in full) of the voting power of our common stock eligible to vote in the election of our directors. As a result, we will be a “controlled company.” See “Organizational Structure — Organizational Structure Following this Offering” and “Management — Controlled Company Exception.” Although neither such senior professionals nor Medley Group LLC will own any shares of Class A common stock after the completion of this offering, such senior professionals will own units in Medley LLC exchangeable on a one-for-one basis for up to          shares of our Class A common stock, subject to certain conditions, as described under “Organizational Structure,” “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Exchange Agreement” and ” — Medley LLC Limited Liability Company Agreement.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for future filings. See “Summary — Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

Investing in shares of our Class A common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 18 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our Class A common stock.

   
  Per Share   Total
Initial public offering price   $                $              
Underwriting discount   $     $  
Proceeds, before expenses, to Medley Management Inc.   $     $  

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than      shares of our Class A common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional      shares of our Class A common stock from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of our Class A common stock against payment in New York, New York on or about            , 2014.



 

 
Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Credit Suisse


 

The date of this prospectus is          ,     


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered to you. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different information, you should not rely on it. We and the underwriters are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our Class A common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our Class A common stock.

Table of Contents

 
  Page
Summary     1  
Risk Factors     18  
Forward-Looking Statements     49  
Market Data     49  
Organizational Structure     50  
Use of Proceeds     56  
Dividend Policy     57  
Capitalization     58  
Dilution     59  
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information     61  
Selected Historical Combined and Consolidated Financial Data     73  
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     75  
Industry     113  
Business     120  
Management     135  
Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions     149  
Principal Stockholders     154  
Description of Capital Stock     156  
Material United States Federal Income and Estate Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders     162  
Shares Eligible for Future Sale     165  
Underwriting     168  
Legal Matters     172  
Experts     172  
Where You Can Find More Information     172  
Index to Financial Statements     F-1  


 

Unless the context suggests otherwise, references in this prospectus to “Medley,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer (1) prior to the consummation of the Offering Transactions described under “Organizational Structure — Offering Transactions,” to Medley LLC, Medley GP Holdings LLC and their combined and consolidated subsidiaries and (2) after the Offering Transactions described under “Organizational Structure — Offering Transactions,” to Medley Management Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. “Existing owners” and “pre-IPO owners” refer to the senior professionals who are the owners of Medley LLC immediately prior to the Offering Transactions.



 

Unless indicated otherwise, the information included in this prospectus assumes no exercise by the underwriters of the option to purchase up to an additional      shares of Class A common stock from us and that the shares of Class A common stock to be sold in this offering are sold at $     per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus.

i


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

When used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires:

“assets under management” or “AUM” refers to the assets of our funds, which represents the sum of the net asset value of such funds, the drawn and undrawn debt (at the fund level, including amounts subject to restrictions) and uncalled committed capital (including commitments to funds that have yet to commence their investment periods);
“base management fees” refers to fees we earn for advisory services provided to our funds, which are generally based on a defined percentage of assets under management or in certain cases a percentage of originated assets in the case of certain of our SMAs;
“BDC” refers to business development company;
“Consolidated Funds” means (a) with respect to the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, and the year ended December 31, 2013, Medley Opportunity Fund LP (“MOF I”) and Medley Opportunity Fund II LP (“MOF II”) and (b) with respect to the year ended December 31, 2012, MOF I, MOF II and SIC. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Consolidation and Deconsolidation of Medley Funds;”
“fee earning AUM” refers to the AUM on which we directly earn base management fees;
“investee company” refers to a company to which one of our funds lends money or in which one of our funds otherwise makes an investment;
“long-dated private funds” refers to MOF I, MOF II and any other private funds we may manage in the future;
“management fees” refers to base management fees and Part I incentive fees;
“our funds” refers to the funds, alternative asset companies and other entities and accounts that are managed or co-managed by us and our affiliates;
“our investors” refers to the investors in our permanent capital vehicles, our private funds and our SMAs;
“Part I incentive fees” refers to fees that we receive from our permanent capital vehicles, which are paid in cash quarterly and are driven primarily by net interest income on senior secured loans subject to hurdle rates. These fees are not subject to clawbacks or netting against realized losses;
“Part II incentive fees” refers to fees related to realized capital gains in our permanent capital vehicles;
“performance fees” refers to incentive allocations in our long-dated private funds and incentive fees from our SMAs, which are generally equal to 20% of total return after a hurdle rate, accrued quarterly, but paid after the return of all invested capital and in an amount sufficient to achieve the hurdle rate;
“permanent capital” refers to capital of funds that do not have redemption provisions or a requirement to return capital to investors upon exiting the investments made with such capital, except as required by applicable law, which funds currently consist of Medley Capital Corporation (NYSE: MCC) (“MCC”) and Sierra Income Corporation (“SIC”). Such funds may be required, or elect, to return all or a portion of capital gains and investment income. In certain circumstances, the investment adviser of such a fund may be removed. See “Risk Factors;” and
“SMA” refers to a separately managed account.

ii


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in shares of our Class A common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the section entitled “Risk Factors” and the financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus, before you decide to invest in shares of our Class A common stock.

Medley

Medley is a rapidly growing asset management firm with approximately $3.3 billion of AUM as of June 30, 2014. We provide institutional and retail investors with yield-oriented investment products that pay periodic dividends or distributions that we believe offer attractive risk-adjusted returns. We focus on credit-related investment strategies, primarily originating senior secured loans to private middle market companies in the United States that have revenues between $50 million and $1 billion. We generally hold these loans to maturity.

We manage two permanent capital vehicles, both of which are BDCs, as well as long-dated private funds and SMAs. Our focus on senior secured credit, combined with the permanent and long-dated nature of our vehicles, leads to predictable management fee and incentive fee income. Our year over year AUM growth as of June 30, 2014 was 62% and our compounded annual growth rate of AUM from December 31, 2010 through December 31, 2013 was 31%, which have been driven in large part by the growth in our permanent capital vehicles. We believe our 31% compounded annual growth rate of AUM from December 31, 2010 through December 31, 2013 compares favorably with both our small and middle market asset manager peers, who had an average compounded annual growth rate of AUM of 18% for the same period, and the 26 component BDCs of the Wells Fargo Business Development Company Index, who had average total asset growth of 19% for the same period. As we have grown our AUM in permanent capital vehicles over time, we also have maintained a consistent presence in the institutional market, with AUM in long-dated private funds and SMAs growing from $1.0 billion as of January 1, 2012 to $1.5 billion as of June 30, 2014.

Since the launch of our first permanent capital vehicle in January 2011, permanent capital has grown to represent 55% of our AUM as of June 30, 2014. For the six months ended June 30, 2014, 90% of our standalone revenues were generated from management fee income and performance fee income derived primarily from net interest income on senior secured loans. See Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Managing Business Performance.”

Direct origination, careful structuring and active monitoring of the loan portfolios we manage are important success factors in our business, which can be adversely affected by difficult market and political conditions, such as the turmoil in the global capital markets from 2007 to 2009. Since our inception in 2006, we have adhered to a disciplined investment process that employs these principles with the goal of delivering strong risk-adjusted investment returns while protecting investor capital. We believe that our ability to directly originate, structure and lead deals enables us to consistently lend at higher yields with better terms. In addition, the loans we manage generally have a contractual maturity of between three and seven years and are typically floating rate, which we believe positions our business well for rising interest rates.

Although we have a relatively short operating history, our senior management team has on average over 20 years of experience in credit, including originating, underwriting, principal investing and loan structuring. We have made significant investments in our corporate infrastructure and have over 70 employees, including over 35 investment, origination and credit management professionals, and over 35 operations, marketing and distribution professionals, each with extensive experience in their respective disciplines.

We emphasize a culture of trust, respect, integrity, collaboration and performance. We believe that an important part of our growth has been a result of our ability to attract high caliber professionals and the emphasis we place on training and developing our team. In addition, we

1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

believe our approach to compensation, which focuses on long-term investment performance, supports a strong credit culture and aligns the interests of employees, investors and shareholders.

We have made significant investments in our loan origination and underwriting platform and believe it is scalable and can support our future growth within the competitive investment management business. These capabilities, combined with our active approach to credit management, have helped us generate attractive risk-adjusted returns for our investors.

Direct Origination.   We focus on lending directly to companies that are underserved by the traditional banking system and we generally seek to avoid broadly marketed investment opportunities. We source investment opportunities through direct relationships with companies, financial intermediaries such as national, regional and local bankers, accountants, lawyers and consultants, as well as through financial sponsors. As a leading provider of private debt, we are often sought out as a preferred financing partner. Historically, the majority of our annual origination volume has been derived from direct loan origination. In 2013, we sourced 1,030 investments, which resulted in 66 investments and approximately $842 million of invested capital.
Disciplined Underwriting.   We perform thorough due diligence and focus on several key criteria in our underwriting process, including strong underlying business fundamentals, a meaningful equity cushion, experienced management, conservative valuation and the ability to deleverage through cash flows. We are often the agent for the loans we originate and accordingly control the loan documentation and negotiation of covenants, which allows us to maintain consistent underwriting standards. Our disciplined underwriting process also involves engagement of industry experts and third party consultants. This disciplined underwriting process is essential as our funds have historically invested in privately held companies, for which public financial information is generally unavailable. Since our inception, we have invested in 242 borrowers, and experienced realized partial losses in 12 of these investments through June 30, 2014. We believe our disciplined underwriting culture is a key factor to our success and our ability to expand our product offerings.
Active Credit Management.   We employ active credit management. Our process includes frequent interaction with management, monthly or quarterly review of financial information and attendance at board of directors’ meetings as observers. Investment professionals with deep restructuring and workout experience support our credit management effort.

Our Business

Investment Products

We provide our credit-focused investment strategies through various funds and products that meet the needs of a wide range of retail and institutional investors.

  

[GRAPHIC MISSING]  

2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

  

We launched MCC (NYSE: MCC), our first permanent capital vehicle, in 2011 as a BDC. MCC has grown to become a leading BDC with more than $1.1 billion in assets. As of June 30, 2014, MCC has demonstrated a compound annual growth rate of AUM since inception of 73%, and has generated a 12.7% annualized total shareholder return since its 2011 initial public offering, outperforming publicly listed BDC peers and the Credit Suisse Leveraged Loan index by approximately 370 and 730 basis points, respectively, over the same period.

We launched SIC, our first public non-traded permanent capital vehicle, in 2012 as a BDC. SIC is now offered on a continuous basis to investors through over 110 broker dealers representing over 27,800 registered investment advisers (“RIAs”). Since inception, SIC has demonstrated rapid growth. During the quarter ended June 30, 2014, SIC increased AUM by $92.6 million, a 28% increase over the quarter ended March 31, 2014. As of June 30, 2014, SIC has generated a 9.4% annualized total return for shareholders since launching in April 2012.

We also have a strong institutional investor base, having managed assets for sophisticated institutions since our inception. We have raised cumulative commitments of over $2.3 billion in long-dated private funds and SMAs through June 30, 2014.

Our Sources of Revenue

We believe that our revenue is consistent and predictable due to our investment strategy and the structure of our fees. The significant majority of our standalone revenue is derived from management fees, which includes both base management fees earned on all of our investment products as well as Part I incentive fees earned from our permanent capital vehicles. Our base management fees are generally calculated based upon fee earning assets and paid quarterly in cash. Our Part I incentive fees are generally equal to 20% of net interest income, subject to a hurdle rate, and are also calculated and paid quarterly in cash.

We also earn performance fees from our long-dated private funds and SMAs. Typically, these performance fees are equal to 20% of total return above a hurdle rate. These performance fees are accrued quarterly and paid after return of all invested capital and an amount sufficient to achieve the hurdle rate of return.

The investment strategies in our permanent capital vehicles, long-dated private funds and SMAs are primarily focused on generating net interest income from senior secured loans. Because we focus on capital preservation and generally originate senior secured loans that accrue interest at a rate in excess of our hurdle rate, we believe our Part I incentive fees and performance fees are predictable and recurring.

We also receive incentive fees related to realized capital gains in our permanent capital vehicles, which we refer to as Part II incentive fees. These incentive fees are typically equal to 20% of the net realized gain after achieving a hurdle rate, and are paid annually. As our investment strategy is focused on generating yield from senior secured credit, as opposed to capital gains, historically we have not generated Part II incentive fees. As a result, we do not disclose Part II incentive fees as a separate line item in our financial statements.

The following table sets forth certain standalone financial information for the periods presented. Due to the GAAP requirement that certain funds be consolidated into Medley’s financial statements, we have presented certain standalone financial data below, which deconsolidates such funds in order to present operating results that we believe are most reflective of our performance. Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Managing Business Performance — Standalone Financial Information.”

3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

       
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended
December 31,
     2014   2013   2013   2012
     (Dollars in thousands, except as indicated)
Consolidated Financial Data:
                                   
Net income attributable to members   $    15,969     $    6,045     $   23,637     $   11,918  
Standalone Financial Data:
                                   
Core EBITDA   $ 21,459     $ 9,340     $ 30,798     $ 14,872  
Core Net Income     19,461       8,203       28,329       13,384  
Other Data (at period end, in millions):
                                   
AUM   $ 3,319     $ 2,046     $ 2,283     $ 1,765  
Fee Earning AUM     2,452       1,755       2,006       1,509  

Industry Trends

We are well positioned to capitalize on the following trends in the asset management industry:

De-Leveraging of the Global Banking System.   After an extended period of increasing leverage, commercial and investment banks have been de-leveraging since 2008. Bank consolidation, more prudent balance sheet discipline, changing regulatory capital requirements and the increasing cost and complexity of regulatory compliance have led banks to meaningfully withdraw from markets such as non-investment grade middle market and commercial real estate lending. This has created a significant opportunity for non-bank direct lenders like Medley.

Increasing Demand for Yield-Oriented Investments by Retail Investors.   A key demographic trend driving demand for yield is the aging population in the United States. Retirees generally have shorter investment horizons, with a sharper focus on stable, income-generating portfolios. This dynamic, amplified by the shortage of yield-oriented opportunities in the current low interest rate environment, has resulted in strong demand for yield-oriented investments by an aging population. Through our permanent capital vehicles, MCC and SIC, we believe we are well-positioned to capitalize on this growing retail investor demand.

Shifting Asset Allocation Policies of Institutional Investors.   The low interest environment is leading institutional investors to increasingly rotate away from core fixed income products, such as liquid debt securities, toward less liquid credit and absolute return-oriented products. Casey Quirk, an industry research firm, estimates that from 2013 to 2017, U.S. fixed income investors will reallocate $1 trillion of assets from traditional fixed income strategies to next generation fixed income products. In addition, we believe that the pension liability gap in the United States will continue to drive defined benefit pension plans toward more stable and higher return investment strategies. Similar to pension funds, insurance companies are increasingly turning to credit investments to offset their longer-term liabilities.

Unfunded Private Equity Commitments Drive Demand for Debt Capital.   According to Preqin, an industry research firm, the total amount of committed and uninvested private equity capital at June 30, 2014 is approximately $1.2 trillion, which we believe will drive significant demand for private debt financing in the coming years. Lending to private companies acquired by financial sponsors requires lenders to move quickly, perform in-depth due diligence and have significant credit and structuring experience. In order to successfully serve this market, lenders need to commit to hold all, or the significant majority of, the debt needed to finance such transactions. We believe that banks, due to the regulatory environment, will continue to reduce their exposure to middle market private loans. We believe this creates a significant supply/demand imbalance for middle market credit, and we are well positioned to bridge the gap.

Competitive Strengths

We have enjoyed rapid growth in our business. Since the launch of our first permanent capital vehicle in January 2011, permanent capital has grown to represent 55% of our AUM as of June 30, 2014. For the six months ended June 30, 2014, 90% of our standalone revenues were generated

4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

from management fee income and performance fee income derived primarily from net interest income on senior secured loans. We believe that the following attributes have contributed to our rapid growth and position Medley to capitalize on favorable industry trends going forward.

Strong Investment Performance.   Our investment products have achieved strong performance. For example, MCC’s annualized total return since inception through June 30, 2014 of 12.7% compares favorably to 9.0% for publicly listed BDC peers and 5.4% for the Credit Suisse Leveraged Loan index, each for the same period. We believe the strong historical performance of our investment products will support our ongoing fundraising efforts and enable Medley to be a growing source of capital for the middle market.

Stable Capital Base.   A significant portion of our AUM consists of permanent capital. As of June 30, 2014, approximately 55% of our AUM was in permanent capital vehicles, which generally do not have redemption provisions or a requirement to return capital to investors. Our stable capital base makes us a reliable financing source.

Strong Cash Flow Generation.   A significant majority of our standalone revenue is derived from management fees, which includes base management fees and Part I incentive fees, both of which are paid quarterly in cash. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, approximately 78% and 84%, respectively, of our total standalone revenue was comprised of management fees. This strong and predictable cash flow enables us to continue to invest in our business, seed new products and provide our shareholders with an attractive dividend. See “Business — Fee Structure.”

Direct Origination, Disciplined Underwriting and Active Credit Management.   We believe that the combination of our direct origination platform, disciplined underwriting and active credit management is an important competitive advantage and helps us preserve capital and generate attractive risk-adjusted returns for our investors. Our ability to directly originate, structure and lead deals enables us to be more opportunistic and less reliant on traditional sources of origination. It also enables us to control the loan documentation process, including negotiation of covenants, which provides consistent underwriting standards. In addition, we employ active credit management and interact frequently with our borrowers.

Growing and Increasingly Diverse Investor Base.   Our fundraising efforts are diversified across distribution channels and investment products. Our ability to raise capital across institutional channels, public markets, and non-traded RIA channels has enabled us to consistently increase AUM. We have dedicated in-house capital markets, investor relations and marketing professionals who are in frequent dialogue with investors. Our emphasis on transparency and communication has been an important part of the growth of our investor base.

Experienced Team.   Our senior management team has on average over 20 years of experience in credit, including origination, underwriting, principal investing and loan structuring. Our credit management and restructuring teams include over 25 professionals with extensive experience in their respective disciplines. We employ an integrated and collaborative investment process that leverages the skills and knowledge of our investment and credit management professionals. We believe that this is an important competitive advantage and has allowed us to deliver attractive risk-adjusted returns to our investors over time. To further align the interests of our team, in connection with this offering, we intend to grant to our employees restricted stock units under our equity incentive plan, which will vest over a multi-year period.

Experience Managing Permanent Capital Vehicles.   We have significant experience raising and managing permanent capital vehicles. In particular, we have demonstrated an ability to grow our permanent capital vehicles in an accretive manner for investors, and to prudently manage our liabilities. As of June 30, 2014, MCC has issued an aggregate of $451.1 million of new common equity as well as $721.0 million aggregate principal amount of debt financing. In addition, MCC has entered into an at the market distribution program and expects to offer up to $100 million of additional common equity from time to time. Similarly, as of June 30, 2014, SIC has issued approximately $340.9 million of common equity as well as $295.0 million aggregate principal amount

5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of debt financing. SIC has raised, on average, $29.3 million of capital per month during the six months ended June 30, 2014. Consistent access to the capital markets has allowed MCC and SIC to achieve compounded annual AUM growth rates since inception of 73% and 452%, respectively. Furthermore, we have created a robust infrastructure to manage our permanent capital vehicles, including financial reporting, independent third party quarterly valuations, investor relations, accounting and legal functions.

Our Growth Strategy

We believe that Medley's strong growth is attributable to our investment philosophy and results, our emphasis on client communication and service, and our ability to attract, develop and retain high caliber professionals. We are pursuing an initial public offering because we believe that it will accelerate our growth by enhancing our brand, provide capital to grow our investment strategies and increase our strategic flexibility. As we continue to expand the business, we intend to:

Organically Grow our Core Business.   We expect to grow AUM in our existing permanent capital vehicles, and may launch additional permanent capital vehicles or similar long-dated investment products in the future. We also intend to increase AUM in our long-dated funds and managed accounts both by expanding existing investor relationships and through attracting new investors. We have made significant investments in corporate infrastructure to support our growth.

Expand our Credit-Focused Product Offerings.   We intend to grow our investment platform to include additional investment products that are complementary to our core credit offerings. As we expand our product offerings, we expect to leverage our existing retail and institutional investor base, and to attract new investors. Finally, we expect to leverage our direct origination platform, underwriting process and active credit management capabilities to grow related investment product offerings.

Pursue Additional Strategic Relationships.   We have established valuable relationships with industry participants and large institutional investors who, among other things, provide market insights, product advice and access to other key relationships. We also have important relationships with large fund investors, leading commercial and investment banks, global professional services firms, key distribution agents and other market participants that we believe are of significant value. As we expand our product offerings and market presence, we intend to pursue opportunities through additional strategic relationships.

Investment Risks

An investment in shares of our Class A common stock involves substantial risks and uncertainties that may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and cash flows. Some of the more significant challenges and risks relating to an investment in our company include, among other things, the following:

Difficult market and political conditions may adversely affect our business in many ways, including by reducing the value or hampering the performance of the investments made by our funds, each of which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We may not be able to maintain our current fee structure as a result of industry pressure from fund investors to reduce fees, which could have an adverse effect on our profit margins and results of operations.
If we are unable to consummate or successfully integrate development opportunities, acquisitions or joint ventures, we may not be able to implement our growth strategy successfully.
An investment strategy focused primarily on privately held companies presents certain challenges, including the lack of available information about these companies.
The investment management business is competitive.

6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Potential conflicts of interest may arise between our Class A common stockholders and our investors.
Extensive regulation affects our activities, increases the cost of doing business and creates the potential for significant liabilities and penalties that could adversely affect our businesses and results of operations.

Please see “Risk Factors” for a discussion of these and other factors you should consider before making an investment in shares of our Class A common stock.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our most recently completed fiscal year as of the initial filing date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These provisions include:

Presentation of only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations;
Reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;
No non-binding stockholder advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements; and
Exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting.

We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of: (1) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering; (2) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenues are $1.0 billion or more; (3) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or (4) the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year. We have taken advantage of reduced disclosure regarding executive compensation arrangements in this prospectus, and we may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced disclosure obligations in future filings. If we do, the information that we provide stockholders may be different than you might get from other public companies in which you hold stock.

The JOBS Act permits an emerging growth company such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We are choosing to “opt out” of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

Our Structure

Following this offering, Medley Management Inc. will be a holding company and its sole asset will be a controlling equity interest in Medley LLC. Medley Management Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs and consolidate the financial results of Medley LLC and its subsidiaries. Prior to the completion of this offering, the limited liability company agreement of Medley LLC will be amended and restated to, among other things, modify its capital structure by reclassifying the interests currently held by our pre-IPO owners into a single new class of units that we refer to as “LLC Units.” We and our pre-IPO owners will also enter into an exchange agreement under which they (or certain permitted transferees) will have the right, from and after the first anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement), to exchange

7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

their LLC Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Exchange Agreement.”

Medley Group LLC, an entity wholly-owned by our pre-IPO owners, holds all 100 issued and outstanding shares of our Class B common stock. For so long as our pre-IPO owners and then-current Medley personnel hold at least 10% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock and LLC Units (excluding those LLC Units held by Medley Management Inc.) then outstanding, which we refer to as the “Substantial Ownership Requirement,” the Class B common stock will entitle Medley Group LLC, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by it, to a number of votes that is equal to 10 times the aggregate number of LLC Units held by all non-managing members of Medley LLC that do not themselves hold shares of Class B common stock and entitle each other holder of Class B common stock, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such other holder, to a number of votes that is equal to 10 times the number of LLC Units held by such holder. For purposes of calculating the Substantial Ownership Requirement, (1) shares of Class A common stock deliverable to our pre-IPO owners and then-current Medley personnel pursuant to outstanding equity awards will be deemed then outstanding and (2) shares of Class A common stock and LLC Units held by any estate, trust, partnership or limited liability company or other similar entity of which any pre-IPO owner or then-current Medley personnel, or any immediate family member thereof, is a trustee, partner, member or similar party will be considered held by such pre-IPO owner or other then-current Medley personnel. From and after the time that the Substantial Ownership Requirement is no longer satisfied, the Class B common stock will entitle Medley Group LLC, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by it, to a number of votes that is equal to the aggregate number of LLC Units held by all non-managing members of Medley LLC that do not themselves hold shares of Class B common stock and entitle each other holder of Class B common stock, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such other holder, to a number of votes that is equal to the number of LLC Units held by such holder. If at any time the ratio at which LLC Units are exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock changes from one-for-one as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Exchange Agreement,” the number of votes to which Class B common stockholders are entitled will be adjusted accordingly. Holders of shares of our Class B common stock will vote together with holders of our Class A common stock as a single class on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, except as otherwise required by law.

Other than Medley Management Inc., holders of LLC Units, including our pre-IPO owners, will, subject to limited exceptions, be prohibited from transferring any LLC Units held by them upon consummation of this offering, or any shares of Class A common stock received upon exchange of such LLC Units, until the third anniversary of this offering without our consent. Thereafter and prior to the fourth and fifth anniversaries of this offering, such holders may not transfer more than 33 1/3% and 66 2/3%, respectively, of the number of LLC Units held by them upon consummation of this offering, together with the number of any shares of Class A common stock received by them upon exchange therefor, without our consent. While this agreement could be amended or waived by us, our pre-IPO owners have advised us that they do not intend to seek any waivers of these restrictions.

8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The diagram below depicts our organizational structure immediately following this offering. For additional detail, see “Organizational Structure.”

[GRAPHIC MISSING]  

(1) The Class B common stock will provide Medley Group LLC with a number of votes that is equal to 10 times the aggregate number of LLC Units held by all non-managing members of Medley LLC. From and after the time that the Substantial Ownership Requirement is no longer satisfied, the Class B common stock will provide Medley Group LLC with a number of votes that is equal to the aggregate number of LLC Units held by all non-managing members of Medley LLC that do not themselves hold shares of Class B common stock. For additional information, see “Organizational Structure — Organizational Structure Following this Offering.”
(2) If our pre-IPO owners exchanged all of their LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock, they would hold    % of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock, entitling them to an equivalent percentage of economic interests and voting power in Medley Management Inc., Medley Group LLC would hold no voting power or economic interests in Medley Management Inc. and Medley Management Inc. would hold 100% of outstanding LLC Units and 100% of the voting power in Medley LLC.
(3) Certain individuals, entities and other partners engaged in our business will continue to own interests directly in selected operating subsidiaries, including, in certain instances, entities that receive management, performance and incentive fees from funds that we advise. For additional information concerning these interests, see “Business — Fee Structure.”

9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(4) Entities controlled by former employees hold limited liability company interests in MCC Advisors LLC that entitle them to approximately 4.86% of the net incentive fee income through October 29, 2015 and an additional 5.75% of the net incentive fee income through August 20, 2016 from MCC Advisors LLC.
(5) SC Distributors, LLC owns 20% of SIC Advisors LLC and is entitled to receive distributions of up to 20% of the gross cash proceeds received by SIC Advisors LLC from the management and incentive fees payable by Sierra Income Corporation to SIC Advisors LLC, as well as 20% of the returns of the investments held at SIC Advisors LLC.
(6) As of June 30, 2014, certain former employees and former members of Medley LLC hold approximately 41% of the limited liability company interests in MOF II GP LLC, the entity that serves as general partner of MOF II, entitling the holders to share the performance fees earned from MOF II.


 

Medley Management Inc. was incorporated in Delaware on June 13, 2014. Our principal executive offices are located at 375 Park Avenue, 33 rd Floor, New York, NY 10152 and our telephone number is (212) 759-0777.

10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Offering

Class A common stock offered by Medley Management Inc.    
        shares.
Option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock    
        shares.
Class A common stock outstanding after giving effect to this offering    
         shares (or      shares if all outstanding LLC Units held by the non-managing members of Medley LLC were exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis).
Voting power held by holders of Class A common stock after giving effect to this offering    
        % (or 100% if all outstanding LLC Units held by the non-managing members of Medley LLC were exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis).
Voting power held by Medley Group LLC as holder of all outstanding shares of Class B common stock after giving effect to this offering    
        % (or 0% if all outstanding LLC Units held by the non-managing members of Medley LLC were exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis). If all outstanding LLC Units held by the non-managing members of Medley LLC were exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis and such shares continued to be held by such non-managing members, our pre-IPO owners would hold   % of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and an equivalent percentage of the voting power of our common stock eligible to vote in the election of our directors, and, as a result, we would still be a “controlled company” if such non-managing members formed a group. See “Organizational Structure —  Organizational Structure Following this Offering” and “Management — Controlled Company Exception.”
Use of proceeds    
    We estimate that the net proceeds to Medley Management Inc. from this offering, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts, will be approximately $     million (or $     million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). Medley LLC will bear or reimburse Medley Management Inc. for all of the expenses payable by it in this offering, which we estimate will be approximately $     million.
    We intend to use all of the net proceeds from this offering (including from any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) to purchase a number of newly issued LLC Units from Medley LLC that is equivalent to the number of shares of Class A common stock that we offer and sell in

11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

    this offering, as described under “Organizational Structure — Offering Transactions.”
    We intend to cause Medley LLC to use these proceeds to repay indebtedness and for general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”
Voting rights    
    Each share of our Class A common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally.
    Medley Group LLC, an entity wholly-owned by our pre-IPO owners, holds all of the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock. For so long as the Substantial Ownership Requirement is satisfied, it is anticipated that the Class B common stock will entitle Medley Group LLC to a number of votes that is equal to 10 times the aggregate number of LLC Units held by all non-managing members of Medley LLC. See “Description of Capital Stock — Common Stock — Class B Common Stock.”
    Holders of shares of our Class B common stock will vote together with holders of our Class A common stock as a single class on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, except as otherwise required by law.
Dividend policy    
    Following this offering and subject to legally available funds, we intend to pay quarterly cash dividends to the holders of our Class A common stock initially equal to $     per share of Class A common stock, commencing with the quarter of     .
    The declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors will take into account general economic and business conditions, our financial condition and operating results, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries (including Medley LLC) to us, and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant.
    Medley Management Inc. is a holding company and has no material assets other than its ownership of Medley LLC. We intend to cause Medley LLC to make distributions to us in an amount sufficient to cover cash dividends, if any, declared by us. If Medley LLC makes such distributions to Medley Management Inc., the other holders of LLC Units will be entitled to receive equivalent distributions.
Exchange rights of holders of LLC Units    
    Prior to this offering we will enter into an exchange agreement with our pre-IPO owners so that they may, from and after the first anniversary of the date of the

12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

    completion of this offering (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange their LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock of Medley Management Inc. on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Exchange Agreement.”
Transfer restrictions applicable to our pre-IPO owners    
    Other than Medley Management Inc., holders of LLC Units, including our pre-IPO owners, will, subject to limited exceptions, be prohibited from transferring any LLC Units held by them upon consummation of this offering, or any shares of Class A common stock received upon exchange of such LLC Units, until the third anniversary of this offering without our consent. Thereafter and prior to the fourth and fifth anniversaries of this offering, such holders may not transfer more than 33 1/3% and 66 2/3%, respectively, of the number of LLC Units held by them upon consummation of this offering, together with the number of any shares of Class A common stock received by them upon exchange therefor, without our consent. See “Organizational Structure — Organizational Structure Following this Offering.”
Tax receivable agreement    
    Future exchanges of LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock are expected to result in increases in the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Medley LLC. These increases in tax basis may increase (for tax purposes) depreciation and amortization deductions and therefore reduce the amount of tax that Medley Management Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future. Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the holders of LLC Units that provides for the payment by Medley Management Inc. to exchanging holders of LLC Units of 85% of the benefits, if any, that Medley Management Inc. is deemed to realize as a result of these increases in tax basis and of certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Tax Receivable Agreement.”
Risk factors    
    See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of risks you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock.
Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol    
    “MDLY”.

In this prospectus, unless otherwise indicated, the number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding and the other information based thereon does not reflect:

     shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us;

13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

     shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exchange of            LLC Units that will be held by the non-managing members of Medley LLC immediately following this offering; or
     shares of Class A common stock that may be granted under the Medley Management Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (“2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan”), including      shares issuable pursuant to restricted stock units that we intend to grant to our employees at the time of this offering and      shares (assuming an offering price of $     per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus) issuable pursuant to restricted stock units that we intend to grant to our outside directors at the time of this offering. See “Management — Medley Management Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan,” “— IPO Date Restricted Stock Unit Awards” and “— Director Compensation.”

14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Summary Historical Combined and Consolidated Financial and Other Data

The following summary historical combined and consolidated financial and other data of Medley LLC should be read together with “Organizational Structure,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information,” “Selected Historical Combined and Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Medley LLC will be considered our predecessor for accounting purposes, and its combined and consolidated financial statements will be our historical financial statements following this offering. Under U.S. GAAP, Medley LLC will meet the definition of a variable interest entity. Medley Management Inc. will be the primary beneficiary of Medley LLC as a result of its 100% voting power and control over Medley LLC and as a result of its obligation to absorb losses and its right to receive benefits of Medley LLC that could potentially be significant to Medley LLC. Medley Management Inc. will consolidate Medley LLC on its consolidated financial statements and record a noncontrolling interest related to the LLC Units held by our pre-IPO owners on its consolidated statements of condition, operations, and comprehensive income.

We derived the summary historical combined and consolidated statement of operations data of Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC for each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the summary historical combined and consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 from the audited consolidated financial statements of Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The combined and consolidated statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 and the combined and consolidated historical balance sheet data as of June 30, 2014 and 2013 have been derived from unaudited combined and consolidated financial statements of Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited combined and consolidated financial statements of Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC have been prepared on substantially the same basis as the audited combined and consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our combined and consolidated financial position and results of operations for all periods presented. The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year. Additionally, our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for any future period.

The unaudited summary pro forma financial information has been prepared to reflect the issuance of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us in this offering and the other transactions described under “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information.” The following unaudited summary pro forma financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the operating results or financial position that would have occurred if the relevant transactions had been consummated on the date indicated, nor is it indicative of future operating results.

15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

           
  Actual   Pro Forma (1)
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Six Months Ended June 30, 2014   Year
Ended December 31, 2013
     2014   2013   2013   2012
     (Dollars in thousands, except as indicated)
Statements of Operations Data:
                                                     
Revenues
                                                     
Management fees   $   26,453     $  14,858     $   36,446     $   25,325     $             $            
Performance fees     2,372       251       2,412       765                    
Other income and fees     4,396       2,019       5,011       2,152                    
Total revenues     33,221       17,128       43,869       28,242                    
Expenses
                                                     
Compensation and benefits     9,333       6,564       13,712       11,477                    
Performance fee compensation     3,158       5,271       7,192       5,148                    
Consolidated Funds expenses     833       615       1,225       1,653                    
General, administrative and other expenses     9,363       5,874       12,655       9,679                    
Total expenses     22,687       18,324       34,784       27,957                    
Other income (expense)
                                                     
Dividend income     443       443       886       245                    
Interest expense     (1,364 )       (738 )       (1,479 )       (831 )                    
Other expenses, net     (1,318 )       (178 )       (483 )       (552 )                    
Interest and other income of Consolidated Funds     30,534       23,903       49,912       36,335                    
Net realized gain (loss) on investments of Consolidated Funds     1,288       (12,579 )       (16,080 )       (1,600 )                    
Net change in unrealized depreciation on investments of Consolidated Funds     (8,368 )       (3,286 )       (3,667 )       (9,316 )                    
Total other income, net     21,215       7,565       29,089       24,281                    
Income before income taxes     31,749       6,369       38,174       24,566                    
Provision for income taxes     1,251       676       1,639       1,087                    
Net income     30,498       5,693       36,535       23,479                    
Less: Net income attributable to
non-controlling interests in Consolidated Funds
    12,969       (352 )       12,898       11,561                    
Less: Net income attributable to
non-controlling interests in Consolidated Subsidiaries
    1,560                                      
Net income attributable to
members
  $ 15,969     $ 6,045     $ 23,637     $ 11,918                    
Combined and Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
                                                     
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 3,278     $ 1,379     $ 5,395     $ 1,292                    
Total assets     627,004       387,433       508,949       437,876                    
Loans payable     44,701       8,746       27,990       6,514                    
Members’ equity (deficit)     (33,451 )       (5,453 )       (18,554 )       (457 )                    
Standalone Data (2) :
                                                     
Core EBITDA (3)   $ 21,459     $ 9,340     $ 30,798     $ 14,872                    
Core Net Income (3)     19,461       8,203       28,329       13,384                    
Cash and cash equivalents     3,278       1,379       5,395       1,292                    
Total assets     55,229       30,632       43,314       29,621                    
Loans payable     44,701       8,746       27,990       6,514                    
Members’ equity (deficit)     (33,451 )       (5,453 )       (18,554 )       (457 )                    
Other Data (at period end, in millions):
                                                     
AUM   $ 3,319     $ 2,046     $ 2,283     $ 1,765                    
Fee earning AUM   $ 2,452     $ 1,755     $ 2,006     $ 1,509                    

16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(1) Refer to “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information.”
(2) Under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”), we are required to consolidate (a) entities in which we hold a majority voting interest or have majority ownership and control over the operational, financial and investing decisions of that entity, including affiliates and affiliated funds for which we are the general partner and are presumed to have control, and (b) entities that we concluded are variable interest entities (“VIEs”), for which we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary. In order to make operating decisions, assess performance and allocate resources, management uses information derived from our combined and consolidated balance sheets and statements of operations that has been adjusted to eliminate the consolidating effects of the Consolidated Funds, on our combined and consolidated balance sheets and statements, which we refer to as “standalone financial information” or information presented on a “standalone basis.” See Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Managing Business Performance.”
(3) Core EBITDA is an income measure also used by management to assess the performance of our business. Core EBITDA is calculated as Core Net Income before interest expense as well as taxes, depreciation and amortization. Core Net Income is an income measure that is used by management to assess the performance of our business through the removal of non-core items, as well as non-recurring expenses associated with the transactions contemplated herein. It is calculated by adjusting standalone net income attributable to members to exclude reimbursable expenses associated with the launch of funds and certain one-time severance costs. In the future, Core Net Income will also exclude the amortization of any one-time equity compensation expense associated with grants of restricted stock units.

These standalone financial measures supplement and should be considered in addition to and not in lieu of the results of operations discussed further under “— Overview of Combined and Consolidated Results of Operations” which are prepared in accordance with GAAP. For a reconciliation of these measures to the most comparable measure in accordance with GAAP, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Standalone Results of Operations — Reconciliation of Certain Standalone Performance Measures to Consolidated GAAP Financial Measures.” See Note 13, “Segment Reporting,” to our combined and consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK FACTORS

An investment in shares of our Class A common stock involves risks. You should carefully consider the following information about these risks, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before investing in shares of our Class A common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Difficult market and political conditions may adversely affect our business in many ways, including by reducing the value or hampering the performance of the investments made by our funds, each of which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our business is materially affected by conditions in the global financial markets and economic and political conditions throughout the world, such as interest rates, availability and cost of credit, inflation rates, economic uncertainty, changes in laws (including laws relating to our taxation, taxation of our investors, the possibility of changes to tax laws in either the United States or any non-U.S. jurisdiction and regulations on asset managers), trade barriers, commodity prices, currency exchange rates and controls and national and international political circumstances (including wars, terrorist acts and security operations). These factors are outside of our control and may affect the level and volatility of asset prices and the liquidity and value of investments, and we may not be able to or may choose not to manage our exposure to these conditions. Ongoing developments in the U.S. and global financial markets following the unprecedented turmoil in the global capital markets and the financial services industry in late 2008 and early 2009 continue to illustrate that the current environment is still one of uncertainty and instability for investment management businesses. These and other conditions in the global financial markets and the global economy may result in adverse consequences for our funds and their respective investee companies, which could restrict such funds’ investment activities and impede such funds’ ability to effectively achieve their investment objectives. In addition, because the fees we earn under our investment management agreements are based in part on the market value of our assets under management and in part on investment performance, if any of these factors cause a decline in our assets under management or result in non-performance of loans by investee companies, it would result in lower fees earned, which could in turn materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We derive a substantial portion of our revenues from funds managed pursuant to advisory agreements that may be terminated or fund partnership agreements that permit fund investors to remove us as the general partner.

With respect to our permanent capital vehicles, each fund’s investment management agreement must be approved annually by such fund’s board of directors or by the vote of a majority of the stockholders and the majority of the independent members of such fund’s board of directors and, in certain cases, by its stockholders, as required by law. In addition, as required by the Investment Company Act, both MCC and SIC have the right to terminate their respective management agreements without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice to their respective advisers. Termination of these agreements would reduce the fees we earn from the relevant funds, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. For the six months ended June 30, 2014, and the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, our investment advisory relationships with MCC and SIC represented approximately 82.7%, 75.3% and 55.8% of our total revenue. These investment advisory relationships also represented, in the aggregate, 55% of our AUM at June 30, 2014. There can be no assurance that our investment management agreements with respect to MCC and SIC will remain in place.

With respect to our private funds, insofar as we control the general partner of such funds, the risk of termination of the investment management agreement for such funds is limited, subject to our fiduciary or contractual duties as general partner. However, the applicable fund partnership agreements may permit a majority of the limited partners of each respective fund to remove us as general partner by a majority or in certain circumstances, a super majority vote. In addition, the partnership agreements provide for dissolution of the partnership upon certain changes of control.

18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our separately managed accounts are governed by investment management agreements that may be terminated by investors at any time for cause under the applicable agreement, and “cause” may include the departure of specified members of our senior management team. Absent cause, the investment management agreements that govern our separately managed accounts are generally not terminable during the specified investment period or following the specified investment period, prior to the scheduled maturities or disposition of the subject assets under management.

Termination of these agreements would negatively affect the fees we earn from the relevant funds, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

We may not be able to maintain our current fee structure as a result of industry pressure from fund investors to reduce fees, which could have an adverse effect on our profit margins and results of operations.

We may not be able to maintain our current fee structure as a result of industry pressure from fund investors to reduce fees. Although our investment management fees vary among and within asset classes, historically we have competed primarily on the basis of our performance and not on the level of our investment management fees relative to those of our competitors. In recent years, however, there has been a general trend toward lower fees in the investment management industry. In September 2009, the Institutional Limited Partners Association published a set of Private Equity Principles (the “Principles”) which were revised in January 2011. The Principles were developed to encourage discussion between limited partners and general partners regarding private equity fund partnership terms. Certain of the Principles call for enhanced “alignment of interests” between general partners and limited partners through modifications of some of the terms of fund arrangements, including proposed guidelines for fees and performance income structures. Although we have no obligation to modify any of our fees with respect to our existing funds, we may experience pressure to do so in our funds. More recently institutional investors have been allocating increasing amounts of capital to alternative investment strategies as well as attempting to reduce management and investment fees to external managers, whether through direct reductions, deferrals or rebates. We cannot assure you that we will succeed in providing investment returns and service that will allow us to maintain our current fee structure. Fee reductions on existing or future new businesses could have an adverse effect on our profit margins and results of operations. For more information about our fees see “Business — Fee Structure.”

A change of control of us could result in termination of our investment advisory agreements.

Pursuant to the Investment Company Act, each of the investment advisory agreements for the BDCs that we advise automatically terminates upon its deemed “assignment” and a BDC’s board and shareholders must approve a new agreement in order for us to continue to act as its investment adviser. In addition, pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Advisers Act”), each of our investment advisory agreements for the separate accounts we manage may not be “assigned” without the consent of the client. A sale of a controlling block of our voting securities and certain other transactions would be deemed an “assignment” pursuant to both the Investment Company Act and the Investment Advisers Act. Such an assignment may be deemed to occur in the event that our pre-IPO owners dispose of enough of their interests in us such that they no longer own a controlling interest in us. If such a deemed assignment occurs, there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain the necessary consents from clients whose funds are managed pursuant to separate accounts or the necessary approvals from the boards and shareholders of the SEC-registered BDCs that we advise. An assignment, actual or constructive, would trigger these termination and consent provisions and, unless the necessary approvals and consents are obtained, could adversely affect our ability to continue managing client accounts, resulting in the loss of assets under management and a corresponding loss of revenue.

19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The historical returns attributable to our funds should not be considered as indicative of the future results of our funds or of our future results or of any returns expected on an investment in our Class A common stock.

The historical performance of our funds is relevant to us primarily insofar as it is indicative of fees we have earned in the past and may earn in the future and our reputation and ability to raise new funds. The historical and potential returns of the funds we advise are not, however, directly linked to returns on our Class A common stock. Therefore, you should not conclude that positive performance of the funds we advise will necessarily result in positive returns on an investment in Class A common stock. However, poor performance of the funds we advise could cause a decline in our revenues and could therefore have a negative effect on our operating results and returns on our Class A common stock. An investment in our Class A common stock is not an investment in any of our funds. Also, there is no assurance that projections in respect of our funds or unrealized valuations will be realized.

Moreover, the historical returns of our funds should not be considered indicative of the future returns of these funds or from any future funds we may raise, in part because:

market conditions during previous periods may have been significantly more favorable for generating positive performance than the market conditions we may experience in the future;
our funds’ rates of returns, which are calculated on the basis of net asset value of the funds’ investments, including unrealized gains, which may never be realized;
our funds’ returns have previously benefited from investment opportunities and general market conditions that may not recur, and our funds may not be able to achieve the same returns or profitable investment opportunities or deploy capital as quickly;
the historical returns that we present in this prospectus derive largely from the performance of our earlier funds, whereas future fund returns will depend increasingly on the performance of our newer funds or funds not yet formed, which may have little or no realized investment track record;
you will not benefit from any value that was created in our funds prior to our becoming a public company if such value was previously realized;
in recent years, there has been increased competition for investment opportunities resulting from the increased amount of capital invested in alternative funds and high liquidity in debt markets, and the increased competition for investments may reduce our returns in the future; and
our newly established funds may generate lower returns during the period that they take to deploy their capital.

The future internal rate of return for any current or future fund may vary considerably from the historical internal rate of return generated by any particular fund, or for our funds as a whole. Future returns will also be affected by the risks described elsewhere in this prospectus, including risks of the industries and businesses in which a particular fund invests.

If we are unable to consummate or successfully integrate development opportunities, acquisitions or joint ventures, we may not be able to implement our growth strategy successfully.

Our growth strategy may include the selective development or acquisition of asset management businesses, advisory businesses or other businesses or financial products complementary to our business where we think we can add substantial value or generate substantial returns. The success of this strategy will depend on, among other things: (a) the availability of suitable opportunities, (b) the level of competition from other companies that may have greater financial resources, (c) our ability to value potential development or acquisition opportunities accurately and negotiate acceptable

20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

terms for those opportunities, (d) our ability to obtain requisite approvals and licenses from the relevant governmental authorities and to comply with applicable laws and regulations without incurring undue costs and delays, (e) our ability to identify and enter into mutually beneficial relationships with venture partners and (f) our ability to properly manage conflicts of interest. Moreover, even if we are able to identify and successfully complete an acquisition, we may encounter unexpected difficulties or incur unexpected costs associated with integrating and overseeing the operations of the new businesses or activities. If we are not successful in implementing our growth strategy, our business, results of operations and the market price for our Class A common stock may be adversely affected.

We depend on third-party distribution sources to market our investment strategies.

Our ability to grow our AUM, particularly with respect to our BDCs, is dependent on access to third-party intermediaries, including investment banks, broker dealers and RIAs. We cannot assure you that these intermediaries will continue to be accessible to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. In addition, pension fund consultants may review and evaluate our institutional products and our firm from time to time. Poor reviews or evaluations of either a particular product, or of us, may result in institutional client withdrawals or may impair our ability to attract new assets through these consultants.

An investment strategy focused primarily on privately held companies presents certain challenges, including the lack of available information about these companies.

Our funds have historically invested primarily in privately held companies. Investments in private companies pose certain incremental risks as compared to investments in public companies including that private companies:

have reduced access to the capital markets, resulting in diminished capital resources and ability to withstand financial distress;
may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under debt that we hold, which may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of us realizing any guarantees we may have obtained in connection with our investment;
may have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and changing market conditions, as well as general economic downturns;
are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons; therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on our investee company and, in turn, on us; and
generally have less predictable operating results, may from time to time be parties to litigation, may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence, and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance expansion or maintain their competitive position. In addition, our executive officers, directors or employees may, in the ordinary course of business, be named as defendants in litigation arising from our funds’ investments in investee companies.

Finally, limited public information generally exists about private companies and these companies may not have third-party debt ratings or audited financial statements. We must therefore rely on the ability of our funds’ advisors to obtain adequate information through due diligence to evaluate the creditworthiness and potential returns from investing in these companies. Additionally, these companies and their financial information will not generally be subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other rules that govern public companies. If we are unable to uncover all material information about these companies, our funds may lose money on such investments.

21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our funds’ investments in investee companies may be risky, and our funds could lose all or part of their investments.

Our funds pursue strategies focused on investing primarily in the debt of privately owned U.S. companies.

Senior Secured Debt and Second Lien Secured Debt .  When our funds invest in senior secured term debt and second lien secured debt, our funds will generally take a security interest in the available assets of these investee companies, including the equity interests of their subsidiaries. There is a risk that the collateral securing such investments may decrease in value over time or lose its entire value, may be difficult to sell in a timely manner, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based upon the success of the business and market conditions, including as a result of the inability of the investee company to raise additional capital. Also, in some circumstances, our security interest could be subordinated to claims of other creditors. In addition, deterioration in an investee company’s financial condition and prospects, including its inability to raise additional capital, may be accompanied by deterioration in the value of the collateral for the debt. Consequently, the fact that debt is secured does not guarantee that we will receive principal and interest payments according to the investment terms, or at all, or that we will be able to collect on the investment should we be forced to enforce our remedies.
Senior Unsecured Debt.   Our funds may also make unsecured debt investments in investee companies, meaning that such investments will not benefit from any interest in collateral of such companies.
Subordinated Debt .  Our subordinated debt investments will generally be subordinated to senior debt and will generally be unsecured. This may result in a heightened level of risk and volatility or a loss of principal, which could lead to the loss of the entire investment. These investments may involve additional risks that could adversely affect our investment returns. To the extent interest payments associated with such debt are deferred, such debt may be subject to greater fluctuations in valuations, and such debt could subject our funds to non-cash income. Since the applicable fund would not receive any principal repayments prior to the maturity of some of our subordinated debt investments, such investments will be of greater risk than amortizing loans.
Equity Investments .  Certain of our funds make selected equity investments. In addition, when our funds invest in senior and subordinated debt, they may acquire warrants or options to purchase equity securities or benefit from other types of equity participation. Our goal is ultimately to dispose of these equity interests and realize gains upon our disposition of such interests. However, the equity interests our funds receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, our funds may not be able to realize gains from such equity interests, and any gains that our funds do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses our funds experience.

Most loans in which our funds invest will not be rated by any rating agency and, if they were rated, they would be rated as below investment grade quality. Loans rated below investment grade quality are generally regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics and may carry a greater risk with respect to a borrower’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

Prepayments of debt investments by our investee companies could adversely impact our results of operations.

We are subject to the risk that the investments our funds make in investee companies may be repaid prior to maturity. When this occurs, our BDCs will generally use such proceeds to reduce their existing borrowings and our private funds will generally return such capital to its investors, which capital may be recalled at a later date pursuant to such fund’s governing documents, With respect to our SMAs, if such event occurs after the investment period, such capital will be returned to investors. Any future investment in a new investee company may also be at lower yields than the debt that was

22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

repaid. As a result, the results of operations of the affected fund could be materially adversely affected if one or more investee companies elect to prepay amounts owed to such fund, which could in turn have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our funds’ investee companies may incur debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, our funds’ investments in such companies.

Our funds pursue a strategy focused on investing primarily in the debt of privately owned U.S. companies. Our funds’ investee companies may have, or may be permitted to incur, other debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, the debt in which our funds invest. By their terms, such debt instruments may entitle the holders to receive payment of interest or principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive payments with respect to the debt instruments in which our funds invest. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of an investee company, holders of debt instruments ranking senior to our funds’ investment in that investee company would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any distribution. After repaying such senior creditors, such investee company may not have any remaining assets to use for repaying its obligation to our funds. In the case of debt ranking equally with debt instruments in which our funds invest, our funds would have to share on an equal basis any distributions with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant investee company.

Subordinated liens on collateral securing loans that our funds make to their investee companies may be subject to control by senior creditors with first priority liens. If there is a default, the value of the collateral may not be sufficient to repay in full both the first priority creditors and our funds.

Certain debt investments that our funds make in investee companies are secured on a second priority basis by the same collateral securing senior secured debt of such companies. The first priority liens on the collateral will secure the investee company’s obligations under any outstanding senior debt and may secure certain other future debt that may be permitted to be incurred by the company under the agreements governing the debt. The holders of obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral will generally control the liquidation of and be entitled to receive proceeds from any realization of the collateral to repay their obligations in full before our funds. In addition, the value of the collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from the sale or sales of all of the collateral would be sufficient to satisfy the debt obligations secured by the second priority liens after payment in full of all obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral. If such proceeds are not sufficient to repay amounts outstanding under the debt obligations secured by the second priority liens, then our funds, to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the collateral, will only have an unsecured claim against the investee company’s remaining assets, if any.

Our funds may also make unsecured debt investments in investee companies, meaning that such investments will not benefit from any interest in collateral of such companies. Liens on such investee companies’ collateral, if any, will secure the investee company’s obligations under its outstanding secured debt and may secure certain future debt that is permitted to be incurred by the investee company under its secured debt agreements. The holders of obligations secured by such liens will generally control the liquidation of, and be entitled to receive proceeds from, any realization of such collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of such collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from sales of such collateral would be sufficient to satisfy our unsecured debt obligations after payment in full of all secured debt obligations. If such proceeds were not sufficient to repay the outstanding secured debt obligations, then our unsecured claims would rank equally with the unpaid portion of such secured creditors’ claims against the investee company’s remaining assets, if any.

23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The rights our funds may have with respect to the collateral securing the debt investments our funds make in their investee companies with senior debt outstanding may also be limited pursuant to the terms of one or more intercreditor agreements that our funds enter into with the holders of senior secured debt. Under such an intercreditor agreement, at any time that obligations that have the benefit of the first priority liens are outstanding, any of the following actions that may be taken in respect of the collateral will be at the discretion of the holders of the obligations secured by the first priority liens: the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the collateral; the ability to control the conduct of such proceedings; the approval of amendments to collateral documents; releases of liens on the collateral; and waivers of past defaults under collateral documents. Our funds may not have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if their rights are adversely affected.

There may be circumstances where our funds’ debt investments could be subordinated to claims of other creditors or our funds could be subject to lender liability claims.

If one of our investee companies were to go bankrupt, depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which our funds actually provided managerial assistance to that investee company or a representative of us sat on the board of directors of such investee company, a bankruptcy court might recharacterize our fund’s debt investment and subordinate all or a portion of our fund’s claim to that of other creditors. In situations where a bankruptcy carries a high degree of political significance, our funds’ legal rights may be subordinated to other creditors.

In addition, lenders in certain cases can be subject to lender liability claims for actions taken by them when they become too involved in the borrower’s business or exercise control over a borrower. It is possible that we or our funds could become subject to a lender’s liability claim, including as a result of actions taken if we or our funds render significant managerial assistance to, or exercise control or influence over the board of directors of, the borrower.

Our funds may not have the resources or ability to make additional investments in our investee companies.

After an initial investment in an investee company, our funds may be called upon from time to time to provide additional funds to such company or have the opportunity to increase their investment through the exercise of a warrant or other right to purchase common stock. There is no assurance that the applicable fund will make, or will have sufficient resources to make, follow-on investments. Even if such fund has sufficient capital to make a desired follow-on investment, we may elect not to make a follow-on investment because we may not want to increase our level of risk, we prefer other opportunities or we are limited in our ability to do so by compliance with BDC requirements or maintaining RIC status, if applicable. Any decisions not to make a follow-on investment or any inability on our part to make such an investment may have a negative impact on an investee company in need of such an investment, may result in a missed opportunity for us to increase our participation in a successful operation or may reduce the expected return on the investment.

Economic recessions or downturns could impair our investee companies and harm our operating results.

Many of our investee companies are susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions and may be unable to repay our funds’ debt investments during these periods. Therefore, our funds’ non-performing assets are likely to increase, and the value of our funds’ portfolios are likely to decrease during these periods. Adverse economic conditions may also decrease the value of any collateral securing our senior secured or second lien secured debt. A severe recession may further decrease the value of such collateral and result in losses of value in such portfolios. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us on terms we deem acceptable. Occurrence of any of these events could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

A covenant breach by our investee companies may harm our operating results.

A investee company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of its debt and foreclosure on its secured assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize an investee company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt or equity instruments that our funds hold. Our funds may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms, which may include the waiver of certain financial covenants, with a defaulting investee company. To the extent our funds incur additional costs and/or do not recover their investments in investee companies, we may earn reduced management and incentive fees, which may adversely affect our results of operations.

The investment management business is competitive.

The investment management business is competitive, with competition based on a variety of factors, including investment performance, business relationships, quality of service provided to investors, investor liquidity and willingness to invest, fund terms (including fees), brand recognition and business reputation. We compete for investors with a number of other investment managers, public and private funds, BDCs, small business investment companies and others. Numerous factors increase our competitive risks, including:

a number of our competitors have greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources and more personnel than we do;
some of our funds may not perform as well as competitors’ funds or other available investment products;
several of our competitors have raised significant amounts of capital, and many of them have similar investment objectives to ours, which may create additional competition for investment opportunities and may reduce the size and duration of pricing inefficiencies that otherwise could be exploited;
some of our competitors may have a lower cost of capital and access to funding sources that are not available to us, which may create competitive disadvantages for us with respect to our funds;
some of our competitors may be subject to less regulation and, accordingly, may have more flexibility to undertake and execute certain businesses or investments than we do and/or bear less compliance expense than we do;
some of our competitors may have more flexibility than we have in raising certain types of funds under the investment management contracts they have negotiated with their investors;
some of our competitors may have better expertise or be regarded by investors as having better expertise in a specific asset class or geographic region than we do; and
other industry participants may, from time to time, seek to recruit our investment professionals and other employees away from us.

In addition, the attractiveness of our funds relative to investments in other investment products could decrease depending on economic conditions. This competitive pressure could adversely affect our ability to make successful investments and limit our ability to raise future funds, either of which would adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our funds operate in a competitive market for lending that has recently intensified, and competition may limit our funds’ ability to originate or acquire desirable loans and investments and could also affect the yields of these assets and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our funds operate in a competitive market for lending that recently has intensified. Our profitability depends, in large part, on our funds’ ability to originate or acquire credit investments on attractive terms. In originating or acquiring our target credit investments, we compete with a variety of institutional lenders and investors, including specialty finance companies, public and private funds, commercial and investment banks, BDCs, small business investment companies, REITs, commercial finance and insurance companies and others. Some competitors may have a lower cost of funds and access to funding sources that are not available to us, such as the U.S. Government. Many of our competitors or their funds are not subject to the operating constraints associated with regulated investment company (“RIC”) compliance or compliance with the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments, offer more attractive pricing, transaction structures, covenants or other terms and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, competition for originations of and investments in our target assets may lead to the yields of such assets decreasing, which may further limit our ability to generate satisfactory returns. Also, as a result of this competition, desirable loans and investments may be limited in the future and our funds may not be able to take advantage of attractive lending and investment opportunities from time to time, thereby limiting their ability to identify and originate loans or make investments that are consistent with their investment objectives. We cannot assure you that the competitive pressures our funds face will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Dependence on leverage by certain of our funds and by our funds’ investee companies subjects us to volatility and contractions in the debt financing markets and could adversely affect our ability to achieve attractive rates of return on those investments.

MCC, SIC and our funds’ investee companies rely on the use of leverage, and our ability to achieve attractive rates of return on investments will depend on our ability to access sufficient sources of indebtedness at attractive rates. While our permanent capital vehicles, MCC and SIC, are our only funds that currently rely on the use of leverage, certain of our other funds may in the future rely on the use of leverage. If our funds or the companies in which our funds invest raise capital in the structured credit, leveraged loan and high yield bond markets, the results of their operations may suffer if such markets experience dislocations, contractions or volatility. Any such events could adversely impact the availability of credit to businesses generally and could lead to an overall weakening of the U.S. and global economies. Any economic downturn could adversely affect the financial resources of our funds and their investments (in particular those investments that depend on credit from third parties or that otherwise participate in the credit markets) and their ability to make principal and interest payments on, or refinance, outstanding debt when due. Moreover, these events could affect the terms of available debt financing with, for example, higher rates, higher equity requirements and/or more restrictive covenants.

The absence of available sources of sufficient debt financing for extended periods of time or an increase in either the general levels of interest rates or in the risk spread demanded by sources of indebtedness would make it more expensive to finance those investments. Certain investments may also be financed through borrowings on fund-level debt facilities, which may or may not be available for a refinancing at the end of their respective terms. Finally, the interest payments on the indebtedness used to finance our funds’ investments are generally deductible expenses for income tax purposes, subject to limitations under applicable tax law and policy. Any change in such tax law or policy to eliminate or substantially limit these income tax deductions, as has been discussed from time to time in various jurisdictions, would reduce the after-tax rates of return on the affected investments, which may have an adverse impact on our businesses and financial results.

26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Similarly, our funds’ investee companies regularly utilize the corporate debt markets to obtain additional financing for their operations. Our investee companies are typically highly leveraged. Those that have credit ratings are typically non-investment grade and those that do not have credit ratings would likely be non-investment grade if they were rated. If the credit markets render such financing difficult to obtain or more expensive, this may negatively impact the operating performance of those investee companies and, therefore, the investment returns of our funds. In addition, if the markets make it difficult or impossible to refinance debt that is maturing in the near term, some of our investee companies may be unable to repay such debt at maturity and may be forced to sell assets, undergo a recapitalization or seek bankruptcy protection. Any of the foregoing circumstances could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our funds may choose to use leverage as part of their respective investment programs. As of June 30, 2014, MCC and SIC were our only funds that relied on leverage. As of June 30, 2014, MCC had a net asset value of $661.2 million, $1.4 billion of AUM and an asset coverage ratio of 283%. As of June 30, 2014, SIC had a net asset value of $318.7 million, $417.8 million of AUM and an asset coverage ratio of 280%. The use of leverage poses a significant degree of risk and enhances the possibility of a significant loss to investors. A fund may borrow money from time to time to make investments or may enter into derivative transactions with counterparties that have embedded leverage. The interest expense and other costs incurred in connection with such borrowing may not be recovered by returns on such investments and may be lost, and the timing and magnitude of such losses may be accelerated or exacerbated, in the event of a decline in the market value of such investments. Gains realized with borrowed funds may cause the fund’s net asset value to increase at a faster rate than would be the case without borrowings. However, if investment results fail to cover the cost of borrowings, the fund’s net asset value could also decrease faster than if there had been no borrowings. In addition, as BDCs registered under the Investment Company Act, MCC and SIC are each permitted to issue senior securities in amounts such that its asset coverage ratio equals at least 200% after each issuance of senior securities. Each of MCC’s and SIC’s ability to pay dividends will be restricted if its asset coverage ratio falls below at least 200% and any amounts that it uses to service its indebtedness are not available for dividends to its common stockholders. An increase in interest rates could also decrease the value of fixed-rate debt investments that our funds make. Any of the foregoing circumstances could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Some of our funds may invest in companies that are highly leveraged, which may increase the risk of loss associated with those investments.

Some of our funds may invest in companies whose capital structures involve significant leverage. For example, in many non-distressed private equity investments, indebtedness may be as much as 75% or more of an investee company’s total debt and equity capitalization, including debt that may be incurred in connection with the investment, whether incurred at or above the investment-level entity. In distressed situations, indebtedness may exceed 100% or more of an investee company’s capitalization. Additionally, the debt positions originated or acquired by our funds may be the most junior in what could be a complex capital structure, and thus subject us to the greatest risk of loss.

Investments in highly leveraged entities are also inherently more sensitive to declines in revenues, increases in expenses and interest rates and adverse economic, market and industry developments.

Furthermore, the incurrence of a significant amount of indebtedness by an entity could, among other things:

subject the entity to a number of restrictive covenants, terms and conditions, any violation of which could be viewed by creditors as an event of default and could materially impact our fund’s ability to realize value from the investment;

27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

allow even moderate reductions in operating cash flow to render the entity unable to service its indebtedness, leading to a bankruptcy or other reorganization of the entity and a loss of part or all of our fund’s equity investment in it;
give rise to an obligation to make mandatory prepayments of debt using excess cash flow, which might limit the entity’s ability to respond to changing industry conditions if additional cash is needed for the response, to make unplanned but necessary capital expenditures or to take advantage of growth opportunities;
limit the entity’s ability to adjust to changing market conditions, thereby placing it at a competitive disadvantage compared to its competitors that have relatively less debt;
limit the entity’s ability to engage in strategic acquisitions that might be necessary to generate attractive returns or further growth; and
limit the entity’s ability to obtain additional financing or increase the cost of obtaining such financing, including for capital expenditures, working capital or other general corporate purposes.

As a result, the risk of loss associated with a leveraged entity is generally greater than for companies with comparatively less debt. For example, a number of investments consummated by private equity sponsors during 2005, 2006 and 2007 that utilized significant amounts of leverage subsequently experienced severe economic stress and, in certain cases, defaulted on their debt obligations due to a decrease in revenues and cash flow precipitated by the subsequent economic downturn during 2008 and 2009.

We generally do not control the business operations of our investee companies and, due to the illiquid nature of our investments, may not be able to dispose of such investments.

Investments by our funds generally consist of debt instruments and equity securities of companies that we do not control. We do not expect to control most of our investee companies, even though we may have board representation or board observation rights, and our debt agreements may impose certain restrictive covenants on our borrowers. As a result, we are subject to the risk that an investee company in which our funds invest may make business decisions with which we disagree and the management of such company, as representatives of the holders of their common equity, may take risks or otherwise act in ways that do not serve our interests as debt investors. Due to the lack of liquidity for our investments in private companies, we may not be able to dispose of our interests in our investee companies as readily as we would like or at an appropriate valuation. As a result, an investee company may make decisions that could decrease the value of our investment holdings.

A substantial portion of our investments may be recorded at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of our respective funds’ boards of directors or similar bodies and, as a result, there may be uncertainty regarding the value of our funds’ investments.

The debt and equity instruments in which our funds invest for which market quotations are not readily available will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of such fund’s board of directors or similar body. Most, if not all, of our fund’s investments (other than cash and cash equivalents) are classified as Level 3 under Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820 — Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. This means that our funds’ portfolio valuations will be based on unobservable inputs and our funds’ assumptions about how market participants would price the asset or liability in question. We expect that inputs into the determination of fair value of our funds’ portfolio investments will require significant management judgment or estimation. Even if observable market data is available, such information may be the result of consensus pricing information or broker quotes, which include a disclaimer that the broker would not be held to such a price in an actual transaction. The non-binding nature of consensus pricing and/or quotes accompanied by disclaimers materially reduces the reliability of such information. Our funds retain the services of an independent service provider to review the valuation of these loans and securities.

28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The types of factors that the board of directors, general partner or similar body may take into account in determining the fair value of a fund’s investments generally include, as appropriate, comparison to publicly traded securities including such factors as yield, maturity and measures of credit quality, the enterprise value of an investee company, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the investee company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow, the markets in which the investee company does business and other relevant factors. Because such valuations, and particularly valuations of private securities and private companies, are inherently uncertain, may fluctuate over short periods of time and may be based on estimates, our determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these loans and securities existed. Our funds’ net asset value could be adversely affected if determinations regarding the fair value of such fund’s investments were materially higher than the values that such fund ultimately realize upon the disposal of such loans and securities.

We may need to pay “clawback” obligations if and when they are triggered under the governing agreements with respect to certain of our funds and SMAs.

Generally, if at the termination of a fund (and sometimes at interim points in the life of a fund), the fund has not achieved investment returns that (in most cases) exceed the preferred return threshold or (in all cases) the general partner receives net profits over the life of the fund in excess of its allocable share under the applicable partnership agreement, we will be obligated to repay an amount equal to the extent to which carried interest that was previously distributed to us exceeds the amounts to which we are ultimately entitled. These repayment obligations may be related to amounts previously distributed to our senior professionals prior to the completion of this offering, with respect to which our Class A common stockholders did not receive any benefit. This obligation is known as a “clawback” obligation. Due in part to our investment performance, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, if the funds were liquidated at their fair values at that date, there would have been no clawback obligation or liability. There can be no assurance that we will not incur a clawback obligation in the future. As of December 31, 2013, Medley had not received any distributions of performance fees, other than a tax distribution which is not subject to clawback. As such, at December 31, 2013, had we assumed all existing investments were worthless, Medley would not have been subject to any clawback obligations.

Although a clawback obligation is several to each person who received a distribution, and not a joint obligation, the governing agreements of our funds generally provide that, if a recipient does not fund his or her respective share, we may have to fund such additional amounts beyond the amount of carried interest we retained, although we generally will retain the right to pursue remedies against those carried interest recipients who fail to fund their obligations. We may need to use or reserve cash to repay such clawback obligations instead of using the cash for other purposes. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations —  Contingent Obligations.”

Our funds may face risks relating to undiversified investments.

While diversification is generally an objective of our funds, there can be no assurance as to the degree of diversification, if any, that will be achieved in any fund investments. Difficult market conditions or slowdowns affecting a particular asset class, geographic region or other category of investment could have a significant adverse impact on a fund if its investments are concentrated in that area, which would result in lower investment returns. This lack of diversification may expose a fund to losses disproportionate to economic conditions or market declines in general if there are disproportionately greater adverse movements in the particular investments. If a fund holds investments concentrated in a particular issuer, security, asset class or geographic region, such fund may be more susceptible than a more widely diversified investment portfolio to the negative consequences of a single corporate, economic, political or regulatory event. Accordingly, a lack of diversification on the part of a fund could adversely affect a fund’s performance and, as a result, our results of operations and financial condition.

29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Third-party investors in our private funds may not satisfy their contractual obligation to fund capital calls when requested, which could adversely affect a fund’s operations and performance.

Investors in our private funds make capital commitments to those funds that we are entitled to call from those investors at any time during prescribed periods. We depend on investors fulfilling and honoring their commitments when we call capital from them for those funds to consummate investments and otherwise pay their obligations when due. Any investor that did not fund a capital call would be subject to several possible penalties, including having a meaningful amount of its existing investment forfeited in that fund. However, the impact of the penalty is directly correlated to the amount of capital previously invested by the investor in the fund and if an investor has invested little or no capital, for instance early in the life of the fund, then the forfeiture penalty may not be as meaningful. Investors may also negotiate for lesser or reduced penalties at the outset of the fund, thereby limiting our ability to enforce the funding of a capital call. Third-party investors in private funds often use distributions from prior investments to meet future capital calls. In cases where valuations of existing investments fall and the pace of distributions slows, investors may be unable to make new commitments to third-party managed investment funds such as those advised by us. A failure of investors to honor a significant amount of capital calls for any particular fund or funds could have a material adverse effect on the operation and performance of those funds.

Our funds may be forced to dispose of investments at a disadvantageous time.

Our funds may make investments that they do not advantageously dispose of prior to the date the applicable fund is dissolved, either by expiration of such fund’s term or otherwise. Although we generally expect that investments will be disposed of prior to dissolution or be suitable for in-kind distribution at dissolution, and the general partners of the funds have only a limited ability to extend the term of the fund with the consent of fund investors or the advisory board of the fund, as applicable, our funds may have to sell, distribute or otherwise dispose of investments at a disadvantageous time as a result of dissolution. This would result in a lower than expected return on the investments and, perhaps, on the fund itself.

Hedging strategies may adversely affect the returns on our funds’ investments.

When managing our exposure to market risks, we may (on our own behalf or on behalf of our funds) from time to time use forward contracts, options, swaps (including total return swaps), caps, collars, floors, foreign currency forward contracts, currency swap agreements, currency option contracts or other strategies. The success of any hedging or other derivative transactions generally will depend on our ability to correctly predict market or foreign exchange changes, the degree of correlation between price movements of a derivative instrument and the position being hedged, the creditworthiness of the counterparty and other factors. As a result, while we may enter into a transaction to reduce our or a fund’s exposure to market risks, the transaction may result in poorer overall investment performance than if it had not been executed. Such transactions may also limit the opportunity for gain if the value of a hedged position increases.

While such hedging arrangements may reduce certain risks, such arrangements themselves may entail certain other risks. These arrangements may require the posting of cash collateral at a time when we or a fund has insufficient cash or illiquid assets such that the posting of the cash is either impossible or requires the sale of assets at prices that do not reflect their underlying value. Moreover, these hedging arrangements may generate significant transaction costs, including potential tax costs, that may reduce the returns generated by a fund. Finally, the CFTC has made several public statements that it may soon issue a proposal for certain foreign exchange products to be subject to mandatory clearing, which could increase the cost of entering into currency hedges.

30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our business depends in large part on our ability to raise capital from investors. If we were unable to raise such capital, we would be unable to collect management fees or deploy such capital into investments, which would materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our ability to raise capital from investors depends on a number of factors, including many that are outside our control. Investors may downsize their investment allocations to credit focused private funds or BDCs or to rebalance a disproportionate weighting of their overall investment portfolio among asset classes. Poor performance of our funds could also make it more difficult for us to raise new capital. Our investors and potential investors continually assess our funds’ performance independently and relative to market benchmarks and our competitors, and our ability to raise capital for existing and future funds depends on our funds’ performance. If economic and market conditions deteriorate, we may be unable to raise sufficient amounts of capital to support the investment activities of future funds. If we were unable to successfully raise capital, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected.

We depend on our senior management team, senior investment professionals and other key personnel, and our ability to retain them and attract additional qualified personnel is critical to our success and our growth prospects.

We depend on the diligence, skill, judgment, business contacts and personal reputations of our senior management team, including Brook Taube and Seth Taube, our co-Chief Executive Officers, senior investment professionals and other key personnel. Our future success will depend upon our ability to retain our senior professionals and other key personnel and our ability to recruit additional qualified personnel. These individuals possess substantial experience and expertise in investing, are responsible for locating and executing our funds’ investments, have significant relationships with the institutions that are the source of many of our funds’ investment opportunities and, in certain cases, have strong relationships with our investors. Therefore, if any of our senior professionals or other key personnel join competitors or form competing companies, it could result in the loss of significant investment opportunities and certain existing investors.

The departure for any reason of any of our senior professionals could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objectives, cause certain of our investors to withdraw capital they invest with us or elect not to commit additional capital to our funds or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business and our prospects. The departure of some or all of those individuals could also trigger certain “key man” provisions in the documentation governing certain of our funds, which would permit the investors in those funds to suspend or terminate such funds’ investment periods or, in the case of certain funds, permit investors to withdraw their capital prior to expiration of the applicable lock-up date. We do not carry any “key man” insurance that would provide us with proceeds in the event of the death or disability of any of our senior professionals, and we do not have a policy that prohibits our senior professionals from traveling together.

We anticipate that it will be necessary for us to add investment professionals both to grow our businesses and to replace those who depart. However, the market for qualified investment professionals is extremely competitive and we may not succeed in recruiting additional personnel or we may fail to effectively replace current personnel who depart with qualified or effective successors. Our efforts to retain and attract investment professionals may also result in significant additional expenses, which could adversely affect our profitability or result in an increase in the portion of our performance fees that we grant to our investment professionals.

Our failure to appropriately address conflicts of interest could damage our reputation and adversely affect our businesses.

As we have expanded and as we continue to expand the number and scope of our businesses, we increasingly confront potential conflicts of interest relating to our funds’ investment activities. Certain of our funds may have overlapping investment objectives, including funds that have different fee structures, and potential conflicts may arise with respect to our decisions regarding how to

31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

allocate investment opportunities among those funds. For example, a decision to receive material non-public information about a company while pursuing an investment opportunity for a particular fund gives rise to a potential conflict of interest when it results in our having to restrict the ability of other funds to take any action.

We may also cause different funds to invest in a single investee company, for example where the fund that made an initial investment no longer has capital available to invest. We may also cause different funds that we advise to purchase different classes of investments or securities in the same investee company. For example, certain of our funds hold minority equity interests, or have the right to acquire such equity interests, in some of our investee companies. As a result, we may face conflicts of interests in connection with making business decisions for these investee companies to the extent that such decisions affect the debt and equity holders in these investee companies differently. In addition, we may face conflicts of interests in connection with making investment or other decisions, including granting loan waivers or concessions with respect to these investee companies given that we also manage private funds that may hold equity interests in these investee companies. In addition, conflicts of interest may exist in the valuation of our investments and regarding decisions about the allocation of specific investment opportunities among us and our funds and the allocation of fees and costs among us and our funds. Though we believe we have appropriate means to resolve these conflicts, our judgment on any particular allocation could be challenged. If we fail to appropriately address any such conflicts, it could negatively impact our reputation and ability to raise additional funds and the willingness of counterparties to do business with us or result in potential litigation against us.

Potential conflicts of interest may arise between our Class A common stockholders and our fund investors.

Our subsidiaries that serve as the advisors to, or the general partners of, our funds may have fiduciary duties and/or contractual obligations to those funds and their investors. As a result, we expect to regularly take actions with respect to the purchase or sale of investments in our funds, the structuring of investment transactions for the funds or otherwise in a manner consistent with such duties and obligations but that might at the same time adversely affect our near-term results of operations or cash flows. This may in turn have an adverse effect on the price of our Class A common stock and/or on the interests of our Class A common stockholders. Additionally, to the extent we fail to appropriately deal with any such conflicts of interest, it could negatively impact our reputation and ability to raise additional funds.

Investors in our funds may be unwilling to commit new capital to our funds as a result of our decision to become a public company, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Some investors in our funds may view negatively the prospect of our becoming a public company, and may have concerns that as a public company our attention will be bifurcated between investors in our funds and our public stockholders, resulting in potential conflicts of interest. Some investors in our funds may believe that we will strive for near-term profit instead of superior risk-adjusted returns for investors in our funds over time or grow our assets under management for the purpose of generating additional management fees without regard to whether we believe there are sufficient investment opportunities to effectively deploy the additional capital. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in our efforts to address such concerns or to convince investors in our funds that our decision to pursue this offering will not affect our longstanding priorities or the way we conduct our businesses. A decision by a significant number of investors in our funds not to commit additional capital to our funds or to cease doing business with us altogether could inhibit our ability to achieve our investment objectives and may have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Rapid growth of our businesses may be difficult to sustain and may place significant demands on our administrative, operational and financial resources.

Our assets under management have grown significantly in the past and we are pursuing further growth. Our rapid growth has placed, and planned growth, if successful, will continue to place, significant demands on our legal, accounting and operational infrastructure, and has increased expenses. In addition, we are required to continuously develop our systems and infrastructure in response to the increasing sophistication of the investment management market and legal, accounting, regulatory and tax developments. Our future growth will depend in part on our ability to maintain an operating platform and management system sufficient to address our growth and will require us to incur significant additional expenses and to commit additional senior management and operational resources. As a result, we face significant challenges:

in maintaining adequate financial, regulatory (legal, tax and compliance) and business controls;
in implementing new or updated information and financial systems and procedures; and
in training, managing and appropriately sizing our work force and other components of our businesses on a timely and cost-effective basis.

We may not be able to manage our expanding operations effectively or be able to continue to grow, and any failure to do so could adversely affect our ability to generate revenue and control our expenses.

We may enter into new lines of business and expand into new investment strategies, geographic markets and businesses, each of which may result in additional risks and uncertainties in our businesses.

We intend to grow our businesses by increasing assets under management in existing businesses and, if market conditions warrant, by expanding into complementary investment strategies, geographic markets and businesses. Accordingly, we may pursue growth through acquisitions of other investment management companies, acquisitions of critical business partners or other strategic initiatives, which may include entering into new lines of business. Attempts to expand our businesses involve a number of special risks, including some or all of the following:

the required investment of capital and other resources;
the diversion of management’s attention from our core businesses;
the assumption of liabilities in any acquired business;
the disruption of our ongoing businesses;
entry into markets or lines of business in which we may have limited or no experience;
increasing demands on our operational and management systems and controls;
compliance with additional regulatory requirements;
potential increase in investor concentration; and
the broadening of our geographic footprint, increasing the risks associated with conducting operations in certain foreign jurisdictions where we currently have no presence.

Entry into certain lines of business may subject us to new laws and regulations with which we are not familiar, or from which we are currently exempt, and may lead to increased litigation and regulatory risk. If a new business does not generate sufficient revenues or if we are unable to efficiently manage our expanded operations, our results of operations will be adversely affected. Our strategic initiatives may include joint ventures, in which case we will be subject to additional risks and uncertainties in that we may be dependent upon, and subject to liability, losses or reputational damage relating to systems, controls and personnel that are not under our control. Because we have not yet identified these potential new investment strategies, geographic markets or lines of business,

33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

we cannot identify for you all the risks we may face and the potential adverse consequences on us and your investment that may result from any attempted expansion.

Extensive regulation affects our activities, increases the cost of doing business and creates the potential for significant liabilities and penalties that could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our business is subject to extensive regulation, including periodic examinations, by governmental agencies and self-regulatory organizations in the jurisdictions in which we operate. The SEC oversees the activities of our subsidiaries that are registered investment advisers under the Investment Advisers Act. In addition, we regularly rely on exemptions from various requirements of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the Investment Company Act, the Commodity Exchange Act and the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. These exemptions are sometimes highly complex and may in certain circumstances depend on compliance by third parties who we do not control. If for any reason these exemptions were to be revoked or challenged or otherwise become unavailable to us, we could be subject to regulatory action or third-party claims, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Recently, the SEC has indicated that investment advisers who receive transaction-based compensation for investment banking or acquisition activities relating to fund investee companies may be required to register as broker-dealers. Specifically, the SEC staff has noted that if a firm receives fees from a fund investee company in connection with the acquisition, disposition or recapitalization of such investee company, such activities could raise broker-dealer concerns under applicable regulations related to broker dealers. If we receive such transaction fees and the SEC takes the position that such activities render us a “broker” under the applicable rules and regulations of the Exchange Act, we could be subject to additional regulation. If receipt of transaction fees from an investee company is determined to require a broker-dealer license, receipt of such transaction fees in the past or in the future during any time when we did not or do not have a broker-dealer license could subject us to liability for fines, penalties or damages.

Since 2010, states and other regulatory authorities have begun to require investment managers to register as lobbyists. We have registered as such in a number of jurisdictions, including California and New York. Other states or municipalities may consider similar legislation or adopt regulations or procedures with similar effect. These registration requirements impose significant compliance obligations on registered lobbyists and their employers, which may include annual registration fees, periodic disclosure reports and internal recordkeeping, and may also prohibit the payment of contingent fees.

Each of the regulatory bodies with jurisdiction over us has regulatory powers dealing with many aspects of financial services, including the authority to grant, and in specific circumstances to cancel, permissions to carry on particular activities. A failure to comply with the obligations imposed by the Investment Advisers Act, including recordkeeping, advertising and operating requirements, disclosure obligations and prohibitions on fraudulent activities, could result in investigations, sanctions and reputational damage. We are involved regularly in trading activities that implicate a broad number of U.S. securities law regimes, including laws governing trading on inside information, market manipulation and a broad number of technical trading requirements that implicate fundamental market regulation policies. Violation of these laws could result in severe restrictions on our activities and damage to our reputation.

Our failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations could result in fines, censure, suspensions of personnel or other sanctions, including revocation of the registration of our relevant subsidiaries as investment advisers or registered broker-dealers. The regulations to which our businesses are subject are designed primarily to protect investors in our funds and to ensure the integrity of the financial markets. They are not designed to protect our stockholders. Even if a sanction imposed against us, one of our subsidiaries or our personnel by a regulator is for a small monetary amount, the adverse publicity related to the sanction could harm our reputation, which in

34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

turn could have a material adverse effect on our businesses in a number of ways, making it harder for us to raise new funds and discouraging others from doing business with us.

Failure to comply with “pay to play” regulations implemented by the SEC and certain states, and changes to the “pay to play” regulatory regimes, could adversely affect our businesses.

In recent years, the SEC and several states have initiated investigations alleging that certain private equity firms and hedge funds or agents acting on their behalf have paid money to current or former government officials or their associates in exchange for improperly soliciting contracts with state pension funds. In June 2010, the SEC approved Rule 206(4)-5 under the Investment Advisers Act regarding “pay to play” practices by investment advisers involving campaign contributions and other payments to government officials able to exert influence on potential government entity clients. Among other restrictions, the rule prohibits investment advisers from providing advisory services for compensation to a government entity for two years, subject to very limited exceptions, after the investment adviser, its senior executives or its personnel involved in soliciting investments from government entities make contributions to certain candidates and officials in a position to influence the hiring of an investment adviser by such government entity. Advisers are required to implement compliance policies designed, among other matters, to track contributions by certain of the adviser’s employees and engagements of third parties that solicit government entities and to keep certain records to enable the SEC to determine compliance with the rule. In addition, there have been similar rules on a state level regarding “pay to play” practices by investment advisers.

As a number of public pension plans are investors in our funds, these rules could impose significant economic sanctions on our businesses if we or one of the other persons covered by the rules make any such contribution or payment, whether or not material or with an intent to secure an investment from a public pension plan. In addition, such investigations may require the attention of senior management and may result in fines if any of our funds are deemed to have violated any regulations, thereby imposing additional expenses on us. Any failure on our part to comply with these rules could cause us to lose compensation for our advisory services or expose us to significant penalties and reputational damage.

New or changed laws or regulations governing our funds’ operations and changes in the interpretation thereof could adversely affect our business.

The laws and regulations governing the operations of our funds, as well as their interpretation, may change from time to time, and new laws and regulations may be enacted. Accordingly, any change in these laws or regulations, changes in their interpretation, or newly enacted laws or regulations and any failure by our funds to comply with these laws or regulations, could require changes to certain of our business practices, negatively impact our operations, assets under management or financial condition, impose additional costs on us or otherwise adversely affect our business. See “Business — Regulatory and Compliance Matters” for a discussion of our regulatory and compliance environment. The following includes the most significant regulatory risks facing our business:

Changes in capital requirements may increase the cost of our financing

If regulatory capital requirements — whether under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), Basel III, or other regulatory action — were to be imposed on our funds, they may be required to limit, or increase the cost of, financing they provide to others. Among other things, this could potentially require our funds to sell assets at an inopportune time or price, which could negatively impact our operations, assets under management or financial condition.

The imposition of additional legal or regulatory requirements could make compliance more difficult and expensive, affect the manner in which we conduct our businesses and adversely affect our profitability

In July 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, imposes significant new regulations on nearly every aspect of the

35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

U.S. financial services industry, including new registration, recordkeeping and reporting requirements on private fund investment advisers. Importantly, while several key aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act have been defined through final rules, many aspects will be implemented by various regulatory bodies over the next several years. While we already have several subsidiaries registered as investment advisers subject to SEC examinations, the imposition of any additional legal or regulatory requirements could make compliance more difficult and expensive, affect the manner in which we conduct our businesses and adversely affect our profitability.

The implementation of the Volcker Rule could have adverse implications on our ability to raise funds from certain entities

In December 2013, the Federal Reserve and other federal regulatory agencies adopted a final rule implementing a section of the Dodd-Frank Act that has become known as the “Volcker Rule.” The Volcker Rule generally prohibits insured banks or thrifts, any bank holding company or savings and loan holding company, any non-U.S. bank with a U.S. branch, agency or commercial lending company and any subsidiaries and affiliates of such entities, regardless of geographic location, from investing in or sponsoring “covered funds,” which include private equity funds or hedge funds and certain other proprietary activities. The effects of the Volcker Rule are uncertain but it is in any event likely to curtail various banking activities that in turn could result in uncertainties in the financial markets as well as our business. Although we do not currently anticipate that the Volcker Rule will adversely affect our fundraising to any significant extent, there is uncertainty regarding the implementation of the Volcker Rule and its practical implications, and there could be adverse implications on our ability to raise funds from the types of entities mentioned above as a result of this prohibition.

Increased regulation on banks’ leveraged lending activities could negatively affect the terms and availability of credit to our funds and their investee companies

In March 2013, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Department of the Treasury, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation published revised guidance regarding expectations for banks’ leveraged lending activities. This guidance, in addition to proposed Dodd-Frank risk retention rules circulated in August 2013, could further restrict credit availability, as well as potentially restrict certain of our investing activities that rely on banks’ lending activities. This could negatively affect the terms and availability of credit to our funds and their investee companies. See “— Our use of leverage to finance our businesses exposes us to substantial risks” and “— Dependence on leverage by our funds and their investee companies subjects us to volatility and contractions in the debt financing markets and could adversely affect our ability to achieve attractive rates of return on those investments.”

New restrictions on compensation could limit our ability to recruit and retain investment professionals

The Dodd-Frank Act authorizes federal regulatory agencies to review and, in certain cases, prohibit compensation arrangements at financial institutions that give employees incentives to engage in conduct deemed to encourage inappropriate risk-taking by covered financial institutions. Such restrictions could limit our ability to recruit and retain investment professionals and senior management executives.

Present and future BDCs for which we serve as investment adviser are subject to regulatory complexities that limit the way in which they do business and may subject them to a higher level of regulatory scrutiny.

MCC and SIC, and other BDCs for which we may serve as investment adviser in the future, operate under a complex regulatory environment. Such BDCs require the application of complex tax and securities regulations and may entail a higher level of regulatory scrutiny. In addition, regulations

36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

affecting BDCs generally affect their ability to take certain actions. For example, each of MCC and SIC has elected to be treated as a RIC for United States federal income tax purposes. To maintain their status as a RIC, such vehicles must meet, among other things, certain source of income, asset diversification and annual distribution requirements. If any of our BDCs fails to qualify for RIC tax treatment for any reason and remains or becomes subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could, among other things, substantially reduce such BDC’s net assets.

In addition, MCC and SIC are subject to complex rules under the Investment Company Act, including rules that restrict certain of our funds from engaging in transactions with MCC and SIC. Under the regulatory and business environment in which they operate, MCC and SIC must periodically access the capital markets to raise cash to fund new investments in excess of their repayments to grow. This results from MCC and SIC each being required to generally distribute to their respective stockholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income to maintain its RIC status, combined with regulations under the Investment Company Act that, subject to certain exceptions, generally prohibit MCC and SIC from issuing and selling their common stock at a price below net asset value per share and from incurring indebtedness (including for this purpose, preferred stock), if their asset coverage, as calculated pursuant to the Investment Company Act, equals less than 200% after such incurrence. If our BDCs are found to be in violation of the Investment Company Act, they could lose their status as BDCs.

We are subject to risks in using custodians, counterparties, administrators and other agents.

Some of our funds depend on the services of custodians, counterparties, administrators, prime brokers and other agents to carry out certain financing, securities and derivatives transactions. The terms of these contracts are often customized and complex, and many of these arrangements occur in markets or relate to products that are not subject to regulatory oversight, although the Dodd-Frank Act provides for new regulation of the derivatives market. In particular, some of our funds utilize arrangements with a relatively limited number of counterparties, which has the effect of concentrating the transaction volume (and related counterparty default risk) of such funds with these counterparties.

Our funds are subject to the risk that the counterparty to one or more of these contracts defaults, either voluntarily or involuntarily, on its performance under the contract. Any such default may occur suddenly and without notice to us. Moreover, if a counterparty defaults, we may be unable to take action to cover our exposure, either because we lack contractual recourse or because market conditions make it difficult to take effective action. This inability could occur in times of market stress, which is when defaults are most likely to occur.

In addition, our risk-management process may not accurately anticipate the impact of market stress or counterparty financial condition, and as a result, we may not have taken sufficient action to reduce our risks effectively. Default risk may arise from events or circumstances that are difficult to detect, foresee or evaluate. In addition, concerns about, or a default by, one large participant could lead to significant liquidity problems for other participants, which may in turn expose us to significant losses.

Although we have risk-management processes to ensure that we are not exposed to a single counterparty for significant periods of time, given the large number and size of our funds, we often have large positions with a single counterparty. For example, some of our funds have credit lines. If the lender under one or more of those credit lines were to become insolvent, we may have difficulty replacing the credit line and one or more of our funds may face liquidity problems.

In the event of a counterparty default, particularly a default by a major investment bank or a default by a counterparty to a significant number of our contracts, one or more of our funds may have outstanding trades that they cannot settle or are delayed in settling. As a result, these funds could incur material losses and the resulting market impact of a major counterparty default could harm our businesses, results of operation and financial condition.

In the event of the insolvency of a prime broker, custodian, counterparty or any other party that is holding assets of our funds as collateral, our funds might not be able to recover equivalent assets

37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

in full as they will rank among the prime broker’s, custodian’s or counterparty’s unsecured creditors in relation to the assets held as collateral. In addition, our funds’ cash held with a prime broker, custodian or counterparty generally will not be segregated from the prime broker’s, custodian’s or counterparty’s own cash, and our funds may therefore rank as unsecured creditors in relation thereto. If our derivatives transactions are cleared through a derivatives clearing organization, the CFTC has issued final rules regulating the segregation and protection of collateral posted by customers of cleared and uncleared swaps. The CFTC is also working to provide new guidance regarding prime broker arrangements and intermediation generally with regard to trading on swap execution facilities.

The counterparty risks that we face have increased in complexity and magnitude as a result of disruption in the financial markets in recent years. For example, the consolidation and elimination of counterparties has increased our concentration of counterparty risk and decreased the universe of potential counterparties. Our funds are generally not restricted from dealing with any particular counterparty or from concentrating any or all of their transactions with a single counterparty. In addition, counterparties have generally reacted to recent market volatility by tightening their underwriting standards and increasing their margin requirements for all categories of financing, which has the result of decreasing the overall amount of leverage available and increasing the costs of borrowing.

A portion of our revenue and cash flow is variable, which may impact our ability to achieve steady earnings growth on a quarterly basis and may cause the price of our Class A common stock to decline.

Although we believe that the majority of our revenue is consistent and predictable due to our investment strategy and the nature of our fees, a portion of our revenue and cash flow is variable, primarily due to the fact that the performance fees from our long-dated private funds and SMAs can vary from quarter to quarter and year to year. For the six months ended June 30, 2014, performance fees were 7% of our total revenues, representing a 845% increase over the six months ended June 30, 2013. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, performance fees were 5% and 3% of our total revenues, respectively. Additionally, we may also experience fluctuations in our results from quarter to quarter and year to year due to a number of other factors, including changes in the values of our funds’ investments, changes in our operating expenses, the degree to which we encounter competition and general economic and market conditions. Such variability may lead to volatility in the trading price of our Class A common stock and cause our results for a particular period not to be indicative of our performance in a future period.

We may be subject to litigation risks and may face liabilities and damage to our professional reputation as a result.

In recent years, the volume of claims and amount of damages claimed in litigation and regulatory proceedings against investment managers have been increasing. We make investment decisions on behalf of investors in our funds that could result in substantial losses. This may subject us to the risk of legal liabilities or actions alleging negligent misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty or breach of contract. Further, we may be subject to third-party litigation arising from allegations that we improperly exercised control or influence over portfolio investments. For example, while no legal proceedings have been commenced, in July 2014 we received a demand letter from a borrower which is in default threatening to file litigation against us in order to enjoin enforcement actions and to collect significant damages based on an alleged breach of a commitment to accept a discounted payoff in full satisfaction of the loan. In addition, we and our affiliates that are the investment managers and general partners of our funds, our funds themselves and those of our employees who are our, our subsidiaries’ or the funds’ officers and directors are each exposed to the risks of litigation specific to the funds’ investment activities and investee companies and, in the case where our funds own controlling interests in public companies, to the risk of shareholder litigation by the public companies’ other shareholders. Moreover, we are exposed to risks of litigation or investigation by investors or regulators relating to our having engaged, or our funds having engaged, in transactions that presented conflicts of interest that were not properly addressed.

38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Legal liability could have a material adverse effect on our businesses, financial condition or results of operations or cause reputational harm to us, which could harm our businesses. We depend to a large extent on our business relationships and our reputation for integrity and high-caliber professional services to attract and retain investors and to pursue investment opportunities for our funds. As a result, allegations of improper conduct by private litigants or regulators, whether the ultimate outcome is favorable or unfavorable to us, as well as negative publicity and press speculation about us, our investment activities or the investment industry in general, whether or not valid, may harm our reputation, which may be damaging to our businesses.

Employee misconduct could harm us by impairing our ability to attract and retain investors and subjecting us to significant legal liability, regulatory scrutiny and reputational harm. Fraud and other deceptive practices or other misconduct at our investee companies could similarly subject us to liability and reputational damage and also harm our businesses.

Our ability to attract and retain investors and to pursue investment opportunities for our funds depends heavily upon the reputation of our professionals, especially our senior professionals. We are subject to a number of obligations and standards arising from our investment management business and our authority over the assets managed by our investment management business. The violation of these obligations and standards by any of our employees could adversely affect investors in our funds and us. Our businesses often require that we deal with confidential matters of great significance to companies in which our funds may invest. If our employees were to use or disclose confidential information improperly, we could suffer serious harm to our reputation, financial position and current and future business relationships. It is not always possible to detect or deter employee misconduct, and the extensive precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in all cases. If one or more of our employees were to engage in misconduct or were to be accused of such misconduct, our businesses and our reputation could be adversely affected and a loss of investor confidence could result, which would adversely impact our ability to raise future funds.

In addition, we could be adversely affected as a result of actual or alleged misconduct by personnel of investee companies in which our funds invest. For example, failures by personnel at our investee companies to comply with anti-bribery, trade sanctions or other legal and regulatory requirements could expose us to litigation or regulatory action and otherwise adversely affect our businesses and reputation. Such misconduct could undermine our due diligence efforts with respect to such companies and could negatively affect the valuation of a fund’s investments.

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition, our ability to pay our debts or raise additional capital to fund our operations, our ability to operate our business and our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry and could divert our cash flow from operations for debt payments.

We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of June 30, 2014, after giving effect to the transactions described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information,” our total indebtedness would have been approximately $    . Our substantial debt obligations could have important consequences, including:

requiring a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, thereby reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund our operations and pursue future business opportunities;
exposing us to increased interest expense, as our degree of leverage may cause the interest rates of any future indebtedness (whether fixed or floating rate interest) to be higher than they would be otherwise;
exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates because certain of our indebtedness is at variable rates of interest;

39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, and any failure to comply with the obligations of any of our debt instruments, including restrictive covenants, could result in an event of default that accelerates our obligation to repay indebtedness;
increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic, industry or competitive developments;
restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures;
limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, product development, satisfaction of debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes; and
limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business or market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who may be better positioned to take advantage of opportunities that our leverage prevents us from exploiting.

Our Term Loan Facility imposes, and our new Revolving Credit Facility is expected to impose, significant operating and financial restrictions on us and our subsidiaries, which may prevent us from capitalizing on business opportunities.

The credit agreement that governs our Term Loan Facility imposes, and the credit agreement that will govern our Revolving Credit Facility is expected to impose, significant operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions will limit our ability and/or the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things:

incur additional indebtedness, make guarantees and enter into hedging arrangements;
create liens on assets;
enter into sale and leaseback transactions;
engage in mergers or consolidations;
sell assets;
make fundamental changes;
pay dividends and distributions or repurchase our capital stock;
make investments, loans and advances, including acquisitions;
engage in certain transactions with affiliates;
make changes in the nature of our business; and
make prepayments of junior debt.

In addition, the credit agreement governing our Term Loan Facility requires us to maintain, with respect to each four quarter period commencing with the four quarter period ending December 31, 2014, a ratio of net debt to Core EBITDA not greater than 3.5 to 1.0. The ratio of net debt to Core EBITDA in respect of the Term Loan Facility is calculated using our standalone financial results and includes the adjustments made to calculate Core EBITDA. See Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources —  Debt Instruments.”

As a result of these restrictions, we will be limited as to how we conduct our business and we may be unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities. The terms of any future indebtedness we may incur could include more restrictive covenants. We cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain compliance with these covenants in the future and, if we fail to do so, that we will be able to obtain waivers from the lenders and/or amend the covenants.

40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our failure to comply with the restrictive covenants described above as well as other terms of our other indebtedness and/or the terms of any future indebtedness from time to time could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in our being required to repay these borrowings before their due date. If we are forced to refinance these borrowings on less favorable terms or are unable to refinance these borrowings, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Servicing our indebtedness will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate sufficient cash depends on many factors, some of which are not within our control.

Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. To a certain extent, this is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt and meet our other commitments, we may need to restructure or refinance all or a portion of our debt, sell material assets or operations or raise additional debt or equity capital. We may not be able to effect any of these actions on a timely basis, on commercially reasonable terms or at all, and these actions may not be sufficient to meet our capital requirements. In addition, the terms of our existing or future debt arrangements may restrict us from effecting any of these alternatives.

Despite our current level of indebtedness, we may be able to incur substantially more debt and enter into other transactions, which could further exacerbate the risks to our financial condition described above.

We may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. Although the credit agreement that governs our Term Loan Facility contains, and the credit agreement that will govern our Revolving Credit Facility is expected to contain, restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness and entering into certain types of other transactions, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions. Additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. These restrictions also do not prevent us from incurring obligations, such as trade payables, that do not constitute indebtedness as defined under our debt instruments. To the extent new debt is added to our current debt levels, the substantial leverage risks described in the preceding three risk factors would increase.

Operational risks may disrupt our businesses, result in losses or limit our growth.

Our business relies heavily on financial, accounting and other information systems and technology. We face various security threats, including cyber security attacks to our information technology infrastructure and attempts to gain access to our proprietary information, destroy data or disable, degrade or sabotage our systems. These security threats could originate from a wide variety of sources, including unknown third parties outside of Medley. Although we have not yet been subject to cyber-attacks or other cyber incidents and we utilize various procedures and controls to monitor and mitigate these threats, there can be no assurance that these procedures and controls will be sufficient to prevent disruptions to our systems. If any of these systems do not operate properly or are disabled for any reason or if there is any unauthorized disclosure of data, whether as a result of tampering, a breach of our network security systems, a cyber-incident or attack or otherwise, we could suffer financial loss, a disruption of our businesses, liability to our funds, regulatory intervention or reputational damage.

In addition, our information systems and technology may not continue to be able to accommodate our growth, and the cost of maintaining the systems may increase from its current level. Such a failure to accommodate growth, or an increase in costs related to the information systems, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Furthermore, we depend on our offices in New York and San Francisco, where a substantial portion of our personnel are located, for the continued operation of our businesses. An earthquake or other disaster or a disruption in the infrastructure that supports our businesses, including a disruption

41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

involving electronic communications or other services used by us or third parties with whom we conduct business, or directly affecting our headquarters, could have a material adverse effect on our ability to continue to operate our businesses without interruption. Although we have disaster recovery programs in place, these may not be sufficient to mitigate the harm that may result from such a disaster or disruption. In addition, insurance and other safeguards might only partially reimburse us for our losses, if at all.

Finally, we rely on third-party service providers for certain aspects of our businesses, including for certain information systems, technology and administration of our funds and compliance matters. Any interruption or deterioration in the performance of these third parties or failures of their information systems and technology could impair the quality of our funds’ operations and could impact our reputation, adversely affect our businesses and limit our ability to grow.

Risks Related to Our Organizational Structure

Medley Management Inc.’s only material asset after completion of this offering will be its interest in Medley LLC, and it is accordingly dependent upon distributions from Medley LLC to pay taxes, make payments under the tax receivable agreement or pay dividends.

Medley Management Inc. will be a holding company and will have no material assets other than its ownership of LLC Units. Medley Management Inc. has no independent means of generating revenue. Medley Management Inc. intends to cause Medley LLC to make distributions to its holders of LLC Units in an amount sufficient to cover all applicable taxes at assumed tax rates, payments under the tax receivable agreement and dividends, if any, declared by it. Deterioration in the financial condition, earnings or cash flow of Medley LLC and its subsidiaries for any reason could limit or impair their ability to pay such distributions. Additionally, to the extent that Medley Management Inc. needs funds, and Medley LLC is restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation or under the terms of our financing arrangements, or is otherwise unable to provide such funds, it could materially adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.

Payments of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our business, operating results and financial condition, current and anticipated cash needs, plans for expansion and any legal or contractual limitations on our ability to pay dividends. Any financing arrangement that we enter into in the future may include restrictive covenants that limit our ability to pay dividends. In addition, Medley LLC is generally prohibited under Delaware law from making a distribution to a member to the extent that, at the time of the distribution, after giving effect to the distribution, liabilities of Medley LLC (with certain exceptions) exceed the fair value of its assets. Subsidiaries of Medley LLC are generally subject to similar legal limitations on their ability to make distributions to Medley LLC.

Medley Management Inc. is controlled by our pre-IPO owners, whose interests may differ from those of our public stockholders.

Immediately following this offering and the application of net proceeds from this offering, Medley Group LLC, an entity controlled by our pre-IPO owners, will hold approximately     % of the combined voting power of our Class A and Class B common stock (or     % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). Accordingly, our pre-IPO owners will have the ability to elect all of the members of our board of directors, and thereby to control our management and affairs. In addition, they will be able to determine the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval, including mergers and other material transactions, and will be able to cause or prevent a change in the composition of our board of directors or a change in control of our company that could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their Class A common stock as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

In addition, immediately following this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, our pre-IPO owners will own     % of the LLC Units (or     % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). Because they hold their

42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ownership interest in our business directly in Medley LLC, rather than through Medley Management Inc., these pre-IPO owners may have conflicting interests with holders of shares of our Class A common stock. For example, if Medley LLC makes distributions to Medley Management Inc., the non-managing members of Medley LLC will also be entitled to receive such distributions pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited liability company interests in Medley LLC and their preferences as to the timing and amount of any such distributions may differ from those of our public stockholders. Our pre-IPO owners may also have different tax positions from us which could influence their decisions regarding whether and when to dispose of assets, especially in light of the existence of the tax receivable agreement that we will enter in connection with this offering, whether and when to incur new or refinance existing indebtedness, and whether and when Medley Management Inc. should terminate the tax receivable agreement and accelerate its obligations thereunder. In addition, the structuring of future transactions may take into consideration these pre-IPO owners’ tax or other considerations even where no similar benefit would accrue to us. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Medley Management Inc. will be required to pay exchanging holders of LLC Units for most of the benefits relating to any additional tax depreciation or amortization deductions that we may claim as a result of the tax basis step-up we receive in connection with sales or exchanges of LLC Units and related transactions.

Holders of LLC Units (other than Medley Management Inc.) may, subject to certain conditions and transfer restrictions applicable to such holders as set forth in the operating agreement of Medley LLC, from and after the first anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement), exchange their LLC Units for Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. The exchanges are expected to result in increases in the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Medley LLC. These increases in tax basis may increase (for tax purposes) depreciation and amortization deductions and therefore reduce the amount of tax that Medley Management Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future, although the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) may challenge all or part of that tax basis increase, and a court could sustain such a challenge.

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the holders of LLC Units that provides for the payment by Medley Management Inc. to exchanging holders of LLC Units of 85% of the benefits, if any, that Medley Management Inc. is deemed to realize as a result of these increases in tax basis and of certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. This payment obligation is an obligation of Medley Management Inc. and not of Medley LLC. While the actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of exchanges, the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange, the extent to which such exchanges are taxable and the amount and timing of our income, we expect that as a result of the size of the transfers and increases in the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Medley LLC, the payments that Medley Management Inc. may make under the tax receivable agreement will be substantial. The payments under the tax receivable agreement are not conditioned upon continued ownership of us by the holders of LLC Units. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Tax Receivable Agreement.”

In certain cases, payments under the tax receivable agreement may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits Medley Management Inc. realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement.

The tax receivable agreement provides that upon certain changes of control, or if, at any time, Medley Management Inc. elects an early termination of the tax receivable agreement, Medley Management Inc.’s obligations under the tax receivable agreement (with respect to all LLC Units whether or not previously exchanged) would be calculated by reference to the value of all future payments that holders of LLC Units would have been entitled to receive under the tax receivable

43


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

agreement using certain valuation assumptions, including that Medley Management Inc. will have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement and, in the case of an early termination election, that any LLC Units that have not been exchanged are deemed exchanged for the market value of the shares of Class A common stock at the time of termination. In addition, holders of LLC Units will not reimburse us for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement if such tax basis increase is successfully challenged by the IRS. Medley Management Inc.’s ability to achieve benefits from any tax basis increase, and the payments to be made under the tax receivable agreement, will depend upon a number of factors, including the timing and amount of our future income. As a result, even in the absence of a change of control or an election to terminate the tax receivable agreement, payments under the tax receivable agreement could be in excess of Medley Management Inc.’s actual cash tax savings.

Accordingly, it is possible that the actual cash tax savings realized by Medley Management Inc. may be significantly less than the corresponding tax receivable agreement payments. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if the payments under the tax receivable agreement exceed the actual cash tax savings that Medley Management Inc. realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement and/or distributions to Medley Management Inc. by Medley LLC are not sufficient to permit Medley Management Inc. to make payments under the tax receivable agreement after it has paid taxes and other expenses. Based upon certain assumptions described in greater detail below under “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Tax Receivable Agreement,” we estimate that if Medley Management Inc. were to exercise its termination right immediately following this offering, the aggregate amount of these termination payments would be approximately $     million. The foregoing number is merely an estimate and the actual payments could differ materially. We may need to incur additional indebtedness to finance payments under the tax receivable agreement to the extent our cash resources are insufficient to meet our obligations under the tax receivable agreement as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise.

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and Delaware law might discourage or delay acquisition attempts for us that you might consider favorable.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that may make the merger or acquisition of our company more difficult without the approval of our board of directors. Among other things, these provisions:

authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval, and which may include super voting, special approval, dividend, or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of the holders of Class A common stock;
prohibit Class A common stockholders from acting by written consent unless such action is recommended by all directors then in office, but permit Class B common stockholders to act by written consent without requiring any such recommendation;
provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, or repeal our bylaws and that our stockholders may only amend our bylaws with the approval of 80% or more of all of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote; and
establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

Further, as a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, which may impair a takeover attempt that our stockholders may find beneficial. These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions under Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company, including actions that our stockholders may deem advantageous, or negatively affect the trading price of our Class A common stock. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions you desire.

44


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock

There may not be an active trading market for shares of our Class A common stock, which may cause shares of our Class A common stock to trade at a discount from the initial offering price and make it difficult to sell the shares of Class A common stock you purchase.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public trading market for shares of our Class A common stock. It is possible that after this offering an active trading market will not develop or continue or, if developed, that any market will be sustained which would make it difficult for you to sell your shares of Class A common stock at an attractive price or at all. The initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock will be determined by agreement among us and the representatives of the underwriters, and may not be indicative of the price at which shares of our Class A common stock will trade in the public market after this offering.

The market price of our Class A common stock may decline due to the large number of shares of Class A common stock eligible for exchange and future sale.

The market price of shares of our Class A common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of Class A common stock in the market after the offering or the perception that such sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell shares of Class A common stock in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

In addition, we and our pre-IPO owners will enter into an exchange agreement under which they (or certain permitted transferees thereof) will have the right, from and after the first anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement), to exchange their LLC Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments. Our pre-IPO owners will not have the right to exchange their LLC Units for shares of our Class A common stock during the first year after the date of the completion of this offering. After the first anniversary of the completion of this offering (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement), an aggregate of                LLC Units may be exchanged for shares of our Class A common stock and, subject to the transfer restrictions described under “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Limited Liability Company Agreement of Medley LLC,” sold. The market price of shares of our Class A common stock could decline as a result of the exchange or the perception that an exchange could occur. These exchanges, or the possibility that these exchanges may occur, also might make it more difficult for holders of our Class A common stock to sell such stock in the future at a time and at a price that they deem appropriate. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Exchange Agreement.”

Upon the listing of our shares on the NYSE, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE’s rules and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

After completion of this offering, Medley Group LLC, an entity owned by our pre-IPO owners will continue to hold a majority of the combined voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the New York Stock Exchange. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power in the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements. For example, controlled companies, within one year of the date of the listing of their common stock:

are not required to have a board that is composed of a majority of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of such exchange;
are not required to have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; and

45


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

are not required to have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors.

Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we do not expect a majority of the directors on our board will be independent upon the completion of this offering. In addition, we do not expect that any committees of the board of will consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock Exchange.

We are an emerging growth company, and any decision on our part to comply with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, and, for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we currently intend to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to have our independent registered public accounting firm audit our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our registration statements, periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years following the completion of this offering. We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of: (i) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering; (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenues are $1.0 billion or more; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or (iv) the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our Class A common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year. We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and the price of our Class A common stock may be more volatile.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this accommodation allowing for delayed adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

We will incur increased costs and become subject to additional regulations and requirements as a result of becoming a public company, which could lower our profits or make it more difficult to run our business.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also will incur costs associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules implemented by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange. The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. These laws and regulations also could make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or

46


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

Our internal controls over financial reporting currently do not meet all of the standards contemplated by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and failure to achieve and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business and common stock price.

Our internal controls over financial reporting currently do not meet all of the standards contemplated by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act that eventually we will be required to meet. Because currently we do not have comprehensive documentation of our internal controls and have not yet tested our internal controls in accordance with Section 404, we cannot conclude in accordance with Section 404 that we do not have a material weakness in our internal controls or a combination of significant deficiencies that could result in the conclusion that we have a material weakness in our internal controls. Once we are no longer an emerging growth company, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting on an annual basis. If, once we are no longer an emerging growth company, we are not able to complete our initial assessment of our internal controls and otherwise implement the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to certify as to the adequacy of our internal controls over financial reporting.

Matters impacting our internal controls may cause us to be unable to report our financial information on a timely basis and thereby subject us to adverse regulatory consequences, including sanctions by the SEC or violations of applicable stock exchange listing rules, which may result in a breach of the covenants under our financing arrangements. There also could be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in us and the reliability of our financial statements. Confidence in the reliability of our financial statements also could suffer if we or our independent registered public accounting firm were to report a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting. This could materially adversely affect us and lead to a decline in the price of our Class A common stock.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they downgrade their recommendations regarding our Class A common stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If any of the analysts who cover us downgrades our Class A common stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our Class A common stock price may decline. If analysts cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our Class A common stock price or trading volume to decline and our Class A common stock to be less liquid.

The market price of shares of our Class A common stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to decline.

Even if a trading market develops, the market price of our Class A common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. Securities markets worldwide experience significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could reduce the market price of shares of our Class A common stock in spite of our operating performance. In addition, our operating results could be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors due to a number of potential factors, including variations in our quarterly operating results or dividends, if any, to stockholders, additions or departures of key management personnel, failure to meet analysts’ earnings estimates, publication of research reports

47


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

about our industry, litigation and government investigations, changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations or differing interpretations or enforcement thereof affecting our business, adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we may incur or securities we may issue in the future, changes in market valuations of similar companies or speculation in the press or investment community, announcements by our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, dispositions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments, adverse publicity about the industries we participate in or individual scandals, and in response the market price of shares of our Class A common stock could decrease significantly. You may be unable to resell your shares of Class A common stock at or above the initial public offering price.

In the past few years, stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. In the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

Investors in this offering will suffer immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock will be substantially higher than our pro forma net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering. As a result, you will pay a price per share of Class A common stock that substantially exceeds the per share book value of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities. In addition, you will pay more for your shares of Class A common stock than the amounts paid for the LLC Units by our pre-IPO owners. Assuming an offering price of $     per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in an amount of $     per share of Class A common stock. See “Dilution.”

You may be diluted by the future issuance of additional Class A common stock or LLC Units in connection with our incentive plans, acquisitions or otherwise.

After this offering we will have approximately      shares of Class A common stock authorized but unissued, including approximately shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exchange of LLC Units that will be held by the non-managing members of Medley LLC. Our certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue these shares of Class A common stock and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to Class A common stock for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by our board of directors in its sole discretion, whether in connection with acquisitions or otherwise. Similarly, the limited liability company agreement of Medley LLC permits Medley LLC to issue an unlimited number of additional limited liability company interests of Medley LLC with designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties that are different from, and may be senior to, those applicable to the LLC Units, and which may be exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock. Additionally, we have reserved an aggregate of     shares of Class A common stock and LLC Units for issuance under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, including     shares issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock units that we intend to grant to our employees at the time of this offering and     shares (assuming an offering price of $     per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus) issuable pursuant to restricted stock units that we intend to grant to our outside directors at the time of this offering. See “Management — Medley Management Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan,” “— IPO Date Restricted Stock Unit Awards” and “— Director Compensation.” Any Class A common stock that we issue, including under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan or other equity incentive plans that we may adopt in the future, would dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase Class A common stock in this offering.

48


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, our operations and financial performance. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical facts. In some cases, you can identify these forward-looking statements by the use of words such as “outlook,” “believes,” “expects,” “potential,” “continues,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “seeks,” “approximately,” “predicts,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “anticipates” or the negative version of these words or other comparable words. Such forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, there are or will be important factors that could cause actual outcomes or results to differ materially from those indicated in these statements. We believe these factors include but are not limited to those described under “Risk Factors.” These factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included in this prospectus. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as required by law.

MARKET DATA

This prospectus includes market and industry data and forecasts that we have derived from independent consultant reports, publicly available information, industry publications, other published industry sources and our internal data and estimates.

Our internal data and estimates are based upon information obtained from trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate as well as our management’s understanding of industry conditions.

49


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

Existing Organizational Structure

The diagram below depicts our current organizational structure.

[GRAPHIC MISSING]  

Organizational Structure Following this Offering

Immediately following this offering, Medley Management Inc. will be a holding company, and its sole material asset will be a controlling equity interest in Medley LLC. As the sole managing member of Medley LLC, Medley Management Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs of Medley LLC and, through Medley LLC and its subsidiaries, conduct our business. Under U.S. GAAP, Medley LLC will meet the definition of a variable interest entity since the voting rights of its investors will not be proportional to their obligations to absorb the expected losses of Medley LLC. That is, Medley Management Inc. will hold 100% of the voting power in Medley LLC but will initially own less than 50% of the LLC Units and our pre-IPO owners will hold no voting rights in Medley LLC but initially own more than 50% of the LLC Units. Further, substantially all of the activities of Medley LLC will be conducted on behalf of an investor group with disproportionately few voting rights. Medley Management Inc. will be the primary beneficiary of Medley LLC as a result of its 100% voting power and control over Medley LLC and as a result of its obligation to absorb losses and its right to receive benefits of Medley LLC that could potentially be significant to Medley LLC. Medley Management Inc. will consolidate Medley LLC on its consolidated financial statements and record a noncontrolling interest related to the LLC Units held by our pre-IPO owners on its consolidated statements of condition, operations, and comprehensive income.

Medley Group LLC, an entity wholly-owned by our pre-IPO owners, holds all 100 issued and outstanding shares of our Class B common stock. For so long as our pre-IPO owners and then-current Medley personnel hold at least 10% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock and LLC Units (excluding those LLC Units held by Medley Management Inc.) then outstanding, which we refer to as the “Substantial Ownership Requirement,” the Class B common stock will entitle Medley Group LLC, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by it, to a number of votes that is equal to 10 times the aggregate number of LLC Units held by all non-managing members of Medley LLC that do not themselves hold shares of Class B common stock and entitle each other holder of Class B common stock, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by it, to a number of votes that is equal to 10 times the number of LLC Units held by such other holder. For purposes of calculating the Substantial

50


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Ownership Requirement, (1) shares of Class A common stock deliverable to our pre-IPO owners and then-current Medley personnel pursuant to outstanding equity awards will be deemed then outstanding and (2) shares of Class A common stock and LLC Units held by any estate, trust, partnership or limited liability company or other similar entity of which any pre-IPO owner or then-current Medley personnel, or any immediate family member thereof, is a trustee, partner, member or similar party will be considered held by such pre-IPO owner or other then-current Medley personnel. From and after the time that the Substantial Ownership Requirement is no longer satisfied, the Class B common stock will entitle Medley Group LLC, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such other holder, to a number of votes that is equal to the aggregate number of LLC Units held by all non-managing members of Medley LLC that do not themselves hold shares of Class B common stock and entitle each other holder of Class B common stock, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by it, to a number of votes that is equal to the number of LLC Units held by such holder. If at any time the ratio at which LLC Units are exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock changes from one-for-one as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Exchange Agreement,” the number of votes to which Class B common stockholders are entitled will be adjusted accordingly. Holders of shares of our Class B common stock will vote together with holders of our Class A common stock as a single class on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, except as otherwise required by law.

Other than Medley Management Inc., holders of LLC Units, including our pre-IPO owners, will, subject to limited exceptions, be prohibited from transferring any LLC Units held by them upon consummation of this offering, or any shares of Class A common stock received upon exchange of such LLC Units, until the third anniversary of this offering without our consent. Thereafter and prior to the fourth and fifth anniversaries of this offering, such holders may not transfer more than 33 1/3% and 66 2/3%, respectively, of the number of LLC Units held by them upon consummation of this offering, together with the number of any shares of Class A common stock received by them upon exchange therefor, without our consent. While this agreement could be amended or waived by us, our pre-IPO owners have advised us that they do not intend to seek any waivers of these restrictions. The foregoing restrictions do not apply to transfers: (i) by will or intestacy; (ii) as a bona fide gift or gifts; (iii) to any trust, partnership, limited liability company or other entity for the direct or indirect benefit of the holder or the immediate family of such holder; (iv) to any immediate family member or other dependent of the holder; (v) as a distribution to limited partners, members or stockholders of the holder; (vi) to the holder’s affiliates or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the holder; (vii) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (i) through (vi) above; or (viii) pursuant to an order of a court or regulatory agency.

51


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The diagram below depicts our organizational structure immediately following this offering.

[GRAPHIC MISSING]  

(1) The Class B common stock will provide Medley Group LLC with a number of votes that is equal to 10 times the aggregate number of LLC Units held by all non-managing members of Medley LLC. From and after the time that the Substantial Ownership Requirement is no longer satisfied, the Class B common stock will provide Medley Group LLC with a number of votes that is equal to the aggregate number of LLC Units held by all non-managing members of Medley LLC that do not themselves hold shares of Class B common stock. For additional information, see “— Organizational Structure Following this Offering” above.
(2) If our pre-IPO owners exchanged all of their LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock, they would hold     % of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock, entitling them to an equivalent percentage of economic interests and voting power in Medley Management Inc., Medley Group LLC would hold no voting power or economic interests in Medley Management Inc. and Medley Management Inc. would hold 100% of outstanding LLC Units and 100% of the voting power in Medley LLC.
(3) Certain individuals, entities and other partners engaged in our business will continue to own interests directly in selected operating subsidiaries, including, in certain instances, entities that receive management, performance and incentive fees from funds that we advise. For additional information concerning these interests, see “Business — Fee Structure.”
(4) Entities controlled by former employees hold limited liability company interests in MCC Advisors LLC that entitle them to approximately 4.86% of the net incentive fee income through October 29, 2015 and an additional 5.75% of the net incentive fee income through August 20, 2016 from MCC Advisors LLC.

52


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(5) SC Distributors, LLC owns 20% of SIC Advisors LLC and is entitled to receive distributions of up to 20% of the gross cash proceeds received by SIC Advisors LLC from the management and incentive fees payable by Sierra Income Corporation to SIC Advisors LLC, as well as 20% of the returns of the investments held at SIC Advisors LLC.
(6) As of June 30, 2014, certain former employees and former members of Medley LLC hold approximately 41% of the limited liability company interests in MOF II GP LLC, the entity that serves as general partner of MOF II, entitling the holders to share the performance fees earned from MOF II.

Incorporation of Medley Management Inc.

Medley Management Inc. was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on June 13, 2014. Medley Management Inc. has not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with its formation. The certificate of incorporation of Medley Management Inc. authorizes two classes of common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each having the terms described in “Description of Capital Stock.”

Refinancing Transactions

On August 14, 2014, we entered into a $110.0 million senior secured term loan credit facility (the “Term Loan Facility”). As of such date, the aggregate principal amount of indebtedness outstanding under the Term Loan Facility was $110.0 million. We used the proceeds of the borrowings under the Term Loan Facility, together with cash on hand, to repay all of the approximately $33.2 million of indebtedness outstanding under our senior secured term loan and revolving credit facility with City National Bank (the “CNB Credit Agreement”), to pay related fees and expenses of approximately $2.1 million and to fund a $74.5 million distribution to Medley LLC’s members.

Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect Medley LLC to enter into a new $15.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility with City National Bank (the “Revolving Credit Facility” and, together with the Term Loan Facility, the “Senior Secured Credit Facilities”). At the closing of the Revolving Credit Facility, we expect the Revolving Credit Facility will be undrawn. We refer to the entry into the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, the incurrence of $110.0 million of indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility, the repayment of the $33.2 million of outstanding indebtedness under the CNB Credit Agreement, the payment of $2.1 million of related fees and expenses and the $74.5 million distribution to Medley LLC’s members, collectively, as the “Refinancing Transactions.” See Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Debt Instruments.

Reclassification and Amendment and Restatement of Limited Liability Company Agreement of Medley LLC

Prior to the completion of this offering, the limited liability company agreement of Medley LLC will be amended and restated to, among other things, modify its capital structure by creating a single new class of units that we refer to as “LLC Units.” We refer to this as the “Reclassification.” Immediately following the Reclassification but prior to the Offering Transactions described below, there will be            LLC Units issued and outstanding.

Pursuant to the limited liability company agreement of Medley LLC, Medley Management Inc. will be the sole managing member of Medley LLC. Accordingly, Medley Management Inc. will have the right to determine when distributions will be made to the members of Medley LLC and the amount of any such distributions. If Medley Management Inc., as managing member, authorizes a distribution, such distribution will be made to the members of Medley LLC pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited liability company interests.

The holders of limited liability company interests in Medley LLC, including Medley Management Inc., will incur United States federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any taxable income of Medley LLC. Net profits and net losses of Medley LLC will generally be allocated to its members (including Medley Management Inc.) pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited liability company interests, except as otherwise required by law. The limited liability

53


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

company agreement provides for cash distributions to the holders of limited liability company interests in Medley LLC if Medley Management Inc. determines that the taxable income of Medley LLC will give rise to taxable income for its members. In accordance with the limited liability company agreement, we intend to cause Medley LLC to make pro rata cash distributions to the holders of limited liability company interests in Medley LLC for purposes of funding their tax obligations in respect of the income of Medley LLC that is allocated to them. Generally, these tax distributions will be computed based on our estimate of the taxable income of Medley LLC multiplied by an assumed tax rate equal to the highest effective marginal combined United States federal, state and local income tax rate prescribed for an individual or corporate resident in New York, New York (taking into account the non-deductibility of certain expenses and the character of our income). See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Medley LLC Limited Liability Company Agreement.”

Exchange Agreement

We and the holders of outstanding LLC Units will enter into an exchange agreement at the time of this offering under which they (or certain permitted transferees thereof) will have the right, from and after the first anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement), to exchange their LLC Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. The exchange agreement will also provide that a holder of LLC Units will not have the right to exchange LLC Units if Medley Management Inc. determines that such exchange would be prohibited by law or regulation or would violate other agreements with Medley Management Inc. or its subsidiaries to which the holder of LLC Units may be subject. Medley Management Inc. may impose additional restrictions on exchange that it determines to be necessary or advisable so that Medley LLC is not treated as a “publicly traded partnership” for United States federal income tax purposes. As a holder exchanges LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock, the number of LLC Units held by Medley Management Inc. is correspondingly increased as it acquires the exchanged LLC Units. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Exchange Agreement.”

Offering Transactions

At the time of the consummation of this offering, Medley Management Inc. intends to consummate the purchase, for cash, of newly-issued LLC Units from Medley LLC at a purchase price per unit equal to the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering net of underwriting discounts. At the time of this offering, Medley Management Inc. will purchase from Medley LLC      newly-issued LLC Units for an aggregate of $     million (or      Units for an aggregate of $     million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). The issuance and sale of such newly-issued LLC Units by Medley LLC to Medley Management Inc. will correspondingly dilute the ownership interests of our pre-IPO owners in Medley LLC. Accordingly, following this offering Medley Management Inc. will hold a number of LLC Units that is equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock that it has issued, a relationship that we believe fosters transparency because it results in a single share of Class A common stock representing (albeit indirectly) the same percentage equity interest in Medley LLC as a single LLC Unit.

Holders of LLC Units (other than Medley Management Inc.) may, subject to certain conditions and transfer restrictions applicable to such holders as set forth in the operating agreement of Medley LLC, from and after the first anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement), exchange their LLC Units for Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. The exchanges are expected to result in increases in the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Medley LLC. These increases in tax basis may increase (for tax purposes) depreciation and amortization deductions and therefore reduce the amount of tax that Medley Management Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future, although the IRS may challenge all or part of that tax basis increase, and a court could sustain such a challenge. Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the holders of LLC Units that provides for the payment by Medley Management Inc. to exchanging holders of LLC Units of 85% of the benefits, if any, that Medley Management Inc. is deemed to realize as a result of these

54


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

increases in tax basis and of certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. This payment obligation is an obligation of Medley Management Inc. and not of Medley LLC. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Tax Receivable Agreement.”

We refer to the foregoing transactions as the “Offering Transactions.”

As a result of the transactions described above:

the investors in this offering will collectively own      shares of our Class A common stock (or      shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) and Medley Management Inc. will hold LLC Units (or      LLC Units if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock);
our pre-IPO owners will hold      LLC Units;
the investors in this offering will collectively have     % of the voting power in Medley Management Inc. (or     % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock); and
Medley Group LLC, an entity owned by our pre-IPO owners, which holds all 100 outstanding shares of Class B common stock, will have     % of the voting power in Medley Management Inc. (or     % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock).

55


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to Medley Management Inc. from this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $     million (or $     million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $     per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to Medley Management Inc. from this offering by approximately $     million, assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Medley LLC will bear or reimburse Medley Management Inc. for all of the expenses payable by it in this offering, which we estimate will be approximately $     million.

We intend to use all of the net proceeds from this offering (including from any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) to purchase a number of newly issued LLC Units from Medley LLC that is equivalent to the number of shares of Class A common stock that we offer and sell in this offering, as described under “Organizational Structure — Offering Transactions.”

We intend to cause Medley LLC to use these proceeds to repay $    million of indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility and the remainder for general corporate purposes. The Term Loan Facility matures on June 15, 2019. As of August 15, 2014, borrowings under the Term Loan Facility bore interest at a variable rate equal to adjusted LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 5.50%. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Debt Instruments.”

56


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVIDEND POLICY

Following this offering and subject to legally available funds, we intend to pay quarterly cash dividends to the holders of our Class A common stock initially equal to $     per share of Class A common stock, commencing with the      quarter of      .

The declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends on shares of Class A common stock will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors and we may reduce or discontinue entirely the payment of such dividends at any time. Our board of directors may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition and operating results, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us, and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant.

Medley Management Inc. is a holding company and has no material assets other than its ownership of LLC Units in Medley LLC. We intend to cause Medley LLC to make distributions to us in an amount sufficient to cover cash dividends, if any, declared by us. If Medley LLC makes such distributions to Medley Management Inc., the other holders of LLC Units will also be entitled to receive distributions pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited liability company interests.

Any financing arrangements that we enter into in the future may include restrictive covenants that limit our ability to pay dividends. In addition, Medley LLC is generally prohibited under Delaware law from making a distribution to a member to the extent that, at the time of the distribution, after giving effect to the distribution, liabilities of Medley LLC (with certain exceptions) exceed the fair value of its assets. Subsidiaries of Medley LLC are generally subject to similar legal limitations on their ability to make distributions to Medley LLC.

Because Medley Management Inc. must pay taxes and make payments under the tax receivable agreement, amounts ultimately distributed as dividends to holders of our Class A common stock are expected to be less than the amounts distributed by Medley LLC to its members on a per LLC Unit basis.

Medley LLC’s historical distributions include compensatory payments and other benefits paid to our senior professionals who are members of Medley LLC, which have historically been accounted for as distributions on the equity held by such senior professionals rather than as employee compensation. Following this offering, compensation and other benefits paid to our senior professionals who are members of Medley LLC will be accounted for as employee compensation.

Medley LLC made distributions to our pre-IPO owners in the amount of $38.9 million and $13.8 million during 2013 and 2012, respectively. Distributions to our pre-IPO owners to date in 2014, including distributions effected in connection with the Refinancing Transactions, have amounted to $109.0 million.

57


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2014:

on a historical basis for Medley LLC, Medley GP Holdings LLC and their combined and consolidated subsidiaries; and
on an as adjusted basis for Medley Management Inc. giving effect to:
the Refinancing Transactions;
the issuance of shares of Class A common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $     per share (the midpoint of the estimated offering price range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus) less estimated underwriting discounts and the payment of offering expenses of approximately $    million;
the purchase by Medley Management Inc. of LLC Units from Medley LLC with the proceeds of this offering, as described in “Organizational Structure — Offering Transactions”; and
the application of a portion of the proceeds from this offering to repay outstanding indebtedness, as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

Cash and cash equivalents are not components of our total capitalization. You should read this table together with the information contained in this prospectus, including “Organizational Structure,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

   
  June 30, 2014
     Actual   As Adjusted (1)
     (In thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 3,278     $       
Loans payable     44,701           
Other liabilities     47,180           
Members’ (deficit) equity     (33,451 )           
Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 3,000,000,000 shares authorized,      shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis               
Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 1,000,000 shares authorized,      shares issued and     shares outstanding on a pro forma basis               
Retained earnings               
Additional paid-in capital               
Non-controlling interests in Consolidated Funds     566,046           
Non-controlling interests in consolidated subsidiaries     2,528           
Total stockholders’ equity attributable to Medley Management Inc.               
Total equity     535,123           
Total capitalization   $   627,004     $             

(1) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $     per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $     million, assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

58


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DILUTION

If you invest in shares of our Class A common stock, your investment will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of the shares of Class A common stock is substantially in excess of the pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to our pre-IPO owners.

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2014 was approximately $    , or $    per share of Class A common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value represents the amount of total tangible assets less total liabilities, and pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock represents pro forma net tangible book value divided by the number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding, after giving effect to the Reclassification and assuming that all of the holders of LLC Units in Medley LLC (other than Medley Management Inc.) exchanged their LLC Units for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis.

After giving effect to the transactions described under “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information,” including the application of the proceeds from this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds,” our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2014 would have been $    , or $    per share of Class A common stock. This represents an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $    per share of Class A common stock to our pre-IPO owners and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $     per share of Class A common stock to investors in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share of Class A common stock basis assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock:

   
Assumed initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock            $         
Pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock as of June 30, 2014   $                  
Decrease in pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock attributable to the offering transactions   $               
Pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock after the offering         $         
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock to investors in this offering         $         

Because our pre-IPO owners do not own any Class A common stock or other economic interests in Medley Management Inc., we have presented dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock to investors in this offering assuming that all of the holders of LLC Units in Medley LLC (other than Medley Management Inc.) exchanged their LLC Units for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis in order to more meaningfully present the dilutive impact on the investors in this offering.

A $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $     per share of our Class A common stock would increase our pro forma net tangible book value after giving effect to this offering by $     million, or by $    per share of our Class A common stock, assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. A $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price per share would result in equal changes in the opposite direction.

59


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table summarizes, on the same pro forma basis as of June 30, 2014, the total number of shares of Class A common stock purchased from us, the total cash consideration paid to us and the average price per share of Class A common stock paid by our pre-IPO owners and by new investors purchasing shares of Class A common stock in this offering, assuming that all of the holders of LLC Units in Medley LLC (other than Medley Management Inc.) exchanged their LLC Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis.

         
  Shares of Class A
Common Stock Purchased
  Total Consideration   Average Price Per Share of Class A Common Stock
     Number   Percent   Amount   Percent
     (In thousands)
Pre-IPO owners                          %     $                     %     $            
Investors in this offering                   %     $                     %     $           
Total                   %     $                     %     $           

Each $1.00 increase in the assumed offering price of $    per share would increase total consideration paid by investors in this offering by $     million, assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. A $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price per share would result in equal changes in the opposite direction.

The dilution information above is for illustration purposes only. Our net tangible book deficit following the consummation of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price of our shares and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

60


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and the year ended December 31, 2013 present our consolidated results of operations giving pro forma effect to the Refinancing Transactions and the Offering Transactions described under “Organizational Structure” and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds,” as if such transactions occurred on January 1, 2013. The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2014 presents our consolidated financial position giving pro forma effect to the Refinancing Transactions and the Offering Transactions described under “Organizational Structure” and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds,” as if such transactions occurred on June 30, 2014. The pro forma adjustments are based on available information and upon assumptions that our management believes are reasonable in order to reflect, on a pro forma basis, the impact of these transactions on the historical combined and consolidated financial information of Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should be read together with “Organizational Structure,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is included for informational purposes only and does not purport to reflect the results of operations or financial position of Medley Management Inc. that would have occurred had we operated as a public company during the periods presented. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should not be relied upon as being indicative of our results of operations or financial position had the Refinancing Transactions and the Offering Transactions described under “Organizational Structure” and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds” occurred on the dates assumed. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information also does not project our results of operations or financial position for any future period or date.

The pro forma adjustments principally give effect to:

the incurrence of $110 million of borrowings under the Term Loan Facility and the application thereof, together with cash on hand, to (1) repay $33.2 million of borrowings under the CNB Credit Agreement; (2) pay $2.1 million in related fees and expenses and (3) fund a $74.5 million distribution to Medley LLC’s members;
the issuance of shares of Class A common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $     per share (the midpoint of the estimated offering price range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus) less estimated underwriting discounts and the payment of offering expenses of approximately $     million;
the purchase by Medley Management Inc. of LLC Units from Medley LLC with the proceeds of this offering. See “Organizational Structure — Offering Transactions;”
the application of a portion of the proceeds from this offering to repay outstanding indebtedness, as described in “Use of Proceeds.”
an adjustment to reflect compensation attributable to our senior professionals who are members of Medley LLC as compensation expense rather than as distributions from equity;
an adjustment to reflect compensation expense associated with the grant and vesting of      restricted stock units, which will be granted to our employees at the time of this offering. See “Management — Medley Management Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan” and “— IPO Date Restricted Stock Unit Awards;” and

61


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

in the case of the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations, a provision for corporate income taxes on the income of Medley Management Inc. at an effective rate of     %, which includes a provision for United States federal income taxes and assumes the highest statutory rates apportioned to each state, local and/or foreign jurisdiction;

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information presented assumes no exercise by the underwriters of the option to purchase up to an additional      shares of Class A common stock from us.

As described in greater detail under “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions —  Tax Receivable Agreement,” prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the holders of LLC Units that provides for the payment by Medley Management Inc. to exchanging holders of LLC Units of 85% of the benefits, if any, that Medley Management Inc. is deemed to realize as a result of these increases in tax basis and of certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. No such exchanges or other tax benefits have been assumed in the unaudited pro forma financial information and therefore no pro forma adjustment is necessary. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Tax Receivable Agreement.”

As a public company, we will be implementing additional procedures and processes for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. We expect to incur additional annual expenses related to these steps and, among other things, additional directors and officers’ liability insurance, director fees, reporting requirements of the SEC, transfer agent fees, hiring additional accounting, legal and administrative personnel, increased auditing and legal fees and similar expenses. We have not included any pro forma adjustments relating to these costs.

62


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley Management Inc.
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet
As of June 30, 2014

         
  Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
Actual
  Pro Forma Adjustments —  Refinancing Transactions   Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC Pro Forma for the Refinancing
Transactions
  Pro Forma Adjustments —  Offering Transactions   Medley Management Inc. Pro Forma
     (Dollars in thousands)
Assets
                                            
Cash and cash equivalents   $      3,278          (1)              $            (6)     $              
                   (2)                     (7)           
Investment in equity method investee, at fair value     10,256                                      
Management fees receivables     11,534                                      
Performance fees receivables     5,895                                      
Other assets     6,897          (3)                             
Assets of Consolidated Funds
                                            
Cash and cash equivalents     95,033                                      
Investments, at fair value     473,789                                      
Interest and dividends receivable     4,307                                      
Other assets     16,015                                                  
Total assets   $ 627,004                       $          $       
Liabilities and equity
                                            
Loans payable   $ 44,701          (4)              $      (8)     $  
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities     22,491                                      
Performance fee compensation payable     18,491                                      
Liabilities of Consolidated Funds
                                            
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities     6,198                                      
Total liabilities     91,881                                      
Commitments and contingencies
                                            
Non-controlling interest in Consolidated Funds     566,046                                      
Non-controlling interest in consolidated
subsidiaries
    2,528                                      
Members’ (deficit) equity     (33,451 )          (3) (5)                             
Total equity     535,123                                      
Class A authorized to issue 3,000,000,000 shares, par value $0.01 per share;      shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis                                  (9)           
Class B authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares, par value $0.01 per share; 100 shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis                                  (9)           
Additional paid-in capital                                  (10)           
Retained earnings                                          
Non-controlling interest                                  (11)           
Total liabilities and equity   $ 627,004                       $          $       

63


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(1) Reflects the net effect on cash and cash equivalents of the receipt of net proceeds of $110.0 million borrowed under the Term Loan Facility.
(2) Reflects the use of the net proceeds of $110.0 million borrowed under the Term Loan Facility, together with cash on hand to (a) repay $33.2 million under the CNB Credit Agreement, (b) pay $2.1 million in related fees and expenses and (c) fund a $74.5 million distribution to Medley LLC’s members.
(3) Reflects the deferral of $       in debt issuance costs associated with the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and write-off of the $       unamortized balance of the debt issuance costs associated with the CNB Credit Agreement.
(4) Reflects $110.0 million of borrowings under the Term Loan Facility and repayment of $33.2 million under the CNB Credit Agreement using a portion of the proceeds therefrom.
(5) Reflects a distribution of $74.5 million to Medley LLC’s members and and write-off of the $       unamortized balance of the debt issuance costs associated with the CNB Credit Agreement.
(6) Reflects the net effect on cash and cash equivalents of the receipt of net offering proceeds of $     million (after giving effect to the underwriting discount), net of offering expenses of $     million.
(7) Reflects the repayment of $     million under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities using a portion of the net proceeds of this offering.
(8) Reflects the repayment of $     million of our outstanding indebtedness under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, as described in “Use of Proceeds.”
(9) Represents an adjustment to stockholders’ equity reflecting par value for Class A common stock and Class B common stock to be outstanding following this offering.

Medley Group LLC, an entity wholly-owned by our existing owners, holds all 100 issued and outstanding shares of our Class B common stock. For so long as our existing owners and other then-current Medley personnel hold at least 10% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock and LLC Units (excluding those LLC Units held by Medley Management Inc.) then outstanding, which we refer to as the “Substantial Ownership Requirement,” the Class B common stock will entitle Medley Group LLC, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by it, to a number of votes that is equal to 10 times the aggregate number of LLC Units held by all non-managing members of Medley LLC that do not themselves hold shares of Class B common stock and entitle each other holder of Class B common stock, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by it, to a number of votes that is equal to 10 times the number of LLC Units held by such holder. From and after the time that the Substantial Ownership Requirement is no longer satisfied, the Class B common stock will entitle Medley Group LLC, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by it, to a number of votes that is equal to the aggregate number of LLC Units held by all non-managing members of Medley LLC that do not themselves hold shares of Class B common stock and entitle each other holder of Class B common stock, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by it, to a number of votes that is equal to the number of LLC Units held by such holder. Accordingly, immediately following this offering, our existing owners, through their holdings of our Class B common stock, will collectively have     % of the voting power in Medley Management Inc. (or     % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock).

(10) Represents an increase of $     million to additional paid-in capital as a result of the amounts allocable to Medley Management Inc. of net proceeds from this offering (offering proceeds, net of underwriting discounts, of $     million, less $     million of offering expenses and less par value reflected in note 6 and the elimination of members’ capital of $     million upon consolidation).
(11) As described in “Organizational Structure,” under the limited liability company agreement of Medley LLC, as it will be in effect at the time of this offering, Medley Management Inc. will become the sole managing member of Medley LLC and thereby hold all of the voting power and control the management of Medley LLC. This power will be separate from and unrelated to the number of LLC Units that Medley Management Inc. holds. Medley Management Inc. will hold a disproportionate voting and economic interest in Medley LLC, as it will initially own     % of the economic interest in Medley LLC, but will have 100% of the voting power and control the management of Medley LLC. As a result, we will consolidate the financial results of Medley LLC

64


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and will record non-controlling interest on our consolidated balance sheet. Immediately following this offering, the non-controlling interest, based on the assumptions to the pro forma financial information, will be $     million. Pro forma non-controlling interest represents     % of the pro forma equity of Medley LLC.

65


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley Management Inc.
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations
For the Year Ended December 31, 2013

         
  Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
Actual
  Pro Forma Adjustments —  Refinancing Transactions   Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC Pro Forma for the Refinancing Transactions   Pro Forma Adjustments —  Offering Transactions   Medley Management Inc. Pro Forma
     (In thousands except share and per share data)
Revenues
                                            
Management fees   $     36,446                       $                $              
Performance fees     2,412                                      
Other income and fees     5,011                                                
Total revenues     43,869                                      
Expenses
                                            
Compensation and benefits     13,712                                    (3) (4)
Performance fee compensation     7,192                            (4)           
Consolidated Funds expenses     1,225                                      
General, administrative and other expenses     12,655                                      
Total expenses     34,784                                      
Other income (expense)
                                            
Dividend income     886                                      
Interest expense     (1,479 )         (1)                   (5)           
Other expenses, net     (483 )                                      
Interest and other income of Consolidated Funds     49,912                                      
Net realized gain (loss) on investments of Consolidated Funds     (16,080 )                                      
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments of Consolidated Funds     (3,667 )                                      
Total other income (expense), net     29,089                                      
Income before income taxes     38,174                                      
Provision for income taxes     1,639         (2)                   (6)           
Net income     36,535                                      
Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in Consolidated Funds     12,898                                      
Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in consolidated subsidiaries                                          
Net income attributable to members   $ 23,637                       $     $  
Net income (loss) attributable to the controlling and the non-controlling interests   $                              $            $         
Less: Net income attributable to the non-controlling interest                                (7)        
Net income attributable to Medley Management Inc.   $                       $            $         
Weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding                                          
Basic                                          
Diluted                                          
Net income available to Class A common stock per share                                          
Basic                                         (8)  
Diluted                                         (8)  

66


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(1) Reflects an increase in interest expense of $    million as a result of the Refinancing Transactions, as described in “Organizational Structure — Refinancing Transactions.”
(2) Reflects a decrease in provision for income taxes due to the increase in interest expense as a result of the Refinancing Transactions.
(3) As described in “Management — IPO Date Restricted Unit Awards,” at the time of this offering we intend to grant to our employees, under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan,      restricted stock units representing the right to receive, upon the expiration of the applicable restricted period, one share of Class A common stock for each restricted stock unit, or, in the sole discretion of the compensation committee of our board of directors, the cash value thereof (or any combination thereof). These restricted stock units will vest as to 60% of the underlying shares on the third anniversary of this offering, and as to an additional 20% of the underlying shares on each of the fourth and fifth anniversaries of this offering. The grant date fair value of the units will be charged to compensation expense as they vest over the applicable vesting period. The amount of the adjustment has been derived based on a grant date fair value equal to the assumed initial public offering price of $      per unit (the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus), multiplied by the number of restricted stock units, expensed over the assumed vesting period. Additionally, the calculation of the expense assumes a forfeiture rate of up to     %. The total compensation expense expected to be recognized in all future periods associated with the restricted stock units, considering assumed forfeitures, is $     million.
(4) Reflects an adjustment to record base salary, guaranteed payments, annual bonus, and benefit expenses attributable to our senior professionals as compensation expense. Additionally, performance fee related compensation attributable to our senior professionals is included in this pro forma adjustment. Prior to the Reorganization and this offering, the entities that comprise Medley have been partnerships or limited liability companies. Accordingly, all payments to our senior professionals generally have been accounted for as distributions from members’ equity rather than as compensation expenses. Following this offering, we intend to account for compensation payments to our senior professionals as compensation expenses.
(5) Reflects a reduction in interest expense of $     million as a result of the repayment of $     million of our outstanding indebtedness, as described in “Use of Proceeds.”
(6) Following this offering we will be subject to United States federal income taxes, in addition to state, local and international taxes with respect to our allocable share of any net taxable income of Medley LLC, which will result in higher income taxes. As a result, the pro forma statements of operations reflect an adjustment to our provision for corporate income taxes to reflect an effective rate of     %, which includes a provision for United States federal income taxes and assumes the highest statutory rates apportioned to each state, local and/or foreign jurisdiction.

The following table reconciles our effective tax rate to the U.S. Federal statutory rate:

 
  Medley
Management Inc.
Pro Forma
Statutory U.S Federal income tax rate     35.00 %  
Income passed through to Partners     (   ) %
State and local income taxes     (   ) %
Permanent differences           %  
Effective income tax rate        %  
(7) As described in “Organizational Structure,” Medley Management Inc. has become the sole managing member of Medley LLC. Medley Management Inc. will initially own less than 100% of the economic interest in Medley LLC, but will have 100% of the voting power and control the management of Medley LLC. Immediately following this offering, the non-controlling interest will be     %. This amount has been determined based on an assumption that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is not exercised. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised, the ownership percentage held by the non-controlling interests

67


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

would decrease to     %. The percentage of the net income attributable to the non-controlling interests will vary from these percentages due to the differing level of income taxes applicable to the controlling interests.
(8) For purposes of calculating pro forma net income per share, the weighted-average shares of Class A common stock of Medley Management Inc. outstanding is calculated as follows:

   
  Year Ended
December 31, 2013
     Basic   Diluted
Shares of Class A common stock outstanding                        
Restricted stock units (a)                  
Weighted-average shares of Class A common stock outstanding                  

(a) We apply the treasury stock method to determine the dilutive weighted-average shares represented by our restricted stock units. Under the treasury stock method, compensation expense attributed to future services and not yet recognized is presumed to be used to acquire outstanding shares, thus reducing the weighted-average number of shares and the dilutive effect of these awards.

The shares of Class B common stock do not share in our earnings and are therefore not included in the weighted-average shares outstanding or net income (loss) per share.

On a pro forma basis for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and the year ended December 31, 2013, the LLC Units (which are exchangeable on a one-for-one basis for shares of our Class A common shares) were antidilutive and consequently the effect of their exchange for shares of Class A common stock has been excluded from the calculation of diluted net income available to Class A common stock per share.

68


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley Management Inc.
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2014

         
  Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
Actual
  Pro Forma Adjustments —  Refinancing Transactions   Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC Pro Forma for the Refinancing Transactions   Pro Forma Adjustments —  Offering Transactions   Medley Management Inc. Pro Forma
     (In thousands except share and per share data)
Revenues
                                            
Management fees   $     26,453                       $                $              
Performance fees     2,372                                      
Other income and fees     4,396                                                
Total revenues     33,221                                      
Expenses
                                            
Compensation and benefits     9,333                            (3) (4)         
Performance fee compensation     3,158                            (4)           
Consolidated Funds expenses     833                                      
General, administrative and other expenses     9,363                                      
Total expenses     22,687                                      
Other income (expense)
                                            
Dividend income     443                                      
Interest expense     (1,364 )         (1)                   (5)           
Other expenses, net     (1,318 )                                      
Interest and other income of Consolidated Funds     30,534                                      
Net realized gain (loss) on investments of Consolidated Funds     1,288                                      
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments of Consolidated Funds     (8,368 )                                      
Total other income (expense), net     21,215                                      
Income before income taxes     31,749                                      
Provision for income taxes     1,251         (2)                   (6)           
Net income     30,498                                      
Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in Consolidated Funds     12,969                                      
Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in consolidated subsidiaries     1,560                                      
Net income attributable to members   $ 15,969                       $        $     
Net income (loss) attributable to the controlling and the non-controlling interests   $                              $            $         
Less: Net income attributable to the non-controlling interest                                (7)           
Net income attributable to Medley Management Inc.   $                       $        $     
Weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding                                          
Basic                                          
Diluted                                          
Net income available to Class A common stock per share                                          
Basic                                         (8)  
Diluted                                         (8)  

69


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(1) Reflects an increase in interest expense of $    million as a result of the Refinancing Transactions, as described in “Organizational Structure — Refinancing Transactions,” and write off of the debt issuance costs associated with the CNB Credit Agreement.
(2) Reflects a decrease in provision for income taxes due to the increase in interest expense as a result of the Refinancing Transactions.
(3) As described in “Management — IPO Date Restricted Unit Awards,” at the time of this offering we intend to grant to our employees, under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan,      restricted stock units representing the right to receive, upon the expiration of the applicable restricted period, one share of Class A common stock for each restricted stock unit, or, in the sole discretion of the compensation committee of our board of directors, the cash value thereof (or any combination thereof). These restricted stock units will vest as to 60% of the underlying shares on the third anniversary of this offering, and as to an additional 20% of the underlying shares on each of the fourth and fifth anniversaries of this offering. The grant date fair value of the units will be charged to compensation expense as they vest over the applicable vesting period. The amount of the adjustment has been derived based on a grant date fair value equal to the assumed initial public offering price of $     per unit (the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus), multiplied by the number of restricted stock units, expensed over the assumed vesting period. Additionally, the calculation of the expense assumes a forfeiture rate of up to     %. The total compensation expense expected to be recognized in all future periods associated with the restricted stock units, considering assumed forfeitures, is $     million.
(4) Reflects an adjustment to record base salary, guaranteed payments, annual bonus, and benefit expenses attributable to our senior professionals as compensation expense. Additionally, performance fee related compensation attributable to our senior professionals is included in this pro forma adjustment. Prior to the Reorganization and this offering, the entities that comprise Medley have been partnerships or limited liability companies. Accordingly, all payments to our senior professionals generally have been accounted for as distributions from members’ equity rather than as compensation expenses. Following this offering, we intend to account for compensation payments to our senior professionals as compensation expenses.
(5) Reflects a reduction in interest expense of $     million as a result of the repayment of $     million of our outstanding indebtedness, as described in “Use of Proceeds.”
(6) Following this offering we will be subject to United States federal income taxes, in addition to state, local and international taxes with respect to our allocable share of any net taxable income of Medley LLC, which will result in higher income taxes. As a result, the pro forma statements of operations reflect an adjustment to our provision for corporate income taxes to reflect an effective rate of     %, which includes a provision for United States federal income taxes and assumes the highest statutory rates apportioned to each state, local and/or foreign jurisdiction.

The following table reconciles our effective tax rate to the U.S. Federal statutory rate:

 
  Medley
Management Inc.
Pro Forma
Statutory U.S Federal income tax rate     35.00 %  
Income passed through to Partners     (   ) %
State and local income taxes     (   ) %
Permanent differences           %  
Effective income tax rate        %  
(7) As described in “Organizational Structure,” Medley Management Inc. has become the sole managing member of Medley LLC. Medley Management Inc. will initially own less than 100% of the economic interest in Medley LLC, but will have 100% of the voting power and control the management of Medley LLC. Immediately following this offering, the non-controlling interest will be     %. This amount has been determined based on an assumption that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is not exercised. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised, the ownership percentage held by the non-controlling interests

70


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

would decrease to     %. The percentage of the net income attributable to the non-controlling interests will vary from these percentages due to the differing level of income taxes applicable to the controlling interests.
(8) For purposes of calculating pro forma net income per share, the weighted-average shares of Class A common stock of Medley Management Inc. outstanding is calculated as follows:

   
  Six Months Ended
June 30, 2014
     Basic   Diluted
Shares of Class A common stock outstanding                  
Restricted stock units (a)                  
Weighted-average shares of Class A common stock outstanding                  

(a) We apply the treasury stock method to determine the dilutive weighted-average shares represented by our restricted stock units. Under the treasury stock method, compensation expense attributed to future services and not yet recognized is presumed to be used to acquire outstanding shares, thus reducing the weighted-average number of shares and the dilutive effect of these awards.

The shares of Class B common stock do not share in our earnings and are therefore not included in the weighted-average shares outstanding or net income (loss) per share.

On a pro forma basis for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and the year ended December 31, 2013, the LLC Units (which are exchangeable on a one-for-one basis for shares of our Class A common shares) were antidilutive and consequently the effect of their exchange for shares of Class A common stock has been excluded from the calculation of diluted net income available to Class A common stock per share.

Core Net Income, Core EBITDA — Pro Forma

Core Net Income.   Core Net Income is an income measure that is used by management to assess the performance of our business through the removal of non-core items, as well as non-recurring expenses associated with the transactions contemplated herein. It is calculated by adjusting standalone net income attributable to members to exclude reimbursable expenses associated with the launch of funds and certain one-time severance costs. In the future, Core Net Income will also exclude the amortization of any one-time equity compensation expense associated with grants of restricted stock units.

Our Core Net Income differs from net income attributable to members computed in accordance with GAAP, as it is presented before giving effect to reimbursable expenses associated with the launch of funds and certain one-time severance costs.

Core Earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization (Core EBITDA).   Core EBITDA is an income measure also used by management to assess the performance of our business. Core EBITDA is calculated as Core Net Income before interest expense as well as taxes, depreciation and amortization.

These standalone financial measures supplement and should be considered in addition to and not in lieu of the results of operations discussed further under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Overview of Combined and Consolidated Results of Operations” which are prepared in accordance with GAAP. For a reconciliation of these measures to the most comparable measure in accordance with GAAP, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Standalone Results of Operations .” See Note 13, “Segment Reporting,” to our combined and consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

The following table is a reconciliation of the pro forma net income (loss) attributable to the controlling and the non-controlling interests of Medley Management Inc. for the six months ended

71


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

June 30, 2014 and the year ended December 31, 2013 to pro forma Core Net Income and pro forma Core EBITDA for the comparable period giving pro forma effect to the Refinancing Transactions and the Offering Transactions described under “Organizational Structure” and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds,” as if such transactions occurred on January 1, 2013.

   
  Six months ended
June 30,
2014
  Year
Ended December 31, 2013
     (In thousands)
Pro forma net income attributable to the controlling and the non-controlling interests   $               $               
Reimbursable fund startup expenses                  
Severance expenses                  
IPO date award stock-based compensation                  
Pro forma Core Net Income                       
Interest expense                  
Taxes                  
Depreciation                  
Pro forma Core EBITDA   $          $        

72


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SELECTED HISTORICAL COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected historical combined and consolidated financial data of Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC should be read together with “Organizational Structure,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Medley LLC will be considered our predecessor for accounting purposes, and its combined and consolidated financial statements will be our historical combined and consolidated financial statements following this offering.

We derived the summary historical combined and consolidated statement of operations data of Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC for each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the summary historical combined and consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 from the audited consolidated financial statements of Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 and the combined and consolidated historical balance sheet data as of June 30, 2014 and 2013 have been derived from unaudited combined and consolidated financial statements of Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited combined and consolidated financial statements of Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC have been prepared on substantially the same basis as the audited combined and consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our combined and consolidated financial position and results of operations for all periods presented. The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year. Additionally, our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for any future period.

       
  Actual
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended
December 31,
     2014   2013   2013   2012
     (Dollars in thousands)
Statements of Operations Data:
                                   
Revenues
                                   
Management fees   $   26,453     $    14,858     $   36,446     $    25,325  
Performance fees     2,372       251       2,412       765  
Other income and fees     4,396       2,019       5,011       2,152  
Total revenues     33,221       17,128       43,869       28,242  
Expenses
                                   
Compensation and benefits     9,333       6,564       13,712       11,477  
Performance fee compensation     3,158       5,271       7,192       5,148  
Consolidated Funds expenses     833       615       1,225       1,653  
General, administrative and other expenses     9,363       5,874       12,655       9,679  
Total expenses     22,687       18,324       34,784       27,957  
Other income (expense)
                                   
Dividend income     443       443       886       245  
Interest expense     (1,364 )       (738 )       (1,479 )       (831 )  
Other expenses, net     (1,318 )       (178 )       (483 )       (552 )  
Interest and other income of Consolidated Funds     30,534       23,903       49,912       36,335  
Net realized gain (loss) on investments of Consolidated Funds     1,288       (12,579 )       (16,080 )       (1,600 )  
Net change in unrealized depreciation on investments of Consolidated Funds     (8,368 )       (3,286 )       (3,667 )       (9,316 )  
Total other income, net     21,215       7,565       29,089       24,281  
Income before income taxes     31,749       6,369       38,174       24,566  
Provision for income taxes     1,251       676       1,639       1,087  

73


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

       
  Actual
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended
December 31,
     2014   2013   2013   2012
     (Dollars in thousands)
Net income     30,498       5,693       36,535       23,479  
Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in Consolidated Funds     12,969       (352 )       12,898       11,561  
Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in consolidated subsidiaries     1,560                    
Net income attributable to members   $ 15,969     $ 6,045     $ 23,637     $ 11,918  
Statements of Balance Sheet Data:
                                   
Assets
                                   
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 3,278     $ 1,379     $ 5,395     $ 1,292  
Investments in equity method investees, at fair value     10,256       10,117       10,173       9,929  
Management fees receivables     11,534       6,795       8,921       4,672  
Performance fees receivables     5,895       1,179       3,339       928  
Other assets     6,897       3,939       5,308       3,530  
Assets of Consolidated Funds
                                   
Cash and cash equivalents     95,033       15,784       60,355       74,133  
Investments, at fair value     473,789       343,739       412,218       340,245  
Interest and dividends receivable     4,307       3,864       2,804       2,918  
Other assets     16,015       637       436       229  
Total assets   $ 627,004     $ 387,433     $ 508,949     $ 437,876  
Liabilities and equity
                                   
Loans payable   $ 44,701     $ 8,746     $ 27,990     $ 6,514  
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities     22,491       12,287       17,613       12,666  
Performance fee compensation payable     18,491       15,012       16,225       10,858  
Liabilities of Consolidated Funds
                                   
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities     6,198       1,547       1,160       902  
Total liabilities     91,881       37,592       62,988       30,940  
Commitments and contingencies
                                   
Non-controlling interests in Consolidated Funds     566,046       355,254       464,475       407,353  
Non-controlling interests in consolidated subsidiaries     2,528       40       40       40  
Members’ (deficit) equity     (33,451 )       (5,453 )       (18,554 )       (457 )  
Total equity     535,123       349,841       445,961       406,936  
Total liabilities, non-controlling interests and equity      $627,004        $387,433        $508,949         $437,876  

74


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the historical combined and consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The historical combined and consolidated financial data discussed below reflects the historical results of operations and financial position of Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC, as well as their wholly owned subsidiaries and Consolidated Funds. The historical standalone financial data discussed below reflects the historical results of operations and financial position attributable to Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC as well as their wholly owned subsidiaries but excludes the Consolidated Funds. The historical combined and consolidated financial data discussed below does not give effect to the Reorganization, this offering and the Offering Transactions. See “Organizational Structure” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties. Actual results and the timing of events may differ significantly from those expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those included in the section entitled “Risk Factors” contained elsewhere in this prospectus describing key risks associated with our business, operations and industry. Actual results may differ materially from those contained in our forward-looking statements. Amounts and percentages presented throughout our discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations may reflect rounding adjustments and consequently totals may not appear to sum. The highlights listed below have had significant effects on many items within our combined and consolidated financial statements and affect the comparison of the current period’s activity with those of prior periods.

Overview

Medley is a rapidly growing asset management firm with approximately $3.3 billion of AUM as of June 30, 2014. We provide institutional and retail investors with yield-oriented investment products that pay periodic dividends or distributions that we believe offer attractive risk-adjusted returns. We focus on credit-related investment strategies, primarily originating senior secured loans to private middle market companies in the United States that have revenues between $50 million and $1 billion. We generally hold these loans to maturity.

We manage two permanent capital vehicles, both of which are BDCs, as well as long-dated private funds and SMAs. Our focus on senior secured credit, combined with the permanent and long-dated nature of our vehicles, leads to predictable management fee and incentive fee income. Our year over year AUM growth as of June 30, 2014 was 62% and our compounded annual growth rate of AUM from December 31, 2010 through December 31, 2013 was 31%, which have been driven in large part by the growth in our permanent capital vehicles.

Permanent capital vehicles : MCC and SIC, with combined AUM of $1.8 billion as of June 30, 2014.
Long-dated institutional funds and SMAs : MOF I, MOF II and SMAs, with total AUM of $1.5 billion as of June 30, 2014.

Since the launch of our first permanent capital vehicle in January 2011, permanent capital has grown to represent 55% of our AUM as of June 30, 2014. We expect that AUM growth in MCC and SIC and the launch of new permanent capital vehicles will continue to increase the proportion of our AUM derived from permanent capital vehicles.

75


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For the six months ended June 30, 2014, 90% of our standalone revenues were generated from management fee income and performance fee income derived primarily from net interest income on senior secured loans.

Direct origination, careful structuring and active monitoring of the loan portfolios we manage are important success factors in our business, which can be adversely affected by difficult market and political conditions, such as the turmoil in the global capital markets from 2007 to 2009. Since our inception in 2006, we have adhered to a disciplined investment process that employs these principles with the goal of delivering strong risk-adjusted investment returns while protecting investor capital. We believe that our ability to directly originate, structure and lead deals enables us to consistently lend at higher yields with better terms. In addition, the loans we manage generally have a contractual maturity of between three and seven years and are typically floating rate, which we believe positions our business well for rising interest rates.

Although we have a relatively short operating history, our senior management team has on average over 20 years of experience in credit, including originating, underwriting, principal investing and loan structuring. We have made significant investments in our corporate infrastructure and have over 70 employees, including over 35 investment, origination and credit management professionals, and over 35 operations, marketing and distribution professionals, each with extensive experience in their respective disciplines.

We believe that our revenue is consistent and predictable due to our investment strategy and nature of our fees. The significant majority of our standalone revenue is derived from management fees, which include base management fees earned on all of our investment products as well as Part I incentive fees earned from our permanent capital vehicles. Our base management fees are generally calculated based upon fee earning assets and paid quarterly in cash. Our Part I incentive fees are generally equal to 20% of net investment income, subject to a hurdle rate, and are also paid quarterly in cash.

We also earn performance fees from our long-dated private funds and SMAs. Typically, these performance fees are equal to 20% of total return above a hurdle rate. These performance fees are accrued quarterly and paid after return of all invested capital and an amount sufficient to achieve the hurdle rate of return.

The investment strategies in our permanent capital vehicles, long-dated private funds and SMAs are focused on generating net interest income from senior secured loans. Because we focus on capital preservation and generally originate senior secured loans that pay interest at a rate in excess of our hurdle rate, we believe our Part I incentive fees and performance fees are predictable and recurring.

We also receive incentive fees related to realized capital gains in our permanent capital vehicles, that we refer to as Part II incentive fees. These incentive fees are typically equal to 20% of the net realized gain after achieving a hurdle rate and are paid annually. As our investment strategy is focused on generating yield from senior secured credit, historically we have not generated Part II incentive fees. As a result, we do not separately disclose Part II incentive fees as a line item in our financials. See “Business — Fee Structure.”

Our primary expenses are compensation to our employees and general, administrative and other expenses. Compensation includes salaries, bonuses and benefits paid and payable to our employees as well as the performance fee compensation that is directly related to performance fees, generally consisting of incentive allocations in our long-dated private funds that we grant to certain of our professionals. General and administrative expenses include costs primarily related to professional services, office rent and equipment expenses, depreciation and amortization, travel and related expenses, information technology, communication and information services, placement fees and third party marketing expenses and other general operating items.

76


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Trends Affecting Our Business

We believe that our disciplined investment philosophy contributes to the stability of our firm’s performance. As of June 30, 2014, approximately 55% of our AUM was in permanent capital vehicles, which have unlimited duration, attractive total returns and strong growth. Our results of operations, including the fair value of our AUM, are affected by a variety of factors, including conditions in the global financial markets as well as economic and political environments, particularly in the United States.

In general, 2013 and the first six months of 2014 were characterized by economic recovery and increasing investor demand for yield products given historically low interest rates. Investors’ desire for yield, coupled with low interest rates, continued to drive corporate credit issuance to record levels in the United States. We have benefited from the demand for yield products and grown our AUM over this period. Generally, private debt markets did not experience the same level of credit spread tightening seen in the broader markets, which has allowed us to continue to deliver strong total returns to investors and grow our AUM.

In addition to these macroeconomic trends and market factors, our future performance is dependent on our ability to attract new capital. We believe the following factors will influence our future performance:

The extent to which investors favor directly originated private credit investments.   Our ability to attract additional capital is dependent on investors’ views of directly originated private credit investments relative to traditional assets. We believe fundraising efforts will continue to be impacted by certain fundamental asset management trends that include: (1) the increasing importance of directly originated private credit investment strategies for institutional investors; (2) increasing demand for directly originated private credit investments from retail investors; (3) recognition by the consultant channel, which serves endowment and pension fund investors, that directly originated private credit is an important component of asset allocation; (4) increasing demand from insurance companies seeking alternatives to investing in the liquid credit markets; and (5) de-leveraging of the global banking system, bank consolidation and increased bank regulatory requirements.
Our ability to generate strong, stable returns and retain investor capital throughout market cycles.   The capital we are able to attract and retain drives the growth of our AUM, fee earning AUM and management fees we earn. We believe we are well positioned to capitalize on investment opportunities throughout market cycles given the majority of our AUM is in either permanent capital vehicles or long-dated private funds and SMAs.
Our ability to source investments with attractive risk-adjusted returns.   Our ability to grow our revenue is dependent on our continued ability to source attractive investments and deploy the capital that we have raised. We believe that the current economic environment provides attractive investment opportunities. Our ability to identify attractive investments and execute on those investments is dependent on a number of factors, including the general macroeconomic environment, valuation, size and the liquidity of these investment opportunities. A significant decrease in the quality or quantity of investment opportunities in the directly originated private credit market or a substantial increase in corporate default rates, an increase in competition from new entrants providing capital to the private debt market and a decrease in recovery rates of directly originated private credit could adversely affect our ability to source investments with attractive risk-adjusted returns.
The attractiveness of our product offering to investors.   We believe defined contribution plans, retail investors, public institutional investors, pension funds, endowments, sovereign wealth funds and insurance companies are increasing exposure to directly originated private credit investment products to seek differentiated returns and current yield. Our permanent

77


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

capital vehicles benefit from this demand by offering institutional and retail investors the ability to invest in our private credit investment strategy. We believe that the breadth, diversity and number of investment vehicles we offer allows us to maximize our reach with investors.
The strength of our investment process, operating platform and client servicing capabilities.   Following the most recent financial crisis, investors in alternative investments, including those managed by us, have heightened their focus on matters such as manager due diligence, reporting transparency and compliance infrastructure. Since inception, we have invested heavily in our investment monitoring systems, compliance and enterprise risk management systems to proactively address investor expectations and the evolving regulatory landscape. We believe these investments in operating infrastructure will continue to support our growth in AUM.

Consolidation and Deconsolidation of Medley Funds

We consolidate certain funds in our combined and consolidated financial statements presented in this prospectus. These funds represented approximately 27% of our AUM as of December 31, 2013 and 29% of our management fees and 71% of our performance fees for the year ended December 31, 2013, on a standalone basis.

Under GAAP, we are required to consolidate (a) entities in which we hold a majority voting interest or have majority ownership and control over the operational, financial and investing decisions of that entity, including affiliates and affiliated funds for which we are the general partner and are presumed to have control, and (b) entities that we concluded are Variable Interest Entities (“VIEs”), for which we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary. However, we are not required under GAAP to consolidate in our combined and consolidated financial statements certain investment funds that we advise because such funds provide the limited partners with the right to dissolve the fund without cause by a simple majority vote of the non-affiliated limited partners, which overcomes the presumption of control by us. “Consolidated Funds” refer to (a) with respect to the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, and the year ended December 31, 2013, MOF I and MOF II and (b) with respect to the year December 31, 2012, MOF I, MOF II and SIC. SIC was consolidated in 2012 and following its raising of additional third party capital, SIC was not consolidated in 2013.

In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) amended its guidance on accounting for VIEs. The new accounting guidance resulted in a change in our accounting policy effective January 1, 2010. Among other things, the new guidance (a) requires more qualitative than quantitative analysis to determine the primary beneficiary of a VIE, (b) requires continuous assessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a VIE, (c) enhances disclosures about an enterprise’s involvement with a VIE and (d) amends certain guidance for determining whether an entity is a VIE. Under the new guidance, a VIE must be consolidated if the enterprise has both (a) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and (b) the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE.

The assets and liabilities of our Consolidated Funds are held within separate legal entities and, as a result, the liabilities of our Consolidated Funds are non-recourse to us. Generally, the consolidation of our Consolidated Funds has a significant gross-up effect on our assets, liabilities and cash flows but has no net effect on the net income attributable to our combined and consolidated results or on our total controlling equity. The majority of the net economic ownership interests of our Consolidated Funds are reflected as non-controlling interests in Consolidated Funds in our combined and consolidated financial statements.

Components of our Results of Operations

Management Fees .  Management fees include both base management fees as well as Part I incentive fees. In our combined and consolidated results, our base management fees attributable to our consolidated funds are eliminated in our combined and consolidated results of operations.

78


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Base Management Fees.  Base management fees are generally based on a defined percentage of (1) average or total gross assets, including assets acquired with leverage, (2) total commitments, (3) net invested capital or (4) NAV. These fees are calculated quarterly and are paid in cash in advance or in arrears depending on each specific fund. Base management fees are recognized as revenue in the period advisory services are rendered, subject to our assessment of collectability.

In addition, to a lesser extent we also receive non-asset based management fees that may include special fees such as origination fees, transaction fees and similar fees paid to us in connection with portfolio investments of our funds. These fees are specific to particular transactions and the contractual terms of the portfolio investments, and are recognized when earned.

Part I Incentive Fees.  We also include Part I incentive fees that we receive from our permanent capital vehicles in Management Fees due to their predictable and consistent nature. Part I incentive fees are paid quarterly, in cash, and are driven primarily by net interest income on senior secured loans. These fees are not subject to clawbacks or netting against realized losses, which would benefit us during a time of asset price distress, as we would continue to earn fees so long as the loans we invest in are paying current interest. Given we are primarily an asset manager of yield-oriented products and our incentive fees are primarily derived from spread income rather than trading or capital gains, we believe Part I incentive fees will continue to be consistent and predictable. In addition, we also carefully manage interest rate risk. We are generally positioned to benefit from a raising rate environment, which should benefit fees paid to us from our vehicles and funds.

MCC Part I incentive fees are equal to 20% of net investment income (before MCC Part I incentive fees and MCC Part II incentive fees), subject to a fixed “hurdle rate” of 2.00% per quarter, calculated on the prior quarter net asset value. No fee is earned until MCC’s net investment income exceeds the 2.00% hurdle rate. There is a “catch-up” provision that allocates to us all investment income above the hurdle rate but below a 2.50% return on the prior quarter net asset value. Thereafter, we receive 20% of MCC’s net investment income above a 2.50% return on the prior quarter net asset value. We believe MCC Part I incentive fees are predictable and are recurring in nature. MCC Part I incentive fees are not subject to repayment (or clawback), and are paid quarterly in cash.

SIC Part I incentive fees are equal to 20% of its net investment income (before SIC Part I incentive fees and SIC Part II incentive fees), subject to a fixed “hurdle rate” of 1.75% per quarter, calculated on the prior quarter net asset value. No fee is earned until SIC’s net investment income exceeds the 1.75% hurdle rate. There is a “catch-up” provision that allocates to us all investment income above the hurdle rate but below a 2.1875% return on the prior quarter net asset value. Thereafter, we receive 20% of SIC’s net investment income above a 2.1875% return on the prior quarter net assets value. We believe SIC Part I incentive fees are predictable and are recurring in nature. SIC Part I incentive fees are not subject to repayment (or clawback), and are paid quarterly in cash.

Performance Fees .  Our long-dated private funds and SMAs have industry standard carried interest performance fee structures. Consistent with Part I incentive fees, carry performance fees are typically 20% of the total return over an 8.0% annualized preferred return. We record these fees on an accrual basis, to the extent such amounts are contractually due but not paid, and we present this revenue as a separate line item. These fees are subject to clawbacks, and netting against unrealized and realized losses. However, similar to Part I incentive fees, the key driver of these fees are interest income on senior secured loans, which are generally held to maturity. As such, similar to Part I incentive fees, we believe there is a high degree of predictability associated with these fees as compared to performance fees associated with more volatile trading or private equity investment strategies.

79


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The timing and amount of performance fees generated by our funds is uncertain. If we were to have a realization event in a particular quarter or year, it may have a significant impact on our results for that particular quarter or year that may not be replicated in subsequent periods. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry.”

We may be liable to certain funds for previously realized performance fees if the fund’s investment values decline, which vary from fund to fund, and in all cases each investment fund is considered separately in evaluating performance fees. If upon a liquidation of a fund’s investments at the then-current fair values, previously recognized and distributed performance fees could be required to be returned. If the funds were liquidated at their fair values at December 31, 2013 and 2012, there would have been no clawback obligation or liability. If we assumed all existing investments were valued at $0 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, there would have been no clawback obligation or liability.

For any given period, performance fee revenue on our combined and consolidated statement of operations may include reversals of previously recognized performance fees due to a decrease in the value of a particular fund that results in a decrease of cumulative performance fees earned to date. Since fund return hurdles are cumulative, previously recognized fees also may be reversed in a period of appreciation that is lower than the particular fund’s hurdle rate. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, had we assumed all existing investments were valued at $0, the net amount of performance fees subject to reversal would have been approximately $12.2 million and $4.0 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we did not reverse any previously recognized performance fees.

Part II Incentive Fees .  For our permanent capital vehicles, Part II incentive fees generally represent 20% of each fund’s cumulative realized capital gains (net of realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation). We have not received these fees historically, and do not expect such fees to be material in the future given our focus on senior secured lending.

Other Income and Fees .  We also provide administrative services to certain of our affiliated funds that are reported as other income and fees. Such fees are recognized as revenue in the period that administrative services are rendered. These fees are generally based on expense reimbursements for the portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by certain professionals directly attributable to the fund. These fees are reported within total revenues in our combined and consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

In certain cases, the entities that receive management and incentive fees from our funds are owned by Medley LLC together with other persons. See “Business — Fee Structure.” See “— Critical Accounting Policies” and Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to our combined and consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information regarding the manner in which management fees, performance fees and other fees are generated.

Expenses

Compensation and Benefits .  Compensation generally includes salaries, bonuses and benefits paid and payable to our employees. In the future, we may include equity-based compensation associated with the grants of equity-based awards to our senior professionals. Compensation expenses relating to the issuance of certain equity-based awards will be measured at fair value at the grant date, taking into consideration expected forfeitures, and expensed over the vesting period on a straight line basis. Such equity-based awards will be re-measured at the end of each reporting period. Bonuses are accrued over the service period to which they relate. All payments made to our senior professionals who are members of Medley LLC, including compensatory payments, have historically been accounted for as distributions on the equity held by such senior professionals rather than as employee compensation.

Following this offering, compensation and other benefits paid to our senior professionals who are members of Medley LLC will be accounted for as employee compensation. In addition, as described in “Management — IPO Date Restricted Unit Awards,” at the time of this offering we intend to grant

80


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to our employees, under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan,      restricted stock units. These restricted stock units will vest as to 60% of the underlying shares on the third anniversary of this offering, and as to an additional 20% of the underlying shares on each of the fourth and fifth anniversaries of this offering. The grant date fair value of the units will be charged to compensation expense as they vest over the applicable vesting period.

Performance Fee Compensation.   Performance fee compensation includes compensation directly related to performance fees, which generally consists of profits interests that we grant to our professionals. Depending on the nature of each fund, the performance fee participation is generally structured as a fixed percentage or as an annual award. The liability is recorded subject to the vesting of the profits interest granted and is calculated based upon the net present value of the projected performance fees. Payments to profits interest holders are payable when the performance fees are paid to Medley by the respective fund. It is possible that we may record performance fee compensation during a period in which we do not record any performance fee revenue or we have a reversal of previously recognized performance fee revenue. In certain cases, we may also record performance fee compensation in relation to severance. We have an obligation to pay our professionals a portion of the performance fees earned from certain funds, including revenue from Consolidated Funds that is eliminated in consolidation.

Consolidated Funds Expenses .  Consolidated fund expenses consist primarily of costs incurred by our Consolidated Funds, including professional fees, research expenses, trustee fees and other costs associated with administering these funds. These expenses are generally attributable to the related funds’ limited partners and are allocated to non-controlling interests. As such, these expenses have no material impact on the net income attributable to Medley and its consolidated subsidiaries.

General, Administrative and Other Expenses .  General and administrative expenses include costs primarily related to professional services, office rent and equipment expenses, depreciation and amortization, travel and related expenses, information technology, communication and information services, placement fees and third party marketing expenses, SIC expenses and other general operating items. These expenses are not borne by fund investors and are not offset by credits attributable to fund investors’ non-controlling interests in Consolidated Funds. Occupancy and equipment expense represents charges related to office leases and associated expenses, such as utilities and maintenance fees. Depreciation of fixed assets is normally calculated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, ranging from three to seven years, taking into consideration any residual value. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the useful life of the asset or the expected term of the lease. Placement fees typically represent expenses paid upfront in connection with our capital raising activities.

As a public company, we will be implementing additional procedures and processes for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. We expect to incur significant additional annual expenses related to these steps and, among other things, additional directors and officers’ liability insurance, director fees, reporting requirements of the SEC, transfer agent fees, hiring additional accounting, legal and administrative personnel, increased auditing and legal fees and similar expenses.

Other Income/Expense

Dividend Income .  Dividend income consists of dividends associated with our equity method investment. Dividends are recognized on an accrual basis to the extent that such amounts are expected to be collected.

Interest Expense .  Interest expense consists primarily of interest expense relating to debt incurred by us. As a result of the increased indebtedness incurred in connection with the Refinancing Transactions, we expect that interest expense in future periods will increase.

Other Expenses, net .  Other expenses, net consists primarily of expenses associated with our revenue share payable and unrealized gains (losses) associated with our equity method investment.

81


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Interest and Other Income of Consolidated Funds .  Interest income of our Consolidated Funds relates to interest and dividend income generated from the underlying investments securities. Interest and other income are recognized on an accrual basis to the extent such amounts are expected to be collected. These sources of revenue are generally attributable to the related funds’ limited partners and are allocated to non-controlling interests. As such, these sources of revenue have no direct material impact on the net income attributable to Medley and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Net Realized Gain (Loss) on Investments of Consolidated Funds .  Net realized gain on investments of Consolidated Funds consists of realized gains and losses arising from dispositions of investments held by our Consolidated Funds. Substantially all of the net investment gains (losses) of our Consolidated Funds are generally attributable to the related funds’ limited partners and allocated to non-controlling interests.

Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation) on Investment of Consolidated Funds .  Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments of Consolidated Funds reflects both unrealized gains and losses on investments from periodic changes in fair value of investments held by our Consolidated Funds and the reversal upon disposition of investments of unrealized gains and losses previously recognized for those investments. The net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investment of Consolidated Funds is generally attributable to the related funds’ limited partners and allocated to non-controlling interests.

Income Taxes .  Our business has historically been organized as a partnership for tax purposes and was not subject to United States federal, state and local income taxes. As a result of the Offering Transactions, Medley Management Inc. will become subject to United States federal, state and local income tax on its allocable portion of the income of Medley LLC at prevailing corporate tax rates. Our effective income tax rate is dependent on many factors, including a rate benefit attributable to the fact that a portion of Medley’s earnings are not subject to corporate level taxes. This favorable impact may be partially offset by the impact of certain permanent items, primarily attributable to certain compensation-related expenses that are not deductible for tax purposes.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. To the extent it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be recognized, a valuation allowance is provided to offset their benefit.

The Company recognizes the benefit of an income tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon tax examination, based solely on the technical merits of the tax position. Otherwise, no benefit is recognized. The tax benefits recognized are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Interest expense and penalties related to income tax matters are recognized as a component of interest expense and general and administrative expenses, respectively.

Non-Controlling Interests in Consolidated Funds .  Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests in Consolidated Funds represents the ownership interests that third parties hold in entities that are consolidated in our combined and consolidated financial statements.

Our private funds are closed-end funds, and accordingly do not permit investors to redeem their interests other than in limited circumstances that are beyond our control, such as instances in which retaining the limited partnership interest could cause the limited partner to violate a law, regulation or rule. In addition, separately managed accounts for a single investor may allow such investor to terminate the investment management agreement at the discretion of the investor pursuant to the terms of the applicable documents. We manage assets for MCC and SIC, both of which are business development companies (BDCs). The capital managed by MCC and SIC is permanently committed to these funds and cannot be redeemed by investors. MCC is a publicly traded entity on the New York Stock Exchange. Investors can trade shares in the secondary market through this platform.

82


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As a result of the Reclassification and Offering Transactions, Medley Management Inc. will be a holding company, and its sole material asset will be a controlling equity interest in Medley LLC. As the sole managing member of Medley LLC, Medley Management Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs of Medley LLC and, through Medley LLC and its subsidiaries, conduct our business. Under U.S. GAAP, Medley LLC will meet the definition of a VIE. Medley Management Inc. will be the primary beneficiary of Medley LLC as a result of its 100% voting power and control over Medley LLC and as a result of its obligation to absorb losses and its right to receive benefits of Medley LLC that could potentially be significant to Medley LLC. Medley Management Inc. will consolidate Medley LLC on its consolidated financial statements and record a non-controlling interest related to the LLC Units held by our pre-IPO owners on its consolidated balance sheets and statements of operations.

Managing Business Performance

Standalone Financial Information

Under U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), we are required to consolidate (a) entities in which we hold a majority voting interest or have majority ownership and control over the operational, financial and investing decisions of that entity, including affiliated funds, for which we are the general partner and are presumed to have control, and (b) entities that we conclude are VIEs, for which we are deemed the primary beneficiary. See “— Critical Accounting Policies — Principles of Consolidation” and Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to our combined and consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In order to make operating decisions, assess performance and allocate resources, management uses information derived from our combined and consolidated balance sheets and statements of operations that has been adjusted to eliminate the consolidating effects of the Consolidated Funds, on our combined and consolidated balance sheets and statements, which we refer to as “standalone financial information” or information presented on a “standalone basis”. Revenues from management fees, performance fees and investment income on a standalone basis are greater than those presented on a combined and consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP because certain revenues recognized in certain segments received from Consolidated Funds are eliminated in consolidation. Furthermore, expenses on a standalone basis are lower than related amounts presented on a combined and consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP due to the exclusion of the expenses of the Consolidated Funds.

Core Net Income.   Core Net Income is an income measure that is used by management to assess the performance of our business through the removal of non-core items, as well as non-recurring expenses associated with the transactions contemplated herein. It is calculated by adjusting standalone net income attributable to members to exclude reimbursable expenses associated with the launch of funds and certain one-time severance costs. In the future, Core Net Income will also exclude the amortization of any one-time equity compensation expense associated with grants of restricted stock units.

Core Earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization (Core EBITDA).   Core EBITDA is an income measure also used by management to assess the performance of our business. Core EBITDA is calculated as Core Net Income before interest expense as well as taxes, depreciation and amortization.

These standalone financial measures supplement and should be considered in addition to and not in lieu of the results of operations discussed further under “— Overview of Combined and Consolidated Results of Operations,” which are prepared in accordance with GAAP. For a reconciliation of these measures to the most comparable measure in accordance with GAAP, see “— Standalone Results of Operations.” See Note 13, “Segment Reporting,” to our combined and consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

83


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Key Performance Indicators

When we review our performance we focus on the indicators described below:

       
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended
December 31,
     2014   2013   2013   2012
     (Dollars in thousands, except as indicated)
Consolidated Financial Data:
                                   
Net income attributable to members   $    15,969     $    6,045     $   23,637     $    11,918  
Standalone Data:
                                   
Core EBITDA   $    21,459     $   9,340     $ 30,798       14,872  
Core Net Income     19,461       8,203       28,329       13,384  
Other Data (at period end, in millions):
                                   
AUM   $ 3,319     $ 2,046     $ 2,283     $ 1,765  
Fee Earning AUM     2,452       1,755       2,006       1,509  

AUM

AUM refers to the assets of our funds. We view AUM as a metric to measure our investment and fundraising performance as it reflects assets generally at fair value plus available uncalled capital. For our funds, our AUM equals the sum of the following:

Gross asset values or NAV of such funds;
the drawn and undrawn debt (at the fund-level, including amounts subject to restrictions);
uncalled committed capital (including commitments to funds that have yet to commence their investment periods).

The table below provides the period-to-period roll forward of AUM.

         
        % of AUM
     Permanent Capital Vehicles   Long-dated Private Funds and SMAs   Total   Permanent Capital Vehicles   Long-dated Private
Funds and SMAs
     (Dollars in millions)
Beginning balance, January 1, 2012   $     281     $   1,009     $   1,290       22 %       78 %  
Commitments (1)     415       313       728                    
Capital reduction (2)           (45 )       (45 )                    
Distributions (3)     (27 )       (86 )       (113 )                    
Change in fund value (4)     32       (127 )       (95 )              
Ending balance, December 31, 2012     701       1,064       1,765       40 %       60 %  
Commitments (1)     576       129       705                    
Capital reduction (2)                                    
Distributions (3)     (55 )       (61 )       (117 )                    
Change in fund value (4)     57       (128 )       (70 )              
Ending balance, December 31, 2013     1,279       1,004       2,283       56 %       44 %  
Commitments (1)     538       550       1,088                    
Capital reduction (2)                                    
Distributions (3)     (47 )       (1 )       (48 )                    
Change in fund value (4)     45       (49 )       (4 )              
Ending balance, June 30, 2014   $ 1,815     $ 1,504     $ 3,319       55 %       45 %  

(1) With respect to permanent capital vehicles, represents increases during the period through equity and debt offerings, as well as any increases in available undrawn borrowings or capital

84


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

commitments. With respect to long-dated private funds and SMAs, represents new commitments or gross inflows, respectively, as well as any increases in available undrawn borrowings.
(2) Represents the permanent reduction in equity or leverage during the period.
(3) Represents distributions and redemptions net of recallable amounts.
(4) Includes fund net income, including interest income, realized and unrealized gains (losses), fees and expenses.

AUM Roll Forward

AUM increased by $1,036.6 million, or 45%, to $3.3 billion as of June 30, 2014 compared to AUM as of December 31, 2013.

Our permanent capital vehicles increased AUM by $536.3 million, or 42%, primarily associated with new equity issuances at MCC and SIC during the quarter. Our long-dated private funds and SMAs increased AUM by $500.3 million, or 50%, primarily associated with new capital commitments, partly offset by changes in fund value.

AUM increased by $517.9 million, or 29%, to $2.3 billion as of December 31, 2013 compared to AUM as of December 31, 2012.

Our permanent capital vehicles increased AUM by $577.5 million, or 82%, primarily associated with new equity issuances at MCC and SIC during the year. Our long-dated private funds and SMAs decreased AUM by $59.6 million, or 6%, primarily associated with distributions and changes in fund values, partially offset by additional commitments.

AUM increased by $474.5 million, or 37%, to $1.8 billion as of December 31, 2012 compared to AUM as of January 1, 2012.

Our permanent capital vehicles increased AUM by $419.9 million, or 149%, primarily associated with new equity issuances at MCC and SIC during the year. Our long-dated private funds and SMAs increased AUM by $54.6 million, or 5%, primarily associated with new capital commitments, offset by distributions and changes in fund value.

Fee Earning AUM

Fee earning AUM refers to the AUM on which we directly earn base management fees. We view fee earning AUM as a metric to measure changes in the assets from which we earn management fees. Our fee earning AUM is the sum of all the individual fee earning assets of our funds that contribute directly to our management fees and generally equals the sum of:

for our permanent capital vehicles, the average or total gross asset value, including assets acquired with the proceeds of leverage (see “Fee earning AUM based on gross asset value” in the “Components of fee earning AUM” table below for the amount of this component of fee earning AUM as of each period);
for certain funds within the investment period in the long-dated private funds, the amount of limited partner capital commitments (see “Fee earning AUM based on capital commitments” in the “Components of fee earning AUM” table below for the amount of this component of fee earning AUM as of each period); and
for the aforementioned funds beyond the investment period, certain managed accounts within their investment period, the amount of limited partner invested capital or the NAV of the fund (see “Fee earning AUM based on invested capital or NAV” in the “Components of fee earning AUM” table below for the amount of this component of fee earning AUM as of each period).

Our calculations of fee earning AUM and AUM may differ from the calculations of other asset managers and, as a result, this measure may not be comparable to similar measures presented by others. In addition, our calculations of fee earning AUM and AUM may not be based on any definition of fee earning AUM or AUM that is set forth in the agreements governing the investment funds that we advise.

85


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Components of Fee Earning AUM

       
  As of
June 30,
  As of
December 31,
     2014   2013   2013   2012
     (Dollars in millions)
Fee earning AUM based on gross asset value   $ 1,505     $ 807       1,072     $ 573  
Fee earning AUM based on capital commitments     581       581       581       452  
Fee earning AUM based on invested capital or NAV     366       367       353       484  
Total fee earning AUM   $   2,452     $   1,755     $   2,006     $    1,509  

As of June 30, 2014, fee earning AUM based on gross asset value increased $698.0 million, or 87%, compared to June 30, 2013. As of December 31, 2013, fee earning AUM based on gross asset value increased $498.2 million, or 87%, compared to December 31, 2012. The increase in fee earning AUM based on gross asset value was primarily due to an increase in AUM of MCC and SIC that resulted from additional equity raised during the period.

There was no change in fee earning AUM based on capital commitments as of June 30, 2014 compared to June 30, 2013. As of December 31, 2013, fee earning AUM based on capital commitments increased $128.5 million, or 28%, compared to December 31, 2012. The increase in fee earning AUM based on capital commitments is attributable to additional commitments to MOF II received during the period.

The table below presents the period-to-period roll forward of Fee Earning AUM.

         
        % of AUM
     Permanent Capital Vehicles   Long-dated Private Funds and SMAs   Total   Permanent Capital Vehicles   Long-dated Private Funds and SMAs
     (Dollars in millions)          
Beginning balance, January 1, 2012   $ 254     $ 954     $ 1,207       21 %       79 %  
Commitments (1)     315       195       511                    
Capital reduction (2)                                    
Distributions (3)     (28 )       (86 )       (114 )                    
Change in fund value (4)     32       (127 )       (95 )              
Ending balance, December 31, 2012     573       936       1,509       38 %       62 %  
Commitments (1)     497       186       683                    
Capital reduction (2)                                    
Distributions (3)     (55 )       (61 )       (116 )                    
Change in fund value (4)     57       (127 )       (70 )              
Ending balance, December 31, 2013     1,072       934       2,006       53 %       47 %  
Commitments (1)     435       70       505                    
Capital reduction (2)                                    
Distributions (3)     (47 )       (13 )       (60 )                    
Change in fund value (4)     45       (44 )       1              
Ending balance, June 30, 2014   $ 1,505     $ 947     $ 2,452       61 %       39 %  

(1) With respect to permanent capital vehicles, represents increases during the period through equity offerings and utilized debt commitments. With respect to long-dated private funds and SMAs, represents new commitments or gross invested capital, respectively.
(2) Represents the permanent reduction in equity or the reduction of utlized debt commitments during the period.
(3) Represents distributions and redemptions net of recallable amounts.
(4) Includes fund net income, including interest income, realized and unrealized gains (losses), fees and expenses.

86


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As of June 30, 2014, fee earning AUM based on invested capital or NAV decreased $1.0 million, or 0%, compared to June 30, 2013. As of December 31, 2013, fee earning AUM based on invested capital or NAV decreased $130.5 million, or 27%, compared to December 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in fee earning AUM over the period related to MOF I, which is in the harvesting stage of its life cycle where loans are maturing and capital is being returned to investors. The decrease in fee earning AUM based on invested capital or NAV for the period was offset by an increase in total fee earning AUM attributable to SMAs as well as our permanent capital vehicles.

As of June 30, 2014, total fee earning AUM increased $697 million, or 40%, compared to June 30, 2013. As of December 31, 2013, total fee earning AUM increased $496.2 million, or 33%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2012.

Returns

The following section sets forth historical performance for our active funds as well as inactive and predecessor funds as of June 30, 2014.

Sierra Income Corporation (SIC)

We launched SIC, our first public non-traded permanent capital vehicle, in April 2012. SIC primarily focuses on direct lending to middle market borrowers in the United States. As of June 30, 2014, the fee earning AUM was $404.1 million, the total number of investments was 124 and total capital invested was $444 million. The performance for SIC as of June 30, 2014 is summarized below:

 
Annualized Net Total Return (1) :     9.4 %  
Annualized Realized Losses on Invested Capital:     0.1 %  
Average Recovery:     91.6 %  

Medley Capital Corporation (MCC)

We launched MCC, our first permanent capital vehicle in January 2011. MCC has grown to become one of the largest BDCs by both market capitalization and total assets and primarily focuses on direct lending to private middle market borrowers in the United States. As of June 30, 2014, the fee earning AUM was $1.1 billion (excluding Medley SBIC LP), the total number of investments was 111, and total capital invested was $1.4 billion. The performance for MCC as of June 30, 2014 is summarized below:

 
Annualized Net Total Return (2) :     12.7 %  
Annualized Realized Losses on Invested Capital:     0.0 %  
Average Recovery:     N/A  

Medley SBIC LP (Medley SBIC)

We launched Medley SBIC in March 2013 as a wholly owned subsidiary of MCC. Medley SBIC’s returns are incorporated in the returns of MCC presented above. Medley SBIC lends to smaller middle market private borrowers that we otherwise would not target in our other funds, primarily due to size. As of June 30, 2014, the fee earning AUM was $107 million, the total number of investments was ten and total capital invested was $115 million. The performance for Medley SBIC fund as of June 30, 2014 is summarized below:

 
Gross Internal Rate of Return (3) :     18.3 %  
Net Internal Rate of Return (4) :     11.8 %  
Annualized Realized Losses on Invested Capital:     0.0 %  
Average Recovery:     N/A  

87


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley Opportunity Fund II (MOF II)

MOF II is a long-dated private investment fund that we launched in December 2010. MOF II lends to middle market private borrowers, with a focus on providing senior secured loans. As of June 30, 2014, the fee earning AUM was $581.0 million, the total number of investments that had been made was 42, and total capital invested was $707 million. MOF II is currently fully invested and actively managing its assets. The performance for MOF II as of June 30, 2014 is summarized below:

 
Gross Internal Rate of Return (3) :     15.3 %  
Net Internal Rate of Return (5) :     8.0 %  
Annualized Realized Losses on Invested Capital:     0.0 %  
Average Recovery:     N/A  

Separately Managed Accounts (SMAs)

In the case of our separately managed accounts, the investor, rather than us, may control the assets or investment vehicle that holds or has custody of the related investments. Certain subsidiaries of Medley LLC serve as the investment adviser for our SMAs. As of June 30, 2014, the fee earning AUM in our SMAs was $174.2 million, the total number of investments was 37, and total capital invested was $233 million. The performance for our SMAs as of June 30, 2014 is summarized below:

 
Gross Internal Rate of Return (3) :     14.3 %  
Net Internal Rate of Return (6) :     11.3 %  
Annualized Realized Losses on Invested Capital:     0.0 %  
Average Recovery:     N/A  

Medley Opportunity Fund I (MOF I)

We launched MOF I in October 2007. Through MOF I, we focused on making loans to middle market private borrowers across the capital structure. As of June 30, 2014, fee earning AUM was $192.4 million, the total number of investments made was 43 and total capital invested was $1.2 billion. The performance for MOF I as of June 30, 2014 is summarized below:

 
Gross Internal Rate of Return (3) :     (5.6 )%  
Net Internal Rate of Return (7) :     (8.0 )%  
Annualized Realized Losses on Invested Capital:     1.8 %  
Average Recovery:     66.9 %  

CN Opportunity Fund (CN)

CN is a fund that members of our senior management team managed from January 2003 to December 2005, which made loans to middle market private borrowers, primarily through senior secured loans. CN made 20 investments and invested total capital of $326 million. The performance for CN during the time members of our senior management team were responsible for managing the fund is summarized below:

 
Gross Internal Rate of Return (3) :     27.5 %  
Net Internal Rate of Return (8) :     20.8 %  
Annualized Realized Losses on Invested Capital:     0.0 %  
Average Recovery:     N/A  

(1) Annualized Net Total Return for SIC represents the annualized return assuming an investment at the initial public offering price, reinvestments of all dividends and distributions at prices obtained under SIC's dividend reinvestment plan and selling at the closing price as of the measurement date.

88


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(2) Annualized Net Total Return for MCC represents the annualized return assuming an investment at the initial public offering price, reinvestments of all dividends and distributions at prices obtained under MCC's dividend reinvestment plan and selling at the closing price as of the measurement date.
(3) For MOF II, SMAs, MOF I, Medley SBIC and CN, the Gross Internal Rate of Return represents the cumulative investment performance from inception of each respective fund through June 30, 2014. The Gross Internal Rate of Return includes both realized and unrealized investments and excludes the impact of base management fees, incentive fees and other fund related expenses. For realized investments, the investment returns were calculated based on the actual cash outflows and inflows for each respective investment and include all interest, principal and fee note repayments, dividends and transactions fees, if applicable. For unrealized investments, the investment returns were calculated based on the actual cash outflows and inflows for each respective investment and include all interest, principal and fee note repayments, dividends and transactions fees, if applicable. The investment return assumes that the remaining unrealized portion of the investment is realized at the investment’s most recent fair value, as calculated in accordance with GAAP. There can be no assurance that the investments will be realized at these fair values and actual results may differ significantly.
(4) Earnings from Medley SBIC are paid to MCC. Accordingly, the Net Internal Rate of Return for Medley SBIC reflects an assumed proportional allocation of applicable MCC management and incentive fees, including general fund related expenses.
(5) Net Internal Rate of Return for MOF II was calculated using the Gross Internal Rate of Return, as described in note 3, and includes the actual management fees, incentive fees and general fund related expenses.
(6) Net Internal Rate of Return for our SMAs was calculated using the Gross Internal Rate of Return, as described in note 3, and includes the actual management fees, incentive fees and general fund related expenses.
(7) Net Internal Rate of Return for MOF I was calculated using the Gross Internal Rate of Return, as described in note 3, and includes the actual management fees and general fund related expenses. The calculation does not include the impact of incentive fees. The impact of such fees on an investor’s net investment return will vary by investor based upon the date of their investment in the fund.
(8) Net Internal Rate of Return for CN was calculated using the Gross Internal Rate of Return, as described in note 3, and includes the actual management fees, incentive fees and general fund related expenses.

89


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Results of Operations

Combined and Consolidated Results of Operations

The following table and discussion sets forth information regarding our combined and consolidated results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. The combined and consolidated financial statements of pre-IPO Medley have been prepared on substantially the same basis for all historical periods presented; however, our Consolidated Funds are not the same entities in all periods shown due to changes in ownership percentages of certain funds. We consolidated funds where through our management contract and other interests we are deemed to hold a controlling financial interest. As further described below, the consolidation of these funds had the impact of increasing interest and other income of Consolidated Funds, interest and other expenses of Consolidated Funds and net investment gains (losses) of Consolidated Funds for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. The consolidation of these funds had no effect on net income attributable to us for the periods presented.

       
  Six Months Ended June 30,   Year Ended
December 31,
     2014   2013   2013   2012
     (Dollars in thousands, except as indicated)
Revenues:
                                   
Management fees   $   26,453     $   14,858     $   36,446     $    25,325  
Performance fees     2,372       251       2,412       765  
Other income and fees     4,396       2,019       5,011       2,152  
Total revenues     33,221       17,128       43,869       28,242  
Expenses:
                                   
Compensation and benefits     9,333       6,564       13,712       11,477  
Performance fee compensation     3,158       5,271       7,192       5,148  
Consolidated Funds expenses     833       615       1,225       1,653  
General, administrative and other expenses     9,363       5,874       12,655       9,679  
Total expenses     22,687       18,324       34,784       27,957  
Other income (expense):
                                   
Dividend income     443       443       886       245  
Interest expense     (1,364 )       (738 )       (1,479 )       (831 )  
Other expenses, net     (1,318 )       (178 )       (483 )       (552 )  
Interest and other income of Consolidated Funds     30,534       23,903       49,912       36,335  
Net realized gain (loss) on investments of Consolidated Funds     1,288       (12,579 )       (16,080 )       (1,600 )  
Net change in unrealized depreciation on investments of Consolidated Funds     (8,368 )       (3,286 )       (3,667 )       (9,316 )  
Total other income, net     21,215       7,565       29,089       24,281  
Income before income taxes     31,749       6,369       38,174       24,566  
Provision for income taxes     1,251       676       1,639       1,087  
Net income     30,498       5,693       36,535       23,479  
Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in Consolidated Funds     12,969       (352 )       12,898       11,561  
Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in consolidated subsidiaries     1,560                    
Net income attributable to members   $ 15,969     $ 6,045     $ 23,637     $ 11,918  
Other data (at period end, in millions):
                                   
AUM   $ 3,319     $ 2,046     $ 2,283     $ 1,765  
Fee earning AUM     2,452       1,755       2,006       1,509  

90


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2013

Revenues

Management Fees .  Total management fees increased by $11.6 million, or 78%, to $26.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Our permanent capital vehicles generated an additional $9.1 million in management fees for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. Management fees from MCC increased $6.8 million due to a 58.7% increase in fee earning AUM. Management fees from SIC increased $2.3 million due to a 382% increase in fee earning AUM.
Our long-dated private funds and SMAs generated an additional $2.5 million in management fees for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase in management fees of $3.9 million from MOF II and SMAs, which experienced a 13% increase in fee earning AUM over that period.

Performance Fees .  Performance fees increased by $2.1 million, to $2.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the invested assets of our SMAs which resulted in an increase in the performance fees earned.

Other Income and Fees .  Other income and fees increased by $2.4 million, or 118%, to $4.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the same period in 2013. The increase was primarily due to increases of $1.7 million and $0.7 million of organizational and offering expense reimbursements from SIC and administrative fees from our permanent capital vehicles, respectively.

Expenses

Compensation and Benefits .  Compensation and benefits increased by $2.8 million, or 42%, to $9.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase in headcount from 2013 to 2014 as well as merit-based increases. Guaranteed payments to our senior partners are accounted for as equity distributions.

Performance Fee Compensation .  Performance fee compensation decreased by $2.1 million, or 40%, to $3.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. The decrease was due primarily to an increase during the six months ended June 30, 2013 in the size of the respective fund that impacts the calculation of performance fee compensation and additional vesting in the profits interests granted. This impact was partially offset by additional performance fee compensation associated with additional profits interests granted in January 2014.

Expenses of our Consolidated Funds .  Expenses of Consolidated Funds increased by $0.2 million, or 35%, to $0.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. This increase was primarily due to increases in professional fees and deal related expenses.

General, Administrative and Other Expenses .  General, administrative and other expenses increased by $3.5 million, or 59%, to $9.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was primarily due to increases in organizational and offering expenses and expense support agreement expenses related to SIC, professional fee and recruiting and placement fee expenses related to the hiring of additional employees.

91


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Other Income (Expense)

When evaluating the changes in other income (expense), we separately analyze the returns generated by our investment portfolio from the investment returns generated by our Consolidated Funds. Dividend income did not change for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Interest expense increased by $0.6 million or 85% to $1.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the balance of total debt outstanding during the period.

Other expenses, net increased by $1.1 million to $1.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was primarily due to additional expenses associated with our revenue share payable.

Investments of Consolidated Funds

Interest and other income of Consolidated Funds increased $6.6 million, or 28%, to $30.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase in net interest income was due primarily to an increase in the invested capital in MOF II.

Net realized gain of Consolidated Funds increased by $13.9 million, or 110.0%, to $1.3 million from a net loss of $12.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to six months ended June 30, 2013.

The net change in unrealized depreciation on investments of Consolidated Funds increased by $5.1 million or 155% to $8.4 million for the six months ended June 2014, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase in unrealized depreciation was primarily due to the decline in operating performance of certain investments that resulted in additional valuation adjustments.

Income Tax Expense .  Our effective income tax rate was 3.9% and 10.6% for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The difference in the effective rate is attributed primarily to permanent differences.

Non-Controlling Interests .  Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in consolidated entities increased by $13.3 million to $13.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase is due primarily to an increase in interest income and realized gains on investments of Consolidated Funds, partially offset by an increase in unrealized depreciation on investments of Consolidated Funds.

Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012

Revenues

Management Fees .  Total management fees increased by $11.1 million, or 44%, to $36.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012.

Our permanent capital vehicles generated an additional $14.4 million in management fees for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. Management fees from MCC increased $12.5 million due to a 90% increase in fee earning AUM. Management fees from SIC increased $1.9 million due to a 425% increase in fee earning AUM.
Our long-dated private funds and SMAs generated $3.3 million less for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease of management fees of $4.0 million from MOF I due to a 43% decrease in fee earning AUM over the period. MOF I is in the harvesting stage of its life cycle where loans are maturing and capital is being returned to investors, and the fee earning AUM for MOF I is expected to continue to decrease in the future. The decrease in management fees for the period was partially offset by an increase in management fees of $0.1 million from the SMAs due to 73% increase in fee earning AUM.

92


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Performance Fees .  Performance fees increased by $1.6 million, or 215%, to $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the invested assets of our SMAs which resulted in an increase in performance fees earned.

Other Income and Fees .  Other income and fees increased by $2.9 million, or 133%, to $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012. The increase was primarily due to increases of $1.4 million and $1.5 million of organizational and offering expense reimbursement from SIC and administrative fees from our permanent capital vehicles, respectively.

Expenses

Compensation and Benefits .  Compensation and benefits increased by $2.2 million, or 19%, to $13.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to increases in base salary and bonuses resulting from an increase in headcount from 2012 to 2013. Guaranteed payments to our senior professionals who are members of Medley LLC have historically been accounted for as equity distributions.

Performance Fee Compensation .  Performance fee compensation increased by $2.0 million, or 40%, to $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. The change in performance fee compensation was primarily due to vesting of previously issued profit sharing interests.

Expenses of our Consolidated Funds .  Expenses of Consolidated Funds decreased by $0.4 million, or 26%, to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily due to a reduction in marketing expenses.

General, Administrative and Other Expenses .  General, administrative and other expenses increased by $3.0 million, or 31%, to $12.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to increases in expense support agreement expenses related to SIC, professional fee and recruiting and placement fee expenses related to the hiring of additional employees. The increase was partially offset by decreases in organizational and offering expenses related to SIC.

Other Income (Expense)

When evaluating the changes in other income (expense), we separately analyze the returns generated by our investment portfolio from the investment returns generated by our Consolidated Funds.

Dividend income increased by $0.6 million, or 262%, for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in dividend income was primarily due to an increase in dividends received on our SIC shares.

Interest expense increased $0.6 million or 78% to $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the balance of total average debt outstanding during the period.

Investments of Consolidated Funds

Interest and other income of Consolidated Funds increased by $13.6 million, or 37%, to $49.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in net interest income was due primarily to an increase in interest income from MOF II.

Net investment losses of Consolidated Funds increased by $8.8 million, from a $10.9 million net loss for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in net investment losses was due to a $14.4 million increase in net realized losses partially offset by a $5.6 million decrease in net unrealized depreciation.

93


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Income Tax Expense .  Our effective combined and consolidated income tax rate of 4.3% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 4.4% for the year ended December 31, 2012 has remained fairly consistent.

Non-Controlling Interests .  Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in consolidated entities was $12.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $11.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in net income attributable to non-controlling interests of $1.3 million was primarily due to an increase in interest income of Consolidated Funds and a decrease in net unrealized depreciation on investments of Consolidated Funds, offset by realized losses on investments of Consolidated Funds.

Standalone Result of Operations

Discussed below are our results of operations on a standalone basis.

       
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended
December 31,
     2014   2013   2013   2012
     (Dollars in thousands)
Revenues
                                   
Management fees   $ 29,900     $ 20,440     $ 46,424     $ 33,690  
Performance fees     8,076       2,863       8,236       3,883  
Other income and fees     4,396       2,019       5,011       2,527  
Total revenues     42,372       25,322       59,671       40,100  
Expenses
                                   
Compensation and benefits     9,333       6,564       13,712       11,477  
Performance fee compensation     3,158       5,271       7,192       5,148  
General, administrative and other expenses     9,363       5,874       12,655       9,679  
Total expenses     21,854       17,709       33,559       26,304  
Other income (expense)
                                   
Dividend income     443       443       886       245  
Interest expense     (1,364 )       (738 )       (1,479 )       (831 )  
Other expenses, net     (1,620 )       (1,013 )       (1,168 )       (905 )  
Total other income (expense), net     (2,541 )       (1,308 )       (1,761 )       (1,491 )  
Income before income taxes     17,977       6,305       24,351       12,305  
Provision for income taxes     448       260       714       387  
Net income     17,529       6,045       23,637       11,918  
Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in consolidated subsidiaries     1,560                    
Net income attributable to members   $ 15,969     $ 6,045     $ 23,637     $ 11,918  
Reimbursable fund startup expenses     3,497       1,418       3,939       1,466  
Severance expenses     (5 )       740       753        
Core Net income   $ 19,461     $ 8,203     $ 28,329     $ 13,384  
Interest expense     1,364       738       1,479       831  
Income taxes     448       260       714       387  
Depreciation and amortization     186       139       276       270  
Core EBITDA   $ 21,459     $ 9,340     $ 30,798     $ 14,872  

94


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The table provides the details of management fees and performance fees for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 and the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

       
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended
December 31,
     2014   2013   2013   2012
     (Dollars in thousands)
Management Fees
                                   
Base Management fees
                                   
Permanent capital vehicles   $ 11,583     $ 6,115     $ 14,393     $ 6,891  
Long-dated private funds and SMAs     9,005       8,684       18,395       19,714  
Part I incentive fees on permanent capital vehicles     9,312       5,641       13,636       7,085  
Total Management fees     29,900       20,440       46,424       33,690  
Performance fees on long-dated private funds and SMAs     7,636       2,863       8,236       3,883  
Part II incentive fees on permanent capital vehicles     440                    
Other income and fees     4,396       2,019       5,011       2,527  
Total fee revenues   $ 42,372     $   25,322     $   59,671     $    40,100  
Total fee revenue as a percentage of average fee earning AUM for period     1.9%       1.6%       3.4%       3.1%  

Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2013

Revenues

Management Fees .  Total management fees increased by $9.5 million, or 46%, to $29.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Our permanent capital vehicles generated an additional $9.1 million in management fees for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. Management fees from MCC increased $6.9 million due to a 59% increase in fee earning AUM over the period. Management fees from SIC increased $2.3 million due to a 382% increase in fee earning AUM over the period.
Our private funds and SMAs generated an additional $0.4 million in management fees for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase of management fees of $2.0 million from MOF II and the SMAs due to a 17% increase in fee earning AUM. The increase in management fees was partially offset by a 23% decrease in fee earning AUM over the period for MOF I. MOF I is in the harvesting stage of its life cycle and the fee earning AUM is expected to continue to decrease in the future.

Performance Fees .  Performance fees increased by $5.2 million to $8.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to $ 2.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the unrealized depreciation on investments of Consolidated Funds that resulted in a reversal of performance fees allocated in prior periods.

Other income and Fees .  Other income and fees increased by $2.4 million, or 118%, to $4.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was primarily due to increases of $1.7 million and $0.7 million of organizational and offering expense reimbursement from SIC and administrative fees from our permanent capital vehicles, respectively.

95


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Expenses

Compensation and Benefits .  Compensation and benefits increased by $2.8 million, or 42%, to $9.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase in headcount from 2013 to 2014 as well as merit-based increases. Guaranteed payments to our senior partners are accounted for as equity distributions.

Performance Fee Compensation.   Performance fee compensation decreased by $2.1 million, or 40%, to $3.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. The change in performance fee compensation was primarily due to the grant of additional profits interests in January 2014 (“January 2014 Profits Interests”) offset by a decrease in performance fee compensation during the six months ended June 30, 2014 associated with profits interests granted in October 2010 (“October 2010 Profits Interests”). The January 2014 Profits Interests were fully vested at grant and we recorded $1.0 million of performance fee compensation expense during the period. The decrease related to the October 2010 Profits Interests equaled $0.8 million and was primarily due to a decrease in vesting due to an employee termination in April 2013.

General, Administrative and Other Expenses .  General, administrative and other expenses increased by $3.5 million, or 59%, to $9.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was due to increases in organizational and offering expenses and expense support agreement expenses related to SIC, professional fee and recruiting and placement fee expenses related to the hiring of additional employees.

Other Income (Expense)

Dividend income remained consistent at $0.4 million for each of the periods ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.

Interest expense increased by $0.6 million, or 85%, to $1.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the balance of total debt outstanding during the period.

Other expenses, net increased by $0.6 million or 60% to $1.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was attributed primarily to an increase in expense associated with the revenue share payable.

Provision for income taxes

Our effective income tax rate was 2.5% and 4.1% for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The difference in the effective rate is attributed primarily to permanent differences.

Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012

Revenues

Management Fees .  Total management fees increased by $12.7 million, or 38%, to $46.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012.

Our permanent capital vehicles generated an additional $14.1 million in management fees for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. Management fees from MCC increased by $12.5 million due to a 90% increase in fee earning AUM over the period. Management fees from SIC increased by $1.6 million due to a 425% increase in fee earning AUM over the period.
Our private funds and SMAs management fees decreased by $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease of management fees of $4.4 million from MOF I due to a 38% decrease in fee earning AUM over the period. MOF I is in the harvesting stage of its

96


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

life cycle and the fee earning AUM is expected to continue to decrease in the future. The decrease in management fees for the period was partially offset by an increase in management fees of $3.1 million from MOF II and the SMAs due to 56% increase in fee earning AUM.

Performance Fees .  Performance fees increased by $4.4 million, or 112%, to $8.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the invested assets of our SMAs which resulted in an increase in performance fees earned.

Other Income and Fees .  Other income and fees increased by $2.5 million, or 98%, to $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to increases of $1.4 million and $1.5 million of organizational and offering expense reimbursements from SIC and administrative fees from our permanent capital vehicles, respectively.

Expenses

Compensation and Benefits .  Compensation and benefits increased by $2.2 million, or 19%, to $13.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to increases in base salary and bonuses resulting from a 12% increase in headcount from 2012 to 2013. Guaranteed payments to our senior partners are accounted for as equity distributions.

Performance Fee Compensation .  Performance fee compensation increased by $2.0 million, or 40%, to $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to vesting of previously issued profit sharing interests.

General, Administrative and Other Expenses .  General, administrative and other expenses increased by $3.0 million, or 31%, to $12.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to increases in expense support agreement expenses related to SIC, professional fee and recruiting and placement fee expenses related to the hiring of additional employees. The increase was partially offset by decreases in organizational and offering expenses related to SIC.

Other Income (Expense)

Interest expense increased by $0.6 million, or 78%, to $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the balance of total average debt outstanding during the period.

Provision for income taxes

Our effective income tax rate of 2.9% for the year ended December 31, 2013 has remained fairly consistent with the effective income rate of 3.1% for the year ended December 31, 2012.

97


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Reconciliation of Certain Standalone Performance Measures to Consolidated GAAP Financial Measures

Net income attributable to members is the GAAP financial measure most comparable to Core Net Income. The following table is a reconciliation of net income attributable to members before provision for income taxes on a consolidated basis to Core Net Income and to Core EBITDA on a standalone basis.

       
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended
December 31,
     2014   2013   2013   2012
     (Dollars in thousands)
Net income attributable to members   $ 15,969     $ 6,045     $ 23,637     $ 11,918  
Reimbursable fund startup expenses (1)     3,497       1,418       3,939       1,466  
Severance expense (2)     (5 )       740       753        
Core Net Income   $ 19,461     $ 8,203     $ 28,329     $ 13,384  
Interest expense     1,364       738       1,479       831  
Income taxes     448       260       714       387  
Depreciation and amortization     186       139       276       270  
Core EBITDA   $    21,459     $    9,340     $   30,798     $    14,872  

(1) Reflects expected reimbursable expenses associated with the SIC expense support agreement.
(2) Reflects severance costs associated with the departure of certain senior professionals.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Historical Liquidity and Capital Resources

We have managed our historical liquidity and capital requirements by focusing on our cash flows before giving effect to our Consolidated Funds. Our primary cash flow activities on an unconsolidated basis involve: (1) generating cash flow from operations, which largely includes management fees, (2) realizations generated from our investment activities; (3) funding capital commitments that we have made to our funds; (4) making distributions to our owners; and (5) borrowings, interest payments and repayments under our debt facilities. As of December 31, 2013, our cash and cash equivalents were $5.4 million, including investments in money market funds.

Our material sources of cash from our operations include: (1) management fees, which are collected quarterly; (2) performance fees, which can be less predictable as to amount and timing; and (3) fund distributions related to our investments in products that we manage. We primarily use cash flow from operations to pay compensation and benefits, general, administrative and other expenses, state and local taxes, debt service, capital expenditures and distributions. Our cash flows, together with the proceeds from equity and debt issuances, are also used to fund investments in limited partnerships, fixed assets and other capital items. If cash flow from operations were insufficient to fund distributions, we expect that we would suspend paying such distributions.

Our historical combined and consolidated financial statements reflect the cash flows of our operating businesses as well as the results of our Consolidated Funds. The assets of our Consolidated Funds, on a gross basis, are significantly larger than the assets of our operating businesses and therefore have a substantial effect on our reported cash flows. Our fee earning AUM has grown significantly during the periods reflected in our combined and consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This growth is primarily due to these funds raising additional capital. The primary cash flow activities of our Consolidated Funds include: (1) raising capital from third party investors, which is reflected as non-controlling interests of our Consolidated Funds when required to be consolidated into our combined and consolidated financial statements; (2) purchasing and selling investment securities; (3) collecting interest and dividend income; (4) generating cash through the realization of certain investments; and (5) distributing cash to investors. Our Consolidated Funds are treated as investment companies for financial accounting

98


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

purposes under GAAP; therefore, the character and classification of all Consolidated Fund transactions are presented as cash flows from operations.

Debt Instruments

Refinancing Transactions

On August 14, 2014, we entered into a $110.0 million senior secured term loan credit facility (the “Term Loan Facility”). As of such date, the aggregate principal amount of indebtedness outstanding under the Term Loan Facility was $110.0 million. We used the proceeds of the borrowings under the Term Loan Facility, together with cash on hand, to repay all of the approximately $33.2 million of indebtedness outstanding under our senior secured term loan and revolving credit facility with City National Bank (the “CNB Credit Agreement”), to pay related fees and expenses of approximately $2.1 million and to fund a $74.5 million distribution to Medley LLC’s members.

Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect Medley LLC to enter into a new $15.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility with City National Bank (the “Revolving Credit Facility” and, together with the Term Loan Facility, the “Senior Secured Credit Facilities”). At the closing of the Revolving Credit Facility, we expect the Revolving Credit Facility will be undrawn. We refer to the entry into the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, the incurrence of $110.0 million of indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility, the repayment of the $33.2 million of outstanding indebtedness under the CNB Credit Agreement, the payment of $2.1 million of related fees and expenses and the $74.5 million distribution to Medley LLC’s members, collectively, as the “Refinancing Transactions.” See Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Debt Instruments.

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

On August 14, 2014, we entered into the Term Loan Facility with Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative agent and collateral agent thereunder, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, as bookrunner and lead arranger and the lenders from time to time party thereto, which provides for a $110.0 million senior secured term loan credit facility, or term loans, which will mature on June 15, 2019. Prior to this offering, we expect Medley LLC to enter into the Revolving Credit Facility with City National Bank, as administrative agent and collateral agent thereunder, and the lenders from time to time party thereto, which will provide for a $15.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility, or revolving loans, which are expected to mature in 2017.

Medley LLC is the borrower under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. In addition, the Term Loan Facility also provides the borrower with the option to raise incremental credit facilities (including an uncommitted incremental facility that provides the borrower the option to increase the amount available under the Term Loan Credit Facility by an aggregate of up to $15.0 million, subject to additional increases, provided that the net leverage ratio as of the last day of any four-fiscal quarter period commencing with the four-fiscal quarter period ending December 31, 2014, shall not exceed 2.0 to 1.0).

Interest Rate and Fees

Borrowings under the Term Loan Facility bear interest, at the borrower’s option, at a rate equal to either (1) a Eurodollar margin over an adjusted LIBOR rate (with a “floor” of 1.0%) or (2) a base rate margin over an adjusted base rate determined by reference to the highest of (a) the term loan administrative agent’s prime rate; (b) the federal funds effective rate in effect on such day plus 0.5%; and (c) an adjusted LIBOR rate plus 1.0%. The applicable margins for the Term Loan Facility are 5.5%, in the case of Eurodollar loans and 4.5%, in the case of adjusted base rate loans.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, on the closing date of the Term Loan Facility the borrower was required to pay commitment fees to the lenders under the Term Loan Facility in an amount equal to 1% of the aggregate amount of term loans borrowed on the closing date of the Term Loan Facility.

99


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prepayments

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities require us to prepay outstanding term loans, subject to certain exceptions, with:

100% of the net cash proceeds (including insurance and condemnation proceeds) of all non-permitted asset sales or other dispositions of property by the borrower and its subsidiaries, subject to de minimis thresholds, if those net cash proceeds are not reinvested in in like assets, financial assets, or other financial services investment strategies within 12 months of the receipt of such net cash proceeds;
100% of the net proceeds of any incurrence of debt by the borrower or any of its restricted subsidiaries, other than debt permitted to be incurred or issued under the senior secured credit facilities; and
100% of the amount of any equity contributions made to the borrower for the purpose of causing the borrowing to be in compliance with the financial maintenance covenant set forth in the Term Loan Facility.

The foregoing mandatory prepayments will be applied, first, to the next succeeding four scheduled installments due in respect of the term loans in direct order of maturity and, thereafter, pro rata to the remaining scheduled installments of the term loans.

The borrower has the ability to voluntarily repay outstanding loans at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR rate loans and a make-whole premium on voluntary prepayments of term loans on or prior to August 14, 2016 to the extent such prepayments exceed $33,000,000 in the aggregate, which make-whole premium will be in an amount equal to the then present value of the required interest payments not yet made (assuming an interest rate equal to the adjusted LIBOR rate with a one month interest period made on the date of such prepayment or assignment plus the applicable Eurodollar margin with respect thereto) on the principal amount of the term loan so prepaid that but for such prepayment would have been payable through June 15, 2019 using a discount rate equal to the treasury rate as of the date of such prepayment or assignment plus 50 basis points.

Amortization

The borrower is required to repay installments on the term loans in quarterly installments equal to $1,375,000 (which amount may be adjusted as a result of prepayment or incremental term loans drawn), with the remaining amount payable on the applicable maturity date with respect to such term loans.

Guarantees and Collateral

The obligations under the Term Loan Facility are, and the obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility are expected to be, unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by certain of Medley LLC’s subsidiaries, including Medley Capital LLC, MOF II Management LLC, MOF III Management LLC, Medley SMA Advisors LLC, Medley GP Holdings LLC, and Medley GP LLC (the “credit agreement guarantors”). In addition, the Term Loan Facility is, and the Revolving Credit Facility is expected to be, collateralized by first priority or equivalent security interests in (i) all the capital stock of, or other equity interests in, the borrower and each of the borrower’s and credit agreement guarantors’ direct or indirect domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the capital stock of, or other equity interests in, each of the borrower’s or any subsidiary guarantors’ direct wholly owned first-tier restricted foreign subsidiaries, and (ii) certain tangible and intangible assets of the borrower and the credit agreement guarantors (subject to certain exceptions and qualifications).

As of the closing date for the Term Loan Facility, none of MCC Advisors LLC, SIC Advisers LLC, MOF II GP LLC, MOF III GP LLC, our domestic subsidiaries substantially all of the assets of which consist of equity interests or indebtedness of one or more foreign subsidiaries, our non-wholly owned domestic subsidiaries, nor our subsidiaries that are a direct or indirect subsidiary of a foreign

100


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

subsidiary, are obligated to guarantee the Term Loan Facility, and as of the closing date of the Revolving Credit Facility, none of such entities are expected to be obligated to guarantee the Revolving Credit Facility.

Certain Covenants and Events of Default

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain a number of significant affirmative and negative covenants and customary events of default. Such covenants, among other things, will limit or restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the ability of the borrower and its restricted subsidiaries to:

incur additional indebtedness, make guarantees and enter into hedging arrangements;
create liens on assets;
enter into sale and leaseback transactions;
engage in mergers or consolidations;
sell assets;
make fundamental changes;
pay dividends and distributions or repurchase our capital stock;
make investments, loans and advances, including acquisitions;
engage in certain transactions with affiliates;
make changes in the nature of their business; and
make prepayments of junior debt.

In addition, the credit agreement governing our Term Loan Facility contains a financial covenant that requires us to maintain, with respect to each four quarter period commencing with the four quarter period ending December 31, 2014, a ratio of net debt of Core EBITDA not greater than 3.5 to 1.0. The ratio of net debt to Core EBITDA in respect of the Term Loan Facility is calculated using our standalone financial results and includes the adjustments made to calculate Core EBITDA.

Our Term Loan Facility contains, and our Revolving Credit Facility is expected to contain, certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default. If an event of default occurs, the lenders under the Term Loan Facility will, and it is expected that the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility will, be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of amounts due under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.

CNB Credit Agreement

In December 2013, we entered into a credit agreement (the “CNB Credit Agreement”) with City National Bank (“CNB”), pursuant to which we borrowed $15.0 million in the form of a term loan, $2.0 million in the form of a co-invest term loan and $3.0 million under a revolving credit facility. In March 2014, the Company amended the CNB Credit Agreement to increase the term loan to $30.0 million. At June 30, 2014, $34.3 million was outstanding under the CNB Credit Agreement, comprised of (a) $29.4 million of term loan borrowings, (b) $1.9 million of co-invest term loan borrowings and (c) $3.0 million of revolver borrowings. As described above, all amounts outstanding under the CNB Credit Agreement were repaid on August 14, 2014 in connection with the Refinancing Transactions with borrowings under the Term Loan Facility.

Principal amounts outstanding under the CNB Credit Agreement accrued interest, at the option of the Company, either (a) at a base rate plus an applicable margin not to exceed 1.5%, or (b) at LIBOR plus an applicable margin not to exceed 3.25%, if the total outstanding debt to EBITDA ratio was less than 1.0 to 1.0, or 4.00%, if the total outstanding debt to EBITDA ratio was greater than or equal to 1.0 to 1.0. As of June 30, 2014, the interest rate was 4.19%.

We pledged substantially all of our assets as collateral for the borrowings under the CNB Credit Agreement. The term loan matured in December 2018, the co-invest term loan matures in December 2016, and the revolving credit facility matures in December 2015. The term loan required repayments of an initial payment of $0.625 million for the quarter beginning April 1, 2014 and equal

101


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

quarterly installments of $0.9 million, beginning July 1, 2014, until paid in full. The CNB Credit Agreement also required an additional amortization payment of the term loan based upon the amount of distributions made in the immediately preceding fiscal year above an amount stated in the CNB Credit Agreement. The co-invest loan required repayments of equal quarterly installments of $0.1 million, beginning on April 1, 2014. The CNB Credit Agreement permitted prepayment of the loans in whole or in part at any time without penalty.

The CNB Credit Agreement contained financial debt covenants that required us: (a) to exceed a minimum level of AUM of at least $1.6 billion, (b) to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.25 to 1.00 and (c) not to exceed a specified ratio of total outstanding debt to EBITDA equal to (1) 2.25 to 1.00 through September 29, 2014, (2) 2.00 to 1.00 from September 30, 2014 through December 30, 2014 and (3) 1.75 to 1.00 from and after December 31, 2014. The CNB Credit Agreement also contained other customary events of default. The ratio of total outstanding debt to EBITDA in respect of the CNB Credit Agreement was calculated using our standalone financial results and did not include the adjustments made to calculate Core EBITDA.

Non-Recourse Promissory Notes

In April 2012, we borrowed $5.0 million under a non-recourse promissory note with a foundation, and $5.0 million under a non-recourse promissory note with a trust. Proceeds from the borrowings were used to purchase 1,108,033 shares of common stock of SIC, which were pledged as collateral for the obligations. Interest on the notes is paid quarterly and is equal to the dividends received by us related to the pledged shares. We may prepay the notes in whole or in part at any time without penalty. The notes are scheduled to mature in March 2019. The proceeds from the notes were recorded net of issuance costs of $3.8 million and are being accrued, using the effective interest method, over the term of the non-recourse promissory notes. Total interest expense under these non-recourse promissory notes, including accretion of the note discount, was $0.7 million for each of the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Note Payable

In December 2013, we issued an unsecured promissory note in the amount of $1.0 million to a former Medley LLC member in connection with the purchase of his membership interests. Interest on the note accrues at an annual rate of 0.25% and the note matures in December 2014. At June 30, 2014, $1.0 million was outstanding in respect of this note.

In March 2014, the Company issued a promissory note in the amount of $2.5 million to a former Medley member in connection with the purchase of his membership interests. The promissory note carries no interest, has quarterly amortization payments of $0.3 million and matures in March 2016. At June 30, 2014, $2.2 million was outstanding in respect of this note.

Cash Flows

The significant captions and amounts from our combined and consolidated financial statements, which include the effects of our Consolidated Funds in accordance with GAAP, are summarized below. Negative amounts represent a net outflow, or use of cash.

       
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended
December 31,
     2014   2013   2013   2012
     (Dollars in thousands)
Statements of cash flows data
                                   
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities   $ (76,807 )     $ 60,903     $ (18,469 )     $ (119,620 )  
Net cash used in investing activities     (207 )       (28 )       (918 )       (10,140 )  
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities     74,897       (60,788 )       23,490       129,717  
Net change in cash and cash equivalents   $    (2,117 )     $     87     $    4,103     $       (43 )  

102


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities is primarily driven by our earnings in the respective periods after adjusting for non-cash compensation and performance fees, net realized (gain) loss on investments and net change in unrealized (appreciation) depreciation on investments that are included in net income. Cash used to purchase investments, as well as the proceeds from the sale of such investments, is also reflected in our operating activities as investing activities of our Consolidated Funds. Our senior professionals who are members of Medley LLC do not receive salaries that we would otherwise record as compensation expense. Cash distributions made to these senior partners are not presented in cash flows from operations, rather these payments are presented in financing activities.

Our net cash flow used in operating activities was $18.5 million and $119.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These amounts primarily include (1) net purchases from investments by our Consolidated Funds of $80.7 million and $116.0 million, respectively, and (2) change in cash and cash equivalents of the Consolidated Funds of $13.8 million and $(37.6) million, respectively. These amounts also represent the significant variances between net income and cash flows from operations and are reflected as operating activities pursuant to investment company accounting guidance. Our increasing working capital needs reflect the growth of our business while the fund-related activities requirements vary based upon the specific investment activities being conducted during such period. The movements within our Consolidated Funds do not adversely impact our liquidity or earnings trends. We believe that our ability to generate cash from operations provides us the necessary liquidity to manage short-term fluctuations in working capital as well as to meet our short-term commitments.

Investing Activities

Our investing activities generally reflect cash used for certain acquisitions and fixed assets. Purchases of fixed assets were $0.9 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Financing Activities

Financing activities are a net inflow of cash in each of the historical periods presented. Net contributions from non-controlling interests in our Consolidated Funds were $44.2 million and $136.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. As previously stated, distributions to our senior partners are presented as a use of cash from financing activities and were $41.7 million and $14.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Net proceeds from issuance of debt obligations provided an increase in cash to us of $21.0 million and $7.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Future Sources and Uses of Liquidity

Our initial sources of liquidity will be (1) cash on hand, (2) net working capital, (3) cash flows from operations, including performance fees, (4) realizations on our investments, (5) net proceeds from this offering, (6) net proceeds from borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and (7) other potential financings. Based on our current expectations, we believe that these sources of liquidity will be sufficient to fund our working capital requirements and to meet our commitments in the foreseeable future. We expect that our primary liquidity needs will be comprised of cash to (1) provide capital to facilitate the growth of our existing investment management business, (2) fund our commitments to funds that we advise, (3) provide capital to facilitate our expansion into businesses that are complementary to our existing investment management business, (4) pay operating expenses, including cash compensation to our employees and payments under the TRA, (5) fund capital expenditures, (6) pay income taxes and (7) make distributions to our shareholders in accordance with our dividend policy.

Our accrued performance fees from our long-dated private funds and SMAs as of December 31, 2013, gross and net of accrued clawback obligations, was $12.2 million and $12.2 million, respectively.

103


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We intend to use a portion of our available liquidity to make cash distributions to our common shareholders on a quarterly basis in accordance with our distribution policy. Our ability to make cash distributions to our common shareholders is dependent on a myriad of factors, including among others: general economic and business conditions; our strategic plans and prospects; our business and investment opportunities; timing of capital calls by our funds in support of our commitments; our financial condition and operating results; working capital requirements and other anticipated cash needs; contractual restrictions and obligations; legal, tax and regulatory restrictions; restrictions on the payment of distributions by our subsidiaries to us; and other relevant factors.

Critical Accounting Policies

We prepare our combined and consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP. In applying many of these accounting principles, we need to make assumptions, estimates or judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses in our combined and consolidated financial statements. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. These assumptions, estimates or judgments, however, are both subjective and subject to change, and actual results may differ from our assumptions and estimates. If actual amounts are ultimately different from our estimates, the revisions are included in our results of operations for the period in which the actual amounts become known. We believe the following critical accounting policies could potentially produce materially different results if we were to change underlying assumptions, estimates or judgments. See Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to our combined and consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a summary of our significant accounting policies.

Principles of Consolidation

In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810 — Consolidation , we consolidate those entities where we have a direct and indirect controlling financial interest based on either a variable interest model or voting interest model. As such, we consolidate (a) entities that we conclude are variable interest entities (“VIEs”), for which we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary and (b) entities in which we hold a majority voting interest or have majority ownership and control over the operational, financial and investing decisions of that entity.

An entity in which we have a variable interest is a VIE if any one of the following conditions exist: (a) the total equity investment at risk is not sufficient to permit the legal entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, (b) the holders of equity investment at risk (as a group) lack either the direct or indirect ability through voting rights or similar rights to make decisions about a legal entity’s activities that have a significant effect on the success of the legal entity or the obligation to absorb the expected losses or right to receive the expected residual returns or (c) the voting rights of some investors are disproportionate to their obligation to absorb the expected losses of the legal entity, their rights to receive the expected residual returns of the legal entity, or both, and substantially all of the legal entity’s activities either involve or are conducted on behalf of an investor with disproportionately few voting rights. Entities that do not qualify as VIEs are generally assessed for consolidation under the voting interest model.

For those entities that qualify as a VIE, we perform an analysis to determine if we are the primary beneficiary. With respect to certain VIEs that qualify for accounting treatment under Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2010-10, we determine that we are the primary beneficiary only if our involvement, through holding interests directly or indirectly in the VIE or contractually through other variable interests (e.g., carried interest and management fees), would be expected to absorb a majority of the VIE’s expected losses, receive a majority of the VIE’s expected residual returns, or both. In order to qualify for this accounting treatment, certain conditions have to be met, including if the entities have all the attributes of an investment company and are not securitization or asset-backed financing entities. For all other entities, we determine that we are the primary beneficiary if we hold a controlling financial interest defined as possessing both (a) the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and (b)

104


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. We determine whether we are the primary beneficiary of a VIE at the time we become initially involved with the VIE and reconsider that conclusion continuously. In making our assessment we take into consideration all fee and substantive arrangements, terms and transactions that may exist. The assessment of whether an entity is a VIE and the determination of whether we consolidate such VIE requires judgments and is dependent on the particular facts and circumstances. Each entity is assessed for consolidation on a case by case basis.

For those entities evaluated under the voting interest model, we consolidate those entities we control through a majority voting interest or through other means whereby we are general partner and are presumed to have control. We would not consolidate an entity in which the presumption of control by the general partner has been overcome through either the granting of substantive rights to the unaffiliated investors to either dissolve the entity or remove the general partner (“kick-out-rights”) or the granting of substantive participating rights.

Consolidation and Deconsolidation

Generally, the consolidation of our Consolidated Funds has a significant gross-up effect on our assets, liabilities and cash flows but does not have a net effect on the net income attributable to our combined and consolidated results or to total controlling equity. The majority of the net economic ownership interests of our Consolidated Funds are reflected as non-controlling interests in Consolidated Funds in our combined and consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The assets and liabilities of our Consolidated Funds are generally held within separate legal entities and, as a result, the liabilities of our Consolidated Funds are non-recourse to us. The funds that we advise are deconsolidated when we are no longer deemed to control the entity.

Fair Value Measurement

GAAP establishes a hierarchal disclosure framework which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring financial instruments at fair value into three levels based on their market observability. Market price observability is affected by a number of factors, including the type of instrument and the characteristics specific to the instrument. Financial instruments with readily available quoted prices from an active market or for which fair value can be measured based on actively quoted prices generally will have a higher degree of market price observability and a lesser degree of judgment inherent in measuring fair value.

Financial assets and liabilities measured and reported at fair value are classified as follows:

Level I — Quoted unadjusted prices for identical instruments in active markets to which we have access at the date of measurement.
Level II — Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs are directly or indirectly observable. Level II inputs include prices in markets for which there are few transactions, prices that are not current or prices for which little public information exists or that substantially over time or among brokered market makers. Other inputs include interest rates, yield curves, volatilities, prepayment risks, loss severities, credit risks and default rates.
Level III — Model-derived valuations for which one or more significant inputs are unobservable. These inputs reflect our assessment of the assumptions that market participants use to value the investment based on the best available information.

In some instances, an instrument may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such instances, the instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest of the three levels (with Level III being the lowest) that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our assessment of the significance of an input requires judgment and considers factors specific to the instrument. As of December 31, 2013, substantially all of our investments and other fair value instruments were classified as Level III. See Note 5, “Fair Value,” to our combined and consolidated

105


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a summary of our valuation of investments and other financial instruments by fair value hierarchy levels.

Performance Fees

Performance fees are based on certain specific hurdle rates as defined in the non-consolidated and Consolidated Funds’ applicable investment management or partnership agreements. Performance fees are recorded on an accrual basis to the extent such amounts are contractually due.

We have elected to adopt Method 2 of ASC 605 for revenue based on a formula. Under this method, we are entitled to performance-based fees that can amount to as much as 20.0% of a fund’s profits, subject to certain hurdles. Performance-based fees are assessed as a percentage of the investment performance of the funds. The performance fee for any period is based upon an assumed liquidation of the fund’s net assets on the reporting date, and distribution of the net proceeds in accordance with the fund’s income allocation provisions. The performance fees may be subject to reversal to the extent that the performance fees recorded exceeds the amount due to the general partner or investment manager based on a fund’s cumulative investment returns.

Performance fees receivable is presented separately in our combined and consolidated statements of financial condition included elsewhere in this prospectus and represents performance fees recognized but not yet collected. The timing of the payment of performance fees due to the general partner or investment manager varies depending on the terms of the applicable fund agreements.

Performance Fee Compensation Payable

We have an obligation to pay our professionals a portion of the performance fees earned from certain funds, including performance fees from Consolidated Funds that are eliminated in consolidation. These amounts are accounted for as compensation expense in conjunction with the recognition of the related performance fee revenue and, until paid, are recognized as performance fee compensation payable. Performance fee compensation is recognized in the same period that the related performance fees are recognized. Performance fee compensation can be reversed during periods when there is a decline in performance fees that were previously recognized.

Income Taxes

A substantial portion of our earnings flow through to our owners without being subject to an entity level tax. Consequently, a significant portion of our earnings has no provision for United States federal income taxes except for, city and local income taxes incurred at the entity level.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. To the extent it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be recognized, a valuation allowance is provided to offset their benefit.

The Company recognizes the benefit of an income tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon tax examination, based solely on the technical merits of the tax position. Otherwise, no benefit is recognized. The tax benefits recognized are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Interest expense and penalties related to income tax matters are recognized as a component of interest expense and general and administrative expenses, respectively.

Tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and respective governmental taxing authorities. Significant judgment is required in determining tax expense and in evaluating tax positions, including evaluating uncertainties under GAAP. We review our tax positions quarterly and adjust our tax balances as new information becomes available.

106


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Investment Valuations

In the absence of observable market prices, we value our investments using valuation methodologies applied on a consistent basis. For some investments little market activity may exist. Our determination of fair value is then based on the best information available in the circumstances and may incorporate our own assumptions and involves a significant degree of judgment, taking into consideration a combination of internal and external factors, including the appropriate risk adjustments for non-performance and liquidity risks.

The valuation techniques used by us to measure fair value maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs. The valuation techniques applied to our Consolidated Funds vary depending on the nature of the investment.

The fair value of corporate debt, bonds, and bank loans is estimated based on quoted market prices, dealer quotations or alternative pricing sources supported by observable inputs. These investments are generally classified within Level II. We obtain prices from independent pricing services which generally utilize broker quotes and may use various other pricing techniques that take into account appropriate factors such as yield, quality, coupon rate, maturity, type of issue, trading characteristics and other data. If the pricing services are only able to obtain a single broker quote or utilize a pricing model, such securities will be classified as Level III. If the pricing services are unable to provide prices, we will attempt to obtain one or more broker quotes directly from a dealer, price such securities at the last bid price obtained and classify such securities as Level III.

Equity-Based Compensation

Equity-based compensation expense represents expenses associated with the granting of: (a) direct and indirect profit interests in us; (b) put options to sell certain interests at a minimum value; and (c) purchase (or call) options to acquire additional membership interests in us.

Equity-based compensation expense is determined based on the fair value of the respective equity award on the grant date and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, with a corresponding increase in additional paid in capital. Equity-based compensation expense is adjusted, as necessary, for actual forfeitures so as to reflect expenses only for the portion of the option that ultimately vests. We estimate the fair value of the purchase option as of the grant date using an option pricing model.

In determining the aggregate fair value of any award grants, we make judgments as to the grant date volatility and estimated forfeiture rates. Each of these elements, particularly the forfeiture assumptions used in valuing our equity awards, are subject to significant judgment and variability and the impact of changes in such elements on equity-based compensation expense could be material.

In addition, as described in “Management — IPO Date Restricted Unit Awards,” at the time of this offering we intend to grant to our employees, under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan,      restricted stock units. These restricted stock units will vest as to 60% of the underlying shares on the third anniversary of this offering, and as to an additional 20% of the underlying shares on each of the fourth and fifth anniversaries of this offering. The grant date fair value of the units will be charged to compensation expense as they vest over the applicable vesting period.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Our primary exposure to market risk is related to our role as general partner or investment adviser to our investment funds and the sensitivity to movements in the fair value of their investments, including the effect on management fees, performance fees and investment income.

The market price of investments may significantly fluctuate during the period of investment. Investments may decline in value due to factors affecting securities markets generally or particular industries represented in the securities markets. The value of an investment may decline due to general market conditions which are not specifically related to such investment, such as real or perceived adverse economic conditions, changes in the general outlook for corporate earnings, changes in interest or currency rates or adverse investor sentiment generally. They may also decline

107


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

due to factors that affect a particular industry or industries, such as labor shortages or increased production costs and competitive conditions within an industry.

Effect on Management Fees

Management fees are generally based on a defined percentage of gross asset values, total committed capital, net invested capital and NAV of the investment funds managed by us as well as a percentage of net interest income over a performance hurdle. Management fees calculated based on fair value of assets or net investment income are affected by short-term changes in market values.

The overall impact of a short-term change in market value may be mitigated by a number of factors including, but not limited to, the way in which Part I incentive fees are charged, which does not offset net income related incentive fees against Part II incentive fees which are driven by realized or unrealized gains and losses. As such, the impact of short-term changes in market value does not meaningfully impact our Part I incentive fee component of management fees. In addition, the overall impact of a short-term change in market value may be mitigated by fee definitions that are not based on market value including invested capital and committed capital, market value definitions that exclude the impact of realized and/or unrealized gains and losses, market value definitions based on beginning of the period values or a form of average market value including daily, monthly or quarterly averages as well monthly or quarterly payment terms.

As such, based on an incremental 10% short-term change in fair value of the investments in our permanent capital vehicles, long-dated private funds and SMA’s as of December 31, 2013, we calculated a $1.0 million and $1.0 million increase in the management fees on a consolidated and standalone basis. In the case of a 10% short-term decline in fair value of the investments in our permanent capital vehicles, long-dated private funds and SMA’s as of December 31, 2013, we calculated a $1.0 million and $1.0 million decrease in the management fees on a consolidated and standalone basis.

Effect on Performance Fees

Performance fees are based on certain specific hurdle rates as defined in the funds’ applicable investment management or partnership agreements. The performance fees for any period are based upon an assumed liquidation of the fund’s net assets on the reporting date, and distribution of the net proceeds in accordance with the fund’s income allocation provisions which can result in a performance-based fee to us, subject to certain hurdles and benchmarks. See “— Overview of Combined and Consolidated Results of Operations” and “— Critical Accounting Policies.” The performance fees may be subject to reversal to the extent that the performance fees recorded exceeds the amount due to the general partner or investment manager based on a fund’s cumulative investment returns.

Short-term changes in the fair values of funds’ investments may materially impact accrued performance fees depending on the respective funds’ performance relative to applicable hurdles. The overall impact of a short-term change in market value may be mitigated by a number of factors including, but not limited to, the way in which carried interest performance fees are calculated, which is not ultimately dependent on short-term moves in fair market value, but rather realize cumulative performance of the investments through the end of the long-dated private funds and SMA’s lives. However, short term moves can meaningfully impact our ability to accrue performance fees and receive cash payments in any given period.

As such, based on an incremental 10% short-term change in fair value of the investments in our long-dated private funds and SMA’s as of December 31, 2013, we calculated a $2.3 million and $12.7 million increase in the performance fees on a consolidated and standalone basis. In the case of a 10% short-term decline in fair value of the investments in long-dated private funds and SMA’s as of December 31, 2013, we calculated a $2.1 million and $11.4 million decrease in the performance fees on a consolidated and standalone basis.

108


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Effect on Part II Incentive Fees

Incentive fees are based on certain specific hurdle rates as defined in our permanent capital vehicles’ applicable investment management agreements. The Part II incentive fees for any applicable period are based upon realized gains netted against cumulative realize and unrealized losses. See “— Overview of Combined and Consolidated Results of Operations” and “— Critical Accounting Policies.” The Part I incentive fees are not subject to clawbacks as our carried interest performance fees are.

Short-term changes in the fair values of the investments or our permanent capital vehicles may materially impact Part II incentive fees depending on the respective vehicle’s performance relative to applicable hurdles to the extent there were realized gains that we would otherwise earn Part II incentive fees on. As such, based on an incremental 10% short-term change in fair value of the investments in our permanent capital vehicles as of December 31, 2013, we calculated a $16.9 million and $16.9 million increase in the Part II incentive fees on a consolidated and standalone basis. In the case of a 10% short-term decline in fair value of the investments in our permanent capital vehicles as of December 31, 2013, we calculated a $0.1 million and $0.1 million decrease in the Part II incentive fees on a consolidated and standalone basis.

Effect on Investment Income

Investment income (loss) represents the unrealized and realized appreciation (depreciation) resulting from our equity method investments and other investments. Investment income (loss) is realized when we redeem all or a portion of our investment or when we receive cash income, such as dividends or distributions. Unrealized investment income (loss) results from changes in the fair value of the underlying investment as well as the reversal of unrealized appreciation (depreciation) at the time an investment is realized.

Unrealized and realized appreciation (depreciation) of investments of our permanent capital vehicles, long-dated private funds and SMA’s would directly impact investment income depending on whether or not each respective vehicle, fund or SMA is consolidated on our balance sheet. As such, based on an incremental 10% realized appreciation (depreciation) of investments in our permanent capital vehicles, long-dated private funds and SMA’s as of December 31, 2013, we calculated a $42.1 million and $2.1 million increase in the investment income on a consolidated and standalone basis. In the case of a 10% realized appreciation (depreciation) of investments in our permanent capital vehicles, long-dated private funds and SMA’s as of December 31, 2013, we calculated a $42.1 million and $2.1 million decrease in the investment income on a consolidated and standalone basis.

Interest Rate Risk

As of December 31, 2013, we had $28.0 million of debt outstanding, presented as loans payable on our combined and consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The annual interest rate on the loans ranged from 0.25% to 3.44% as of December 31, 2013. On an as adjusted basis to give effect to the Refinancing Transactions as of June 30, 2014, we would have had $     of debt outstanding. The annual interest rate on such loans would have ranged from 0.0% to 6.5% as of June 30, 2014.

Based on the floating rate component of our debt obligations payable as of December 31, 2013 we estimate that in the event of a 100 basis point increase in interest rates and the outstanding balance as of December 31, 2013, interest expense related to variable rates would increase or decrease by 26% or $0.26 million.

Based on the floating rate component of our debt obligations that would have been payable as of June 30, 2014 on as adjusted basis to give effect to the Refinancing Transactions, we estimate that in the event of 100 basis point increase in the interest rates and the outstanding balance as of June 30, 2014, interest expense related to variable rates would increase or decrease by 15%, or $1.1 million.

109


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As credit-oriented investors, we are also subject to interest rate risk through the securities we hold in our Consolidated Funds. A 100 basis point increase in interest rates would be expected to negatively affect prices of securities that accrue interest income at fixed rates and therefore negatively impact net change in unrealized appreciation on the consolidated funds’ investments. The actual impact is dependent on the average duration of such holdings. Conversely, securities that accrue interest at variable rates would be expected to benefit from a 100 basis points increase in interest rates because these securities would generate higher levels of current income and therefore positively impact interest and dividend income. In the cases where our funds pay management fees based on NAV, we would expect management fees to experience a change in direction and magnitude corresponding to that experienced by the underlying portfolios.

Credit Risk

We are party to agreements providing for various financial services and transactions that contain an element of risk in the event that the counterparties are unable to meet the terms of such agreements. In such agreements, we depend on the respective counterparty to make payment or otherwise perform. We generally endeavor to minimize our risk of exposure by limiting to reputable financial institutions the counterparties with which we enter into financial transactions. In other circumstances, availability of financing from financial institutions may be uncertain due to market events, and we may not be able to access these financing markets.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Information regarding recent accounting pronouncements and their impact on Medley can be found in Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to our combined and consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the normal course of business, we engage in off-balance sheet arrangements, including transactions in guarantees, commitments, indemnifications and potential contingent repayment obligations.

See Note 8, “Commitments and Contingencies,” to our combined and consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of guarantees and contingent obligations.

Contractual Obligations, Commitments and Contingencies

The following table sets forth information relating to our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013 on a combined basis and on a basis deconsolidating our funds:

         
Medley Obligations   Less than
1 year
  1 – 3 years   4 – 5 years   Thereafter   Total
     (Dollars in thousands)
Pre-IPO Medley:
                                            
Operating lease obligations (1)   $    2,625     $    3,903     $    1,388     $       —     $    7,916  
Debt obligations payable (2)     3,800       15,950       11,250             31,000  
Interest obligations on debt (3)     1,728                         1,728  
Revenue Share Payable     504       2,970       2,712       2,584       8,770  
Capital commitments to funds (4)     1,513                         1,513  
Total   $ 10,170     $ 22,823     $ 15,350     $ 2,584     $ 50,927  

(1) We lease office space in New York and San Francisco under noncancelable lease agreements. The Company’s obligations under the current terms of these leases extend through January 2021. The amounts in this table represent the minimum lease payments required over the term of the lease, and include operating leases for office equipment.
(2) Include all loans described in Note 6, “Loans Payable,” to our combined and consolidated

110


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, but does not reflect the Refinancing Transactions. See “Organizational Structure — Refinancing Transactions” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Debt Instruments.”
(3) We have not included future interest costs in the table because the timing of the repayments is unknown and there is a variable component of the interest. See “Organizational Structure — Refinancing Transactions” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Debt Instruments.”
(4) Represent commitments by us to fund a portion of the purchase price paid for each investment made by our funds. These amounts are generally due on demand and are therefore presented in the less than one year category.

Tax Receivable Agreement .  Holders of Medley LLC Units (other than Medley Management Inc.) may, subject to certain conditions described above and transfer restrictions applicable to such members as set forth in the operating agreement of Medley LLC, from and after the first anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement), exchange their LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock of Medley Management Inc. on a one-for-one basis. Medley LLC intends to make an election under Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder (the “Code”) effective for each taxable year in which an exchange of LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock occurs, which is expected to result in increases to the tax basis of the assets of Medley LLC at the time of an exchange of LLC Units. The exchanges are expected to result in increases in the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Medley LLC. These increases in tax basis may reduce the amount of tax that Medley Management Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future. Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the holders of LLC Units that provides for the payment by Medley Management Inc. to exchanging holders of LLC Units of 85% of the benefits, if any, that Medley Management Inc. is deemed to realize as a result of these increases in tax basis and of certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. This payment obligation is an obligation of Medley Management Inc. and not of Medley LLC. For purposes of the tax receivable agreement, the cash tax savings in income tax will be computed by comparing the actual income tax liability of Medley Management Inc. (calculated with certain assumptions) to the amount of such taxes that Medley Management Inc. would have been required to pay had there been no increase to the tax basis of the assets of Medley LLC as a result of the exchanges and had Medley Management Inc. not entered into the tax receivable agreement. Estimating the amount of payments that may be made under the tax receivable agreement is by its nature imprecise, insofar as the calculation of amounts payable depends on a variety of factors. While the actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of exchanges, the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange, the extent to which such exchanges are taxable and the amount and timing of our income. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Tax Receivable Agreement.” We anticipate that we will account for the effects of these increases in tax basis and associated payments under the tax receivable agreement arising from future exchanges as follows:

we will record an increase in deferred tax assets for the estimated income tax effects of the increases in tax basis based on enacted federal and state tax rates at the date of the exchange;
to the extent we estimate that we will not realize the full benefit represented by the deferred tax asset, based on an analysis that will consider, among other things, our expectation of future earnings, we will reduce the deferred tax asset with a valuation allowance; and

111


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

we will record 85% of the estimated realizable tax benefit (which is the recorded deferred tax asset less any recorded valuation allowance) as an increase to the liability due under the tax receivable agreement and the remaining 15% of the estimated realizable tax benefit as an increase to additional paid-in capital.

All of the effects of changes in any of our estimates after the date of the exchange will be included in net income. Similarly, the effect of subsequent changes in the enacted tax rates will be included in net income.

Indemnifications

In the normal course of business, we enter into contracts that contain indemnities for our affiliates, persons acting on our behalf or such affiliates and third parties. The terms of the indemnities vary from contract to contract and the maximum exposure under these arrangements, if any, cannot be determined and has neither been recorded in the above table nor in our combined and consolidated financial statements. As of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we have not had prior claims or losses pursuant to these contracts and expect the risk of loss to be remote.

Contingent Obligations

The partnership documents governing our funds generally include a clawback provision that, if triggered, may give rise to a contingent obligation that may require the general partner to return amounts to the fund for distribution to investors. Therefore, performance fees, generally, are subject to reversal in the event that the funds incur future losses. These losses are limited to the extent of the cumulative performance fees recognized in income to date, net of taxes paid. Due in part to our investment performance and the fact that our performance fees are generally determined on a liquidation basis, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, if the funds were liquidated at their fair values at that date, there would have been no clawback obligation or liability. There can be no assurance that we will not incur a clawback obligation in the future. If all of the existing investments were valued at $0, the amount of cumulative revenues that has been recognized would be reversed. We believe that the possibility of all of the existing investments becoming worthless is remote. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, had we assumed all existing investments were valued at $0, the net amount of performance fees subject to reversal would have been approximately $12.2 million and $4.0 million, respectively.

Performance fees are also affected by changes in the fair values of the underlying investments in the funds that we advise. Valuations, on an unrealized basis, can be significantly affected by a variety of external factors including, but not limited to, bond yields and industry trading multiples.

Under the governing agreements of certain of our funds, we may have to fund additional amounts on account of clawback obligations beyond what we received in performance fee compensation on account of distributions of performance fee compensation made to current or former professionals from such funds if they do not fund their respective shares of such clawback obligations. We will generally retain the right to pursue any remedies that we have under such governing agreements against those carried interest recipients who fail to fund their obligations.

Additionally, at the end of the life of the funds there could be a payment due to a fund by us if we have recognized more performance fees than was ultimately earned. The general partner obligation amount, if any, will depend on final realized values of investments at the end of the life of the fund.

112


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INDUSTRY

Overview

Private debt capital plays an important role in financing U.S. middle market companies. These companies typically borrow capital to facilitate growth, invest in physical plant and equipment, fund acquisitions, refinance capital structures and provide liquidity to existing shareholders. This financing flexibility enables borrowers to grow without sacrificing equity ownership or control of their businesses.

The U.S. middle market consists of approximately 39,000 businesses with revenues ranging from $50 million to $1 billion. Medley targets private debt investment and lending opportunities to these firms, the largest and most opportune segment of the market. The significant market opportunity is illustrated in the chart below.

Number of Businesses by Market

[GRAPHIC MISSING]  

Source: Deloitte, Mid Market Perspectives — 2013 Report on America’s Economic Engine.

Source: U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 Economic Census
  

113


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

With $6.3 trillion in revenue, the U.S. middle market alone would rank as the world’s third largest economy.

Top 10 GDPs

[GRAPHIC MISSING]  

Source: International Monetary Fund Historical Data. May 2013.

Source: Deloitte, Mid Market Perspectives — 2013 Report on America’s Economic Engine.
  

Industry Trends

We believe the middle market private debt industry is undergoing structural shifts that are creating significant opportunities for non-bank lenders and investors. The underlying drivers of these structural changes include the following: (1) reduced participation by banks in the private debt markets, particularly within the non-investment grade middle market, (2) increasing demand from retail and institutional investors for yield-oriented solutions offered by firms like Medley, and (3) demand for private debt created by committed and uninvested private equity capital.

De-Leveraging of the Global Banking System

After an extended period of increasing leverage, commercial and investment banks have been de-leveraging since 2008. Bank consolidation, more prudent balance sheet discipline, changing regulatory capital requirements and the increasing cost and complexity of regulatory compliance have led banks to meaningfully withdraw from markets such as non-investment grade middle market and commercial real estate lending. This has created a significant opportunity for non-bank direct lenders, like Medley.

The structural changes in the lending market are evidenced by the decline in the number of banks in the U.S. and the decline in bank participation in the private debt market. According to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), since 1994, the number of FDIC-insured commercial banking institutions in the United States has declined by over 40%, from approximately 10,500 in 1994 to less than 5,900 as of December 31, 2013. Simultaneously, bank participation in the non-investment grade lending market has declined from approximately 70% to below 15% over the same time period.

114


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Bank Consolidation and Market Share in Non-Investment Grade Lending

[GRAPHIC MISSING]  

Source: Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, represents number of commercial banking institutions insured by the FDIC as of December 31, 2013.
  

Increasing Demand for Yield-oriented Investments from Retail Investors

A key demographic trend driving demand for yield is the aging population in the United States. Retirees generally have shorter investment horizons, with a sharper focus on stable, income-generating portfolios. This dynamic, amplified by the shortage of yield-oriented opportunities in the current low interest rate environment, has resulted in strong demand for yield-oriented investments by an aging population. Through our permanent capital vehicles, MCC and SIC, we believe we are well-positioned to capitalize on this growing retail investor demand.

As seen in the chart below, the old-age dependency ratio (the ratio of people older than 64 to the working-age population aged 15 – 64, shown as the proportion of dependents per 100 working-age population) in the United States is expected to increase sharply over the next few years.

115


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

An Aging Population is Increasingly Searching for Yield

[GRAPHIC MISSING]  

Source: UN Data
  

The growth in retail demand for yield-oriented products has contributed to overall growth in market capitalization of selected non-bank, yield-oriented public and private vehicles. As seen in the chart below, the historical compounded annual growth rate in market capitalization of such vehicles is 43% over the past five years.

116


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Market Capitalization of Selected Yield Vehicles

[GRAPHIC MISSING]  

Source: S&P Capital IQ

Select Yield Vehicles include: ARCC, AINV, PSEC, SLRC, FSC, BKCC, PNNT, NMFC, GBDC, MVC, TICC, TCRD, MCC, GAIN, NGPC, GLAD, SUNS, HRZN, FDUS, GSVC, PFLT, ACAS, MAIN, HTGC, TCAP, MCGC, CSWC, TAXI, KCAP, TINY, NLY, AGNC, HTS, ARR, CYS, CMO, ANH, WMC, TWO, MFA, IVR, OAKS, RWT, MTGE, PMT, MITT, AMTG, CIM, DX, NYMT, ZFC, JMI, STWD, NRF, NCT, CLNY, STAR, BXMT, RAS, ARI, ACRE, ABR, ACMP, APL, CPNO, CMLP, XTEX, DPM, EQM, MWE, RGP, NGLS, WES
  

With an established market presence in both the traded and non-traded distribution channels through MCC and SIC, respectively, we believe we are well-positioned to capitalize on this growing opportunity and have the ability to raise and deploy capital into our targeted market segment. Similar to retail investors, institutional investors are increasingly shifting their portfolio strategies towards more yield-oriented solutions such as private debt.

Shifting Asset Allocation Policies of Institutional Investors

The low interest environment is leading institutional investors to increasingly rotate away from core fixed income products, such as liquid debt securities, toward less liquid credit and absolute return-oriented products. Casey Quirk, an industry research firm, estimates that from 2013 to 2017, U.S. fixed income investors will reallocate $1 trillion of assets from traditional fixed income strategies to next generation fixed income products. In addition, we believe that the pension liability gap in the United States will continue to drive defined benefit pension plans toward more stable and higher return investment strategies. Similar to pension funds, insurance companies are increasingly turning to credit investments to offset their longer-term liabilities.

117


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

This trend has been demonstrated by the growth in cumulative alternative credit mandates, from less than $2 billion in 2008 to $32 billion as of December 31, 2013. Recent demand has been especially strong from pension funds.

Alternative Credit Mandates

[GRAPHIC MISSING]  

Source: iiSEARCHES, Copyright Institutional Investor Intelligence 2014

Similar to pension funds, insurance companies are increasingly turning to credit investments to offset their longer-term liabilities. In the current low interest rate environment, insurers are less able to source attractive risk-adjusted returns in the liquid large loan and bond markets. As a result, insurance companies have identified private debt as the largest source of likely new alternative mandates, according to The Insurance Asset Outsourcing Exchange. As illustrated in the table below, we believe private debt outsourcing to asset managers will continue to increase in the future.

Percent of U.S. Insurance Companies Outsourcing Alternative Investment Mandates

[GRAPHIC MISSING]  

Source: Insurance Asset Outsourcing Exchange, October 2012

118


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Unfunded Private Equity Commitments Drive Demand for Debt Capital

According to Preqin, an industry research firm, the total amount of committed and uninvested private equity capital at June 30, 2014 is approximately $1.2 trillion, which we believe will drive significant demand for private debt financing in the coming years. Lending to private companies acquired by financial sponsors requires lenders to move quickly, perform in-depth due diligence and have significant credit and structuring experience. In order to successfully serve this market, lenders need to commit to hold all, or the significant majority of, the debt needed to finance such transactions. We believe that banks, due to the regulatory environment, will continue to reduce their exposure to middle market private loans. We believe this creates a significant supply/demand imbalance for middle market credit, and we are well positioned to bridge the gap. As illustrated by the chart below, levels of unallocated capital are at a historical high. The deployment of this capital will drive continued demand for private debt in the future.

Private Equity Dry Powder

[GRAPHIC MISSING]  

Source: Preqin as of June 30, 2014
  

119


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS

Overview

Medley is a rapidly growing asset management firm with approximately $3.3 billion of AUM as of June 30, 2014. We provide institutional and retail investors with yield-oriented investment products that pay periodic dividends or distributions that we believe offer attractive risk-adjusted returns. We focus on credit-related investment strategies, primarily originating senior secured loans to private middle market companies in the United States that have revenues between $50 million and $1 billion of revenue. We generally hold these loans to maturity.

We manage two permanent capital vehicles, both of which are BDCs, as well as long-dated private funds and SMAs. Our focus on senior secured credit, combined with the permanent and long-dated nature of our vehicles, leads to predictable management fee and incentive fee income. Our year over year AUM growth as of June 30, 2014 was 62% and our compounded annual growth rate of AUM from December 31, 2010 through December 31, 2013 was 31%, which have been driven in large part by the growth in our permanent capital vehicles. We believe our 31% compounded annual growth rate of AUM from December 31, 2010 through December 31, 2013 compares favorably with both our small and middle market asset manager peers, who had an average compounded annual growth rate of AUM of 18% for the same period, and the 26 component BDCs of the Wells Fargo Business Development Company Index, who had average total asset growth of 19% for the same period. As we have grown our AUM in permanent capital vehicles over time, we also have maintained a consistent presence in the institutional market, with AUM in long-dated private funds and SMAs growing from $1.0 billion as of January 1, 2012 to $1.5 billion as of June 30, 2014.

Since the launch of our first permanent capital vehicle in January 2011, permanent capital has grown to represent 55% of our AUM as of June 30, 2014. For the six months ended June 30, 2014, 90% of our standalone revenues were generated from management fee income and performance fee income derived primarily from net interest income on senior secured loans.

120


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley’s Growth

[GRAPHIC MISSING]  

Direct origination, careful structuring and active monitoring of the loan portfolios we manage are important success factors in our business, which can be adversely affected by difficult market and political conditions, such as the turmoil in the global capital markets from 2007 to 2009. Since our inception in 2006, we have adhered to a disciplined investment process that employs these principles with the goal of delivering strong risk-adjusted investment returns while protecting investor capital. We believe that our ability to directly originate, structure and lead deals enables us to consistently lend at higher yields with better terms. In addition, the loans we manage generally have a contractual maturity of between three and seven years and are typically floating rate, which we believe positions our business well for rising interest rates.

Although we have a relatively short operating history, our senior management team has on average over 20 years of experience in credit, including originating, underwriting, principal investing and loan structuring. We have over 70 employees, including over 35 investment, origination and credit management professionals, and over 35 operations, marketing and distribution professionals, each with extensive experience in their respective disciplines.

We emphasize a culture of trust, respect, integrity, collaboration and performance. We believe that an important part of our growth has been a result of our ability to attract high caliber professionals and the emphasis we place on training and developing our team. In addition, we believe our approach to compensation, which focuses on long-term investment performance, supports a strong credit culture and aligns the interests of employees, investors and shareholders.

121


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We have made significant investments in our loan origination and underwriting platform and believe it is scalable and can support our future growth within the competitive investment management business. These capabilities, combined with our active approach to credit management, have helped us generate attractive risk-adjusted returns for our investors.

Competitive Strengths

We have enjoyed rapid growth in our business.

Since the launch of our first permanent capital vehicle in January 2011, permanent capital has grown to represent 55% of our AUM as of June 30, 2014. For the six months ended June 30, 2014, 90% of our standalone revenues were generated from management fee income and performance fee income derived primarily from net interest income on senior secured loans. We believe that the following attributes have contributed to our rapid growth and position Medley to capitalize on favorable industry trends going forward:

Strong Investment Performance.   Our investment products have achieved strong performance. For example, MCC’s annualized total return since inception through June 30, 2014 of 12.7% compares favorably to 9.0% for publicly traded BDC peers and 5.4% for the Credit Suisse Leveraged Loan index, each for the same period. We believe the strong historical performance of our investment products will support our ongoing fundraising efforts and enable Medley to be a growing source of capital for the middle market.

MCC Relative Annualized Investment Performance Since Inception

[GRAPHIC MISSING]  

1 BDC peers include: AINV, ARCC, BKCC, FSC, GBDC, GLAD, NMFC, PNNT, PSEC, SLRC and TCRD.

Stable Capital Base.   A significant portion of our AUM consists of permanent capital. As of June 30, 2014, approximately 55% of our AUM was in permanent capital vehicles, which generally do not have redemption provisions or a requirement to return capital to investors. Our stable capital base makes us a reliable financing source.

Strong Cash Flow Generation.   A significant majority of our standalone revenue is derived from management fees, which include base management fees and Part I incentive fees, both of which are paid quarterly in cash. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, approximately 78% and 84%, respectively, of our total standalone revenue was comprised of management fees. This strong and predictable cash flow enables us to continue to invest in our business, seed new products and provide our shareholders with an attractive dividend. See “Business — Fee Structure.”

Direct Origination, Disciplined Underwriting and Active Credit Management.   We believe that the combination of our direct origination platform, disciplined underwriting and active credit management is an important competitive advantage and helps us preserve capital and generate

122


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

attractive risk-adjusted returns for our investors. Our ability to directly originate, structure and lead deals enables us to be more opportunistic and less reliant on traditional sources of origination. It also enables us to control the loan documentation process, including negotiation of covenants, which provides consistent underwriting standards. In addition, we employ active credit management and interact frequently with our borrowers.

Growing and Increasingly Diverse Investor Base.   Our fundraising efforts are diversified across distribution channels and investment products. Our ability to raise capital across institutional channels, public markets, and non-traded RIA channels has enabled us to consistently increase AUM. We have dedicated in-house capital markets, investor relations and marketing professionals who are in frequent dialogue with investors. Our emphasis on transparency and communication has been an important part of the growth of our investor base.

Experienced Team.   Our senior management team has on average over 20 years of experience in credit, including origination, underwriting, principal investing and loan structuring. Our credit management and restructuring teams include over 25 professionals with extensive experience in their respective disciplines. We employ an integrated and collaborative investment process that leverages the skills and knowledge of our investment and credit management professionals. We believe that this is an important competitive advantage and has allowed us to deliver attractive risk-adjusted returns to our investors over time. To further align the interests of our team, in connection with this offering, we intend to grant to our employees restricted stock units under our equity incentive plan, which will vest over a multi-year period.

Experience Managing Permanent Capital Vehicles.   We have significant experience raising and managing permanent capital vehicles. In particular, we have demonstrated an ability to grow our permanent capital vehicles in an accretive manner for investors, and to prudently manage our liabilities. As of June 30, 2014, MCC has issued an aggregate of $451.1 million of new common equity as well as $721.0 million aggregate principal amount of debt financing. In addition, MCC has entered into an at the market distribution program and expects to offer up to $100 million of additional common equity from time to time. Similarly, as of June 30, 2014, SIC has issued approximately $340.9 million of common equity as well as $295.0 million aggregate principal amount of debt financing. SIC has raised, on average, $29.3 million of capital per month during the six months ended June 30, 2014. Consistent access to the capital markets has allowed MCC and SIC to achieve compounded annual AUM growth rates since inception of 73% and 452%, respectively. Furthermore, we have created a robust infrastructure to manage our permanent capital vehicles, including financial reporting, independent third party quarterly valuations, investor relations, accounting and legal functions.

Growth Strategy

We believe that Medley's strong growth is attributable to our investment philosophy and results, our emphasis on client communication and service, and our ability to attract, develop and retain high caliber professionals. We are pursuing an initial public offering because we believe that it will accelerate our growth by enhancing our brand, provide capital to grow our investment strategies and increase our strategic flexibility. As we continue to expand the business, we intend to:

Organically Grow our Core Business.   We expect to grow AUM in our existing permanent capital vehicles, and may launch additional permanent capital vehicles or similar long-dated investment products in the future. We also intend to increase AUM in our long-dated funds and managed accounts both by expanding existing investor relationships and through attracting new investors. We have made significant investments in corporate infrastructure to support our growth.

Expand our Credit-Focused Product Offerings.   We intend to grow our investment platform to include additional investment products that are complementary to our core credit offerings. As we expand our product offerings, we expect to leverage our existing retail and institutional investor base, and to attract new investors. Finally, we expect to leverage our direct origination platform, underwriting process and active credit management capabilities to grow related investment product offerings.

123


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Pursue Additional Strategic Relationships.   We have established valuable relationships with industry participants and large institutional investors who, among other things, provide market insights, product advice and other key relationships. We also have important relationships with large fund investors, leading commercial and investment banks, global professional services firms, key distribution agents and other market participants that we believe are of significant value. As we expand our product offerings and market presence, we intend to pursue opportunities through additional strategic relationships.

Our Funds

We provide our credit-focused investment strategies through various funds and products that meet the needs of a wide range of retail and institutional investors.

Our permanent capital vehicles, Medley Capital Corporation (“MCC”) and Sierra Income Corporation (“SIC”) offer investors compelling risk-adjusted yield opportunities. Given their permanent capital nature and focus on senior credit, they provide a high degree of fee income visibility. Additionally, we have a strong institutional investor base for our long-dated private funds and separately managed accounts, which have been an important source of diversified capital for our business.

Except as otherwise described herein with respect to our BDCs, our investment funds themselves do not register as investment companies under the Investment Company Act, in reliance on Section 3(c)(1), Section 3(c)(7) or Section 7(d) thereof. Section 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act exempts from the Investment Company Act’s registration requirements investment funds privately placed in the United States whose securities are owned exclusively by persons who, at the time of acquisition of such securities, are “qualified purchasers” as defined under the Investment Company Act. Section 3(c)(1) of the Investment Company Act exempts from the Investment Company Act’s registration requirements privately placed investment funds whose securities are beneficially owned by not more than 100 persons. In addition, under certain current interpretations of the SEC, Section 7(d) of the Investment Company Act exempts from registration any non-U.S. investment fund all of whose outstanding securities are beneficially owned either by non-U.S. residents or by U.S. residents that are qualified purchasers and purchase their interests in a private placement. Certain subsidiaries of Medley LLC typically serve as an investment adviser for our funds and are registered under the Advisors Act. Our funds’ investment advisers or one of their affiliates are entitled to management fees, performance fees and/or incentive fees from each investment fund to which they serve as investment advisers. For a discussion of the fees to which our funds’ investment advisers are entitled across our various types of funds, please see “— Fee Structure.”

Medley Capital Corporation

We launched MCC (NYSE: MCC), our first permanent capital vehicle, in 2011 as a BDC. MCC has grown to become a leading BDC with more than $1.1 billion in assets. As of June 30, 2014, MCC has demonstrated a compounded annual growth rate of AUM since inception of 73%, and has generated a 12.7% annualized total shareholder return since its 2011 initial public offering, outperforming publicly listed BDC peers and the Credit Suisse Leveraged Loan index by approximately 370 and 730 basis points, respectively, over the same period.

Sierra Income Corporation

We launched SIC, our first public non-traded permanent capital vehicle, in 2012 as a BDC. SIC is now offered on a continuous basis to investors through over 110 broker dealers representing over 27,800 registered investment advisers (“RIAs”). Since inception, SIC has demonstrated rapid and consistent growth. During the quarter ended June 30, 2014, SIC increased AUM by $92.6 million, a 28% increase over the quarter ended March 31, 2014. As of June 30, 2014, SIC has generated a 9.4% annualized total return for shareholders since launching in April 2012.

124


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Long-Dated Private Funds

We launched Medley Opportunity Fund I (“MOF I”), our first long-dated private fund, in 2006 and Medley Opportunity Fund II (“MOF II”), our second long-dated private fund, in 2010. We manage MOF I and MOF II through a partnership structure, in which limited partnerships organized by us accept commitments or funds for investment from institutional investors and high net worth individuals, and a general partner makes all policy and investment decisions, including selection of investment advisers. Affiliates of Medley LLC serve as investment advisers to MOF I and MOF II. The limited partners of our long-dated private funds take no part in the conduct or control of the business of such funds, have no right or authority to act for or bind such funds and have no influence or the voting or disposition of the securities or assets held by such funds, although limited partners often have the right to remove the general partner or cause an early liquidation by super-majority vote. As our long-dated private funds are closed-ended, once an investor makes an investment, the investor is generally not able to withdraw or redeem its interest, except in very limited circumstances.

Separately Managed Accounts

We launched our first separately managed account in 2010, our second separately managed account in 2012, and our third and fourth separately managed account in 2014. In the case of our separately managed accounts, the investor, rather than us, dictates the risk tolerances and target returns of the account. We act as an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act for these accounts. The accounts offer customized solutions for liability driven investors such as insurance companies and typically offer attractive returns on risk based capital.

Fee Structure

Medley Capital Corporation

Pursuant to the investment management agreement between MCC and our affiliate, MCC Advisors LLC, MCC Advisors LLC receives a base management fee and a two-part incentive fee. The MCC base management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 1.75% of MCC’s gross assets, and is payable quarterly in arrears. The base management fee is calculated based on the average value of MCC’s gross assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters.

The two components of the MCC incentive fee are as follows.

The first, the Part I incentive fee, payable quarterly in arrears, is 20.0% of MCC’s pre-incentive fee net investment income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter subject to a 2.0% (which is 8.0% annualized) hurdle rate and a “catch-up” provision measured as of the end of each calendar quarter. Under the hurdle rate and catch-up provisions, in any calendar quarter, we receive no incentive fee until MCC’s net investment income equals the hurdle rate of 2.0%, but then receive, as a “catch-up”, 100% of MCC’s pre-incentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.5%. The effect of this provision is that, if pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds 2.5% in any calendar quarter, MCC Advisors LLC will receive 20% of MCC’s pre-incentive fee net investment income as if the hurdle rate did not apply. For this purpose, pre-incentive fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income including any other fees (other than fees for providing managerial assistance), such as commitment, origination, structuring, due diligence and consulting fees or other fees that MCC receives from portfolio companies accrued during the calendar quarter, minus MCC’s operating expenses for the quarter including the base management fee, expenses payable to MCC Advisors LLC, and any interest expense and any dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee. Pre-incentive fee net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with payment-in-kind interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that we have not yet received in cash. Since the hurdle rate is fixed, as interest rates rise, it will be easier for us to surpass the hurdle rate and receive an incentive fee based on net investment income.

125


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The second, the Part II incentive fee, is determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the investment management agreement as of the termination date), and equals 20.0% of MCC’s cumulative aggregate realized capital gains less cumulative realized capital losses, unrealized capital depreciation (unrealized depreciation on a gross investment-by-investment basis at the end of each calendar year) and all capital gains upon which prior performance-based capital gains incentive fee payments were previously made to MCC Advisors LLC.

Entities controlled by former employees hold limited liability company interests in MCC Advisors LLC that entitle them to approximately 4.86% of the net incentive fee income through October 29, 2015 and an additional 5.75% of the net incentive fee income through August 20, 2016 from MCC Advisors LLC. We are entitled to all of the management fees paid to MCC Advisors LLC. We may have similar arrangements with respect to the ownership of the entities that advise our BDCs in the future.

Sierra Income Corporation

Pursuant to the investment management agreement between SIC and our affiliate, SIC Advisors LLC, SIC Advisors LLC receives a base management fee and a two-part incentive fee. Strategic Investors owns 20% of SIC Advisors LLC and is entitled to receive distributions of up to 20% of the gross cash proceeds received by SIC Advisors LLC from the management and incentive fees payable by Sierra Income Corporation to SIC Advisors, as well as 20% of the returns of the investments held at SIC Advisors LLC. The SIC base management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 1.75% of SIC’s gross assets at the end of each completed calendar quarter and is payable quarterly in arrears. The base management fee is calculated based on the average value of SIC’s gross assets at the end of completed calendar quarter.

The two components of the SIC’s incentive fee are as follows.

The first, the Part I incentive fee (which is also referred to as a subordinated incentive fee), payable quarterly in arrears, is 20.0% of SIC’s pre-incentive fee net investment income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter subject to a 1.75% (which is 7.0% annualized) hurdle rate and a “catch-up” provision measured as of the end of each calendar quarter. Under the hurdle rate and catch-up provisions, in any calendar quarter, SIC Advisors LLC receives no incentive fee until SIC’s net investment income equals the hurdle rate of 1.75%, but then receive, as a “catch-up”, 100% of SIC’s pre-incentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.1875%. The effect of this provision is that, if pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds 2.1875% in any calendar quarter, SIC Advisors LLC will receive 20% of SIC’s pre-incentive fee net investment income as if the hurdle rate did not apply. For this purpose, pre-incentive fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income including any other fees (other than fees for providing managerial assistance), such as commitment, origination, structuring, due diligence and consulting fees or other fees that SIC receives from portfolio companies accrued during the calendar quarter, minus SIC’s operating expenses for the quarter including the base management fee, expenses payable to SIC Advisors LLC or to us, and any interest expense and any dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee. Pre-incentive fee net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with payment-in-kind interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that SIC Advisors LLC have not yet received in cash. Since the hurdle rate is fixed, if interest rates rise, it will be easier for us to surpass the hurdle rate and receive an incentive fee based on net investment income.
The second, the Part II incentive fee, is determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the investment management agreement as of the termination date), and equals 20.0% of SIC’s cumulative aggregate realized capital gains

126


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

less cumulative realized capital losses, unrealized capital depreciation (unrealized depreciation on a gross investment-by-investment basis at the end of each calendar year) and all capital gains upon which prior performance-based capital gains incentive fee payments were previously made to SIC Advisors LLC.

SC Distributors, LLC owns 20% of SIC Advisors LLC and is entitled to receive distributions of up to 20% of the gross cash proceeds received by SIC Advisors LLC from the management and incentive fees payable by Sierra Income Corporation to SIC Advisors LLC, as well as 20% of the returns of the investments held at SIC Advisors LLC. We may have similar arrangements with respect to the ownership of the entities that advise our BDCs in the future.

Long-Dated Private Funds

The investment adviser of each of our MOF funds receives an annual management fee. In the case of MOF I, the management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 0.75% of the value of capital accounts attributable to the interests of each limited partner, paid quarterly in advance based on the value of each capital account as of the first day of each calendar quarter. Beginning on January 1, 2015, management fees in respect of MOF I will be eliminated. In the case of MOF II, the management fee generally is 1.5% of the value of the investments held by the fund or the account, paid quarterly in advance based upon the lesser of the original cost basis or the then fair value of such investments. The management fee in respect of MOF II will offset by an amount ranging from 50% to 100% of certain transaction and advisory fees we use to offset in connection with services we provide to any entity in which the fund or account has invested.

The general partner, in the case of MOF I, or investment adviser, in the case of MOF II, also receives incentive fees. To the extent aggregate cash distributions to a particular limited partner of MOF I made after September 30, 2012 exceed an incentive hurdle equal to the sum of (a) that limited partner’s capital account balance as of September 30, 2012 plus (b) beginning October 1, 2014, an additional preferred return of 8% per annum calculated each quarter on the limited partner’s September 30, 2012 capital account balance less all subsequent cash distributions, then immediately prior to any such cash distribution, an amount equal to 20% of the excess of the incentive fee hurdle that would otherwise be distributed to the limited partner will be reallocated to the general partner of MOF I. The investment adviser of MOF II receives incentive fees in an amount equal to 20% of the realized cash derived from an investment, subject to a cumulative annualized preferred return to the limited partner of 8%, which is in turn subject to a 100% catch-up allocation to the investment adviser.

In order to better align the interests of our senior professionals and the other individuals who manage our long-dated private funds with our own interests and with those of the investors in such funds, such individuals may be allocated directly a portion of the performance fees in such funds. As of June 30, 2014, approximately 41% of the limited liability company interests in MOF II GP LLC, the entity that serves as general partner of MOF II, are held by certain former employees and former members of Medley LLC. These interests entitle the holders to share the performance fees earned from MOF II. We may have similar arrangements with respect to allocation of performance fees with respect to private funds that we may advise in the future.

Separately Managed Accounts

The investment adviser to each of our separately managed accounts receives a management fees, typically 0.75% of the value of the investments held by the fund or the account, paid quarterly in advance based upon the lesser of the original cost basis or the then fair value of such investments. The management fee in respect of our separately managed accounts generally will be reduced by an amount ranging from 50% to 100% of certain transaction and advisory fees we receive in connection with services we provide to any entity in which the account has invested. The investment adviser of our separately managed accounts generally receives incentive fees in an amount equal to 20% of the realized cash derived from an investment, subject to a cumulative annualized preferred return to the investor of 8%, which is in turn subject to a 50% catch-up allocation to the investment adviser.

127


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As noted above, in connection with raising new funds or securing additional investments in existing funds, we negotiate terms for such funds and investments with existing and potential investors. The outcome of such negotiations could result in our agreement to terms that are materially less favorable to us than for prior funds we have advised or funds advised by our competitors. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — We may not be able to maintain our current fee structure as a result of industry pressure from fund investors to reduce fees, which could have an adverse effect on our profit margins and results of operations.”

Investor Relations

Our fundraising efforts historically have been spread across distribution channels and have not been dependent on the success of any single channel. We distribute our investment products through two primary channels: (1) permanent capital vehicles and (2) long-dated private funds and SMAs. We believe that each of these channels offers unique advantages to investors and allows us to continue to raise and deploy capital opportunistically in varying market environments.

Permanent Capital Vehicles.

We distribute our permanent capital vehicles through two sub-channels:

MCC is our publicly traded vehicle. It offers retail and institutional investors liquid access to an otherwise illiquid asset class (middle market credit). In addition to equity capital, MCC also raises debt capital in the private and public markets which is an alternative source of capital in challenging operating environments.
SIC is our non-traded public vehicle. It allows us to continue to raise capital continually during more challenging operating environments when publicly listed vehicles may be trading below net asset value, which we believe is valuable during times of market volatility. We believe this is a competitive advantage allowing us to make opportunistic investments, while peers may be more limited during times of market volatility.

Long-Dated Private Funds and SMAs

We distribute our long-dated private funds and SMAs through two sub-channels:

Long-dated private funds:   Our long-dated private institutional funds offer investors attractive risk-adjusted returns. We believe this channel is an important element of our capital raising efforts given institutional investors are more likely to remain engaged in higher yielding private credit assets during periods of market turbulence.
Separately managed accounts:   Our separately managed accounts provide investors with customized investment solutions. This is particularly attractive for liability driven investors such as insurance companies that invest over long time horizons.

128


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

AUM by Distribution Channel at June 30, 2014

[GRAPHIC MISSING]  

We believe that our deep and longstanding investor relationships, founded on our strong performance, disciplined management of our investors' capital and diverse product offering, have facilitated the growth of our existing businesses and will assist us with the development of additional strategies and products, thereby increasing our fee earning AUM in the future. We have dedicated in-house capital markets, investor relations and marketing specialists. We have frequent discussions with our investors and are committed to providing them with the highest quality service. We believe our service levels, as well as our emphasis on transparency, inspire loyalty and support our efforts to continue to attract investors across our investment platform.

Investment Process

Direct Origination.   We focus on lending directly to companies that are underserved by the traditional banking system and generally seek to avoid broadly marketed investment opportunities. We source investment opportunities through direct relationships with companies, financial intermediaries such as national, regional and local bankers, accountants, lawyers and consultants, as well as through financial sponsors. As a leading provider of private debt, we are often sought out as a preferred financing partner. Historically, the majority of our annual origination volume has been derived from direct loan origination.

Our Investment Team, comprised of over 35 professionals, has a broad network of industry relationships and extensive experience sourcing, underwriting and managing private debt investments. Our experience and reputation has allowed us to generate a substantial flow of attractive investment opportunities. In 2013, we sourced 1,030 investment opportunities, which resulted in 66 investments and approximately $842 million of invested capital.

Disciplined Underwriting.   We perform thorough due diligence and focus on several key criteria in our underwriting process, including strong underlying business fundamentals, a meaningful equity cushion, experienced management, conservative valuation and the ability to deleverage through cash flows. We are often the agent for the loans we originate and accordingly control the loan documentation and negotiation of covenants, which allows us to maintain consistent underwriting standards. Our disciplined underwriting process also involves engagement of industry experts and third party consultants. This disciplined underwriting process is essential as our funds have historically invested primarily in privately held companies, for which public financial information is generally unavailable. Since our inception, we have invested in 242 borrowers, and experienced realized partial losses in 12 of these investments through June 30, 2014. We believe our disciplined underwriting culture is a key factor to our success and our ability to expand our product offerings.

129


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prior to making an investment, the Investment Team subjects each potential borrower to an extensive credit review process, which typically begins with an analysis of the market opportunity, business fundamentals, company operating metrics and historical and projected financial analysis. We also compare liquidity, operating margin trends, leverage, free cash flow and fixed charge coverage ratios for each potential investment to industry metrics. Areas of additional underwriting focus include management or sponsor (typically a private equity firm) experience, management compensation, competitive landscape, regulatory environment, pricing power, defensibility of market share and tangible asset values. Background checks are conducted and tax compliance information may also be requested on management teams and key employees. In addition, the Investment Team contacts customers, suppliers and competitors and performs on-site visits as part of a routine business due diligence process.

Our disciplined underwriting process also involves the engagement of industry experts and third party consultants. The Investment Team routinely uses third party consultants and market studies to corroborate valuation and industry specific due diligence, as well as provide quality of earnings analysis. Experienced legal counsel is engaged to evaluate and mitigate regulatory, insurance, tax or other company-specific risks.

After the Investment Team completes its final due diligence, each proposed investment is presented to the Firm’s investment committee and subjected to extensive discussion and follow-up analysis, if necessary. A formal memorandum for each investment opportunity typically includes the results of business due diligence, multi-scenario financial analysis, risk-management assessment, results of third-party consulting work, background checks (where applicable) and structuring proposals. Our investment committees typically require a majority vote to approve any investment.

Active Credit Management .  We employ active credit management. Our process includes frequent interaction with management, monthly or quarterly review of financial information and attendance at board of directors’ meetings as observers. Investment professionals with deep restructuring and workout experience support our credit management effort. The Investment Team also evaluates financial reporting packages provided by portfolio companies that detail operational and financial performance. Data is entered in our Asset Management System (“AMS”), our proprietary, centralized electronic credit management database. AMS creates a centralized, dynamic electronic repository for all of our portfolio company data. Our AMS system generates comprehensive, standardized reports which aggregate operational updates, portfolio company financial performance, asset valuations, macro trends, management call notes and account history. AMS enables the Investment Team to have real-time access to the most recent information on our portfolio investments.

In addition to the data provided by our borrowers, we may also utilize various third parties to provide checks and balances throughout the credit management process. Independent valuation firms may be engaged to provide appraisals of asset and collateral values or external forensic accounting groups may be engaged to verify portfolio company financial reporting or perform cash reconciliation. We believe this hands-on approach to credit management is a key contributor to our investment performance.

Investment Operations and Information Technology

In addition to our investment team, we have a finance, accounting and operations team that supports our public and private vehicles team by providing infrastructure and administrative support in the areas of accounting/finance, valuation, capital markets and treasury functions, operations/information technology, strategy and business development, legal/compliance and human resources.

Regulatory and Compliance Matters

Our businesses, as well as the financial services industry generally, are subject to extensive regulation in the United States and elsewhere. The SEC and other regulators around the globe have in recent years significantly increased their regulatory activities with respect to alternative asset

130


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

management firms. Certain of our businesses are subject to compliance with laws and regulations of United States federal and state governments, their respective agencies and/or various self-regulatory organizations or exchanges, and any failure to comply with these regulations could expose us to liability and/or reputational damage. Our businesses have operated for a number of years within a legal framework that requires our being able to monitor and comply with a broad range of legal and regulatory developments that affect our activities. However, additional legislation, changes in rules promulgated by regulators or changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and rules, either in the United States or elsewhere, may directly affect our mode of operation and profitability.

Certain of our subsidiaries are registered as investment advisers with the SEC. Registered investment advisers are subject to the requirements and regulations of the Investment Advisers Act. Such requirements relate to, among other things, fiduciary duties to advisory clients, maintaining an effective compliance program, solicitation agreements, conflicts of interest, recordkeeping and reporting requirements, disclosure requirements, limitations on agency cross and principal transactions between an advisor and advisory clients and general anti-fraud prohibitions. The SEC requires investment advisers registered or required to register with the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act that advise one or more private funds and have at least $150.0 million in private fund assets under management to periodically file reports on Form PF. We have filed, and will continue to file, quarterly reports on Form PF, which has resulted in increased administrative costs and requires a significant amount of attention and time to be spent by our personnel. In addition, our investment advisers are subject to routine periodic examinations by the staff of the SEC. Our investment advisers also have not been subject to any regulatory or disciplinary actions by the SEC.

MCC and SIC are BDCs. A BDC is a special category of investment company under the Investment Company Act that was added by Congress to facilitate the flow of capital to private companies and small public companies that do not have efficient or cost-effective access to public capital markets or other conventional forms of corporate financing. BDCs make investments in private or thinly-traded public companies in the form of long-term debt and/or equity capital, with the goal of generating current income or capital growth.

BDCs are closed-end funds that elect to be regulated as BDCs under the Investment Company Act. As such, BDCs are subject to only certain provisions of the Investment Company Act, as well as the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. BDCs are provided greater flexibility under the Investment Company Act than are other investment companies in dealing with their portfolio companies, issuing securities, and compensating their managers. BDCs can be internally or externally managed and may qualify to elect to be taxed as RICs for federal tax purposes. The Investment Company Act contains prohibitions and restrictions relating to transactions between BDCs and their affiliates, principal underwriters, and affiliates of those affiliates or underwriters. The Investment Company Act requires that a majority of a BDC’s directors be persons other than “interested persons,” as that term is defined in the Investment Company Act. In addition, the Investment Company Act provides that we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or withdraw our election as a BDC unless approved by a majority of our outstanding voting securities. The Investment Company Act defines “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” as the lesser of: (1) 67% or more of the voting securities present at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of our outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy or (2) 50% of our voting securities.

Generally, BDCs are prohibited under the Investment Company Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with their affiliates without the prior approval of their board of directors who are not interested persons and, in some cases, prior approval by the SEC. The SEC has interpreted the prohibition on transactions with affiliates to prohibit “joint transactions” among entities that share a common investment adviser.

On November 25, 2013, we received an amended order from the SEC that expanded our ability to negotiate the terms of co-investment transactions among our BDCs and other funds managed by us (the “Exemptive Order”), subject to the conditions included therein. In situations where co-investment with other funds managed by us is not permitted or appropriate, such as when there is

131


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

an opportunity to invest in different securities of the same issuer or where the different investments could be expected to result in a conflict between our interests and those of our other clients, we will need to decide which client will proceed with the investment. We will make these determinations based on our policies and procedures, which generally require that such opportunities be offered to eligible accounts on an alternating basis that will be fair and equitable over time. Moreover, except in certain circumstances, our BDCs will be unable to invest in any issuer in which another of our funds has previously invested. Similar restrictions limit our BDCs’ ability to transact business with our officers or directors or their affiliates.

Under the terms of the Exemptive Order, a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the Investment Company Act) of the independent directors of our BDCs must make certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the proposed transaction are reasonable and fair to the applicable BDC and such BDC’s stockholders and do not involve overreaching of such BDC or its stockholders on the part of any person concerned and (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of the BDC’s stockholders and is consistent with its investment strategies and policies.

Our BDCs have elected to be treated as RICs under Subchapter M of the Code. As RICs, the BDCs generally do not have to pay corporate-level federal income taxes on any income that is distributed to its stockholders from its tax earnings and profits. To maintain qualification as an RIC, our BDCs must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements (as described below). In addition, in order to obtain and maintain RIC tax treatment, the BDCs must distribute to its stockholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of their “investment company taxable income,” which is generally its net ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses.

In July 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, imposes significant new regulations on nearly every aspect of the U.S. financial services industry, including oversight and regulation of systemic market risk (including the power to liquidate certain institutions); authorizing the Federal Reserve to regulate nonbank institutions that are deemed systemically important; generally prohibiting insured banks or thrifts, any bank holding company or savings and loan holding company, any non-U.S. bank with a U.S. branch, agency or commercial lending company and any subsidiaries and affiliates of any of these types of entities, regardless of geographic location, from conducting proprietary trading or investing in or sponsoring a “covered fund,” which includes private equity funds and hedge funds (i.e., the Volcker Rule); and imposing new registration, recordkeeping and reporting requirements on private fund investment advisers. Importantly, while several key aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act have been defined through final rules, many aspects will be implemented by various regulatory bodies over the next several years.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires the CFTC, the SEC and other regulatory authorities to promulgate certain rules relating to the regulation of the derivatives market. Such rules require or will require the registration of certain market participants, the clearing of certain derivatives contracts through central counterparties, the execution of certain derivatives contracts on electronic platforms, as well as reporting and recordkeeping of derivatives transactions. Certain of our funds may from time to time, directly or indirectly, invest in instruments that meet the definition of a “swap” under the Commodity Exchange Act and the CFTC’s rules promulgated thereunder. As a result, such funds may qualify as commodity pools, and the operators of such funds may need to register as commodity pool operators (“CPOs”) unless an exemption applies. Additionally, pursuant to a rule finalized by the CFTC in December 2012, certain classes of interest rate swaps and certain classes of index credit default swaps are now subject to mandatory clearing, unless an exemption applies. As of February 2014, many of these interest rate swaps and index credit default swaps are also now subject to mandatory trading on designated contract markets or swap execution facilities. The Dodd-Frank Act also provides expanded enforcement authority to the CFTC and SEC. While certain rules have been promulgated and are already in effect, the rulemaking and implementation process is still ongoing. In

132


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

particular, the CFTC has finalized most of its rules under the Dodd-Frank Act, and the SEC has proposed several rules regarding security-based swaps but has only finalized a small number of these rules.

Competition

The investment management industry is intensely competitive, and we expect it to remain so. We face competition both in the pursuit of outside investors for our funds and in acquiring investments in attractive investee companies and making other investments. We compete for outside investors based on a variety of factors, including:

investment performance;
investor perception of investment managers' drive, focus and alignment of interest;
quality of service provided to and duration of relationship with investors;
business reputation; and
the level of fees and expenses charged for services.

We expect to face competition in our lending and other investment activities primarily from other credit-focused funds, specialized funds, BDCs, real estate funds, hedge fund sponsors, other financial institutions and other parties. Many of these competitors in some of our businesses are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than are available to us. Many of these competitors have similar investment objectives to us, which may create additional competition for investment opportunities. Some of these competitors may also have a lower cost of capital and access to funding sources that are not available to us, which may create competitive disadvantages for us with respect to investment opportunities. In addition, some of these competitors may have higher risk tolerances, different risk assessments or lower return thresholds, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and to bid more aggressively than us for investments that we want to make. Lastly, institutional and individual investors are allocating increasing amounts of capital to alternative investment strategies. Several large institutional investors have announced a desire to consolidate their investments in a more limited number of managers. We expect that this will cause competition in our industry to intensify and could lead to a reduction in the size and duration of pricing inefficiencies.

Competition is also intense for the attraction and retention of qualified employees. Our ability to continue to compete effectively in our businesses will depend upon our ability to attract new employees and retain and motivate our existing employees.

For additional information concerning the competitive risks that we face, see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — The investment management business is competitive.”

Properties

Our principal executive offices are located in leased office space at 375 Park Avenue, New York, New York. We also lease the space for our office in San Francisco, California. We do not own any real property. We consider these facilities to be suitable and adequate for the management and operation of our business.

Employees

We believe that one of the strengths and principal reasons for our success is the quality and dedication of our people. As of June 30, 2014, we employed over 70 individuals, including over 35 investment, origination and credit management professionals, located in our New York and San Francisco offices.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are involved in various legal proceedings, lawsuits and claims incidental to the conduct of our business. Our businesses are also subject to extensive regulation, which may result in regulatory proceedings against us. We are not currently party to any material legal proceedings.

133


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — We may be subject to litigation risks and may face liabilities and damage to our professional reputation as a result.”

134


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our directors, director nominees and executive officers.

   
Name   Age   Position
Brook Taube   44   Co-Chief Executive Officer, Chief Investment Officer and Co-Chairman of the Board of Directors
Seth Taube   44   Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-Chairman of the Board of Directors
Jeffrey Tonkel   43   President and Director
Jeffrey T. Leeds   58   Director Nominee
Guy Rounsaville, Jr.   70   Director Nominee
Philip K. Ryan   58   Director Nominee
Richard Allorto   42   Chief Financial Officer
John Fredericks   50   General Counsel

Brook Taube co-founded Medley in 2006 and has served as our co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer since then and as co-Chairman of the Board of Directors of Medley Management Inc. since its formation. He has also served as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Medley Capital Corporation since 2011 and has served on the Board of Directors of Sierra Income Corporation since its inception in 2012. Prior to forming Medley, Mr. Taube was a Partner with CN Opportunity Fund, T3 Group, a principal and advisory firm focused on distressed asset and credit investments, and Griphon Capital Management. Mr. Taube began his career at Bankers Trust in leveraged finance in 1992. Mr. Taube received a B.A. from Harvard University.

Seth Taube co-founded Medley in 2006 and has served as our co-Chief Executive Officer since then and as co-Chairman of the Board of Directors of Medley Management Inc. since its formation. He has also served as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Sierra Income Corporation since its inception in 2012 and on the Board of Directors of Medley Capital Corporation since its inception in 2011. Prior to forming Medley, Mr. Taube was a Partner with CN Opportunity Fund, T3 Group, a principal and advisory firm focused on distressed asset and credit investments, and Griphon Capital Management. Mr. Taube previously worked with Tiger Management and held positions with Morgan Stanley & Co. in the Investment Banking and Institutional Equity Divisions. Mr. Taube received a B.A. from Harvard University, an M. Litt. in Economics from St. Andrew’s University in Great Britain, where he was a Rotary Foundation Fellow, and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.

Jeffrey Tonkel joined Medley in 2011 and has served as President and as a member of the Board of Directors of Medley Management Inc. since its formation. He has also served as President of Sierra Income Corporation since July 2013 and a member of the Board of Directors of Medley Capital Corporation since February 2014. Prior to joining Medley, Mr. Tonkel was a Managing Director with JP Morgan from January 2010 to November 2011, where he was Chief Financial Officer of a global financing and markets business. Prior to JP Morgan, Mr. Tonkel was a Managing Director, Principal Investments, with Friedman Billings Ramsey, where he focused on merchant banking and corporate development investments in diversified industrials, energy, real estate and specialty finance. Mr. Tonkel began his investment career with Summit Partners. Mr. Tonkel received a B.A. from Harvard University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Jeffrey T. Leeds is a nominee to our board of directors and will join at the time of this offering. Mr. Leeds is President and Co-Founder of Leeds Equity Partners, LLC, a private equity investment firm focused on the knowledge sector. Mr. Leeds also serves as a director of BARBRI, Education Management Corporation, Evanta Ventures, Knowledge Factor, INTO University Partnerships and Real Page, Inc.. Prior to co-founding Leeds Equity in 1993, Mr. Leeds worked at Lazard Frères & Co.

135


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

specializing in mergers and acquisitions and corporate finance from 1986 to 1992. Prior to joining Lazard, Mr. Leeds served as a law clerk to the Hon. William J. Brennan, Jr. of the Supreme Court of the United States. Mr. Leeds also worked in the corporate department of the law firm of Cravath, Swaine & Moore in New York from 1983 to 1985. Mr. Leeds also serves as a member of the Board of Directors of the Association of Private Sector Colleges and Universities. He has previously served as a director of Argosy University, Datamark, Miller Heiman and Ross University, among others. He was the founding chairman of the Green Dot New York Charter School and serves on the board of the Colin L. Powell School for Civic and Global Leadership at the City College of New York. Mr. Leeds received a B.A. from Yale University, attended Oxford University as a Marshall Scholar and received a J.D. from Harvard Law School.

Guy Rounsaville, Jr. is a nominee to our board of directors and will join at the time of this offering. Mr. Rounsaville has served on the board of directors of Tri-Valley Bank and First Banks, Inc. since 2011, and of United American Bank since 2012. Mr. Rounsaville served as Director of Diversity of the law firm Allen Matkins Leck Gamble Mallory & Natsis LLP from 2009 until May 2012 and as co-managing partner of their San Francisco office from 1999 to 2001. Mr. Rounsaville served as General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of LaSalle Bank from 2006 until it was acquired by Bank of America in October 2007, after which he served, for transition purposes, as Bank of America's Senior Vice President and Assistant General Counsel until May 2008. From 2001 to 2006, Mr. Rounsaville served as General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Visa International. Prior to that, Mr. Rounsaville served in several roles at Wells Fargo from 1969 through 1998, including General Counsel and Corporate Secretary. Mr. Rounsaville has served on numerous civic and professional committees and boards, and currently is a board member of the ABA Commission on Racial and Ethnic Diversity in the Profession and the Coro Center for Civic Leadership Foundation. He received a B.A. from Stanford University and a J.D. from Hastings College of Law.

Philip K. Ryan is a nominee to our board of directors and will join at the time of this offering. Mr. Ryan has served on the board of directors of Swiss Re Americas Holding Corporation since 2010 and as Chairman since 2012. He has also been an Executive in Residence and Adjunct Professor at the NYU Stern School of Business since 2013. Mr. Ryan served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Power Corporation of Canada and Power Financial Corporation in Montreal from February 2008 to May 2012 and in that capacity served on the board and committees of Great West Lifeco and IGM Financial. Prior to that Mr. Ryan served as an officer of Credit Suisse Group in New York, London and Zurich from 1985 to 2008 in a variety of roles, including Group Chief Financial Officer, Chief Financial Officer of Credit Suisse Asset Management and Chairman of the Financial Institutions Group. Mr. Ryan is also engaged in number of charitable activities including the National Board of the Smithsonian Institute. Mr. Ryan received a B.S. from the University of Illinois School of Engineering and an M.B.A. from the Indiana University Kelly Graduate School of Business.

Richard Allorto has served as our Chief Financial Officer since July 2010. Mr. Allorto has also served as the Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of Medley Capital Corporation since January 2011 and of Sierra Income Corporation since April 2012. Prior to joining Medley, Mr. Allorto held various positions at GSC Group, Inc., a registered investment adviser, since April 2001, including, most recently as Chief Financial Officer of GSC Investment Corp, a business development company that was externally managed by GSC Group. Mr. Allorto began his career at Arthur Andersen in public accounting in 1994. Mr. Allorto is a licensed CPA and received a B.S. in Accounting from Seton Hall University.

John Fredericks has served as our General Counsel since June 2013. Mr. Fredericks has also served as the Chief Compliance Officer of Medley Capital Corporation and Sierra Income Corporation since February 2014. Prior to joining Medley, Mr. Fredericks was a partner with Winston & Strawn, LLP from February 2003 to May 2013, where he was a member of the firm’s restructuring and insolvency and corporate lending groups. Before joining Winston & Strawn, LLP, from 2000 to 2003, Mr. Fredericks was a partner with Murphy Sheneman Julian & Rogers and, from 1993 to 2000, an

136


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

associate at Murphy, Weir & Butler. Mr. Fredericks was admitted to the California State Bar in 1993. Mr. Fredericks received a B.A. from the University of California Santa Cruz and a J.D. from University of San Francisco.

Messrs. Brook and Seth Taube are brothers. There are no other family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Composition of the Board of Directors After this Offering

Our board of directors currently consists of Brook Taube, Seth Taube and Jeffrey Tonkel, with Brook and Seth Taube serving as Co-Chairmen. At time of this offering, we expect to increase the size of our board of directors to six directors and that Jeffrey T. Leeds, Guy Rounsaville, Jr. and Philip K. Ryan will be appointed to the board of directors.

Our board of directors will have discretion to determine the size of the board of directors. Our directors will be elected at each year’s annual meeting of stockholders.

Background and Experience of Directors

When considering whether directors and nominees have the experience, qualifications, attributes or skills, taken as a whole, to enable our board of directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, the board of directors focuses primarily on each person’s background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each of the directors’ individual biographies set forth above. We believe that our directors provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of our business. In particular, the members of our board of directors considered the following important characteristics, among others:

Messrs. Brook Taube and Seth Taube — we considered that these two individuals have played an integral role in our firm’s successful growth, and that each has developed a unique and unparalleled understanding of our business. We also noted that these two individuals are our largest equity owners and, as a consequence of such alignment of interest with our other equity owners, each has additional motivation to diligently fulfill his oversight responsibilities as a member of our board of directors.
Mr. Tonkel — we considered his invaluable perspective owing to his experience in various senior leadership roles in the financial services industry, including his role as a Managing Director with JPMorgan where he was the Chief Financial Officer of a global financing and markets business, as well as his familiarity with our business and operations as President of Medley and Sierra Income Corporation and a member of the Board of Directors of Medley Capital Corporation.
Mr. Jeffrey T. Leeds — we considered his extensive experience in private equity investing, investment banking and law, along with his prior experience as a board member.
Mr. Guy Rounsaville, Jr. — we considered his background in law, banking and lending, including his extensive experience serving in general counsel, corporate secretary and board member roles at several large financial institutions.
Mr. Philip K. Ryan — we considered his background in finance, accounting and financial services, owing to his extensive experience in chief financial officer, investment banking and board member roles.

Controlled Company Exception

After the completion of this offering, Medley Group LLC, an entity owned by our pre-IPO owners, will continue to hold more than a majority of the voting power of our common stock eligible to vote in the election of our directors. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of corporate governance standards. Under these corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance standards,

137


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

including the requirements (1) that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors, (2) that our board of directors have a compensation committee that is comprised entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities and (3) that our board of directors have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is comprised entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities. For at least some period following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, immediately following this offering we do not expect the majority of our directors will be independent or that any committees of the board of directors will be comprised entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of these corporate governance requirements. In the event that we cease to be a “controlled company” and our shares continue to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange, we will be required to comply with these provisions within the applicable transition periods.

Board Committees

We anticipate that, prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will establish the following committees prior to the completion of this offering: an audit committee, a compensation committee, a corporate governance and nominating committee and an executive committee. The composition and responsibilities of each committee are described below. Our board of directors may also establish from time to time any other committees that it deems necessary or desirable. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board.

Audit Committee

Upon completion of this offering, we expect our audit committee will consist of     ,      and         , with      serving as chair. Our audit committee will be responsible for, among other things:

selecting and hiring our independent auditors, and approving the audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditors;
assisting the board of directors in evaluating the qualifications, performance and independence of our independent auditors;
assisting the board of directors in monitoring the quality and integrity of our financial statements and our accounting and financial reporting;
assisting the board of directors in monitoring our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;
reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting processes;
assisting the board of directors in monitoring the performance of our internal audit function;
monitoring the performance of our internal audit function;
reviewing with management and our independent auditors our annual and quarterly financial statements;
establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters and the confidential, anonymous submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters; and
preparing the audit committee report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement.

138


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The SEC rules and New York Stock Exchange rules require us to have one independent audit committee member upon the listing of our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, a majority of independent directors within 90 days of the effective date of the registration statement and all independent audit committee members within one year of the effective date of the registration statement.

Compensation Committee

Upon completion of this offering, we expect our compensation committee will consist of           ,            and           , with            serving as chair. The compensation committee will be responsible for, among other things:

reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our co-chief executive officers, evaluating our co-chief executive officers’ performance in light of those goals and objectives, and, either as a committee or together with the other independent directors (as directed by the board of directors), determining and approving our co-chief executive officers’ compensation level based on such evaluation;
reviewing and approving, or making recommendations to the board of directors with respect to, the compensation of our other executive officers, including annual base salary, bonus and equity-based incentives and other benefits;
reviewing and recommending the compensation of our directors;
reviewing and discussing annually with management our “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” disclosure required by SEC rules;
preparing the compensation committee report required by the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement; and
reviewing and making recommendations with respect to our equity compensation plans.

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

Upon completion of this offering, we expect our corporate governance and nominating committee will consist of     ,      and     , with      serving as chair. The corporate governance and nominating committee is responsible for, among other things:

assisting our board of directors in identifying prospective director nominees and recommending nominees to the board of directors;
overseeing the evaluation of the board of directors and management;
reviewing developments in corporate governance practices and developing and recommending a set of corporate governance guidelines; and
recommending members for each committee of our board of directors.

Executive Committee

Upon completion of this offering, we expect our executive committee will consist of Brook Taube, Seth Taube and Jeffrey Tonkel. Our board of directors will delegate all of the power and authority of the full board of directors to the executive committee to act when the board of directors is not in session.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

We do not presently have a compensation committee. Decisions regarding the compensation of our executive officers have historically been made by Messrs. Brook and Seth Taube. Upon completion of this offering, the members of our compensation committee will be    ,      and     .

None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

139


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Director Compensation

Medley Management Inc. was formed on June 13, 2014. Currently, all of the individuals who serve as directors of Medley Management Inc. are also named executive officers who do not receive any separate compensation for service on our board of directors or on any committee of our board of directors and whose compensation is disclosed in the Summary Compensation Table under “— Executive Compensation — Summary Compensation Table.” Accordingly, we have not presented a Director Compensation Table.

Following this offering, our employees who serve as directors of Medley Management Inc. will receive no separate compensation for service on the board of directors or on committees of the board of directors of Medley Management Inc. We anticipate that each non-employee director will be entitled to receive annually cash in the amount of $35,000 and restricted stock units having a fair market value on the date of grant of $35,000; provided, however, that beginning on the date of this offering and for each year thereafter, each non-employee director will have the option to elect to receive 100% of his or her compensation in restricted stock units, having a fair market value on the date of grant of $70,000 (or, in the case of 2014, a fair market value on the date of grant equal to the initial public offering price of our Class A common stock) and subject to vesting terms as set forth in the applicable award agreement. Our directors will be reimbursed for reasonable travel and related expenses associated with attendance at board or board committee meetings, although they will not be paid additional fees for attending meetings or for chairing or serving on board committees. Contemporaneous with this offering, we intend to grant each of our non-employee directors restricted stock units with a value representing the prorated amount of the directors’ annual equity award or total compensation, as applicable, for 2014.

Executive Compensation

Summary Compensation Table

Our named executive officers for 2013 are:

Brook Taube, our co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer;
Seth Taube, our co-Chief Executive Officer;
Jeffrey Tonkel, our President; and
Richard Allorto, our Chief Financial Officer.

The following table provides summary information concerning compensation of our named executive officers for services rendered to us during 2013.

       
Name and Principal Position   Year   Salary
($) (1)
  All Other Compensation
($) (2)
  Total
($)
Brook Taube
Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer
    2013       1,458,333       55,457       1,513,790  
Seth Taube
Co-Chief Executive Officer
    2013       1,458,333       38,737       1,497,070  
Jeffrey Tonkel
President
    2013       300,000       41,635       341,635  
Richard Allorto
Chief Financial Officer
    2013       300,000       30,350       330,350  

(1) Amounts reported under Salary include guaranteed cash distributions made on membership interests in Medley LLC owned directly or indirectly by our named executive officers.
(2) Amounts reported under All Other Compensation include perquisites and other personal benefits provided to our named executive officers, including the premiums paid by us on their behalf for executive health insurance.

140


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2013

Our named executive officers had no outstanding equity awards as of December 31, 2013.

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table

Guaranteed Distributions on Membership Interests

Each of our named executive officers owns, directly or indirectly, membership interests in Medley LLC. Pursuant to an agreement, dated October 27, 2010, we agreed to pay a guaranteed distribution on account of the membership interests owned directly or indirectly by each of Brook and Seth Taube. These payments were subject to maximums based on our total assets under management. In addition, pursuant to unit award agreements dated as of January 7, 2013, each as amended as of May 29, 2014, we pay to each of Messrs. Tonkel and Allorto a monthly guaranteed cash payment of $25,000 in the aggregate.

As a condition to receiving membership interests, each executive was required to become party to the limited liability company agreement of Medley LLC. The limited liability company agreement of Medley LLC, and the agreements described above relating to guaranteed payments to be made to each executive, generally governed the rights and obligations of each executive.

Restrictive Covenants

The limited liability company agreement of Medley LLC provided that each executive is subject to covenants restricting his use and disclosure of confidential information while employed and at all times thereafter. In addition, Brook and Seth Taube are subject to covenants restricting each of them from engaging in competitive activities while acting as a manager of the company and for twelve months thereafter, and requiring each of them to devote a majority of his time during business hours to our business.

In addition, under the terms of their respective unit award agreements, during the term of such agreement, and for a specified time period after termination of Messrs. Tonkel and Allorto’s service with the company, each executive is subject to covenants restricting his (i) ability to provide services to any entity that directly or indirectly competes with us, and (ii) solicitation of our clients, employees and contractors. With respect to Mr. Tonkel, the specified non-competition period is one year after termination of service with us for any reason other than good reason, and the non-solicitation period is one year after termination of service with us for any reason. With respect to Mr. Allorto, the specified non-competition period is one year after termination of service with us for any reason other than good reason, and the non-solicitation period is two years after termination of service with us for any reason.

Retirement Plan

We maintain a qualified contributory retirement plan that is intended to qualify as a deferred salary arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Code. The plan covers all employees, including our named executive officers, who may contribute up to 96% of their eligible compensation, subject to statutory limits imposed by the Code. We are also permitted to provide for, but we currently do not provide any, matching contributions. In addition, the Company makes nonelective contributions under the 401(k) plan equal to 3% of each employee’s eligible earnings, subject to statutory limits imposed by the Code.

IPO Date Restricted Stock Unit Awards

At the time of this offering, we intend to grant to our employees, under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as described further below,      restricted stock units. These restricted stock units will vest as to 60% of the underlying shares on the third anniversary of this offering, and as to an additional 20% of the underlying shares on each of the fourth and fifth anniversaries of this offering.

Medley Management Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan

In connection with this offering, we will adopt a new omnibus incentive plan.

141


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Summary of Our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan

Purpose .  The purpose of our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan is to provide a means through which to attract and retain key personnel and to provide a means whereby our directors, officers, employees, consultants and advisors can acquire and maintain an equity interest in us, or be paid incentive compensation, including incentive compensation measured by reference to the value of our Class A common stock, thereby strengthening their commitment to our welfare and aligning their interests with those of our stockholders.

Administration .  Our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan will be administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors or such other committee of our board of directors to which it has delegated power, or if no such committee or subcommittee thereof exists, our board of directors (as applicable, the “Committee”). The Committee is authorized to interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, correct any defect in and/or supply any omission in our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or any award granted under, our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan; establish, amend, suspend, or waive any rules and regulations and appoint such agents as the Committee deems appropriate for the proper administration of our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan; and to make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which our securities are listed or traded, the Committee may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any person or persons selected by it in accordance with the terms of our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Unless otherwise expressly provided in our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan or any award or any documents evidencing awards granted pursuant to our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan are within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and are final, conclusive and binding upon all persons or entities, including, without limitation, us, any participant, any holder or beneficiary of any award, and any of our stockholders.

Interests Subject to our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan .  Our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan provides that the total number of shares of Class A common stock or LLC Units (collectively, “Interests”) that may be issued under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan is     . Of this amount, the maximum number of Interests for which incentive stock options may be granted is     ; the maximum number of Interests for which options or stock appreciation rights may be granted to any individual participant during any single fiscal year is     ; the maximum number of Interests for which performance compensation awards denominated in shares may be granted to any individual participant in respect of a single fiscal year is      (or if any such awards are settled in cash, the maximum amount may not exceed the fair market value of such shares on the last day of the performance period to which such award relates); the maximum number of shares of common stock granted during a single fiscal year to any non-employee director, taken together with any cash fees paid to such non-employee director during the fiscal year, shall not exceed $     in total value; and the maximum amount that may be paid to any individual participant for a single fiscal year under a performance compensation award denominated in cash is $    . Except for substitute awards (as described below), in the event any award terminates, lapses, or is settled without the payment of the full number of shares subject to such award, including as a result of net settlement of the award or as a result of the award being settled in cash, the undelivered Interests may be granted again under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, unless the Interests are surrendered after the termination of our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, and only if stockholder approval is not required under the then-applicable rules of the exchange on which the shares of Class A common stock are listed. Awards may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, be granted in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an entity directly or indirectly acquired by us or with which we combine (referred to as “substitute awards”), and such substitute awards shall not be counted against the total number of Interests that may be issued under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, except that substitute awards intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” shall count

142


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

against the limit on incentive stock options described above. No award may be granted under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan after the tenth anniversary of the effective date (as defined therein), but awards theretofore granted may extend beyond that date.

Options.   The Committee may grant non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options, under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, with terms and conditions determined by the Committee that are not inconsistent with our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan; provided, that all stock options granted under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan are required to have a per share exercise price that is not less than 100% of the fair market value of our Class A common stock underlying such stock options on the date such stock options are granted (other than in the case of options that are substitute awards), and all stock options that are intended to qualify as incentive stock options must be granted pursuant to an award agreement expressly stating that the options are intended to qualify as an incentive stock options, and will be subject to the terms and conditions that comply with the rules as may be prescribed by Section 422 of the Code. The maximum term for stock options granted under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan will be ten years from the initial date of grant, or with respect to any stock options intended to qualify as incentive stock options, such shorter period as prescribed by Section 422 of the Code. However, if a non-qualified stock option would expire at a time when trading of shares of our common stock is prohibited by our insider trading policy (or “blackout period” imposed by us), the term will automatically be extended to the 30 th day following the end of such period. The purchase price for the Class A shares as to which a stock option is exercised may be paid to us, to the extent permitted by law (i) in cash or its equivalent at the time the stock option is exercised; (ii) in Class A shares having a fair market value equal to the aggregate exercise price for the Class A shares being purchased and satisfying any requirements that may be imposed by the Committee; or (iii) by such other method as the Committee may permit in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, (A) in other property having a fair market value on the date of exercise equal to the purchase price, (B) if there is a public market for the Class A shares at such time, through the delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker to sell the Class A shares being acquired upon the exercise of the stock option and to deliver to us the amount of the proceeds of such sale equal to the aggregate exercise price for the Class A shares being purchased or (C) through a “net exercise” procedure effected by withholding the minimum number of shares needed to pay the exercise price and all applicable required withholding taxes. Any fractional shares of common stock will be settled in cash.

Stock Appreciation Rights .  The Committee may grant stock appreciation rights, with terms and conditions determined by the Committee that are not inconsistent with our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Generally, each stock appreciation right will entitle the participant upon exercise to an amount (in cash, Class A shares or a combination of cash and Class A shares, as determined by the Committee) equal to the product of (i) the excess of (A) the fair market value on the exercise date of one share of Class A common stock, over (B) the strike price per share, times (ii) the number of shares of Class A common stock covered by the stock appreciation right. The strike price per share of a stock appreciation right will be determined by the Committee at the time of grant but in no event may such amount be less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date the stock appreciation right is granted (other than in the case of stock appreciation rights granted in substitution of previously granted awards).

Restricted Shares and Restricted Stock Units .  The Committee may grant restricted shares of our Class A common stock or restricted stock units, representing the right to receive, upon the expiration of the applicable restricted period, one share of Class A common stock for each restricted stock unit, or, in the sole discretion of the Committee, the cash value thereof (or any combination thereof). As to restricted shares of our Class A common stock, subject to the other provisions of our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, the holder will generally have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to such restricted shares of Class A common stock, including, without limitation, the right to vote such restricted shares of common stock (except, that if the lapsing of restrictions with respect to such restricted shares of Class A common stock is contingent on satisfaction of performance conditions other than or in addition to the passage of time, any dividends payable on such restricted shares of

143


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Class A common stock will be retained, and delivered without interest to the holder of such shares when the restrictions on such shares lapse).

Other Interest-Based Awards .  The Committee may issue unrestricted Interests, rights to receive grants of awards at a future date, or other awards denominated in Interests (including, without limitation, performance shares or performance units), under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, including performance-based awards, with terms and conditions determined by the Committee that are not inconsistent with our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Performance Compensation Awards .  The Committee may also designate any award as a “performance compensation award” intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. The Committee also has the authority to make an award of a cash bonus to any participant and designate such award as a performance compensation award under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan. The Committee has sole discretion to select the length of any applicable performance periods, the types of performance compensation awards to be issued, the applicable performance criteria and performance goals, and the kinds and/or levels of performance goals that are to apply. The performance criteria that will be used to establish the performance goals may be based on the attainment of specific levels of our performance (and/or one or more affiliates, divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments, or any combination of the foregoing) and are limited to specific criteria enumerated in our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Effect of Certain Events on 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan and Awards .  In the event of (a) any dividend (other than regular cash dividends) or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares of Class A common stock, other securities or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of our shares of common stock or other securities, issuance of warrants or other rights to acquire our shares of common stock or other securities, or other similar corporate transaction or event (including, without limitation, a change in control, as defined in our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan) that affects the shares of common stock, or (b) unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, a change in control) affecting us, any affiliate, or the financial statements of us or any affiliate, or changes in applicable rules, rulings, regulations or other requirements of any governmental body or securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system, accounting principles or law, such that in either case an adjustment is determined by the Committee in its sole discretion to be necessary or appropriate, then the Committee must make any such adjustments in such manner as it may deem equitable, including, without limitation, any or all of: (i) adjusting any or all of (A) the Interest limits applicable under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan with respect to the number of awards which may be granted thereunder; (B) the number of our Interests or other securities which may be issued in respect of awards or with respect to which awards may be granted under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan and (C) the terms of any outstanding award, including, without limitation, (1) the number of Interests or other securities subject to outstanding awards or to which outstanding awards relate, (2) the exercise price or strike price with respect to any award or (3) any applicable performance measures; (ii) providing for a substitution or assumption of awards, accelerating the exercisability of, lapse of restrictions on, or termination of, awards or providing for a period of time for participants to exercise outstanding awards prior to the occurrence of such event; and (iii) cancelling any one or more outstanding awards and causing to be paid to the holders holding vested awards (including any awards that would vest as a result of the occurrence of such event but for such cancellation) the value of such awards, if any, as determined by the Committee (which if applicable may be based upon the price per share of Class A common stock received or to be received by other holders of our Class A common stock in such event), including, without limitation, in the case of options and stock appreciation rights, a cash payment equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the shares of Class A common stock subject to the option or stock appreciation right over the aggregate exercise price or strike price thereof.

Nontransferability of Awards .  An award will not be transferable or assignable by a participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment,

144


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance will be void and unenforceable against us or any affiliate. However, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit awards (other than incentive stock options) to be transferred, including transfers to a participant’s family members, any trust established solely for the benefit of a participant or such participant’s family members, any partnership or limited liability company of which a participant, or such participant and such participant’s family members, are the sole member(s), and a beneficiary to whom donations are eligible to be treated as “charitable contributions” for tax purposes.

Amendment and Termination .  Our board of directors may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided , that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination may be made without stockholder approval if (i) such approval is necessary to comply with any regulatory requirement applicable to our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan or for changes in GAAP to new accounting standards; (ii) it would materially increase the number of securities which may be issued under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (except for adjustments in connection with certain corporate events) or (iii) it would materially modify the requirements for participation in our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan; provided , further , that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any participant or any holder or beneficiary of any award shall not to that extent be effective without such individual’s consent.

The Committee may, to the extent consistent with the terms of any applicable award agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any award granted or the associated award agreement, prospectively or retroactively, subject to the consent of the affected participant if any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination would materially and adversely affect the rights of any participant with respect to such award; provided that without stockholder approval, except as otherwise permitted in our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, (i) no amendment or modification may reduce the exercise price of any option or the strike price of any stock appreciation right; (ii) the Committee may not cancel any outstanding option or stock appreciation right and replace it with a new option or stock appreciation right (with a lower exercise price or strike price, as the case may be) or other award or cash payment that is greater than the value of the cancelled option or stock appreciation right and (iii) the Committee may not take any other action which is considered a “repricing” for purposes of the stockholder approval rules of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which our securities are listed or quoted.

Dividends and Dividend Equivalents .  The Committee in its sole discretion may provide part of an award with dividends or dividend equivalents, on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided , that no dividends or dividend equivalents shall be payable in respect of outstanding (i) options or stock appreciation rights or (ii) unearned performance compensation awards or other unearned awards subject to performance conditions (other than or in addition to the passage of time) (although dividends or dividend equivalents may be accumulated in respect of unearned awards and paid within 15 days after such awards are earned and become payable or distributable).

Clawback/Forfeiture.   An award agreement may provide that the Committee may in its sole discretion cancel such award if the participant, while employed by or providing services to us or any affiliate or after termination of such employment or service, violates a non-competition, non-solicitation or non-disclosure covenant or agreement or otherwise has engaged in or engages in other detrimental activity that is in conflict with or adverse to our interests or the interests of any affiliate, including fraud or conduct contributing to any financial restatements or irregularities, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. Without limiting the foregoing, all awards shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law.

145


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

United States Federal Income Tax Consequences

The following is a general summary of certain material United States federal income tax consequences of the grant, vesting, settlement and exercise of certain awards under the 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan and the disposition of shares of Class A common stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of such awards. This summary is intended to reflect the current provisions of the Code and is neither intended to be a complete statement of applicable law, nor does it address foreign, state, local or payroll tax considerations. This summary assumes that all awards granted under the 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan are exempt from, or comply with, the rules under Section 409A of the Code related to nonqualified deferred compensation. Moreover, the United States federal income tax consequences to any particular holder may differ from those described herein by reason of, among other things, the particular circumstances of such holder.

Incentive Stock Options

An option granted as an “incentive stock option” (“ISO”) under Section 422 of the Code may qualify for special tax treatment. The Code requires that, for treatment of an option as an ISO, common stock acquired through the exercise of the option cannot be disposed of before the later of: (i) two years from the date of grant of the option or (ii) one year from the date of exercise. Holders of ISOs will generally incur no federal income tax liability at the time of grant or upon exercise of those options. However, the option “spread value” at the time of exercise will be an “item of tax preference,” which may give rise to “alternative minimum tax” liability for the taxable year in which the exercise occurs. If the holder does not dispose of the shares before two years following the date of grant and one year following the date of exercise, the difference between the exercise price and the amount realized upon disposition of the shares will constitute long-term capital gain or loss, as applicable. Assuming both holding periods are satisfied, we will not be allowed a deduction for federal income tax purposes in connection with the grant or exercise of the ISO. If, within two years following the date of grant or within one year following the date of exercise, the holder of shares acquired through the exercise of an ISO disposes of those shares, with certain exceptions, the holder will generally realize ordinary income at the time of such disposition equal to the difference between the exercise price and the fair market value of a share on the date of exercise and that amount will generally be deductible by us for federal income tax purposes, subject to the possible limitations on deductibility under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to executives designated in those Sections. Any additional gain or loss recognized upon a subsequent sale or exchange of the shares is treated as capital gain or loss, as applicable, for which we are not entitled to a deduction. Finally, if an otherwise qualified ISO first becomes exercisable in any one year for shares having an aggregate value in excess of $100,000 (based on the grant date value), the portion of the ISO in respect of those excess shares will be treated as a non-qualified stock option for federal income tax purposes.

Nonqualified Options

In general, in the case of a nonqualified stock option, the holder has no federal income tax liability at the time of grant but realizes ordinary income upon exercise of the option in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the shares of Class A common stock acquired upon exercise over the exercise price. We will be able to deduct this same amount for federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections. Any gain or loss recognized upon a subsequent sale or exchange of the shares of Class A common stock is treated as capital gain or loss, as applicable, for which we are not entitled to a deduction.

Stock Appreciation Rights

No federal income tax liability will be realized by a holder upon the grant of a stock appreciation right (“SAR”). Upon the exercise of a SAR, the holder will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares of Class A common stock or cash payment received in respect of the SAR. We will be able to deduct this same amount for federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid

146


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to certain executives designated in those Sections. Any gain or loss recognized upon a subsequent sale or exchange of the shares of Class A common stock is treated as capital gain or loss, as applicable, for which we are not entitled to a deduction.

Restricted Stock

A holder will not have any federal income tax liability upon the grant of an award of restricted Class A common stock unless the holder otherwise elects to be taxed at the time of grant pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code. On the date an award of restricted Class A common stock becomes transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, the holder will have ordinary income equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares of Class A common stock on that date over the amount the holder paid for such shares of Class A common stock, if any, unless the holder made an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed at the time of grant. If the holder makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, the holder will have ordinary income at the time of grant equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares of Class A common stock on the date of grant over the amount the holder paid for such shares, if any. Special rules apply to the receipt and disposition of restricted stock received by officers and directors who are subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. Any future appreciation in the Class A common stock will be taxable to the holder at capital gains rates. However, if the restricted stock award is later forfeited, the holder will not be able to recover the tax previously paid pursuant to his Section 83(b) election. We will be able to deduct, at the same time as it is recognized by the holder, the amount of ordinary income to the holder for federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

Restricted Stock Units

A holder will not have any federal income tax liability at the time a restricted stock unit is granted. Rather, upon the delivery of shares (or cash) pursuant to a restricted stock unit award, the holder will have ordinary income equal to the fair market value of the number of shares of Class A common stock (or the amount of cash) the holder actually receives with respect to the award. We will be able to deduct the amount of ordinary income to the holder for federal income tax purposes, but the deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for ordinary income paid to certain executives designated in those Sections. Any gain or loss recognized upon a subsequent sale or exchange of the Class A common stock (if settled in Class A common stock) is treated as capital gain or loss for which we are not entitled to a deduction.

Stock Bonus Awards

A holder will have ordinary income equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares of Class A common stock on the date the common stock subject to the award is transferred to the holder over the amount the holder paid for such shares, if any. We will be able to deduct, at the same time as it is recognized by the holder, the amount of ordinary income to the holder for federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections. Any gain or loss recognized upon a subsequent sale or exchange of the Class A common stock is treated as capital gain or loss for which we are not entitled to a deduction.

Cash-Based Performance Awards

A holder will not have any federal income tax liability, and we will not be allowed a tax deduction, at the time a cash-based performance award is granted (for example, when the performance goals are established). Upon receipt of cash in settlement of the award, the holder will recognize ordinary income equal to the cash received, and we will be allowed a corresponding federal income tax deduction at that time, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

Section 162(m)

In general, Section 162(m) of the Code denies a publicly held corporation a deduction for federal income tax purposes for compensation in excess of $1 million per year per person to its principal

147


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

executive officer, and the three other officers (other than the principal executive officer and principal financial officer) whose compensation is disclosed in its prospectus or proxy statement as a result of their total compensation, subject to certain exceptions. Subject to obtaining approval of the 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan by our stockholders prior to the payment of any awards thereunder, the 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan is intended to satisfy an exception with respect to grants of options to covered employees. In addition, the 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan is designed to permit certain awards of restricted stock, restricted stock units, cash bonus awards and other awards to be awarded as performance compensation awards intended to qualify under the “performance-based compensation” exception to Section 162(m) of the Code. Finally, under a special Code Section 162(m) exception, any compensation paid pursuant to a compensation plan in existence before the effective date of this offering will not be subject to the $1,000,000 limitation until the earliest of: (i) the expiration of the compensation plan, (ii) a material modification of the compensation plan (as determined under Code Section 162(m)), (iii) the issuance of all the employer stock and other compensation allocated under the compensation plan, or (iv) the first meeting of stockholders at which directors are elected after the close of the third calendar year following the year in which the offering occurs.

148


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

The agreements described in this section, or forms of such agreements as they will be in effect at the time of this offering, are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and the following descriptions are qualified by reference thereto.

Exchange Agreement

We will enter into an exchange agreement with the holders of LLC Units pursuant to which each holder of LLC Units (and certain permitted transferees thereof) may, from and after the first anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange their LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock of Medley Management Inc. on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. The exchange agreement also provides that a holder of LLC Units will not have the right to exchange LLC Units if Medley Management Inc. determines that such exchange would be prohibited by law or regulation or would violate other agreements with Medley Management Inc. or its subsidiaries to which such holder may be subject. Medley Management Inc. may impose additional restrictions on exchange that it determines to be necessary or advisable so that Medley LLC is not treated as a “publicly traded partnership” for United States federal income tax purposes. As a holder exchanges LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock, the number of LLC Units held by Medley Management Inc. is correspondingly increased as it acquires the exchanged LLC Units.

Registration Rights Agreement

We will enter into a registration rights agreement with our pre-IPO owners pursuant to which we will grant them, their affiliates and certain of their transferees the right, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions, to require us to register under the Securities Act shares of Class A common stock delivered in exchange for LLC Units. Under the registration rights agreement, we will agree to register the exchange of LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock by our pre-IPO owners. In addition, Medley Group LLC, an entity wholly-owned by our pre-IPO owners, will have the right to request that we register the sale of shares of Class A common stock held by our pre-IPO owners an unlimited number of times and may require us to make available shelf registration statements permitting sales of shares of Class A common stock into the market from time to time over an extended period. Medley Group LLC will also have the ability to exercise certain piggyback registration rights in respect of shares of Class A common stock held by our pre-IPO owners in connection with registered offerings requested by other registration rights holders or initiated by us. Under the registration rights agreement, Medley Management Inc. will be liable for and pay all registration expenses in connection with each of the foregoing registrations.

Tax Receivable Agreement

Holders of LLC Units (other than Medley Management Inc.) may, subject to certain conditions, from and after the first anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement), exchange their LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock of Medley Management Inc. on a one-for-one basis. Medley LLC intends to make an election under Section 754 of the Code effective for each taxable year in which an exchange of LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock occurs, which is expected to result in increases to the tax basis of the assets of Medley LLC at the time of an exchange of LLC Units. The exchanges are expected to result in increases in the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Medley LLC. These increases in tax basis may reduce the amount of tax that Medley Management Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future. These increases in tax basis may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain capital assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those capital assets. The IRS may challenge all or part of the tax basis increase and increased deductions, and a court could sustain such a challenge.

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the holders of LLC Units that provides for the payment by Medley Management Inc. to exchanging

149


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

holders of LLC Units of 85% of the benefits, if any, that Medley Management Inc. is deemed to realize as a result of these increases in tax basis and of certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. This payment obligation is an obligation of Medley Management Inc. and not of Medley LLC. Medley Management Inc. expects to benefit from the remaining 15% of cash tax savings, if any, in income tax it realizes. For purposes of the tax receivable agreement, the cash tax savings in income tax will be computed by comparing the actual income tax liability of Medley Management Inc. (calculated with certain assumptions) to the amount of such taxes that Medley Management Inc. would have been required to pay had there been no increase to the tax basis of the assets of Medley LLC as a result of the exchanges and had Medley Management Inc. not entered into the tax receivable agreement. The term of the tax receivable agreement will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired, unless Medley Management Inc. exercises its right to terminate the tax receivable agreement for an amount based on the agreed payments remaining to be made under the agreement (as described in more detail below) or Medley Management Inc. breaches any of its material obligations under the tax receivable agreement in which case all obligations generally will be accelerated and due as if Medley Management Inc. had exercised its right to terminate the tax receivable agreement. Estimating the amount of payments that may be made under the tax receivable agreement is by its nature imprecise, insofar as the calculation of amounts payable depends on a variety of factors. The actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including:

the timing of exchanges  — for instance, the increase in any tax deductions will vary depending on the fair market value, which may fluctuate over time, of the depreciable or amortizable assets of Medley LLC at the time of each exchange;
the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange  — the increase in any tax deductions, as well as the tax basis increase in other assets, of Medley LLC, is directly proportional to the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange;
the extent to which such exchanges are taxable  — if an exchange is not taxable for any reason, increased deductions will not be available; and
the amount and timing of our income  — Medley Management Inc. will be required to pay 85% of the cash tax savings as and when realized, if any. If Medley Management Inc. does not have taxable income, Medley Management Inc. is not required (absent circumstances requiring an early termination payment) to make payments under the tax receivable agreement for that taxable year because no cash tax savings will have been realized. However, any cash tax savings that do not result in realized benefits in a given tax year will likely generate tax attributes that may be utilized to generate benefits in previous or future tax years. The utilization of such tax attributes will result in payments under the tax receivables agreement.

We anticipate that we will account for the effects of these increases in tax basis and associated payments under the tax receivable agreement arising from future exchanges as follows:

we will record an increase in deferred tax assets for the estimated income tax effects of the increases in tax basis based on enacted federal and state tax rates at the date of the exchange;
to the extent we estimate that we will not realize the full benefit represented by the deferred tax asset, based on an analysis that will consider, among other things, our expectation of future earnings, we will reduce the deferred tax asset with a valuation allowance; and

150


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

we will record 85% of the estimated realizable tax benefit (which is the recorded deferred tax asset less any recorded valuation allowance) as an increase to the liability due under the tax receivable agreement and the remaining 15% of the estimated realizable tax benefit as an increase to additional paid-in capital.

All of the effects of changes in any of our estimates after the date of the exchange will be included in net income. Similarly, the effect of subsequent changes in the enacted tax rates will be included in net income.

We expect that as a result of the size of the increases in the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Medley LLC, the payments that we may make under the tax receivable agreement will be substantial. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if, as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, the payments under the tax receivable agreement exceed the actual cash tax savings that Medley Management Inc. realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement and/or distributions to Medley Management Inc. by Medley LLC are not sufficient to permit Medley Management Inc. to make payments under the tax receivable agreement after it has paid taxes. Late payments under the tax receivable agreement generally will accrue interest at an uncapped rate equal to LIBOR plus 500 basis points. The payments under the tax receivable agreement are not conditioned upon continued ownership of us by holders of LLC Units.

In addition, the tax receivable agreement provides that upon certain changes of control, Medley Management Inc.’s (or its successor’s) obligations with respect to exchanged or acquired LLC Units (whether exchanged or acquired before or after such transaction) would be based on certain assumptions, including Medley Management Inc. would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement.

Furthermore, Medley Management Inc. may elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement early by making an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future cash tax savings. In determining such anticipated future cash tax savings, the tax receivable agreement includes several assumptions, including (i) that any LLC Units that have not been exchanged are deemed exchanged for the market value of the shares of Class A common stock at the time of termination, (ii) Medley Management Inc. will have sufficient taxable income in each future taxable year to fully realize all potential tax savings, (iii) the tax rates for future years will be those specified in the law as in effect at the time of termination and (iv) certain non-amortizable assets are deemed disposed of within specified time periods. In addition, the present value of such anticipated future cash tax savings are discounted at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 100 basis points. Assuming that the market value of a share of Class A common stock were to be equal to the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering and that LIBOR were to be     %, we estimate that the aggregate amount of these termination payments would be approximately $     if Medley Management Inc. were to exercise its termination right immediately following this offering.

As a result of the change in control provisions and the early termination right, Medley Management Inc. could be required to make payments under the tax receivable agreement that are greater than or less than the specified percentage of the actual cash tax savings that Medley Management Inc. realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity.

Decisions made by our pre-IPO owners in the course of running our business may influence the timing and amount of payments that are received by an exchanging or selling existing owner under the tax receivable agreement. For example, the earlier disposition of assets following an exchange or acquisition transaction generally will accelerate payments under the tax receivable agreement and increase the present value of such payments, and the disposition of assets before an exchange or acquisition transaction will increase an existing owner’s tax liability without giving rise to any rights of an existing owner to receive payments under the tax receivable agreement.

151


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Payments under the tax receivable agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we will determine. Medley Management Inc. will not be reimbursed for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement if a tax basis increase is successfully challenged by the IRS. As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made under the tax receivable agreement in excess of the Medley Management Inc.’s cash tax savings.

Medley LLC Limited Liability Company Agreement

As a result of the Reclassification and Offering Transactions, Medley Management Inc. will hold LLC Units in Medley LLC and will be the sole managing member of Medley LLC. Accordingly, Medley Management Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs of Medley LLC and, through Medley LLC and its operating entity subsidiaries, conduct our business.

Pursuant to the limited liability company agreement of Medley LLC as it will be in effect at the time of this offering, Medley Management Inc. has the right to determine when distributions will be made to holders of LLC Units and the amount of any such distributions. If a distribution is authorized, such distribution will be made to the holders of LLC Units pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited liability company interests.

The holders of LLC Units, including Medley Management Inc., will incur United States federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any taxable income of Medley LLC. Net profits and net losses of Medley LLC will generally be allocated to its holders (including Medley Management Inc.) pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited liability company interests, except as otherwise required by law. The limited liability company agreement of Medley LLC will provide for cash distributions, which we refer to as “tax distributions,” to the holders of the LLC Units if Medley Management Inc., as the sole managing member of Medley LLC, determines that the taxable income of the relevant holder will give rise to taxable income for such holder. Generally, these tax distributions will be computed based on our estimate of the net taxable income of Medley LLC multiplied by an assumed tax rate equal to the highest effective marginal combined United States federal, state and local income tax rate prescribed for an individual or corporate resident in New York, New York (taking into account the non-deductibility of certain expenses and the character of our income).

The limited liability company agreement of Medley LLC will also provide that substantially all expenses incurred by or attributable to Medley Management Inc. (such as expenses incurred in connection with this offering), but not including obligations incurred under the tax receivable agreement by Medley Management Inc., income tax expenses of Medley Management Inc. and payments on indebtedness incurred by Medley Management Inc., will be borne by Medley LLC.

Other than Medley Management Inc., holders of LLC Units, including our pre-IPO owners, will, subject to limited exceptions, be prohibited from transferring any LLC Units held by them upon consummation of this offering, or any shares of Class A common stock received upon exchange of such LLC Units, until the third anniversary of this offering without our consent. Thereafter and prior to the fourth and fifth anniversaries of this offering, such holders may not transfer more than 33 1/3% and 66 2/3%, respectively, of the number of LLC Units held by them upon consummation of this offering, together with the number of any shares of Class A common stock received by them upon exchange therefor, without our consent. While this agreement could be amended or waived by us, our pre-IPO owners have advised us that they do not intend to seek any waivers of these restrictions.

Other Transactions

Christopher Taube, our Senior Managing Director, Head of Institutional Fund Raising is the brother of Messrs. Brook and Seth Taube, our Co-Chief Executive Officers. Mr. Chris Taube assumed this position in June 2014 and received an interest in Medley LLC and is entitled to a guaranteed annual payment of $300,000.

152


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Statement of Policy Regarding Transactions with Related Persons

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written statement of policy regarding transactions with related persons, which we refer to as our “related person policy.” Our related person policy requires that a “related person” (as defined as in paragraph (a) of Item 404 of Regulation S-K) must promptly disclose to our general counsel any “related person transaction” (defined as any transaction that is anticipated would be reportable by us under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K in which we were or are to be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest) and all material facts with respect thereto. The general counsel will then promptly communicate that information to our board of directors. No related person transaction will be executed without the approval or ratification of our board of directors or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors. It is our policy that directors interested in a related person transaction will recuse themselves from any vote on a related person transaction in which they have an interest.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”). In addition, our certificate of incorporation will provide that our directors will not be liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.

There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers to which indemnification is being sought, and we are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

153


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following tables set forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of shares of our Class A common stock and of LLC Units by (1) each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of any class of the outstanding voting securities of Medley Management Inc., (2) each of our directors and named executive officers and (3) all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

The percentage of beneficial ownership of shares of our Class A common stock and of LLC Units outstanding before the Offering Transactions set forth below is based on the number of shares of our Class A common stock and of LLC Units to be issued and outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of this offering after giving effect to the Reclassification. The percentage of beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock and of LLC Units after the Offering Transactions set forth below is based on shares of our Class A common stock and of LLC Units to be issued and outstanding immediately after the Offering Transactions. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC.

  

                     
                     
  Class A Common Stock Beneficially Owned (1)   LLC Units Beneficially Owned (1)   Combined Voting Power (2) (3)
     Number   Percentage   Number   Percentage   Percentage
Name of Beneficial Owner        Prior to the Offering Transactions   After the Offering Transactions Assuming Underwriters’ Option is Not Exercised   After the Offering Transactions Assuming Underwriters’ Option is Exercised
in Full
       Prior to the Offering Transactions   After the Offering Transactions Assuming Underwriters’ Option is Not Exercised   After the Offering Transactions Assuming Underwriters’ Option is Exercised
in Full
  Prior to the Offering Transactions   After the Offering Transactions Assuming Underwriters’ Option
is Not Exercised
  After the Offering Transactions Assuming Underwriters’ Option is Exercised
in Full
Medley Group LLC (3)                                                                                          
Brook Taube (3)                                                                                          
Seth Taube (3)                                                                                          
Jeffrey Tonkel                                                                                          
Jeffrey T. Leeds                                                                                          
Guy Rounsaville, Jr.                                                                                          
Philip K. Ryan                                                                                          
Richard Allorto                                                                                          
Directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group (8 persons)                                                                                          

* Represents less than 1%.
(1) Subject to the terms of the exchange agreement, the LLC Units are exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis from and after the first anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Exchange Agreement.” Beneficial ownership of LLC Units reflected in this table has not been also reflected as beneficial ownership of shares of our Class A common stock for which such units may be exchanged. Percentage of LLC Units after the Offering Transactions treats LLC Units held by Medley Management Inc. as outstanding.
(2) Represents percentage of voting power of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock of Medley Management Inc. voting together as a single class. See “Description of Capital Stock — Common Stock.”
(3) Medley Group LLC, an entity wholly-owned by our pre-IPO owners, holds all 100 issued and outstanding shares of our Class B common stock. The Class B common stock will provide Medley Group LLC with a number of votes that is equal to 10 times the aggregate number of

154


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LLC Units held by all non-managing members of Medley LLC. From and after the time that the Substantial Ownership Requirement is no longer satisfied, the Class B common stock will provide Medley Group LLC with a number of votes that is equal to the aggregate number of LLC Units held by all non-managing members of Medley LLC that do not themselves hold shares of Class B common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock — Common Stock — Class B Common Stock.” Mr. Brook Taube and Mr. Seth Taube may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares of Class B common stock held by Medley Group LLC.

155


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

In connection with this offering, we will amend and restate our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws. The following is a description of the material terms of, and is qualified in its entirety by, our amendment and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each of which will be in effect upon the consummation of this offering, the forms of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Under “Description of Capital Stock,” “we,” “us,” “our,” and “our company” refer to Medley Management Inc. and not to any of its subsidiaries.

Our purpose is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the DGCL. Upon the consummation of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 3,000,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 1,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 300,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. Unless our board of directors determines otherwise, we will issue all shares of our capital stock in uncertificated form.

Common Stock

Class A Common Stock

Holders of shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, including the election or removal of directors. The holders of our Class A common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.

Holders of shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to receive dividends when and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred stock.

Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up and after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of shares of our Class A common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution.

All shares of our Class A common stock that will be outstanding at the time of the completion of the offering will be fully paid and non-assessable. The Class A common stock will not be subject to further calls or assessments by us. Holders of shares of our Class A common stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class A common stock. The rights powers and privileges of our Class A common stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock or any other series or class of stock we may authorize and issue in the future.

Class B Common Stock

For so long as our pre-IPO owners and then-current Medley personnel hold at least 10% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock and LLC Units (excluding those LLC Units held by Medley Management Inc.) then outstanding, which we refer to as the “Substantial Ownership Requirement,” the Class B common stock will entitle Medley Group LLC, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by it, to a number of votes that is equal to 10 times the aggregate number of LLC Units held by all non-managing members of Medley LLC that do not themselves hold shares of Class B common stock and entitle each other holder of Class B common stock, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such other holder, to a number of votes that is equal to 10 times the number of LLC Units held by such holder. For purposes of calculating the Substantial Ownership Requirement, (1) shares of Class A common stock deliverable to our pre-IPO owners and then-current Medley personnel pursuant to outstanding equity awards will be deemed then outstanding and (2) shares of Class A common stock and LLC Units held by any estate, trust, partnership or limited liability company or other similar entity of which any

156


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

pre-IPO owner or then-current Medley personnel is a trustee, partner, member or similar party will be considered held by such pre-IPO owner or other then-current Medley personnel. From and after the time that the Substantial Ownership Requirement is no longer satisfied, the Class B common stock will entitle Medley Group LLC, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by it, to a number of votes that is equal to the aggregate number of LLC Units held by all non-managing members of Medley LLC that do not themselves hold shares of Class B common stock and entitle each other holder of Class B common stock, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such other holder, to a number of votes that is equal to the number of LLC Units held by such holder. If at any time the ratio at which LLC Units are exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock changes from one-for-one as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Exchange Agreement,” the number of votes to which Class B common stockholders are entitled will be adjusted accordingly. The holders of our Class B common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.

Holders of shares of our Class B common stock will vote together with holders of our Class A common stock as a single class on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, except as otherwise required by law.

Holders of our Class B common stock do not have any right to receive dividends or to receive a distribution upon a liquidation or winding up of Medley Management Inc.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for any restrictions on transfer of shares of Class B common stock.

Preferred Stock

No shares of preferred stock will be issued or outstanding immediately after the offering contemplated by this prospectus. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock). Unless required by law or any stock exchange, the authorized shares of preferred stock will be available for issuance without further action by holders of our Class A or Class B common stock. Our board of directors is able to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the powers (including voting powers), preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including, without limitation:

the designation of the series;
the number of shares of the series, which our board of directors may, except where otherwise provided in the preferred stock designation, increase (but not above the total number of authorized share of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares then outstanding);
whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series;
the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable;
the redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;
the terms and amounts of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series;
the amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of our company;
whether the shares of the series will be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of our company or any other entity, and, if so, the specification of the other class or series or other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, any rate adjustments, the date or dates as of which the shares will be convertible and all other terms and conditions upon which the conversion may be made;

157


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series; and
the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series.

We could issue a series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of the series, impede or discourage an acquisition attempt or other transaction that some, or a majority, of the holders of our Class A common stock might believe to be in their best interests or in which the holders of our Class A common stock might receive a premium over the market price of the shares of Class A common stock. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the holders of our Class A common stock by restricting dividends on the Class A common stock, diluting the voting power of the Class A common stock or subordinating the liquidation rights of the Class A common stock. As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of our Class A common stock.

Authorized but Unissued Capital Stock

Delaware law does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of authorized shares. However, the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange, which would apply so long as the shares of Class A common stock remains listed on the New York Stock Exchange, require stockholder approval of certain issuances equal to or exceeding 20% of the then outstanding voting power or the then outstanding number of shares of Class A common stock (we believe the position of the New York Stock Exchange is that the calculation in this latter case treats as outstanding shares issuable upon exchange of outstanding LLC Units not held by Medley Management Inc.). These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings, to raise additional capital or to facilitate acquisitions.

One of the effects of the existence of unissued and unreserved common stock or preferred stock may be to enable our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of our company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive the stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares at prices higher than prevailing market prices.

Dividends

The DGCL permits a corporation to declare and pay dividends out of “surplus” or, if there is no “surplus,” out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. “Surplus” is defined as the excess of the net assets of the corporation over the amount determined to be the capital of the corporation by its board of directors. The capital of the corporation is typically calculated to be (and cannot be less than) the aggregate par value of all issued shares of capital stock. Net assets equals the fair value of the total assets minus total liabilities. The DGCL also provides that dividends may not be paid out of net profits if, after the payment of the dividend, remaining capital would be less than the capital represented by the outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets. Declaration and payment of any dividend will be subject to the discretion of our board of directors.

Stockholder Meetings

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws provide that annual stockholder meetings will be held at a date, time and place, if any, as exclusively selected by our board of directors. Our amended and restated bylaws provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by or at the direction of the board of directors, the chairman of our board or the chief executive officer. To the extent permitted under applicable law, we may conduct meetings by remote communications, including by webcast.

158


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws and Certain Provisions of Delaware Law

Undesignated Preferred Stock

The ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock will make it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with super majority voting, special approval, dividend or other rights or preferences on a discriminatory basis that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire us or otherwise effect a change in control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of our company.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Meetings, Nominations and Proposals

Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. For any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Additionally, vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled only by a vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum, and not by the stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws allow the presiding officer at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also defer, delay or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to influence or obtain control of our company.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, or repeal our bylaws and that our stockholders may only amend our bylaws with the approval of 80% or more of all of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote.

No Cumulative Voting

The DGCL provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless the company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not permit our Class A common stockholders to act by consent in writing unless such action is recommended by all directors then in office, but does permit our Class B common stockholders to act by consent in writing without requiring any such recommendation by the directors then in office.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL. Section 203 provides that, subject to certain exceptions specified in the law, a publicly-held Delaware corporation shall not engage in certain “business combinations” with any “interested stockholder” for a three-year period after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder. These provisions generally prohibit or delay the accomplishment of mergers, assets or stock sales or other takeover or change-in-control attempts that are not approved by a company’s board of directors.

159


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
On or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock.

Under certain circumstances, Section 203 makes it more difficult for a person who would be an “interested stockholder” to effect various business combinations with a corporation for a three-year period. Accordingly, Section 203 could have an anti-takeover effect with respect to certain transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. The provisions of Section 203 may encourage companies interested in acquiring our company to negotiate in advance with our board of directors because the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if our board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction that results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. However, Section 203 also could discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by stockholders. These provisions also may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment

Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our stockholders will have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of our company. Pursuant to the DGCL, stockholders who properly request and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.

Stockholders’ Derivative Actions

Under the DGCL, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the stockholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such stockholder’s stock thereafter devolved by operation of law.

Exclusive Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any (1) derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our company, (2) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by

160


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

any director, officer or other employee of our company to our company or our company’s stockholders, (3) action asserting a claim against our company or any director or officer of our company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or (4) action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of our company shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. However, it is possible that a court could find our forum selection provision to be inapplicable or unenforceable.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. The effect of these provisions is to eliminate the rights of us and our stockholders, through stockholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. However, exculpation does not apply to any director if the director has acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized illegal dividends or redemptions or derived an improper benefit from his or her actions as a director.

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we must indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We also are expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability, indemnification and advancement provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for shares of our Class A common stock will be             .

Listing

We intend to apply to have our Class A common stock approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “MDLY.”

161


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME AND
ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of the material United States federal income and estate tax consequences to non-U.S. holders, defined below, of the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our Class A common stock as of the date hereof. Except where noted, this summary deals only with Class A common stock purchased in this offering that is held as a capital asset.

A “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of shares of our Class A common stock that, for United States federal income tax purposes, is not any of the following:

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes;
an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable United States Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

This summary is based upon provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and regulations, rulings and judicial decisions, as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in United States federal income and estate tax consequences different from those summarized below. This summary does not address all aspects of United States federal income and estate taxes and does not deal with foreign, state, local, alternative minimum or other tax considerations that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances or any considerations relating to the Medicare tax on net investment income. In addition, this summary does not represent a detailed description of the United States federal income tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under the United States federal income tax laws (including if you are a United States expatriate, financial institution, insurance company, tax-exempt organization, dealer in securities, broker, a person who purchases, holds or disposes of Class A common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “wash sale” or other risk-reduction or integrated transaction, “controlled foreign corporation,” “passive foreign investment company,” a partnership or other pass-through entity for United States federal income tax purposes (or an investor in such a pass-through entity). We cannot assure you that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations that we describe in this summary.

If a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes holds shares of our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner thereof for United States federal income tax purposes will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our Class A common stock, you should consult your tax advisors.

Dividends

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our Class A common stock generally will be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a United States permanent establishment) generally are not subject to this withholding tax, provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied. Instead, such dividends are generally subject to United States federal

162


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

A non-U.S. holder of our Class A common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate and avoid backup withholding or withholding under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, as discussed below, for dividends will be required (a) to complete the applicable IRS Form W-8 and to certify under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a United States person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits or (b) if our Class A common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, to satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable United States Treasury regulations. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain non-U.S. holders that are pass-through entities rather than corporations or individuals.

A non-U.S. holder of shares of our Class A common stock eligible for a reduced rate of United States withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Gain on Disposition of Class A Common Stock

Any gain realized by a non-U.S. holder on the disposition of our Class A common stock generally will not (subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act) be subject to United States federal income tax unless:

the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder);
the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or
our Class A common stock constitutes a United States real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held shares of our Class A common stock and, provided that our Class A common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, the non-U.S. holder is treated as holding more than 5% of the Class A common stock outstanding at any time during the applicable period, for United States federal income tax purposes.

An individual non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point above will be subject to United States federal income tax in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined in the Code. An individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by United States source capital losses realized in the taxable year of the disposition, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States. If a non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation falls under the first bullet point above, it will be subject to tax on its net gain in the same manner as if it were a United States person as defined under the Code and, in addition, may be subject to the branch profits tax equal to 30% of its effectively connected earnings and profits or at such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

With respect to the third bullet above, we believe we are not, and do not anticipate that we will become, a United States real property holding corporation.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We or a financial intermediary must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to such holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such

163


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.

A non-U.S. holder will be subject to backup withholding for dividends paid to such holder unless such holder certifies under penalty of perjury on the applicable IRS Form W-8 that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale of shares of our Class A common stock within the United States or conducted through certain United States-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner certifies on the applicable IRS Form W-8 under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person as defined under the Code) or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s United States federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Requirements

Under legislation enacted in 2010 commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act and related administrative guidance, a 30% United States federal withholding tax may apply to any dividends paid after June 30, 2014, and the gross proceeds from a disposition of our Class A common stock occurring after December 31, 2016, in each case paid to (i) a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined in the legislation), whether such foreign financial institution is the beneficial owner or an intermediary, unless such foreign financial institution agrees to verify, report and disclose its United States “account” holders (as specifically defined in the legislation) and meets certain other specified requirements or (ii) a non-financial foreign entity, whether such non-financial foreign entity is the beneficial owner or an intermediary, unless such entity provides a certification that the beneficial owner of the payment does not have any substantial United States owners or provides the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each such substantial United States owner and certain other specified requirements are met. In certain cases, the relevant foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity may qualify for an exemption from, or be deemed to be in compliance with, these rules. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding this legislation and whether it may be relevant to your ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock.

Federal Estate Tax

Class A common stock held or treated as held by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States at the time of death (as specially defined for United States federal estate tax purposes) will be included in such individual’s gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate or other tax treaty provides otherwise, and, therefore, may be subject to United States federal estate tax.

164


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our Class A common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, future sales of shares of Class A common stock, or the availability for future sale of shares of Class A common stock, will have on the market price of shares of our Class A common stock prevailing from time to time. The sale of substantial amounts of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of our Class A common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity or equity related securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate.

Currently, no shares of our Class A common stock are outstanding and 100 shares of our Class B common stock are outstanding, all of which are owned by Medley Group LLC.

Upon completion of this offering we will have a total of      shares of our Class A common stock outstanding (or      shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). All of these shares of Class A common stock will have been sold in this offering and will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act by persons other than our “affiliates.” Under the Securities Act, an “affiliate” of an issuer is a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with that issuer.

In addition, subject to certain limitations and exceptions, pursuant to the terms of an exchange agreement we will enter into with our pre-IPO owners, holders of LLC Units may, from and after the first anniversary of the completion of this offering (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement), exchange LLC Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. Upon consummation of this offering, our pre-IPO owners will hold      LLC Units, all of which will be exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock. The shares of Class A common stock we issue upon such exchanges would be “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 unless we register such issuances. However, we will enter into one or more registration rights agreements with our pre-IPO owners that will require us to register under the Securities Act these shares of Class A common stock. See “— Registration Rights” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Registration Rights Agreement.”

In addition,     shares of Class A common stock may be granted under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, including     shares issuable upon the exercise of restricted stock units that we intend to grant to our employees at the time of this offering and      shares (assuming an offering price of $     per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus) issuable pursuant to restricted stock units that we intend to grant to our outside directors at the time of this offering. See “Management — Medley Management Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan,” “— IPO Date Restricted Stock Unit Awards” and “—  Director Compensation.” We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock issued under or covered by our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Any such Form S-8 registration statements will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares of Class A common stock registered under such registration statements will be available for sale in the open market. We expect that the initial registration statement on Form S-8 will cover      shares of Class A common stock.

165


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue additional shares of Class A common stock and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to Class A common stock for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by our board of directors in its sole discretion. In accordance with the DGCL and the provisions of our certificate of incorporation, we may also issue preferred stock that has designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties that are different from, and may be senior to, those applicable to shares of Class A common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock.” Similarly, the limited liability company agreement of Medley LLC permits Medley LLC to issue an unlimited number of additional limited liability company interests of Medley LLC with designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties that are different from, and may be senior to, those applicable to the LLC Units, and which may be exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock.

Registration Rights

We will enter into one or more registration rights agreements with our pre-IPO owners pursuant to which we will grant them, their affiliates and certain of their transferees the right, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions, to require us to register under the Securities Act shares of Class A common stock delivered in exchange for LLC Units or shares of Class A common stock (and other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Class A common stock) otherwise held by them. Securities registered under any such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market unless restrictions apply. In addition, Medley Group LLC, an entity wholly-owned by our pre-IPO owners, will have the right to request that we register the sale of shares of Class A common stock held by our pre-IPO owners an unlimited number of times and may require us to make available shelf registration statements permitting sales of shares of Class A common stock into the market from time to time over an extended period. Medley Group LLC will also have the ability to exercise certain piggyback registration rights in respect of shares of Class A common stock held by our pre-IPO owners in connection with registered offerings requested by other registration rights holders or initiated by us. Under the registration rights agreement, Medley Management Inc. will be liable for and pay all registration expenses in connection with each of the foregoing registrations. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Registration Rights Agreement.”

Lock-Up Agreements

We have agreed, subject to enumerated exceptions, that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our Class A common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

Our officers, directors and each of our pre-IPO owners has agreed, subject to enumerated exceptions, that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our Class A common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our Class A common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our Class A common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

166


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, a person who is not deemed to be our affiliate for purposes of Rule 144 or to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares of Class A common stock proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares of Class A common stock without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares of Class A common stock proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person is entitled to sell those shares of Class A common stock without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144. In general, six months after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares of Class A common stock on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares of Class A common stock that does not exceed the greater of (1) 1% of the number of shares of Class A common stock then outstanding and (2) the average weekly trading volume of the shares of Class A common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale. Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares of Class A common stock on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

167


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNDERWRITING

We and the underwriters named below will enter into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares of Class A common stock being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares of Class A common stock indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

 
Underwriters   Number of Shares of Class A Common Stock
Goldman, Sachs & Co.         
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC         
Total
               

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters have an option to purchase up to an additional      shares from the company to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above. The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase      additional shares.

Paid by the Company

   
  No Exercise   Full Exercise
Per Share   $              $            
Total   $          $       

The Company estimates that the total expenses of the offering to be borne by it, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $    .

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $     per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our Class A common stock have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

The Company has agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

168


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We intend to apply to list the Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “MDLY”. In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the Class A common stock on the NYSE, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 400 beneficial owners.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of Class A common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the Class A common stock. As a result, the price of the Class A common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. Most recently, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC was the bookrunner and lead arranger under our Term Loan Facility, borrowings under which we intend to repay with a portion of the net proceeds of this offering.

169


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

(a) to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
(c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or
(d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Company; and
(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

170


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

171


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of Class A common stock will be passed upon for us by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The balance sheet of Medley Management Inc. as of June 16, 2014 included in this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part has been audited by McGladrey LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and is included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The combined and consolidated financial statements of Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 included in this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part have been audited by McGladrey LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, filed as part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules, portions of which have been omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and shares of our Class A common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and to its exhibits and schedules. Statements in this prospectus about the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are not necessarily complete and in each instance we refer you to the copy of such contract, agreement or document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Anyone may inspect the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules without charge at the public reference facilities the SEC maintains at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain copies of all or any part of these materials from the SEC upon the payment of certain fees prescribed by the SEC. You may obtain further information about the operation of the SEC’s Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You may also inspect these reports and other information without charge at a website maintained by the SEC. The address of this site is http://www.sec.gov.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and will be required to file reports and other information with the SEC. You will be able to inspect and copy these reports and other information at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at the address noted above. You also will be able to obtain copies of this material from the Public Reference Room of the SEC as described above, or inspect them without charge at the SEC’s website. We intend to make available to our Class A common stockholders annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm.

172


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
Medley Management Inc.
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     F-2  
Balance Sheet as of June 16, 2014     F-3  
Notes to Balance Sheet     F-4  
Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
        
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     F-6  
Combined and Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-7  
Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-8  
Combined and Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-9  
Combined and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-10  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements     F-12  
Combined and Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2014 (unaudited) and December 31, 2013     F-46  
Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations (unaudited) for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 and 2013     F-47  
Combined and Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity (unaudited) for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2014     F-48  
Combined and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited) for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 and 2013     F-49  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)     F-50  

F-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors
Medley Management Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Medley Management Inc. (the “Company”) as of June 16, 2014. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the balance sheet referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Medley Management Inc. as of June 16, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ McGladrey LLP

New York, NY
June 20, 2014

F-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley Management Inc.
 
Balance Sheet
As of June 16, 2014

 
Assets
        
Cash   $ 1  
Stockholder’s Equity
        
Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, 1,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding   $  
Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, 1,000 shares authorized, 100 shares issued and outstanding   $ 1  
Total Stockholder’s Equity   $         1  

 
 
See notes to Balance Sheet

F-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley Management Inc.
  
Notes to Balance Sheet

1. ORGANIZATION

Medley Management Inc. (the “Corporation”) was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on June 13, 2014. Pursuant to a reorganization into a holding corporation structure, the Corporation will become a holding corporation and its sole assets are expected to be an equity interest in Medley LLC. The Corporation will be the managing member of Medley LLC and will operate and control all of the businesses and affairs of Medley LLC and, through Medley LLC and its subsidiaries, continue to conduct the business now conducted by these entities.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Accounting  — The Balance Sheet has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Separate statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows have not been presented in the financial statements because there have been no activities in this entity or because the single transaction is fully disclosed below.

3. STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

The Corporation is authorized to issue 1,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Class A Common Stock”), and 1,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Class B Common Stock”). Under the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation in effect as of June 13, 2014, all shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are identical. In exchange for $1.00, the Corporation has issued 100 shares of Class B common stock, all of which were held by Medley Group LLC as of June 16, 2014.

F-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC

 
  Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     F-6  
Combined and Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-7  
Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-8  
Combined and Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-9  
Combined and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-10  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements     F-12  

F-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Members
Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC

We have audited the accompanying combined and consolidated balance sheets of Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC and subsidiaries (together, the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related combined and consolidated statements of operations, changes in equity and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the combined and consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ McGladrey LLP

New York, NY
June 20, 2014

F-6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Combined and Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Dollars in thousands)

   
  As of December 31,
     2013   2012
Assets
                 
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 5,395     $ 1,292  
Investments, at fair value     10,173       9,929  
Management fees receivable     8,921       4,672  
Performance fees receivable     3,339       928  
Other assets     5,308       3,530  
Assets of Consolidated Funds:
                 
Cash and cash equivalents     60,355       74,133  
Investments, at fair value     412,218       340,245  
Interest and dividends receivable     2,804       2,918  
Other assets     436       229  
Total assets   $ 508,949     $ 437,876  
Liabilities and equity
                 
Loans payable   $ 27,990     $ 6,514  
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities     17,613       12,666  
Performance fee compensation payable     16,225       10,858  
Liabilities of Consolidated Funds:
                 
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities     1,160       902  
Total liabilities     62,988       30,940  
Commitments and contingencies
                 
Non-controlling interest in Consolidated Funds     464,475       407,353  
Non-controlling interest in consolidated subsidiaries     40       40  
Members' (deficit) equity     (18,554 )       (457 )  
Total equity     445,961       406,936  
Total liabilities, non-controlling interests and equity   $   508,949     $   437,876  

 
 
See notes to combined and consolidated financial statements

F-7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations
(Dollars in thousands)

   
  For the Year Ended
December 31,
     2013   2012
Revenues
                 
Management fees   $ 36,446     $ 25,325  
Performance fees     2,412       765  
Other income and fees     5,011       2,152  
Total revenues     43,869       28,242  
Expenses
                 
Compensation and benefits     13,712       11,477  
Performance fee compensation     7,192       5,148  
Consolidated Funds expenses     1,225       1,653  
General, administrative and other expenses     12,655       9,679  
Total expenses     34,784       27,957  
Other income (expense)
                 
Dividend income     886       245  
Interest expense     (1,479 )       (831 )  
Other expenses, net     (483 )       (552 )  
Interest and other income of Consolidated Funds     49,912       36,335  
Net realized loss on investments of Consolidated Funds     (16,080 )       (1,600 )  
Net change in unrealized depreciation on investments of Consolidated Funds     (3,667 )       (9,316 )  
Total other income (expense), net     29,089       24,281  
Income before income taxes     38,174       24,566  
Provision for income taxes     1,639       1,087  
Net income     36,535       23,479  
Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in Consolidated Funds     12,898       11,561  
Net income attributable to members   $   23,637     $    11,918  

 
 
See notes to combined and consolidated financial statements

F-8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Combined and Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity
(Dollars in thousands)

       
  Members' Equity (Deficit)   Non-controlling Interest in Consolidated Subsidiaries   Non-controlling Interest in Consolidated Funds   Total Equity
Balance at January 1, 2012   $ 6,296     $     $ 259,019     $ 265,315  
Contributions           40       201,433       201,473  
Distributions     (18,671 )             (64,538 )       (83,209 )  
Deconsolidation of Consolidated Fund                 (122 )       (122 )  
Net income     11,918             11,561       23,479  
Balance at December 31, 2012     (457 )       40       407,353       406,936  
Contributions                 167,382       167,382  
Distributions     (41,734 )             (123,158 )       (164,892 )  
Net income     23,637             12,898       36,535  
Balance at December 31, 2013   $   (18,554 )     $         40     $     464,475     $  445,961  

 
 
See notes to combined and consolidated financial statements

F-9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Combined and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Dollars in thousands)

   
  For the Year Ended December 31,
     2013   2012
Cash flows from operating activities:
                 
Net income   $   36,535     $   23,479  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                 
Non-cash items included in net income:
                 
Net change in unrealized appreciation on investments     (244 )       (600 )  
Depreciation and amortization     276       270  
Deferred tax benefit     (139 )       (51 )  
Deferred rent     (289 )       (88 )  
Accretion of debt discount     476       357  
Operating adjustments related to Consolidated Funds:
                 
Paid-in-kind interest income     (9,590 )       (6,252 )  
Accretion of original issue discount     (1,438 )       (1,136 )  
Net realized loss on investments     16,080       1,600  
Net change in unrealized depreciation on investments     3,667       9,316  
Cash flows due to changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                 
Increase in management fee receivable     (4,249 )       (2,461 )  
Increase in performance fee receivable     (2,412 )       (765 )  
Increase in other assets     (1,006 )       (701 )  
Decrease in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities     5,023       7,199  
Increase in performance fee compensation payable     5,367       4,423  
Cash flows due to changes in operating assets and liabilities of Consolidated Funds:
                 
Change in cash and cash equivalents     13,778       (37,632 )  
Cost of investments purchased     (174,061 )       (165,728 )  
Proceeds sales and repayments of investments     93,369       49,731  
Change in interest and dividends receivable     114       (834 )  
Change in other assets     (14 )       78  
Change in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities     288       175  
Net cash used in operating activities     (18,469 )       (119,620 )  
Cash flows from investing activities
                 
Investment in subsidiary           (10,000 )  
Purchase of fixed assets     (918 )       (140 )  
Net cash used in investing activities     (918 )       (10,140 )  
Cash flows from financing activities
                 
Proceeds from issuance of debt obligations     21,000       10,000  
Repayments of debt obligations           (3,000 )  
Distributions     (41,734 )       (14,171 )  
Contribution from non-controlling interests in consolidated subsidiaries           40  

 
 
See notes to combined and consolidated financial statements

F-10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Combined and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Dollars in thousands) — (continued)

   
  For the Year Ended December 31,
     2013   2012
Financing activities related to Consolidated Funds:
                 
Contributions from non-controlling interest holders     167,382       201,433  
Distributions to non-controlling interest holders     (123,158 )       (64,538 )  
Deconsolidation of consolidated fund           (47 )  
Net cash provided by financing activities     23,490       129,717  
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     4,103       (43 )  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year     1,292       1,334  
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year   $    5,395     $     1,292  
Supplemental cash flow information:
                 
Interest paid   $ 1,078     $ 401  
Income taxes paid     1,577       859  
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing activities:
                 
Non-cash distribution to members   $     $ 4,931  
Non-cash contribution from Consolidated Funds           (431 )  
Non-cash debt     1,000        

 
 
See notes to combined and consolidated financial statements

F-11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

1. ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The accompanying combined and consolidated financial statements include the results of two affiliated entities, Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC and their wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively, “Medley”). These financial statements are presented on a combined and consolidated basis since there is no controlling financial interest present between or among the affiliated entities.

Medley provides investment management services to both public and private investment vehicles and serves as the general partner to various investment funds, which are generally organized as pass-through entities. Medley provides a range of credit related investment strategies and seeks to deliver attractive performance to a growing investor base that includes direct institutional relationships and a significant retail investor base across Medley’s publicly traded and non-traded funds. Medley is headquartered in New York and has an office in San Francisco.

Certain funds (individually “Consolidated Funds”, together with Medley, the “Company”) managed by Medley have been consolidated in the accompanying financial statements for the periods presented in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) as described in Note 2. Including the results of the Consolidated Funds significantly increases the reported amounts of the assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and cash flows of the Company; however, the Consolidated Funds’ results included herein have no direct effect on the net income attributable to members or on total equity. The economic ownership interests of the investors in the Consolidated Funds are reflected as “Non-controlling interests in Consolidated Funds”, and as “Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in Consolidated Funds” in the accompanying combined and consolidated financial statements.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Combination and Consolidation

The combining financial statements include the consolidated accounts of Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC. Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC are affiliated entities under common control and common management. Both entities are managed by the same Board of Managers and are owned proportionately by the same group of partners.

All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in combination and consolidation and net income not attributable to the Company has been allocated to non-controlling interests.

In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810 —  Consolidation , the Company consolidates those entities where it has a direct and indirect controlling financial interest based on either a variable interest model or voting interest model. As such, the Company consolidates (a) entities that the Company concludes are variable interest entities (“VIEs”), for which the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary and (b) entities in which it holds a majority voting interest or has majority ownership and control over the operational, financial and investing decisions of that entity.

An entity in which the Company holds a variable interest is a VIE if any one of the following conditions exist: (a) the total equity investment at risk is not sufficient to permit the legal entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, (b) the holders of equity investment at risk (as a group) lack either the direct or indirect ability through voting rights or similar rights to make decisions about a legal entity’s activities that have a significant effect on the success of the legal entity or the obligation to absorb the expected losses or right to receive the expected residual returns, or (c) the voting rights of some investors are disproportionate to their obligation to absorb the expected losses of the legal entity, their rights to receive the expected residual returns of the legal entity, or both and substantially all of the legal entity’s activities either involve or are

F-12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

conducted on behalf of an investor with disproportionately few voting rights. Entities that do not qualify as VIEs are generally assessed for consolidation under the voting interest model.

For those entities that qualify as a VIE, the Company performs an analysis to determine if it is the primary beneficiary. With respect to certain VIEs that qualify for accounting treatment under Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2010-10, the Company determines that it is the primary beneficiary only if its involvement, through holding interests directly or indirectly in the VIE or contractually through other variable interests (e.g., carried interest and management fees), would be expected to absorb a majority of the VIE’s expected losses, receive a majority of the VIE’s expected residual returns, or both. In order to qualify for this accounting treatment, certain conditions have to be met, including if the entities have all the attributes of an investment company and are not securitization or asset-backed financing entities. For all other entities, the Company determines that it is the primary beneficiary if it holds a controlling financial interest defined as possessing both (a) the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and (b) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE at the time it becomes initially involved with the VIE and reconsiders that conclusion continuously. In making its assessment, the Company takes into consideration all fee and substantive arrangements, terms and transactions that may exist. The assessment of whether an entity is a VIE and the determination of whether the Company should consolidate such VIE requires judgments and is dependent on the particular facts and circumstances. Each entity is assessed for consolidation on a case by case basis.

For those entities evaluated under the voting interest model, the Company consolidates those entities it controls through a majority voting interest or through other means whereby the Company is the general partner and is presumed to have control. The Company would not consolidate an entity in which the presumption of control by the general partner has been overcome through either the granting of substantive rights to the unaffiliated investors to either dissolve the entity or remove the general partner (“kick-out-rights) or the granting of substantive participating rights.

Consolidated Variable Interest Entity

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC have one majority owned subsidiary that is a consolidated VIE. This entity was organized as a limited liability company and was legally formed to manage a designated fund and to isolate business risk. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, total assets of this VIE reflected in the consolidated balance sheets were $11.9 million and $10.4 million, respectively. Total liabilities, after eliminating entries, of this VIE were $16.1 million and $12.8 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Except to the extent of the assets of this VIE that are consolidated, the holders of the consolidated VIE’s liabilities generally do not have recourse to the Company.

Consolidated Funds

With respect to the Consolidated Funds, which represent limited partnerships, the Company earns a fixed management fee based on committed capital, invested capital or a derivation thereof, or net asset value (“NAV”) and a performance fee based upon the investment returns in excess of a stated hurdle rate. The Company considered the accounting treatment under ASU 2010-10 as all of respective conditions have been met and determined that the funds were not VIEs. However, as the general partner, and due to the lack of substantive kick out or participating rights of the limited partners, these funds have been consolidated under the voting interest model in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 810-20, “ Control of Partnerships and Similar Entities ”.

F-13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

Non-Consolidated Variable Interest Entities

Beginning in November 2006, the Company held a variable interest in an investment fund which was formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands and organized to make investments in a diversified portfolio of corporate and asset-based investments. The equity holders (as a group) lack the direct and indirect ability through voting rights or similar rights to make decisions about a legal entity’s activities that have a significant effect on the success of the legal entity. As such, this entity is considered to be a VIE. The Company has a variable interest in the fund through an investment management agreement pursuant to which the Company manages the investment activities of the fund, receives an annual base management fee and is entitled to receive an incentive fee, subject to the underlying financial performance of the investment fund. The Company does not consolidate this entity as the Company is not deemed to be its primary beneficiary. The Company determined that it was not the primary beneficiary as it does not absorb a majority of the entity’s expected losses, receive a majority of the entity’s expected residual returns or have majority control of the entity. The Company considered the accounting treatment under ASU 2010-10 as all the respective conditions have been met.

Since inception through December 31, 2012, the annual base management fee was equal to 2.0% of the fund’s net assets. Effective January 1, 2013 the annual base management fee was reduced to 1.25% of the fund’s net assets. On January 1, 2014, the base management fee was further reduced to 0.75% of the fund’s net assets. The annual incentive fee was equal to 20% of the net profits of the fund, subject to a high water mark and was paid annually, if applicable. Effective January 1, 2010, this fund ceased accepting new investors into the fund and also ceased making new investments. Since that time, this fund has been realizing or exiting its investment and returning capital to its investors. Accordingly, the annual base management fee has been declining and is expected to continue to decline. During fiscal 2012, the fund’s financial performance declined and the incentive fee calculation fell below the high water mark. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company received fees of $3.7 million and $7.7 million, respectively, from this non-consolidated VIE. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were no assets recognized in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets related to the non-consolidated VIE and the Company had no exposure to losses from the entity.

Beginning in March 2011, the Company also held a variable interest in two non-consolidated entities. The entities served as the general partner and investment adviser to a credit focused long/short equity hedge fund. Pursuant to an investment management agreement, these entities earned an annual base management and were also entitled to receive an annual incentive fee based upon the economic performance of the fund. In 2011, the Company acquired, from the Portfolio Manager, a voting interest in these entities however pursuant to the operating agreements the Portfolio Manager retained responsibility for all investment decision making activities. The Portfolio Manager also retained the economic interest entitled to receive the management and incentive fees. The Company was entitled to receive an economic interest in the base management and incentive fees subject to certain milestones. These entities began winding down operations in late 2012 and as of December 31, 2012, substantially all of the investments were sold and the capital was returned to investors. The winding down activities of these entities were managed by the Portfolio Manager and the Company did not participate in any decision making related to the wind down of these entities or receive any fees resulting from the wind down. The Company never received any income from these entities as the stated milestones were never met.

The entities are VIEs because the total equity investment at risk is not sufficient to permit the legal entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, or the equity

F-14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

holders (as a group) lack the direct or indirect ability through voting rights or similar rights to make decisions about a legal entity’s activities that have a significant effect on the success of the legal entity or the obligation to absorb the expected losses or right to receive the expected residual returns. The Company does not consolidate either of these entities as the Company is not deemed to be the primary beneficiary. The Company determined that it was not the primary beneficiary as it does not absorb a majority of either entity’s expected losses, receive a majority of the entity’s expected residual returns or have majority control of the entity. The Company considered the accounting treatment under ASU 2010-10 as all the respective conditions have been met.

The Company held a nominal interest in these non-consolidated VIEs and there were no assets recognized in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets related to these non-consolidated VIEs and the Company had no exposure to losses from these entities other than its nominal interest.

Deconsolidation of a Fund

Commencing in 2012, the Company initially owned 100% of the outstanding shares of Sierra Income Corporation (“SIC”) and had consolidated SIC in its combined and consolidated financial statements. Following SIC’s raising of additional third party capital the Company no longer had a controlling interest in SIC and it deconsolidated the entity at December 31, 2012 in accordance with ASC 810-10, Consolidation - Overall .

Seed Investments

Medley accounts for its seed investments through the application of the voting interest under ASC 810-10-25-1 through 25-14 and would consolidate a seed investment when the investment advisor holds a controlling interest, in general, 50% or more of the equity in such investment. For seed investments for which Medley does not hold a controlling interest, Medley would account for such seed investment under the equity method of accounting, at its ownership percentage of such seed investment’s net asset value. Medley’s investment in SIC amounted to $10.2 million and $9.9 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and is included as a component of investments, at fair value, on its combined and consolidated balance sheets.

Basis of Accounting

The accompanying combined and consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Management has determined that the Company’s Consolidated Funds are investment companies under U.S. GAAP for the purposes of financial reporting. U.S. GAAP requires that investments held by an investment company be recorded at fair value and any unrealized appreciation (depreciation) in an investment’s fair value is recognized on a current basis in the combined and consolidated statements of operations. Additionally, the Consolidated Funds do not consolidate their majority-owned and controlled investments in portfolio companies. In the preparation of these combined and consolidated financial statements, the Company has retained the specialized accounting guidance for the Consolidated Funds under U.S. GAAP.

All of the investments held by the Consolidated Funds are presented at their estimated fair values in the Company’s combined and consolidated balance sheets. Interest income and interest expense of the Consolidated Funds are included in interest of Consolidated Funds in the Company’s combined and consolidated statements of operations.

F-15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

Concentrations of Credit and Market Risk

In the normal course of business, the Company encounters significant credit and market risk. Credit risk is the risk of default on investments in debt securities, loans and derivatives that result from a borrower’s or derivative counterparty’s inability or unwillingness to make required or expected payments. Credit risk is increased in situations where the Company is investing in distressed assets or unsecured or subordinate loans or in securities that are a material part of its respective business. Market risk reflects changes in the value of investments due to changes in interest rates, credit spreads or other market factors.

The Company may make investments outside of the United States. These non-U.S. investments are subject to the same risks associated with U.S. investments as well as additional risks, such as fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, heightened risk of political and economic instability, difficulties in managing the investments, potentially adverse tax consequences, and the burden of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting period. Management’s estimates are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. These assumptions and estimates also require management to exercise judgment in the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies. Assumptions and estimates regarding the valuation of investments and their resulting impact on performance fees involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity and these assumptions and estimates may be significant to the combined and consolidated financial statements. Actual results could differ from these estimates and such differences could be material.

Indemnification

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contractual agreements that provide general indemnifications against losses, costs, claims and liabilities arising from the performance of individual obligations under such agreements. The Company has not experienced any prior claims or payments pursuant to such agreements. The Company’s individual maximum exposure under these arrangements is unknown, as this would involve future claims that may be made against the Company that have not yet occurred. However, based on management’s experience, the Company expects the risk of loss to be remote.

Non-Controlling Interests in Consolidated Funds

Non-controlling interests in Consolidated Funds represent the component of equity in Consolidated Funds attributable to third-party investors. These interests are adjusted for general partner allocations and by subscriptions and redemptions in funds that occur during the reporting period. Non-controlling interests related to Consolidated Funds may be subject to quarterly redemption by investors in these funds following the expiration of a specified period of time.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents for the Company include liquid investments in money market funds and demand deposits. The Company had cash balances with financial institutions in excess of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insured limits during 2013 and 2012. The Company monitors

F-16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

the credit standing of these financial institutions and has not experienced, and has no expectations of experiencing any losses with respect to such balances.

Investments

Investments include (a) equity method investments that are not consolidated but in which the Company exerts significant influence, and (b) investments held by the Consolidated Funds. Medley measures the fair value of its equity method investments that do not have a readily determinable fair value at net asset value or market value, in accordance with the guidance of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification Topic (“ASC”) ASC 2009-12 , Investments in Certain Entities That Calculate Net Asset Value per Share (or Its Equivalent) . Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) resulting from changes in fair value of the equity method investees is reflected as a component of dividend and other income in the combined and consolidated statements of operations.

The Consolidated Funds reflect their investments at fair value. The Company has retained the specialized investment company accounting guidance under U.S. GAAP for the investments. Thus, the investments are reflected in the combined and consolidated balance sheets at fair value, with unrealized appreciation (depreciation) resulting from changes in fair value reflected as a component of net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments of Consolidated Funds in the combined and consolidated statements of operations. Fair value is the amount that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (i.e., the exit price).

Fair Value Measurements

The Consolidated Fund’s apply fair value accounting to all of its financial instruments in accordance with ASC 820 —  Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”). ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework used to measure fair value and requires disclosures for fair value measurements. In accordance with ASC 820, the Consolidated Funds have categorized their financial instruments carried at fair value, based on the priority of the valuation technique, into a three-level fair value hierarchy as discussed in Note 4. Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of the market participant who holds the financial instrument rather than an entity specific measure. Therefore, when market assumptions are not readily available, the Consolidated Funds’ own assumptions are set to reflect those that management believes market participants would use in pricing the financial instrument at the measurement date.

Investments for which market quotations are readily available are valued at such market quotations, which are generally obtained from an independent pricing service or multiple broker-dealers or market makers. The Company weights the use of third-party broker quotes, if any, in determining fair value based on the Company’s understanding of the level of actual transactions used by the broker to develop the quote and whether the quote was an indicative price or binding offer. However, debt investments with remaining maturities within 60 days that are not credit impaired are valued at cost plus accreted discount, or minus amortized premium, which approximates fair value. Investments for which market quotations are not readily available are valued at fair value as determined by the Company based upon inputs by third-party valuation firms. Because these investments are illiquid and because there may not be any directly comparable companies whose financial instruments have observable market values, these loans are valued using a fundamental valuation methodology, consistent with traditional asset pricing standards, that is objective and consistently applied across all loans and through time.

F-17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

The Consolidated Funds use third-party valuation firms to assist in the valuation of its portfolio investments. The valuation reports generated by the third-party valuation firms consider the evaluation of financing and sale transactions with third parties, expected cash flows and market-based information, including comparable transactions, performance multiples, and movement in yields of debt instruments, among other factors. Based on market data obtained from the third-party valuation firms, the Consolidated Funds use a combined market yield analysis and an enterprise model of valuation. In applying the market yield analysis, the value of the Consolidated Funds’ loans is determined based upon inputs such as the coupon rate, current market yield, interest rate spreads of similar securities, the stated value of the loan, and the length to maturity. In applying the enterprise model, the Consolidated Funds use a waterfall analysis that takes into account the specific capital structure of the borrower and the related seniority of the instruments within the borrower’s capital structure into consideration. To estimate the enterprise value of the portfolio company, some or all of the traditional market valuation methods and factors are weighted based on the individual circumstances of the portfolio company in order to estimate the enterprise value. The methodologies for performing investments may be based on, among other things: valuations of comparable public companies, recent sales of private and public comparable companies, discounting the forecasted cash flows of the portfolio company, third-party valuations of the portfolio company, considering offers from third parties to buy the company, estimating the value to potential strategic buyers and considering the value of recent investments in the equity securities of the portfolio company. For non-performing investments, the Company may estimate the liquidation or collateral value of the portfolio company’s assets and liabilities using an expected recovery model. The Company may estimate the fair value of warrants based on a model such as the Black-Scholes model or simulation models or a combination thereof.

A multi-step valuation process is undertaken each quarter when valuing portfolio investments for which market quotations are not readily available, as described below:

The quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio investment being initially valued by the Company’s internal valuation team;
An independent valuation firm engaged by the Consolidated Funds’ prepares an independent valuation report for approximately one third of the portfolio investments each quarter on a rotating quarterly basis on non-fiscal year-end quarters, such that each of these investments will be valued by independent valuation firms at least twice per annum when combined with the fiscal year-end review of all the investments by independent valuation firms; and
Preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with senior management.

Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of the Consolidated Funds’ investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments, and the differences could be material.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of furniture, fixtures, equipment, and leasehold improvements and are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization.

The Company calculates depreciation expense for furniture, fixtures, and equipment using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life used for the respective assets, which generally range from three to seven years. Amortization of leasehold improvements is provided on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the remaining term of the underlying lease or estimated useful

F-18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

life of the improvement. Useful lives of leasehold improvements range from four to sixteen years. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, depreciation and amortization expense was $0.3 million for each of the years then ended.

Deferred Financing Costs

Direct and incremental costs incurred in connection with securing debt financing are deferred and are amortized as additional interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the related debt. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had deferred approximately $0.3 million, of direct and incremental financing costs associated with securing debt financing.

Revenues

Management Fees

The Company provides investment management services to both public and private investment vehicles. Management fees include both base management fees, other management fees, as well as Part I incentive fees, as described below.

Base management fees are calculated based on either (a) the average or ending gross assets balance for the relevant period, (b) limited partners’ capital commitments to the funds, (c) invested capital, or (d) the net asset value of certain funds. For the private funds, the Company will receive base management fees during a specified period of time, which is generally ten years from the initial closing date. However, such termination date may be earlier in certain limited circumstances or later if extended for successive one-year periods, typically up to a maximum of two years. Depending upon the contracted terms of the investment management agreement, management fees are paid either quarterly in advance, or quarterly in arrears, and are recognized as earned over the subsequent period the services are provided.

Certain management agreements provide for the Company to receive other management fee revenue derived from up front origination fees paid by the portfolio companies of the Consolidated Funds. These fees are recognized when the Company becomes entitled to such fees.

Certain management agreements also provide for the Company to receive Part I incentive fee revenue derived from net interest income (excluding gains and losses) above a hurdle rate. These fees are not subject to repayment, clawbacks or netting against realized losses. Depending upon the contracted terms of the investment management agreement, Part I are paid either quarterly in advance, or quarterly in arrears, and are recognized as earned over the subsequent period the services are provided.

Performance Fees

Performance fees consist principally of the allocation of profits from certain funds to which the Company provides management services. The Company is generally entitled to an allocation of income as a performance fee after returning the invested capital plus a specified preferred return as set forth in each respective agreement. The Company recognizes revenues attributable to performance fees based upon the amount that would be due pursuant to the fund partnership agreement at each period end as if the funds were terminated at that date. Accordingly, the amount recognized reflects the Company’s share of the gains and losses of the associated funds’ underlying investments measured at their current fair values. Performance fees are realized when an underlying investment is profitably disposed of and the fund’s cumulative returns are in excess of the preferred return as set forth in the respective agreement.

F-19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

Performance fee revenue may include reversals of previously recognized performance fees due to a decrease in the net income of a particular fund that results in a decrease of cumulative performance fees earned to date. Since fund return hurdles are cumulative, previously recognized performance fees also may be reversed in a period of appreciation that is lower than the particular fund’s hurdle rate. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company did not record a reversal of previously recognized performance fees. Cumulative performance fees recognized as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 were $3.2 million and $0.8 million, respectively. Performance fees received in prior periods may be required to be returned by the Company in future periods if the funds’ investment performance decline below certain levels. Each fund is considered separately in this regard and, for a given fund, performance fees can never be negative over the life of a fund. If upon a hypothetical liquidation of a fund’s investments at their then current fair values previously recognized and distributed performance fees would be required to be returned, a liability is established for the potential clawback obligation. As of December 31, 2013, Medley had not received any distributions of performance fees. As such, no amounts have been accrued for clawback obligations in the accompanying combined and consolidated financial statements.

Other Income and Fees

The Company provides administrative services to certain affiliated funds and is reimbursed for direct and allocated expenses incurred in providing such administrative services, as set forth in the respective agreement. These fees are recognized as revenue in the period administrative services are rendered.

Included in other income and fees are reimbursements received by the Company from Sierra Income Corporation (“SIC”) under an investment advisory agreement. Expenses incurred by the Company under this agreement are recorded within general, administrative, and other expenses in the combined and consolidated statements of operations. For additional information on these reimbursements, refer to Note 9.

Performance Fee Compensation

The Company has issued profit interests in certain subsidiaries to selected employees. These profit-sharing arrangements are accounted for under ASC 710, Compensation — General, which requires compensation expense to be measured at fair value at the grant date and expensed over the vesting period, which is usually the period over which service is provided. The fair value of the profit interests are re-measured at each balance sheet date and adjusted for changes in estimates of cash flows and vesting percentages. The impact of such changes is recorded in the combined and consolidated statements of operations as an adjustment to performance fee compensation.

Income Taxes

No provision has been made for U.S. federal income taxes in the accompanying combined and consolidated financial statements since the Company is a group of pass-through entities for U.S. income tax purposes and its profits and losses are allocated to the partners who are individually responsible for reporting such amounts. Based on applicable state and local tax laws, the Company records a provision for income taxes for certain entities. Tax positions taken by the Company are subject to periodic audit by U.S. state and local taxing authorities.

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability approach, which requires the recognition of tax benefits or expenses for temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. The Company also recognizes a tax benefit from uncertain tax positions only if it is “more likely than not” that the position is sustainable based on its technical merits. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax expense.

F-20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

The Company analyzes its tax filing positions in all of the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax jurisdictions where it is required to file income tax returns, as well as for all open tax years in these jurisdictions. If, based on this analysis, the Company determines that uncertainties in tax positions exist, a liability is established. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of the provision for income taxes within the combined and consolidated statements of operations.

Leases

Certain lease agreements contain escalating payments and rent holiday periods. The related rent expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the length of the lease term. The difference between rent expense and rent paid is recorded as deferred rent. Leasehold improvements made by the lessee and funded by landlord allowances or other incentives are also recorded as deferred rent and are amortized as a reduction in rent expense over the term of the lease. Deferred rent is included as a component of accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities on the combined and consolidated balance sheets.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2011, the FASB amended its guidance for offsetting financial instruments. The amended guidance, included in Accounting Standards Update 2011-11, Balance Sheet Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities , is effective for the Company for its annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. The amended guidance requires additional disclosure about netting arrangements to enable financial statement users to evaluate the effect or potential effect of such arrangements on an entity’s financial position. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s combined and consolidated financial statements.

In June 2013, the FASB issued guidance to clarify the characteristics of an investment company and to provide guidance for assessing whether an entity is an investment company. Consistent with existing guidance for investment companies, all investments are to be measured at fair value including non-controlling ownership interests in other investment companies. There are no changes to the current requirements relating to the retention of specialized accounting in the consolidated financial statements of a non-investment company parent. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2013 and early application is prohibited. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on the Company’s combined and consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) . The guidance outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. The amendments are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, that this ASU will have on its combined on consolidated financial statements.

F-21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

3. INVESTMENTS

The composition of investments is as follows:

   
  December 31,
     2013   2012
     (Dollars in thousands)
Equity method investment, at fair value   $ 10,173     $ 9,929  
Investments of Consolidated Funds, at fair value     412,218       340,245  
Total Investments   $  422,391     $  350,174  

Equity Method Investments, at Fair Value

The Company made an investment in SIC, a non-diversified closed-end management investment company that commenced operations in April 2012. At such time, the Company owned 100% of the outstanding shares of SIC, and accordingly, consolidated the entity. In December 2012, outside investors purchased additional shares in SIC, which diluted the Company’s ownership in the voting interest entity to 48.2%. As a result, the Company no longer had a controlling interest in SIC and it deconsolidated the entity in accordance with ASC 810-10, Consolidation-Overall , and recognized no gain or loss on its investment. Due to SIC’s deconsolidation at December 31, 2012, its income and expenses are included in the Company’s combined and consolidated statement of operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, while its assets and liabilities are recorded in investments, at fair value on the Company’s combined and consolidated balance sheet. Since the Company has significant influence over SIC, at December 31, 2012, the Company accounted for its investment in SIC under the equity method, at its ownership percentage of SIC’s reported net asset value.

In January 2011, the Company purchased 375,000 shares of Medley Capital Corporation (“MCC”), an entity in which it had significant influence. In June 2012, the Company made an in-kind distribution of 100% of the shares of MCC to its members.

Medley measures its equity method investments, at net asset value or at market value, in accordance with the guidance of ASC 2009-12. Total unrealized appreciation (depreciation) recorded for the Company’s equity method investments is included in other income (expense) in the combined and consolidated statements of operations.

F-22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

3. INVESTMENTS  – (continued)

Investments of Consolidated Funds

The following table presents a summary of the investments held by the Consolidated Funds and as a percentage of total investments of Consolidated Funds.

       
  Fair Value   Percentage of Investments
of Consolidated Funds
     December 31,   December 31,
     2013   2012   2013   2012
     (Dollars in thousands)    
Geographic Region/Investment Type/Industry Description:
                                   
North America:
                                   
Senior secured loans and notes:
                                   
Banking   $ 28,853       19,000       7.0 %       5.6 %  
Business Services     14,370       24,941       3.5 %       7.3 %  
Consumer Goods     16,871       8,830       4.1 %       2.6 %  
Financial Services     20,806       22,662       5.0 %       6.7 %  
Food Products           15,371       0.0 %       4.5 %  
Healthcare and Wellness     18,575       19,218       4.5 %       5.6 %  
Insurance     6,456       10,475       1.6 %       3.1 %  
Manufacturing     1,847       2,131       0.4 %       0.6 %  
Media and Entertainment Services     33,815       23,312       8.2 %       6.9 %  
Medical Transcription Services     14,235             3.4 %       0.0 %  
Oil and Gas/Energy     31,168       32,725       7.6 %       9.6 %  
Packaging     7,000             1.7 %       0.0 %  
Personal and Nondurable Consumer Products     44,040       10,000       10.7 %       2.9 %  
Personal Services     14,000       13,841       3.4 %       4.1 %  
Real Estate     44,674       16,728       10.8 %       4.9 %  
Retail and Commercial Kitchen
Appliances
    13,000       22,552       3.2 %       6.6 %  
Telecommunications           3,072       0.0 %       0.9 %  
Structured Finance Securities     49,326       36,293       12.0 %       10.7 %  
Vehicle Service Contracts     17,110       16,493       4.2 %       4.8 %  
Other     799       1,250       0.2 %       0.4 %  
Total senior secured loans and notes (cost of $394,479 and $308,230 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively)   $  376,945     $  298,894       91.5 %       87.8 %  
South America:
                                   
Senior secured loans and notes:
                                   
Energy   $ 2,922     $ 5,677       0.7 %       1.7 %  
Financial Services     2,314       3,469       0.6 %       1.0 %  
Total senior secured loans and notes (cost of $12,932 and $13,386 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively)   $ 5,236     $ 9,146       1.3 %       2.7 %  
Asia:
                                   
Tangible assets (cost of $1,373 and $2,173 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively)   $ 1,376     $ 2,176       0.3 %       0.6 %  

F-23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

3. INVESTMENTS  – (continued)

       
  Fair Value   Percentage of Investments of Consolidated Funds
     December 31,   December 31,
     2013   2012   2013   2012
     (Dollars in thousands)    
Geographic Region/Investment Type/Industry Description:
                                   
North America:
                                   
Equity interests in limited liability companies:
                                   
Banking   $ 3,646     $ 2,300       0.9 %       0.7 %  
Financial Services           105       0.0 %       0.1 %  
Telecommunications     968             0.2 %       0.0 %  
Oil and Gas     565             0.1 %       0.0 %  
Packaging/Manufacturing     2,896       5,135       0.7 %       1.5 %  
Real Estate     10,549       7,250       2.6 %       2.1 %  
Total equity interest in limited liability companies (cost of $16,904 and $23,164 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively)   $ 18,624     $ 14,790       4.5 %       4.4 %  
Common stock: (cost of $8,755 and $9,616 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively)     2,038       6,756       0.5 %       2.0 %  
Preferred stock: (cost of $10,444 and $13,061 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively)     362       1,855       0.1 %       0.5 %  
Warrants:
                                   
Healthcare and Wellness     1,115       792       0.3 %       0.2 %  
Media and Entertainment Services           714       0.0 %       0.2 %  
Medical Transcription Services     15             0.0 %       0.0 %  
Oil and Gas           182       0.0 %       0.1 %  
Real Estate     540             0.1 %       0.0 %  
Retail and Commercial Kitchen Appliances     1,318       806       0.3 %       0.2 %  
Structured Finance Securities     2,639       630       0.6 %       0.2 %  
Vehicle Service Contracts     588       520       0.2 %       0.2 %  
Total warrants (cost of $1,484 and $1,157 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively)     6,215       3,644       1.5 %       1.1 %  
Total equity securities: (cost of $20,683 and $23,834 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively)   $ 8,615     $ 12,255       2.1 %       3.6 %  
Tangible assets: (cost of $1,385 and $1,385 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively)   $ 1,422     $ 2,984       0.3 %       0.9 %  
Total investments of Consolidated Funds (cost of $447,756 and $372,172 and December 31, 2013 and 2012,
respectively)
  $  412,218     $ 340,245       100.0 %       100.0 %  

F-24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

4. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company follows ASC 820 for measuring the fair value of portfolio investments. Fair value is the price that would be received in the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Where available, fair value is based on observable market prices or parameters, or derived from such prices or parameters. Where observable prices or inputs are not available, valuation models are applied. These valuation models involve some level of management estimation and judgment, the degree of which is dependent on the price transparency for the instruments or market and the instruments’ complexity. The Company’s fair value analysis includes an analysis of the value of any unfunded loan commitments. Financial investments recorded at fair value in the consolidated financial statements are categorized for disclosure purposes based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their value. The valuation hierarchical levels are based upon the transparency of the inputs to the valuation of the investment as of the measurement date. The fair value hierarchy consists of the following tiers:

Level I  — Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

Level II  — Valuations based on inputs other than quoted prices in active markets included in Level I, which are either directly or indirectly observable at the measurement date. This category includes quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in non-active markets including actionable bids from third parties for privately held assets or liabilities, and observable inputs other than quoted prices such as yield curves and forward currency rates that are entered directly into valuation models to determine the value of derivatives or other assets or liabilities.

Level III —  Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and where there is little, if any, market activity at the measurement date. The inputs for the determination of fair value may require significant management judgment or estimation and is based upon management’s assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities.

Fair Value Measurement on a Recurring Basis

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the determination of which category within the fair value hierarchy is appropriate for any given financial instrument is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the financial instrument.

In addition to using the above inputs in investment valuations, the Company continues to employ a valuation policy that is consistent with ASC 820 (Note 2). Consistent with the Company’s valuation policy, management evaluates the source of inputs, including any markets in which the investments are trading, in determining fair value.

Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of the Company’s investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments, and the differences could be material.

The Company’s investments in its equity method investees are valued based on its proportionate share of the net assets of the underlying fund based on the most recent available information which is typically a lag of up to 90 days. The terms of the investments generally preclude the ability to redeem the investment. Distributions from these investments will be received as the underlying assets in the funds are liquidated, the timing of which cannot be readily determined.

F-25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

4. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS  – (continued)

The following tables present the fair value measurements of the Consolidated Funds’ investments, by major class according to the fair value hierarchy:

       
  At December 31, 2013
     Level I   Level II   Level III   Total
     (Dollars in thousands)
Assets
                                   
Senior secured loans and notes   $     $     $ 382,181     $ 382,181  
Equity interests in LLCs                 18,624       18,624  
Equity securities     105       95       8,415       8,615  
Tangible assets                 2,798       2,798  
Equity method investment                 10,173       10,173  
Total   $      105     $       95     $  422,191     $   422,391  

  

       
  At December 31, 2012
     Level I   Level II   Level III   Total
     (Dollars in thousands)
Assets
                                   
Senior secured loans and notes   $     $     $ 308,040     $ 308,040  
Equity interests in LLCs                 14,790       14,790  
Equity securities           343       11,912       12,255  
Tangible assets                 5,160       5,160  
Equity method investment                 9,929       9,929  
Total   $       —     $      343     $  349,831     $   350,174  

A review of fair value hierarchy classifications is conducted on a quarterly basis. Changes in the observability of valuation inputs may result in a reclassification for certain financial assets or liabilities. Reclassifications impacting Level III of the fair value hierarchy are reported as transfers in or out or the Level III category as of the beginning of the quarter in which the reclassifications occur.

There were no transfers between any levels in the fair value hierarchy during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

F-26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

4. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS  – (continued)

The following tables provide a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for the Consolidated Funds’ Level III investments and the Company’s investment in their equity method investees:

           
  Financial Assets for the Year Ended December 31, 2013
     Investments of Consolidated Funds   Equity Method Investment   Total
     Senior Secured Loans and Notes   Equity Interests in LLCs   Equity Securities   Tangible Assets
     (Dollars in thousands)
Balance, beginning of year   $ 308,040     $ 14,790     $ 11,912     $ 5,160     $ 9,929     $ 349,831  
Amortization     1,438                               1,438  
Paid-in-kind interest income     9,500                               9,500  
Purchases     170,914       2,727       391                   174,032  
Sales and settlements     (89,599 )       (105 )       (2,865 )       (800 )             (93,369 )  
Realized and unrealized appreciation (depreciation), net     (18,112 )       1,212       (1,023 )       (1,562 )       244       (19,241 )  
Balance, end of year   $ 382,181     $ 18,624     $ 8,415     $ 2,798     $ 10,173     $ 422,191  
Changes in unrealized (gains) losses included in earnings related to financial assets still held at the reporting date   $    (15,751 )     $     2,739     $      (972 )     $     (2,361 )     $       244     $   (16,101 )  

  

           
  Financial Assets for the Year Ended December 31, 2012
     Investments of Consolidated Funds   Equity Method Investment   Total
     Senior Secured Loans and Notes   Equity Interests in LLCs   Equity Securities   Tangible Assets
     (Dollars in thousands)
Balance, beginning of year   $ 193,788     $ 10,832     $ 16,534     $ 5,712     $     $ 226,866  
Amortization     1,136                               1,136  
Paid-in-kind interest income     6,252                               6,252  
Purchases     154,561       9,057       2,110             10,000       175,728  
Sales and settlements     (41,063 )       (1,048 )       (6,867 )       (816 )             (49,794 )  
Realized and unrealized appreciation (depreciation), net     (6,634 )       (4,051 )       135       264       (71 )       (10,357 )  
Balance, end of year   $ 308,040     $ 14,790     $ 11,912     $ 5,160     $ 9,929     $ 349,831  
Changes in unrealized (gains) losses included in earnings related to financial assets still held at the reporting date   $     (7,865 )     $     (2,773 )     $        89     $      (552 )     $       (71 )     $   (11,172 )  

Total realized and unrealized appreciation (depreciation) recorded for the Consolidated Funds’ Level III investments is included in net realized gain (loss) on investments of Consolidated Funds and net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments of Consolidated Funds in the combined and consolidated statements of operations, respectively.

F-27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

4. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS  – (continued)

The following tables summarize the quantitative inputs and assumptions used for the Consolidated Funds’ Level III inputs and the Company’s investment in their equity method investees:

           
           
Assets   Fair Value at December 31, 2013   Valuation Technique(s)   Unobservable input   Range   Weighted Average
  Minimum   Maximum
     (Dollars in thousands)                         
Senior Secured Loans   $ 386       Sales Comparison Approach       Price per ton     $ 0.25     $ 1.00     $ 0.63  
       1,487       Market Approach       Price per acre     $ 8,750     $ 42,396     $ 25,573  
       2,169       Market Approach       Price per room     $ 32,038     $ 71,429     $ 51,734  
                         Price per unit     $ 152,507     $ 417,016     $ 284,762  
                         Discount-lack of
marketability
      25.0 %       35.0 %       30.0 %  
       7,362       Income Approach (DCF)       Discount rate       12.0 %       17.4 %       14.7 %  
       349,635       Income Approach (DCF)       Market yield       9.0 %       20.2 %       13.7 %  
       14,370       Market Approach (Guideline
Comparable)
      EBITDA multiple       6.0x       6.0x       6.0x  
       1,871       Enterprise valuation analysis       Liquidation proceeds     $ 205.8M     $ 205.8M     $ 205.8M  
       25       Income Approach (DCF)       Market yield       14.2 %       14.2 %       14.2 %  
       335       Current Value       LTM Revenue multiple       1.50x       1.75x       1.63x  
       412       Guideline Comparable       Forward EBITDA multiple       3.75x       3.75x       3.75x  
       1,109       Guideline Comparable       LTM EBITDA multiple       5.25x       5.25x       5.25x  
                Guideline Comparable       LTM Revenue multiple       0.6x       0.6x       0.6x  
       1,000       Cost Approach       Expected proceeds     $ 10,000,000     $ 10,000,000     $ 10,000,000  
       1,609       Liquidation Approach       Asset coverage     $ 16,095,312     $ 16,095,312     $ 16,095,312  
Equity Interests in LLCs     2,313       Income Approach (DCF)       Discount rate       16.5 %       16.5 %       16.5 %  
                Income Approach (DCF)       Long term growth rate       1.5 %       1.5 %       1.5 %  
       3,646       Market Approach (Guideline
Comparable)
      Investment portfolio
multiple
      1.0x       1.0x       1.0x  
       11,698       Cost approach       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  
       968       Backsolve Methodology       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  
Equity Securities     411       Income Approach (DCF)       Discount rate       12.0 %       50.0 %       15.9 %  
       154       Market Approach (Guideline       LTM EBITDA multiple       11.5x       11.5x       11.5x  
                Comparable)       LTM revenue multiple       1.5x       1.5x       1.5x  
       964       Market Approach (Current
Value)
      Revenue multiple       1.6x       1.6x       1.6x  
                Market Approach (Current
Value)
      Price per ton     $ 148     $ 148     $ 148  
       720       Income Approach (DCF)       Discount rate       30.0 %       30.0 %       30.0 %  
       362       Guideline Comparable       LTM revenue multiple       5.3x       5.3x       5.3x  
       3,561       Market Approach (Guideline
Comparable)
      EBITDA multiple       3.5x       7.5x       6.1x  
       2,639       Option Model       Volatility       47.9 %       47.9 %       47.9 %  
       15       Cost Approach       N/A       N/A        N/A        N/A   
Tangible Assets     1,421       Market Approach       Appraisal of assets     $ 100,000     $ 3,700,000     $ 1,900,000  
                                                        
       1,376       Sales Comparison Approach       Price per square meter       CNY 6,716        CNY 6,716        CNY 6,716   
Equity method
investment
    10,173       Net Asset Value of Underlying Fund       N/A       N/A        N/A        N/A   
     $  422,191                                

F-28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

4. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS  – (continued)

           
           
Assets   Fair Value at December 31, 2012   Valuation Technique(s)   Unobservable input   Range   Weighted Average
  Minimum   Maximum
     (Dollars in thousands)
Senior Secured Loan   $ 400       Sales Comparison Approach       Price per ton     $         0.25     $         1.00     $        0.63  
       1,420       Sales Comparison Approach       Price per acre     $ 8,460     $ 41,178     $ 24,819  
       2,169       Sales Comparison Approach       Price per room     $ 31,901     $ 53,050     $ 42,476  
                         Price per unit     $ 125,528     $ 249,542     $ 187,535  
       2,213       Guideline Comparable       NTM EBITDA multiple       9.0x       9.0x       9.0x  
                Guideline Comparable       LTM EBITDA multiple       13.0x       13.0x       13.0x  
       2,311       Guideline Comparable       LTM Revenue multiple       0.8x       0.8x       0.8x  
       2,210       Cost Approach       Expected proceeds       N/A       N/A       N/A  
       100       Cost Approach       EV coverage       N/A       N/A       N/A  
       100       Market Approach       Precedent transaction     $ 1,000,000     $ 1,000,000     $ 1,000,000  
       813       Liquidation Approach       Asset coverage     $ 1,444,805     $ 2,800,000     $ 2,122,403  
       12,607       Income Approach (DCF)       Discount rate       12.0 %       30.0 %       14.2 %  
       283,697       Market approach       Market yield       10.5 %       21.0 %       15.1 %  
Equity Interests in LLCs     5,135       Income Approach (DCF)       Discount rate       16.5 %       16.5 %       16.5 %  
                Income Approach (DCF)       Long term growth rate       1.5 %       1.5 %       1.5 %  
       2,300       Enterprise valuation analysis       Investment portfolio
multiple
      1.03x       1.03x       1.03x  
Equity Securities     2,731       Guideline Comparable       NTM revenue       3.2x       3.2x       3.2x  
       152       Market Approach
(Guideline Comparable)
      LTM EBITDA multiple       1.5x       1.5x       1.5x  
                         LTM revenue multiple       0.8x       0.8x       0.8x  
       1,940       Market Approach (Current
Value)
      Revenue multiple       1.6x       1.6x       1.6x  
                Market Approach (Current
Value)
      Price per ton       148.0x       148.0x       148.0x  
       105       Cost Approach       Expected proceeds       N/A       N/A       N/A  
       7,250       Cost Approach       Appraisal of assets     $ 7,250     $ 7,250     $ 7,250  
       1,590       Income Approach (DCF)       Discount rate       0.3x       0.3x       0.3x  
       1,855       Guideline Comparable       LTM revenue multiple       0.8x       0.8x       0.8x  
       3,014       Enterprise valuation analysis       EBITDA multiple       3.6x       6.9x       5.3x  
       630       Option pricing model       Stock price     $ 0.00     $ 0.35       $0.35  per
warrant
 
Tangible Assets     2,984       Market Approach       Appraisal of assets     $ 20,000     $ 4,800,000     $ 2,410,000  
       2,176       Sales Comparison Approach       Price per square meter       CNY 6,334       CNY 6,334       CNY 6,334  
Equity method investment     9,929       Net Asset Value of Underlying Fund       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  
     $    349,831                                

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Consolidated Funds’ investments in senior secured loans include price per ton, price per acre, price per room, price per unit, discount due to lack of marketability, discount rate, market yield, earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) and revenue multiples, expected proceeds, and asset coverage. Significant increases or decreases in discount rates, market yields, EBITDA multiples in isolation would result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Consolidated Fund’s investments in equity interests in LLCs include discount rates, long term growth rates, and portfolio multiples. Significant increases or decreases in discount rates, growth rates and portfolio multiples would result in lower or higher fair value measurements.

F-29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

4. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS  – (continued)

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Consolidated Funds’ investments in equity securities include revenue, earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) and revenue multiples, price per ton, expected proceeds, discount rates, and stock price valuation. Significant increases or decreases in these factors would result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Consolidated Funds’ investments in tangible asset appraisals, and price per square foot. Significant increases or decreases in these factors would result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement.

5. OTHER ASSETS

The components of other assets are as follows:

   
  December 31,
     2013   2012
     (Dollars in thousands)
Other Assets of Medley
                 
Security deposits   $ 1,218     $ 1,144  
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $1,351 and $1,075, respectively     1,247       605  
Administrative fees receivable (Note 9)     1,640       898  
Deferred tax assets     634       310  
Deferred financing costs     337        
Due from affiliates (Note 9)     224       374  
Other     8       199  
Total other assets of Medley     5,308       3,530  
Other Assets from Consolidated Funds
                 
Other receivables     436       229  
Total other assets   $   5,744     $   3,759  

6. LOANS PAYABLE

The Company’s loans outstanding consist of the following:

   
  At December 31,
     2013   2012
     (Dollars in thousands)
     Loans Outstanding   Loans Outstanding
CNB credit agreement:
                 
Term loan   $ 15,000     $  
Revolving credit facility     3,000        
Co-invest term loan     2,000        
Non-recourse promissory notes, net of unamortized discount of $3,010 and $3,486, respectively     7,990       6,514  
FRB revolving credit facility            
Total Loans payable   $   27,990     $   6,514  

F-30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

6. LOANS PAYABLE  – (continued)

CNB Credit Agreement

In December 2013, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with City National Bank (“CNB”), under which it borrowed $15 million in a term loan, $2 million in a co-invest term loan, and $3 million under a revolving credit facility. The proceeds from these loans were primarily used to purchase membership interests from a former Medley member.

The principal amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement, accrue interest, at the option of the Borrower, either (a) at a Base Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement) plus an applicable margin not to exceed 1.5%, or (b) at LIBOR plus an applicable margin not to exceed 3.25%. The interest rate was 3.44% at December 31, 2013. The Company pledged substantially all of its assets as collateral for the borrowings under the Credit Agreement. The term loan matures in December 2018, the co-invest term loan matures in December 2016, and the revolving credit facility matures in December 2015. The Company may prepay the loans in whole or in part at any time without penalty.

The Credit Agreement contains financial debt covenants that require the Company to maintain the following: (a) a minimum level of Assets Under Management (b) a fixed charge coverage ratio, and (c) a ratio of total outstanding debt to EBITDA. Non-compliance with any of the financial or nonfinancial covenants without cure or waiver would constitute an event of default under the Credit Agreement. An event of default resulting from a breach of certain financial or nonfinancial covenants may result, at the option of the lenders, in an acceleration of the principal and interest outstanding, and a termination of the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement also contains other customary events of default, including defaults based on events of bankruptcy and insolvency, dissolution, nonpayment of principal, interest or fees when due, breach of specified covenants, change in control and material inaccuracy of representations and warranties. There were no events of default under the Credit Agreement as of December 31, 2013.

At December 31, 2013, $20.0 million was outstanding under the Credit Facility including (a) a $15.0 million term loan, (b) a $3.0 million revolver, and (c) a $2.0 million co-invest term loan. The term loan requires repayments of an initial payment of $0.625 million for the quarter beginning April 1, 2014, and equal quarterly installments of $0.9 million, beginning July 1, 2014, until paid in full. The Credit Agreement also requires an additional amortization payment of the term loan based upon the amount of distributions made by the Company in the immediately preceding fiscal year above an amount stated in the Credit Agreement. The co-invest loan requires repayments of equal quarterly installments of $0.1 million, beginning on April 1, 2014. Debt issuance costs pertaining to the Credit Agreement were $0.3 million and are included in other assets in the combined and consolidated balance sheets. The fair value of the outstanding balances of the term loan, revolving credit facility, and co-invest term loan approximated par value based on current market rates for similar debt instruments.

Non-Recourse Promissory Notes

In April 2012, the Company borrowed $5.0 million under a non-recourse promissory note with a foundation, and $5.0 million under a non-recourse promissory note with a trust. Proceeds from the borrowings were used to purchase 1,108,033 shares of common stock of SIC, which were pledged as collateral for the obligations. Interest on the notes is paid quarterly and is equal to the dividends received by the Company related to the pledged shares. The Company may prepay the notes in whole or in part at any time without penalty and the lenders may call the notes if certain conditions are met. The notes are scheduled to mature in March 2019. The proceeds from the notes were recorded net of issuance costs originally amounting to $3.6 million and are being accreted, using the effective interest method, over the term of the non-recourse promissory notes. Total interest expense,

F-31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

6. LOANS PAYABLE  – (continued)

including accretion of the note discount was $1.4 million and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, and 2012, respectively. The fair value of the outstanding balance of the notes were $10,165 and $10,189 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Note Payable

In December 2013, the Company issued an unsecured promissory note in the amount of $1.0 million to a former Medley member in connection with the purchase of his membership interests. Interest on the note accrues at an annual rate of 0.25% and the note matures in December 2014.

FRB Revolving Line of Credit

In November 2007, the Company obtained a $3.0 million revolving line of credit from First Republic Bank (“FRB”), which was closed in December 2013. Interest was payable monthly on the outstanding principal balance at the LIBOR rate plus 2.25% per annum. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company paid interest on the FRB revolving line of credit of $0.1 million and $0.03 million, respectively.

Fixed principal payments related to these loans are as follows (in thousands):

 
At December 31,
2014   $ 3,800  
2015     7,150  
2016     5,050  
2017     3,750  
2018     1,250  
Thereafter     10,000  
     $  31,000  

7. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE, ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES

The components of accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities were as follows:

   
  December 31,
     2013   2012
     (Dollars in thousands)
Compensation and benefits   $ 5,650     $ 4,723  
Due to affiliates (Note 9)     3,676       1,246  
Revenue share payable (Note 8)     5,286       4,610  
Deferred rent     794       761  
Professional fees     647       303  
Deferred tax liabilities     391       206  
Accounts payable     625       197  
Accrued expenses     544       620  
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities of Medley     17,613       12,666  
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities of Consolidated Funds     1,160       902  
Total accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities   $  18,773     $   13,568  

F-32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Leases

The Company leases office space in New York and San Francisco, under noncancelable operating lease agreements. The Company’s obligations under the New York lease extends through February 2016, and the San Francisco lease extends through January 2021. The Company’s rental lease agreements are generally subject to escalation provisions on base rental payments, as well as certain costs incurred by the property owner and are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease agreement. Rent expense includes base contractual rent. Rent expense was $2.2 million and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, and 2012, respectively, and is recorded within general, administrative and other expense in the combined and consolidated statements of operations.

Future minimum annual rental payments under noncancelable leases are as follows (in thousands):

 
Years Ending December 31,
2014   $ 2,494  
2015     2,489  
2016     795  
2017     453  
2018     456  
Thereafter     969  
Total future minimum lease payments   $   7,656  

Capital Commitments to Funds

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had aggregate unfunded commitments of $1.5 million and $0.9 million, respectively, including commitments to both non-consolidated funds and Consolidated Funds.

Other Commitment

In April 2012, the Company entered into an obligation to pay a fixed percentage of management and incentive fees received by the Company from SIC to a foundation and a trust. The agreement was entered into contemporaneously with the $10 million non-recourse promissory notes that were issued to the same parties (Note 6). The two transactions were deemed to be related freestanding contracts and the $10 million of loan proceeds were allocated to the contracts using their relative fair values. At inception, we recognized an obligation of $4.4 million for the present value of the cash flows expected to be paid under this revenue sharing agreement. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the obligation amounted to $5.3 million and $4.6 million, respectively and is recorded in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities on the combined and consolidated balance sheets as revenue share payable. The change in the estimated cash flows for this obligation is recorded in other income (expense) on the combined and consolidated statements of operations.

9. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Substantially all of Medley’s revenue is earned through agreements with its non-consolidated funds for which it collects management and performance fees for providing investment and management services.

In April 2012, Medley entered into an investment advisory agreement (“IAA”) with SIC. Pursuant to the terms of the IAA, Medley agreed to bear all organization and offering expenses (“O&O Expenses”) related to SIC until the earlier of a) the end of the SIC offering period, which is currently scheduled to terminate in April 2015 or b) such time that SIC has raised $300 million in gross

F-33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

9. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS  – (continued)

proceeds in connection with the sale of shares of its common stock. After such time, Medley will no longer be liable for these expenses. The SIC IAA requires SIC to reimburse Medley for O&O Expenses incurred by Medley in an amount equal to 1.25% of the aggregate gross proceeds in connection with the sale of shares of its common stock until the earlier of a) the end of the SIC offering period, or b) Medley has been repaid in full.

Medley incurred O&O Expenses of $1.4 million, and $1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, which were recorded within general, administrative, and other expenses in the combined and consolidated statements of operations. Reimbursements of $1.8 million and $0.3 million were recorded in other income and fees in the combined and consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

In June 2012, Medley entered into an Expense Support and Reimbursement Agreement (“ESA”) with SIC. Under the ESA, until December 31, 2014, unless extended, Medley will pay up to 100% of SIC’s operating expenses in order for SIC to achieve a reasonable level of expenses relative to its investment income. Pursuant to the ESA, SIC has a conditional obligation to reimburse Medley for any amounts they funded under the ESA if, within three years of the date on which Medley funded such amounts, SIC meets certain financial levels. For the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, Medley recorded $3.9 million and $1.5 million, respectively, for ESA expenses under this agreement. The ESA expenses are recorded within general, administrative, and other expense in the combined and consolidated statements of operations. Medley recorded a liability of $3.4 million and $1.0 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, for ESA expenses related to this agreement. These amounts are included in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities as due to affiliates.

In January 2011, Medley entered into an administration agreement with MCC (the “MCC Admin Agreement”), whereby Medley agreed to provide administrative services necessary for the operations of MCC. MCC agreed to pay Medley for the costs and expenses incurred in providing such administrative services, including an allocable portion of Medley’s overhead expenses and an allocable portion of the cost of MCC’s officers and their respective staffs. Medley records these administrative fees as revenue in the period when the services are provided and are included in other income and fees on the combined and consolidated statement of operations. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company recorded $2.6 million and $1.8 million, respectively, of revenue related to the MCC Admin Agreement. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had $0.7 million and $0.5 million, respectively, of fees receivable under the MCC Admin Agreement, which are included in other assets on the combined and consolidated balance sheets.

In April 2012, Medley entered into an administration agreement with SIC (the “SIC Admin Agreement”), whereby Medley agreed to provide administrative services necessary for the operations of SIC. SIC agreed to pay Medley for the costs and expenses incurred in providing such administrative services, including an allocable portion of Medley’s overhead expenses and an allocable portion of the cost of MCC’s officers and their respective staffs. Medley records these administrative fees as revenue in the period when the services are provided and are included in other income and fees on the combined and consolidated statement of operations. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company recorded $0.6 million and $0.4 million, respectively, of revenue related to the SIC Admin Agreement. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had $1.0 million and $0.4 million, respectively, of fees receivable under the SIC Admin Agreement, which are included in other assets on the combined and consolidated balance sheets.

F-34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

9. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS  – (continued)

In December 2013, the Company purchased the membership interests of a former Medley member. In connection with the purchase, the Company issued a $1.0 million unsecured promissory note to the former member. The note bears interest at an annual rate of 0.25% and matures in December 2014.

10. INCOME TAXES

The Company is organized as a series of pass through entites pursuant to the United States Internal Revenue Code. As such, the Company is not responsible for the tax liability due on certain income earned during the year. Such income is taxed at the unit holder and non-controlling interest holder level, and any income tax is the responsibility of the unit holders and is paid at that level. The Company is subject to state and local tax.

The provision for (benefit from) income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 consists of the following:

   
  Year Ended
December 31,
     2013   2012
     (Dollars in thousands)
Provision for (benefit from) taxes:
                 
Current   $ 1,735     $ 1,138  
Deferred     (96 )       (51 )  
Total income tax provision   $   1,639     $   1,087  

Deferred income taxes reflect the tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.

The components of the net deferred income tax liability at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

   
  As of December 31,
     2013   2012
     (Dollars in thousands)
Deferred tax assets
                 
Accrued compensation   $ 201     $ 124  
Accrued other     317       165  
Unrealized gains     97        
Deferred rent     19       21  
Total deferred tax assets     634       310  
Deferred tax liabilities
                 
Accrued fee income   $ 363     $ 170  
Unrealized gains           29  
Other     28       7  
Total deferred tax liabilities     391       206  
Net deferred tax assets   $      243     $      104  

Interest expense and penalties related to income tax matters are recognized as a component of the provision for income taxes. There were no such amounts incurred during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. As of and during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012,

F-35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

10. INCOME TAXES  – (continued)

there were no uncertain tax positions taken that were not more likely than not to be sustained. The Company is subject to examination by federal, state, and local regulators. The Company remains subject to examination for the tax years 2009 through 2013.

11. COMPENSATION EXPENSE

Compensation generally includes salaries, bonuses, profit sharing awards, and health and retirement benefits. Bonuses and profit sharing awards are accrued over the service period to which they relate. Guaranteed payments made to the Company’s members are accounted for as distributions from equity rather than as employee compensation.

Performance Fee Compensation

In October 2010, the Company granted shares of vested profits interests in certain subsidiaries to selected employees. These awards are viewed as a profit-sharing arrangement and are accounted for under ASC 710, Compensation — General, which requires compensation expense to be recognized over the vesting period, which is usually the period over which service is provided. The shares were vested at grant date, subject to a forfeiture percentage based on percentage of service completed from the award grant date to the employee’s termination date. At the grant date of these awards, the Company recorded compensation expense of $2.0 million for these awards. The Company adjusts the related liability quarterly based on changes in estimated cash flows for the profits interests. The total liability for these awards was $16.2 million at December 31, 2013, and $10.9 million, at December 31, 2012.

Retirement Plan

The Company sponsors a defined-contribution 401(k) retirement plan (the “Plan”) that covers all employees. Employees are eligible to participate in the Plan immediately, and participants are 100% vested from the date of eligibility. The Company makes contributions to the Plan of 3% of an employee’s eligible wages, up to the maximum limit as determined by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company pays all administrative fees related to the Plan. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, contributions to the Plan were $0.3 million, and $0.2 million, respectively.

12. MARKET AND OTHER RISK FACTORS

Due to the nature of the Consolidated Funds’ investment strategy, their portfolio of investments has significant market and credit risk. As a result, the Company is subject to market and other risk factors, including, but not limited to the following:

Market Risk

The market price of investments may significantly fluctuate during the period of investment. Investments may decline in value due to factors affecting securities markets generally or particular industries represented in the securities markets. The value of an investment may decline due to general market conditions that are not specifically related to such investment, such as real or perceived adverse economic conditions, changes in the general outlook for corporate earnings, changes in interest or currency rates or adverse investor sentiment generally. They may also decline due to factors that affect a particular industry or industries, such as labor shortages or increased production costs and competitive conditions within an industry.

Credit Risk

There are no restrictions on the credit quality of the investments the Company intends to make. Investments may be deemed by nationally recognized rating agencies to have substantial vulnerability to default in payment of interest and/or principal. Some investments may have

F-36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

12. MARKET AND OTHER RISK FACTORS  – (continued)

low-quality ratings or be unrated. Lower rated and unrated investments have major risk exposure to adverse conditions and are considered to be predominantly speculative. Generally, such investments offer a higher return potential than higher rated investments, but involve greater volatility of price and greater risk of loss of income and principal.

In general, the ratings of nationally recognized rating organizations represent the opinions of agencies as to the quality of the securities they rate. Such ratings, however, are relative and subjective; they are not absolute standards of quality and do not evaluate the market value risk of the relevant securities. It is also possible that a rating agency might not change its rating of a particular issue on a timely basis to reflect subsequent events. The Company may use these ratings as initial criteria for the selection of portfolio assets for the Company but is not required to utilize them.

Limited Liquidity of Investments

The Company intends to invest in investments that may not be readily marketable. Illiquid investments may trade at a discount from comparable, more liquid investments and, at times there may be no market at all for such investments. Subordinate investments may be less marketable, or in some instances illiquid, because of the absence of registration under federal securities laws, contractual restrictions on transfer, the small size of the market or the small size of the issue (relative to issues of comparable interests). As a result, the Company may encounter difficulty in selling its investments or may, if required to liquidate investments to satisfy redemption requests of its investors or debt service obligations, be compelled to sell such investments at less than fair value.

Counterparty Risk

Some of the markets in which the Company may effect its transactions are “over-the-counter” or “interdealer” markets. The participants in such markets are typically not subject to credit evaluation and regulatory oversight, unlike members of exchange-based markets. This exposes the Company to the risk that a counterparty will not settle a transaction in accordance with its terms and conditions because of a dispute over the terms of the applicable contract (whether or not such dispute is bona fide) or because of a credit or liquidity problem, causing the Company to suffer loss. Such “counterparty risk” is accentuated for contracts with longer maturities where events may intervene to prevent settlement, or where the Company has concentrated its transactions with a single or small group of counterparties.

Currency Risk

The Company may invest in financial instruments and enter into transactions denominated in currencies other than its functional currency. Although the Company may seek to hedge currency exposure through financial instruments, the Company may still be exposed to risks that the exchange rate of its currency relative to other foreign currencies may change in a manner that has an adverse effect on the value of that portion of the Company’s assets or liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency.

The Company may enter into derivative contracts to manage the risk associated with foreign currency exchange fluctuations on its non-U.S. dollar denominated holdings.

13. SEGMENT REPORTING

The Company’s business is currently comprised of only one reportable segment, the investment management segment, and substantially all the Company operations are conducted through this segment. The Company provides investment management services to permanent capital vehicles and long-dated private funds and separately managed accounts (“SMAs”). The Company conducts its investment management business in the United States, where substantially revenues are generated.

F-37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

13. SEGMENT REPORTING – (continued)

In addition to analyzing the Company’s results on a GAAP basis, management also makes operating decisions and assesses business performance based on the financial and operating metrics and data that are presented without the consolidation of any funds. Core Net Income and Core EBITDA are income measures that are used by management to assess the performance of our business.

Core Net Income.   Core Net Income is an income measure that is used by management to assess the performance of our business through the removal of non-core items, as well as non-recurring expenses associated with the transactions contemplated herein. It is calculated by adjusting standalone net income attributable to members to exclude reimbursable expenses associated with the launch of funds and certain one-time severance costs.

Core Earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization (Core EBITDA).   Core EBITDA is calculated as Core Net Income before interest expense as well as taxes, amortization and depreciation.

The following presents the standalone financial results of the Company’s operating results for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

   
  Years ended December 31,
     2013   2012
     (Dollars in thousands)
Revenues
                 
Management fees   $    46,424     $     33,690  
Performance fees     8,236       3,883  
Other income and fees     5,011       2,527  
Total revenues     59,671       40,100  
Expenses
                 
Compensation and benefits     13,712       11,477  
Performance compensation expense     7,192       5,148  
General, administrative and other expenses     12,655       9,679  
Total operating expenses     33,559       26,304  
Other income (expense)
                 
Dividend income     886       245  
Interest expense     (1,479 )       (831 )  
Other expenses, net     (1,168 )       (905 )  
Total other income (expense)     (1,761 )       (1,491 )  
Income before income taxes     24,351       12,305  
Provision for income taxes     714       387  
Net income     23,637       11,918  
Reimbursable fund startup expenses     3,939       1,466  
Severance expense     753        
Core Net Income     28,329       13,384  
Interest expense     1,479       831  
Income taxes     714       387  
Depreciation and amortization     276       270  
Core EBITDA   $ 30,798     $ 14,872  

F-38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

13. SEGMENT REPORTING – (continued)

The reconciliation of net income attributable to members to Core Net Income and Core EBITDA is presented below:

   
  Years ended December 31,
     2013   2012
     (Dollar in thousands)
Net income attributable to members   $    23,637     $     11,918  
Reimbursable fund startup expenses     3,939       1,466  
Severance expense     753        
Core Net Income   $ 28,329     $ 13,384  
Interest expense     1,479       831  
Income taxes     714       387  
Depreciation and amortization     276       270  
Core EBITDA   $ 30,798     $ 14,872  

The following tables reconcile our segment results to the Company’s consolidated results of operations:

       
  For the Year Ended December 31, 2013
     Standalone   Consolidating Adjustments and Reconciling Items   Consolidated Results
     (Dollars in thousands)
Revenue   $    59,671     $    (15,802 )       (1 )     $     43,869  
Expenses     33,559       1,225       (2 )       34,784  
Other income (expense)     (1,761 )       30,850       (3 )       29,089  
Provision for income taxes     714       925       (4 )       1,639  
Net income     23,637       12,897             36,535  
Reimbursable fund startup expenses     3,939                   3,939  
Severance expense     753                   753  
Core Net Income   $ 28,329     $ 12,897           $ 41,227  

  

       
  For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
     Standalone   Consolidating Adjustments and Reconciling Items   Consolidated Results
     (Dollars in thousands)
Revenue   $    40,100     $    (11,858 )       (1 )     $     28,242  
Expenses     26,304       1,653       (2 )       27,957  
Other income (expense)     (1,491 )       25,772       (3 )       24,281  
Provision for income taxes     387       700       (4 )       1,087  
Net income     11,918       11,561             23,479  
Reimbursable fund startup expenses     1,466                   1,466  
Severance expense                        
Core Net Income   $ 13,384     $ 11,561           $ 24,945  
(1) The revenue adjustment and reconciling item represents management fees earned from Consolidated Funds which were eliminated in consolidation.

F-39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

13. SEGMENT REPORTING – (continued)

   
  For the Year Ended December 31,
     2013   2012
     (Dollars in thousands)
Management fees from Consolidated Fund eliminated in consolidation   $     (9,978 )     $      (8,365 )  
MOF II performance fees eliminated in consolidation     (5,824 )       (3,118 )  
Administrative fees from consolidated funds eliminated in consolidation           (375 )  
Total consolidated adjustments and reconciling items   $ (15,802 )     $ (11,858 )  
(2) The expenses adjustment and reconciling item represents expenses from Consolidated Funds.

   
  For the Year Ended December 31,
     2013   2012
     (Dollars in thousands)
Consolidated Fund expenses   $      1,225     $       1,653  
Total consolidated adjustments and reconciling items   $ 1,225     $ 1,653  
(3) The other income adjustment and reconciling items primarily represent net interest income and net investment income from Consolidated Funds.

   
  For the Year Ended December 31,
     2013   2012
     (Dollars in thousands)
Interest and other income of Consolidated Funds   $     49,912     $      36,335  
Net realized loss on investments of Consolidated Funds     (16,080 )       (1,600 )  
Net change in unrealized depreciation on investments of Consolidated Funds     (3,667 )       (9,316 )  
Elimination of equity from consolidated subsidiaries     685       353  
Total consolidated adjustments and reconciling items   $ 30,850     $ 25,772  
(4) The provision for income taxes adjustment and reconciling items primarily represents income taxes from Consolidated Funds.

   
  For the Year Ended December 31,
     2013   2012
     (Dollars in thousands)
Consolidated Funds provision for income taxes   $       925     $         700  
Total consolidated adjustments and reconciling items   $ 925     $ 700  

F-40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

14. CONSOLIDATING SCHEDULES

The following supplemental financial information illustrates the consolidating effects of the Consolidated Funds on the Company’s financial condition and results from operations as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. The financial condition and results of operations for Medley are presented in the tables below under the “Standalone” column.

       
  December 31, 2013
     Standalone   Consolidated Funds   Eliminations   Combined and Consolidated
     (Dollars in thousands)
Assets
                                   
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 5,395     $     $     $ 5,395  
Investments, at fair value     21,443             (11,270 )       10,173  
Management fees receivable     8,921                   8,921  
Performance fees receivable     3,339                   3,339  
Other assets     4,216             1,092       5,308  
Assets of Consolidated Funds:
                                   
Cash and cash equivalents           60,355             60,355  
Investments, at fair value           412,218             412,218  
Interest and dividends receivable           2,804             2,804  
Other assets           1,565       (1,129 )       436  
Total assets   $ 43,314     $ 476,942     $ (11,307 )     $ 508,949  
Liabilities and equity
                                   
Loans payable   $ 27,990     $     $     $ 27,990  
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities     17,613                   17,613  
Performance fee compensation payable     16,225                   16,225  
Liabilities of Consolidated Funds:
                                   
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities           1,198       (38 )       1,160  
Total liabilities     61,828       1,198       (38 )       62,988  
Commitments and contingencies
                                   
Non-controlling interest in Consolidated Funds                 464,475       464,475  
Non-controlling interest in consolidated subsidiaries     40                   40  
Members' (deficit) equity     (18,554 )       475,744       (475,744 )       (18,554 )  
Total equity     (18,514 )       475,744       (11,269 )       445,961  
Total liabilities, non-controlling interests and equity   $ 43,314     $  476,942     $ (11,307 )     $  508,949  

F-41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

14. CONSOLIDATING SCHEDULES  – (continued)

       
  For the Year Ended December 31, 2013
     Standalone   Consolidated Funds   Eliminations   Combined and Consolidated
     (Dollars in thousands)
Revenues
                                   
Management fees   $ 46,424     $     $ (9,978 )     $ 36,446  
Performance fees     8,236             (5,824 )       2,412  
Other income and fees     5,011                   5,011  
Total revenues     59,671             (15,802 )       43,869  
Expenses
                                   
Compensation and benefits     13,712                   13,712  
Performance compensation expense     7,192                   7,192  
Consolidated Funds expenses              11,203       (9,978 )       1,225  
General, administrative and other expenses     12,655                   12,655  
Total operating expenses     33,559       11,203       (9,978 )       34,784  
Other income (expense)
                                   
Dividend income     886                      886  
Interest expense     (1,479 )                   (1,479 )  
Other income (expense)     (1,168 )                685       (483 )  
Interest and other income of Consolidated Funds           49,912             49,912  
Net realized loss on investments of Consolidated Funds           (16,080 )             (16,080 )  
Net change in unrealized depreciation on investments of Consolidated Funds           (3,667 )             (3,667 )  
Total other income (expense), net     (1,761 )       30,165       685       29,089  
Income before income taxes     24,351       18,962       (5,139 )       38,174  
Provision for income taxes     714       925             1,639  
Net income     23,637       18,037       (5,139 )       36,535  
Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in Consolidated Funds                 12,898       12,898  
Net income attributable to members   $  23,637     $ 18,037     $  (18,037 )     $ 23,637  

F-42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

14. CONSOLIDATING SCHEDULES  – (continued)

       
  December 31, 2012
     Standalone   Consolidated Funds   Eliminations   Combined and Consolidated
     (Dollars in thousands)
Assets
                                   
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 1,292     $     $     $ 1,292  
Investments, at fair value     19,851             (9,922 )       9,929  
Management fees receivable     4,672                   4,672  
Performance fees receivable     928                   928  
Other assets     2,878             652       3,530  
Assets of Consolidated Funds:
                                   
Cash and cash equivalents           74,133             74,133  
Investments, at fair value           340,245             340,245  
Interest and dividends receivable           2,918             2,918  
Other assets           983       (754 )       229  
Total assets   $ 29,621     $ 418,279     $ (10,024 )     $ 437,876  
Liabilities and equity
                                   
Loans payable   $ 6,514     $     $     $ 6,514  
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities     12,666                   12,666  
Performance fee compensation payable     10,858                   10,858  
Liabilities of Consolidated Funds:
                                   
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities           1,004       (102 )       902  
Total liabilities     30,038       1,004       (102 )       30,940  
Commitments and contingencies
                                   
Non-controlling interest in Consolidated Funds                 407,353       407,353  
Non-controlling interest in consolidated subsidiaries     40                   40  
Members' (deficit) equity     (457 )       417,275       (417,275 )       (457 )  
Total equity     (417 )       417,275       (9,922 )       406,936  
Total liabilities, non-controlling interests and equity   $  29,621     $  418,279     $ (10,024 )     $  437,876  

F-43


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

14. CONSOLIDATING SCHEDULES  – (continued)

       
  For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
     Standalone   Consolidated Funds   Eliminations   Combined and Consolidated
     (Dollars in thousands)
Revenues
                                   
Management fees   $  33,690     $     $ (8,365 )     $  25,325  
Performance fees     3,883             (3,118 )       765  
Other income and fees     2,527             (375 )       2,152  
Total revenues     40,100             (11,858 )       28,242  
Expenses
                                   
Compensation and benefits     11,477                   11,477  
Performance fee compensation     5,148                   5,148  
Consolidated Funds expenses           10,393       (8,740 )       1,653  
General, administrative and other expenses     9,679                   9,679  
Total operating expenses     26,304       10,393       (8,740 )       27,957  
Other income (expense)
                                   
Dividend income     245                      245  
Interest expense     (831 )                      (831 )  
Other income (expense)     (905 )                353       (552 )  
Interest and other income of Consolidated Funds           36,335             36,335  
Net realized loss on investments of Consolidated Funds           (1,600 )             (1,600 )  
Net change in unrealized depreciation on investments of Consolidated Funds           (9,316 )             (9,316 )  
Total other income (expense), net     (1,491 )       25,419       353       24,281  
Income before income taxes     12,305       15,026       (2,765 )       24,566  
Provision for income taxes     387       700             1,087  
Net income     11,918       14,326       (2,765 )       23,479  
Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in Consolidated Funds           122       11,439       11,561  
Net income attributable to members   $ 11,918     $  14,204     $  (14,204 )     $ 11,918  

15. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated the possibility of subsequent events existing in the Company’s financial statements through June 20, 2014, the date the financial statements were available to be issued, and has determined that there are no material events that would require disclosure, except as described below:

In March 2014, the Company amended the CNB Credit Agreement to increase the term loan to $30 million from $15 million. The proceeds from the loan were used to purchase membership interests of a former member. In connection with the purchase, the Company issued a promissory note in the amount of $2.5 million. The promissory is payable in quarterly installments of $0.3 million, and matures in December 2016.

F-44


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC

 
  Page
Combined and Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2014 (unaudited) and December 31, 2013     F-46  
Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations (unaudited) for the Six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013     F-47  
Combined and Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity (unaudited) for the Six months ended June 30, 2014     F-48  
Combined and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited) for the Six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013     F-49  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)     F-50  

F-45


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Combined and Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Dollars in thousands)

   
  June 30,
2014
(unaudited)
  December 31, 2013
Assets
                 
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 3,278     $ 5,395  
Investment, at fair value     10,256       10,173  
Management fees receivable     11,534       8,921  
Performance fees receivable     5,895       3,339  
Other assets     6,897       5,308  
Assets of Consolidated Funds:
                 
Cash and cash equivalents     95,033       60,355  
Investments, at fair value     473,789       412,218  
Interest and dividends receivable     4,307       2,804  
Other assets     16,015       436  
Total assets   $ 627,004     $ 508,949  
Liabilities and equity
                 
Loans payable   $ 44,701     $ 27,990  
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities     22,491       17,613  
Performance fee compensation payable     18,491       16,225  
Liabilities of Consolidated Funds:
                 
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities     6,198       1,160  
Total liabilities     91,881       62,988  
Commitments and contingencies
                 
Non-controlling interest in Consolidated Funds     566,046       464,475  
Non-controlling interest in consolidated subsidiaries     2,528       40  
Members' deficit     (33,451 )       (18,554 )  
Total equity     535,123       445,961  
Total liabilities, non-controlling interests and equity   $  627,004     $   508,949  

 
 
See notes to unaudited combined and consolidated financial statements

F-46


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations (unaudited)
(Dollars in thousands)

   
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
     2014   2013
Revenues
                 
Management fees   $ 26,453     $  14,858  
Performance fees     2,372       251  
Other income and fees     4,396       2,019  
Total revenues     33,221       17,128  
Expenses
                 
Compensation and benefits     9,333       6,564  
Performance fee compensation     3,158       5,271  
Consolidated Funds expenses     833       615  
General, administrative and other expenses     9,363       5,874  
Total expenses     22,687       18,324  
Other income (expense)
                 
Dividend income     443       443  
Interest expense     (1,364 )       (738 )  
Other expenses, net     (1,318 )       (178 )  
Interest and other income of Consolidated Funds     30,534       23,903  
Net realized gain (loss) on investments of Consolidated Funds     1,288       (12,579 )  
Net change in unrealized depreciation on investments of Consolidated Funds     (8,368 )       (3,286 )  
Total other income, net     21,215       7,565  
Income before income taxes     31,749       6,369  
Provision for income taxes     1,251       676  
Net income     30,498       5,693  
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests in Consolidated Funds     12,969       (352 )  
Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in consolidated subsidiaries     1,560        
Net income attributable to members   $    15,969     $    6,045  

 
 
See notes to unaudited combined and consolidated financial statements

F-47


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Combined and Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity (unaudited)
(Dollars in thousands)

       
  Members' Equity (Deficit)   Non-controlling Interest in Consolidated Subsidiaries   Non-controlling Interest in Consolidated Funds   Total Equity
Balance at December 31, 2013   $ (18,554 )     $ 40     $ 464,475     $ 445,961  
Contributions           928       88,602       89,530  
Distributions     (30,866 )                   (30,866 )  
Net income     15,969       1,560       12,969       30,498  
Balance at June 30, 2014   $   (33,451 )     $        2,528     $     566,046     $   535,123  

 
 
See notes to unaudited combined and consolidated financial statements

F-48


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Combined and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited)
(Dollars in thousands)

   
  Six Months Ended June 30,
     2014   2013
Cash flows from operating activities
                 
Net income   $ 30,498     $   5,693  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
                 
Net change in unrealized appreciation on investments     (83 )       (188 )  
Depreciation and amortization     186       139  
Provision for deferred taxes     60       73  
Amortization of deferred financing costs     87        
Accretion of debt discount     248       232  
Operating adjustments related to Consolidated Funds:
                 
Benefit from deferred taxes     (19 )       (49 )  
Interest income paid-in-kind     (3,515 )       (3,961 )  
Accretion of original issue discount     (697 )       (710 )  
Net realized loss (gain) on investments     (1,288 )       12,579  
Net change in unrealized depreciation on investments     8,400       3,286  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                 
Management fees receivable     (2,613 )       (2,123 )  
Performance fees receivable     (2,556 )       (251 )  
Other assets     (1,340 )       (505 )  
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities     4,732       (467 )  
Performance fee compensation liability     2,266       4,154  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities of Consolidated Funds:
                 
Cash and cash equivalents     (34,678 )       58,349  
Cost of investments purchased     (184,584 )       (43,367 )  
Proceeds from sales and repayments of investments     120,113       28,679  
Interest and dividends receivable     (1,503 )       (946 )  
Other assets     (15,657 )       (388 )  
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other
liabilities
    5,136       674  
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities     (76,807 )       60,903  
Cash flows from investing activities
                 
Purchases of property and equipment     (207 )       (28 )  
Net cash used in investing activities     (207 )       (28 )  
Cash flows from financing activities
                 
Proceeds from issuance of debt obligations     15,000       3,000  
Repayment of loans payable     (1,037 )       (1,000 )  
Distributions to members     (27,438 )       (11,041 )  
Debt issuance costs     (230 )        
Financing activities related to Consolidated Funds:
                 
Contributions from non-controlling interest holders     88,602       34,728  
Distributions to non-controlling interest holders           (86,475 )  
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     74,897       (60,788 )  
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents     (2,117 )       87  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period     5,395       1,292  
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 3,278     $ 1,379  
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activities
                 
Non-cash debt   $    2,500     $       —  
Transfer of membership interests to non-controlling interests in consolidated subsidiaries   $ 928     $  

 
 
See notes to unaudited combined and consolidated financial statements

F-49


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION OF INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

These combined and consolidated financial statements have been prepared to conform to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenue, and expenses. Actual results could differ from those estimates. In the opinion of management, these statements reflect all adjustments, which are of a normal recurring nature, necessary to present fairly Medley LLC, Medley GP Holdings LLC, their wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively, “Medley”) together with certain funds (individually “Consolidated Funds”, together with Medley, the “Company”) financial position, results of operations, equity, and cash flows. These combined and consolidated financial statements and notes are unaudited and should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Audited Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto for the years ended, December 31, 2013 and 2012, included elsewhere in this document.

The Consolidated Funds have been consolidated in the accompanying financial statements for the periods presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Including the results of the Consolidated Funds significantly increases the reported amounts of the assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and cash flows of the Company; however, the Consolidated Funds’ results included herein have no direct effect on the net income attributable to members or on total equity. The economic ownership interests of the investors in the Consolidated Funds are reflected as “Non-controlling interests in Consolidated Funds”, and as “Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests in Consolidated Funds” in the accompanying combined and consolidated financial statements.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Combination and Consolidation

On May 29, 2014, Medley GP Holdings LLC was contributed to Medley LLC. Pursuant to ASC 805-50, Business Combinations — Related Issues (Transactions Between Entities Under Common Control), Medley LLC reports the consolidated results of operations, including Medley GP Holdings LLC, as though the exchange of equity interests had occurred as of January 1, 2014. Medley LLC reflects the transfer of Medley GP Holdings LLC’s assets and liabilities at their carrying value. There is no impact of this transaction to the prior period presentation as Medley GP Holdings LLC and Medley LLC were previously reported on a combined and consolidated basis since both entities were managed by the same Board of Managers and were owned proportionately by the same group of partners.

In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810 —  Consolidation , the Company consolidates those entities where it has a direct and indirect controlling financial interest based on either a variable interest model or voting interest model. As such, the Company consolidates (a) entities that the Company concludes are variable interest entities (“VIEs”), for which the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary and (b) entities in which it holds a majority voting interest or has majority ownership and control over the operational, financial and investing decisions of that entity.

An entity in which the Company holds a variable interest is a VIE if any one of the following conditions exist: (a) the total equity investment at risk is not sufficient to permit the legal entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, (b) the holders of equity investment at risk (as a group) lack either the direct or indirect ability through voting rights or similar rights to make decisions about a legal entity’s activities that have a significant effect on the success of the legal entity or the obligation to absorb the expected losses or right to receive the expected residual returns or (c) the voting rights of some investors are disproportionate to their obligation to absorb the expected losses of the legal entity, their rights to receive the expected residual returns of

F-50


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

the legal entity, or both, and substantially all of the legal entity’s activities either involve or are conducted on behalf of an investor with disproportionately few voting rights. Entities that do not qualify as VIEs are generally assessed for consolidation under the voting interest model.

For those entities that qualify as a VIE, the Company performs an analysis to determine if it is the primary beneficiary. With respect to certain VIEs that qualify for accounting treatment under Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2010-10, the Company determines that it is the primary beneficiary only if its involvement, through holding interests directly or indirectly in the VIE or contractually through other variable interests (e.g., carried interest and management fees), would be expected to absorb a majority of the VIE’s expected losses, receive a majority of the VIE’s expected residual returns, or both. In order to qualify for this accounting treatment, certain conditions have to be met, including if the entities have all the attributes of an investment company and are not securitization or asset-backed financing entities. For all other entities, the Company determines that it is the primary beneficiary if it holds a controlling financial interest defined as possessing both (a) the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and (b) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE at the time it becomes initially involved with the VIE and reconsiders that conclusion continuously. In making its assessment the Company takes into consideration all fee and substantive arrangements, terms and transactions that may exist. The assessment of whether an entity is a VIE and the determination of whether the Company should consolidate such VIE requires judgments and is dependent on the particular facts and circumstances. Each entity is assessed for consolidation on a case by case basis.

For those entities evaluated under the voting interest model, the Company consolidates those entities it controls through a majority voting interest or through other means whereby the Company is the general partner and is presumed to have control. The Company would not consolidate an entity in which the presumption of control by the general partner has been overcome through either the granting of substantive rights to the unaffiliated investors to either dissolve the entity or remove the general partner (“kick-out-rights) or the granting of substantive participating rights.

Consolidated Variable Interest Entity

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC have one majority owned subsidiary that is a consolidated VIE. This entity was organized as a limited liability company and was legally formed to manage a designated fund and to isolate business risk. As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, total assets of this VIE reflected in the consolidated balance sheets were $13.4 million and $11.9 million, respectively. Total liabilities, after eliminating entries, of this VIE were $19.9 million and $16.1 million as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. Except to the extent of the assets of this VIE that are consolidated, the holders of the consolidated VIE’s liabilities generally do not have recourse to the Company.

Consolidated Funds

With respect to the Consolidated Funds, which represent limited partnerships, the Company earns a fixed management fee based on committed capital, invested capital or a derivation thereof, or net asset value (“NAV”) and a performance fee based upon the investment returns in excess of a stated hurdle rate. The Company considered the accounting treatment under ASU 2010-10 as all the respective conditions have been met and determined that the funds were not VIEs. However, as the general partner, and due to the lack of substantive kick out or participating of the limited partners, these funds have been consolidated under the voting interest model in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 810-20, “ Control of Partnerships and Similar Entities ”.

F-51


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

Non-Consolidated Variable Interest Entities

Beginning in November 2006, the Company held a variable interest in an investment fund which was formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands and organized to make investments in a diversified portfolio of corporate and asset-based investments. The equity holders (as a group) lack the direct and indirect ability through voting rights or similar rights to make decisions about a legal entity’s activities that have a significant effect on the success of the legal entity. As such, this entity is considered to be a VIE. The Company has a variable interest in the fund through an investment management agreement pursuant to which the Company manages the investment activities of the fund, receives an annual base management fee and is entitled to receive an incentive fee, subject to the underlying financial performance of the investment fund. The Company does not consolidate this entity as the Company is not deemed to be its primary beneficiary. The Company determined that it was not the primary beneficiary as it does not absorb a majority of the entity’s expected losses, receive a majority of the entity’s expected residual returns or have majority control of the entity. The Company considered the accounting treatment under ASU 2010-10 as all the respective conditions have been met.

Since inception through December 31, 2012, the annual base management fee was equal to 2.0% of the fund’s net assets. Effective January 1, 2013 the annual base management fee was reduced to 1.25% of the fund’s net assets. On January 1, 2014, the base management fee was further reduced to 0.75% of the fund’s net assets. The annual incentive fee was equal to 20% of the net profits of the fund, subject to a high water mark and was paid annually, if applicable. Effective January 1, 2010, this fund ceased accepting new investors into the fund and also ceased making new investments. Since that time, this fund has been realizing or exiting its investment and returning capital back to its investors. Accordingly, the annual base management fee has been declining and is expected to continue to decline. During fiscal 2012, the fund’s financial performance declined and the incentive fee calculation fell below the high water mark. For the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, the Company received fees of $0.7 million and $2.2 million, respectively from this non-consolidated VIE. At June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, there were no assets recognized in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets related to the non-consolidated VIE and the Company had no exposure to losses from the entity.

Beginning in March 2011, the Company also held a variable interest in two non-consolidated entities. The entities served as the general partner and investment adviser to a credit focused long/short equity hedge fund. Pursuant to an investment management agreement, these entities earned an annual base management and were also entitled to receive an annual incentive fee based upon the economic performance of the fund. In 2011, the Company acquired, from the Portfolio Manager, a voting interest in these entities however pursuant to the operating agreements the Portfolio Manager retained responsibility for all investment decision making activities. The Portfolio Manager also retained the economic interest entitled to receive the management and incentive fees. The Company was entitled to receive an economic interest in the base management and incentive fees subject to certain milestones. These entities began winding down operations in late 2012 and as of December 31, 2012, substantially all of the investments were sold and the capital was returned to investors. The winding down activities of these entities were managed by the Portfolio Manager and the Company did not participate in any decision making related to the wind down of these entities or receive any fees resulting from the wind down. The Company never received any income from these entities as the stated milestones were never met.

The entities are VIEs because the total equity investment at risk is not sufficient to permit the legal entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, or the equity holders (as a group) lack the direct or indirect ability through voting rights or similar rights to make

F-52


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

decisions about a legal entity’s activities that have a significant effect on the success of the legal entity or the obligation to absorb the expected losses or right to receive the expected residual returns. The Company does not consolidate either of these entities as the Company is not deemed to be the primary beneficiary. The Company determined that it was not the primary beneficiary as it does not absorb a majority of either entity’s expected losses, receive a majority of the entity’s expected residual returns or have majority control of the entity. The Company considered the accounting treatment under ASU 2010-10 as all the respective conditions have been met.

The Company held a nominal interest in these non-consolidated VIEs and there were no assets recognized in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets related to these non-consolidated VIEs and the Company had no exposure to losses from these entities other than its nominal interest.

Seed Investments

Medley accounts for its seed investments through the application of the voting interest under ASC 810-10-25-1 through 25-14 and would consolidate a seed investment when the investment advisor holds a controlling interest, in general, 50% or more of the equity in such investment. For seed investments for which Medley does not hold a controlling interest, Medley would account for such seed investment under the equity method of accounting, at its ownership percentage of such seed investment’s net asset value. Medley’s investment in SIC amounted to $10.3 million and $10.2 million as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, and is included as a component of investments, at fair value, on its combined and consolidated balance sheets.

Basis of Accounting

The accompanying combined and consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Management has determined that the Company’s Consolidated Funds are investment companies under U.S. GAAP for the purposes of financial reporting. U.S. GAAP requires that investments held by an investment company be recorded at fair value and any unrealized appreciation (depreciation) in an investment’s fair value is recognized on a current basis in the combined and consolidated statements of operations. Additionally, the Consolidated Funds do not consolidate their majority-owned and controlled investments in portfolio companies. In the preparation of these combined and consolidated financial statements, the Company has retained the specialized accounting guidance for the Consolidated Funds under U.S. GAAP.

All of the investments held by the Consolidated Funds are presented at their estimated fair values in the Company’s combined and consolidated balance sheets. Interest income and interest expense of the Consolidated Funds are included in interest of Consolidated Funds in the Company’s combined and consolidated statements of operations.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

In the normal course of business, the Company encounters significant credit and market risk. Credit risk is the risk of default on investments in debt securities, loans and derivatives that result from a borrower’s or derivative counterparty’s inability or unwillingness to make required or expected payments. Credit risk is increased in situations where the Company is investing in distressed assets or unsecured or subordinate loans or in securities that are a material part of its respective business. Market risk reflects changes in the value of investments due to changes in interest rates, credit spreads or other market factors.

The Company may make investments outside of the United States. These non-U.S. investments are subject to the same risks associated with U.S. investments as well as additional risks, such as fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, unexpected changes in regulatory requirements,

F-53


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

heightened risk of political and economic instability, difficulties in managing the investments, potentially adverse tax consequences, and the burden of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting period. Management’s estimates are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. These assumptions and estimates also require management to exercise judgment in the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies. Assumptions and estimates regarding the valuation of investments and their resulting impact on performance fee revenue involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity and these assumptions and estimates may be significant to the combined and consolidated financial statements. Actual results could differ from these estimates and such differences could be material.

Indemnification

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contractual agreements that provide general indemnifications against losses, costs, claims and liabilities arising from the performance of individual obligations under such agreements. The Company has not experienced any prior claims or payments pursuant to such agreements. The Company’s individual maximum exposure under these arrangements is unknown, as this would involve future claims that may be made against the Company that have not yet occurred. However, based on management’s experience, the Company expects the risk of loss to be remote.

Non-Controlling Interests in Consolidated Funds

Non-controlling interests in Consolidated Funds represent the component of equity in Consolidated Funds attributable to third-party investors. These interests are adjusted for general partner allocations and by subscriptions and redemptions in funds that occur during the reporting period.

Investments

Investments include (a) an equity method investment that is not consolidated but in which the Company exerts significant influence, and (b) investments held by the Consolidated Funds. Medley measures the fair value of its equity method investment that does not have a readily determinable fair value at net asset value or market value. Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) resulting from changes in fair value of the equity method investee is reflected as a component of other expenses, net in the combined and consolidated statements of operations.

The Consolidated Funds reflect their investments at fair value with unrealized appreciation (depreciation) resulting from changes in fair value reflected as a component of net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments of Consolidated Funds in the combined and consolidated statements of operations. Fair value is the amount that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (i.e., the exit price).

Fair Value Measurements

The Consolidated Fund’s apply fair value accounting to all of its financial instruments in accordance with ASC 820 —  Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”). ASC 820

F-54


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

defines fair value, establishes a framework used to measure fair value and requires disclosures for fair value measurements. In accordance with ASC 820, the Consolidated Funds have categorized their financial instruments carried at fair value, based on the priority of the valuation technique, into a three-level fair value hierarchy as discussed in Note 4. Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of the market participant who holds the financial instrument rather than an entity specific measure. Therefore, when market assumptions are not readily available, the Consolidated Funds’ own assumptions are set to reflect those that management believes market participants would use in pricing the financial instrument at the measurement date.

Investments for which market quotations are readily available are valued at such market quotations, which are generally obtained from an independent pricing service or multiple broker-dealers or market makers. The Company weights the use of third-party broker quotes, if any, in determining fair value based on the Company’s understanding of the level of actual transactions used by the broker to develop the quote and whether the quote was an indicative price or binding offer. However, debt investments with remaining maturities within 60 days that are not credit impaired are valued at cost plus accreted discount, or minus amortized premium, which approximates fair value. Investments for which market quotations are not readily available are valued at fair value as determined by the Company based upon inputs by third-party valuation firms. Because these investments are illiquid and because there may not be any directly comparable companies whose financial instruments have observable market values, these loans are valued using a fundamental valuation methodology, consistent with traditional asset pricing standards, that is objective and consistently applied across all loans and through time.

The Consolidated Funds use third-party valuation firms to assist in the valuation of its portfolio investments. The valuation reports generated by the third-party valuation firms consider the evaluation of financing and sale transactions with third parties, expected cash flows and market- based information, including comparable transactions, performance multiples, and movement in yields of debt instruments, among other factors. Based on market data obtained from the third-party valuation firms, the Consolidated Funds use a combined market yield analysis and an enterprise model of valuation. In applying the market yield analysis, the value of the Consolidated Funds’ loans is determined based upon inputs such as the coupon rate, current market yield, interest rate spreads of similar securities, the stated value of the loan, and the length to maturity. In applying the enterprise model, the Consolidated Funds use a waterfall analysis that takes into account the specific capital structure of the borrower and the related seniority of the instruments within the borrower’s capital structure into consideration. To estimate the enterprise value of the portfolio company, some or all of the traditional market valuation methods and factors are weighed based on the individual circumstances of the portfolio company in order to estimate the enterprise value. The methodologies for performing investments may be based on, among other things: valuations of comparable public companies, recent sales of private and public comparable companies, discounting the forecasted cash flows of the portfolio company, third-party valuations of the portfolio company, considering offers from third parties to buy the company, estimating the value to potential strategic buyers and considering the value of recent investments in the equity securities of the portfolio company. For non-performing investments, the Company may estimate the liquidation or collateral value of the portfolio company’s assets and liabilities using an expected recovery model. The Company may estimate the fair value of warrants based on a model such as the Black-Scholes model or simulation models or a combination thereof.

A multi-step valuation process is undertaken each quarter when valuing portfolio investments for which market quotations are not readily available, as described below:

F-55


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

The quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio investment being initially valued by the Company’s internal valuation team;
An independent valuation firm engaged by the Consolidated Funds’ prepares an independent valuation report for approximately one third of the portfolio investments each quarter on a rotating quarterly basis on non-fiscal year-end quarters, such that each of these investments will be valued by independent valuation firms at least twice per annum when combined with the fiscal year-end review of all the investments by independent valuation firms; and
Preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with senior management.

Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of the Consolidated Funds’ investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments, and the differences could be material.

Revenues

Management Fees

The Company provides investment management services to both public and private investment vehicles. Management fees include both base management fees, other management fees, and Part I incentive fees, as described below.

Base management fees are calculated based on either (a) the average or ending gross assets balance for the relevant period, (b) limited partners’ capital commitments to the funds, (c) invested capital, or (d) the net asset value of certain funds. For the private funds, the Company receives base management fees during a specified period of time, which is generally ten years from the initial closing date. However, such termination date may be earlier in certain limited circumstances or later if extended for successive one-year periods, typically up to a maximum of two years. Depending upon the contracted terms of the investment management agreement, management fees are paid either quarterly in advance, or quarterly in arrears, and are recognized as earned over the period the services are provided.

Certain management agreements provide for the Company to receive other management fee revenue derived from up front origination fees paid by the portfolio companies of the Consolidated Funds and separately managed accounts. These fees are recognized when the Company becomes entitled to such fees.

Certain management agreements also provide for the Company to receive Part I incentive fee revenue derived from net interest income (excluding gains and losses) above a hurdle rate. These fees are not subject to repayment, clawbacks or netting against realized losses. Depending upon the contracted terms of the investment management agreement, Part I incentive fees are paid either quarterly in advance, or quarterly in arrears, and are recognized as earned over the period the services are provided.

Performance Fees

Performance fees consist principally of the allocation of profits from certain funds to which the Company provides management services. The Company is generally entitled to an allocation of income as a performance fee after returning the invested capital plus a specified preferred return as set forth in each respective agreement. The Company recognizes revenues attributable to performance fees based upon the amount that would be due pursuant to the fund partnership

F-56


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

agreement at each period end as if the funds were terminated at that date. Accordingly, the amount recognized reflects the Company’s share of the gains and losses of the associated funds’ underlying investments measured at their current fair values. Performance fee revenue may include reversals of previously recognized performance fees due to a decrease in the net income of a particular fund that results in a decrease of cumulative performance fees earned to date. Since fund return hurdles are cumulative, previously recognized performance fees also may be reversed in a period of appreciation that is lower than the particular fund’s hurdle rate. There were no reversals of previously recognized performance fee revenue during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013. Cumulative performance fees recognized through June 30, 2014 were $5.7 million.

Performance fees received in prior periods may be required to be returned by the Company in future periods if the funds’ investment performance declines below certain levels. Each fund is considered separately in this regard and, for a given fund, performance fees can never be negative over the life of a fund. If upon a hypothetical liquidation of a fund’s investments at their then current fair values previously recognized and distributed performance fees would be required to be returned, a liability is established for the potential clawback obligation. As of June 30, 2014, Medley had not received any distribution of performance fees. As such, no amounts have been accrued for clawback obligations in the accompanying combined and consolidated financial statements.

Other Income and Fees

The Company provides administrative services to certain affiliated funds and is reimbursed for direct and allocated expenses incurred in providing such administrative services, as set forth in the respective agreement. These fees are recognized as revenue in the period administrative services are rendered.

Included in other income and fees are reimbursements received by the Company from Sierra Income Corporation (“SIC”) under an investment advisory agreement. Expenses incurred by the Company under this agreement are recorded within general, administrative, and other expenses in the combined and consolidated statements of operations. For additional information on these reimbursements, refer to Note 9.

Performance Fee Compensation

The Company has issued profit interests in certain subsidiaries to selected employees. These profit-sharing arrangements are accounted for under ASC 710, Compensation — General (“ASC 710”), which requires compensation expense to be measured at fair value at the grant date and expensed over the vesting period, which is usually the period over which service is provided. The fair value of the profit interests are re-measured at each balance sheet date and adjusted for changes in estimates of cash flows and vesting percentages. The impact of such changes is recorded in the combined and consolidated statements of operations as an increase or decrease to performance fee compensation.

Income Taxes

No provision has been made for U.S. federal income taxes in the accompanying combined and consolidated financial statements since the Company is a group of pass-through entities for U.S. income tax purposes and its profits and losses are allocated to the partners who are individually responsible for reporting such amounts. Based on applicable state and local tax laws, the Company records a provision for income taxes for certain entities. Tax positions taken by the Company are subject to periodic audit by U.S. state and local taxing authorities.

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability approach, which requires the recognition of tax benefits or expenses for temporary differences between the financial reporting

F-57


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

and tax basis of assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. The Company also recognizes a tax benefit from uncertain tax positions only if it is “more likely than not” that the position is sustainable based on its technical merits. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax expense.

The Company analyzes its tax filing positions in all of the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax jurisdictions where it is required to file income tax returns, as well as for all open tax years in these jurisdictions. If, based on this analysis, the Company determines that uncertainties in tax positions exist, a liability is established. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of the provision for income taxes within the combined and consolidated statements of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2013, the FASB issued guidance to clarify the characteristics of an investment company and to provide guidance for assessing whether an entity is an investment company. Consistent with existing guidance for investment companies, all investments are to be measured at fair value including non-controlling ownership interests in other investment companies. There are no changes to the current requirements relating to the retention of specialized accounting in the consolidated financial statements of a non-investment company parent. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2013 and early application is prohibited. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s combined and consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) . The guidance outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. The amendments are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, that this ASU will have on its combined and consolidated financial statements.

3. INVESTMENTS

The composition of investments is as follows:

   
  June 30,
2014
(unaudited)
  December 31,
2013
     (Dollars in thousands)
Equity method investment, at fair value   $ 10,256     $ 10,173  
Investments of Consolidated Funds, at fair value     473,789       412,218  
Total Investments   $  484,045     $  422,391  

Equity Method Investment, at Fair Value

Medley measures its equity method investment in SIC at net asset value or at market value. Total unrealized appreciation recorded for the Company’s equity method investment is included in other expenses, net and amounted to $0.08 million and $0.19 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

F-58


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

3. INVESTMENTS  – (continued)

Investments in Consolidated Funds

The following table presents a summary of the investments held by the Consolidated Funds and as a percentage of total investments of Consolidated Funds.

       
  Investments of Consolidated Funds
     Fair Value   Percentage
     June 30,
2014
(unaudited)
  December 31, 2013   June 30,
2014
(unaudited)
  December 31, 2013
     (Dollars in thousands)          
Geographic Region/Investment Type/Industry Description:
                                   
North America:
                                   
Senior secured loans and notes:
                                   
Banking   $ 28,285     $ 28,853       6.0 %       7.0 %  
Business Services     17,653       14,370       3.7 %       3.5 %  
Consumer Goods     16,654       16,871       3.5 %       4.1 %  
Financial Services     21,190       20,806       4.5 %       5.0 %  
Chemicals, Plastics and Rubber     21,162             4.5 %       0.0 %  
Healthcare, Wellness and Education     33,480       18,575       7.1 %       4.5 %  
Insurance     7,154       6,456       1.5 %       1.6 %  
Manufacturing     33,202       1,847       7.0 %       0.4 %  
Media and Entertainment Services     23,970       33,815       5.1 %       8.2 %  
Medical Transcription Services     22,802       14,235       4.8 %       3.4 %  
Oil and Gas/Energy     47,941       31,168       10.1 %       7.6 %  
Container and Packaging     24,166       7,000       5.1 %       1.7 %  
Personal and Nondurable Consumer Products     32,268       44,040       6.8 %       10.7 %  
Personal Services     14,145       14,000       3.0 %       3.4 %  
Real Estate     66,547       44,674       14.0 %       10.8 %  
Retail and Commercial Kitchen Appliances     13,180       13,000       2.8 %       3.2 %  
Structured Finance Securities           49,326       0.0 %       12.0 %  
Vehicle Service Contracts           17,110       0.0 %       4.2 %  
Other     565       799       0.1 %       0.2 %  
Total Senior Secured Loans and Notes (cost of $461,903 and $394,479, respectively)   $  424,364     $  376,945       89.6 %       91.5 %  
South America:
                                   
Senior secured loans and notes:
                                   
Energy   $ 1,447     $ 2,922       0.3 %       0.7 %  
Financial Services     1,460       2,314       0.3 %       0.6 %  
Total senior secured loans and notes (cost of $13,076 and $12,932, respectively)   $ 2,907     $ 5,236       0.6 %       1.3 %  
Asia:
                                   
Real Estate (cost of $1,373)   $ 1,376     $ 1,376       0.3 %       0.3 %  

F-59


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

3. INVESTMENTS  – (continued)

       
  Investments of Consolidated Funds
     Fair Value   Percentage
     June 30,
2014
(unaudited)
  December 31, 2013   June 30,
2014
(unaudited)
  December 31, 2013
     (Dollars in thousands)          
Geographic Region/Investment
Type/Industry Description:
                                   
North America:
                                   
Equity interests in limited liability companies:
                                   
Banking   $ 5,946     $ 3,646       1.2 %       0.9 %  
Oil and Gas     3,975       565       0.8 %       0.1 %  
Telecommunications     790       968       0.2 %       0.2 %  
Healthcare Education     300             0.1 %       0.0 %  
Insurance     261             0.1 %       0.0 %  
Packaging/Manufacturing     525       2,896       0.1 %       0.7 %  
Real Estate     14,444       10,549       3.0 %       2.6 %  
Total Equity Interest in Limited Liability Companies (cost of $17,734 and $16,904, respectively)   $ 26,241     $ 18,624       5.5 %       4.5 %  
Common Stock (cost of $8,874 and $8,755, respectively)   $ 1,139     $ 2,038       0.2 %       0.5 %  
Preferred Stock (cost of $10,064 and $10,444, respectively)     439       362       0.1 %       0.1 %  
Warrants:
                                   
Container and Packaging     518             0.1 %       0.0 %  
Healthcare and Wellness     5,167       1,115       1.1 %       0.3 %  
Medical Transcription Services     269       15       0.1 %       0.0 %  
Oil and Gas     794             0.2 %       0.0 %  
Real Estate     1,247       540       0.3 %       0.1 %  
Retail and Commercial Kitchen Appliances     1,540       1,318       0.3 %       0.3 %  
Structured Finance Securities     6,402       2,639       1.3 %       0.6 %  
Vehicle Service Contracts     436       588       0.1 %       0.2 %  
Total Warrants (cost of $3,342 and $1,484, respectively)     16,373       6,215       3.5 %       1.5 %  
Total Equity Securities (cost of $22,280 and $20,683, respectively)   $ 17,951     $ 8,615       3.8 %       2.1 %  
Collectibles (cost of $1,385)   $ 950     $ 1,422       0.2 %       0.3 %  
Total Investments of Consolidated Funds (cost of $517,712 and $447,756, respectively)   $  473,789     $  412,218       100.0 %       100.0 %  

F-60


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

4. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company follows ASC 820 for measuring the fair value of portfolio investments. Fair value is the price that would be received in the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Where available, fair value is based on observable market prices or parameters, or derived from such prices or parameters. Where observable prices or inputs are not available, valuation models are applied. These valuation models involve some level of management estimation and judgment, the degree of which is dependent on the price transparency for the instruments or market and the instruments’ complexity. The Company’s fair value analysis includes an analysis of the value of any unfunded loan commitments. Financial investments recorded at fair value in the combined and consolidated financial statements are categorized for disclosure purposes based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their value. The valuation hierarchical levels are based upon the transparency of the inputs to the valuation of the investment as of the measurement date. The fair value hierarchy consists of the following tiers:

Level I  — Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

Level II  — Valuations based on inputs other than quoted prices in active markets included in Level I, which are either directly or indirectly observable at the measurement date. This category includes quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in non-active markets including actionable bids from third parties for privately held assets or liabilities, and observable inputs other than quoted prices such as yield curves and forward currency rates that are entered directly into valuation models to determine the value of derivatives or other assets or liabilities.

Level III  — Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and where there is little, if any, market activity at the measurement date. The inputs for the determination of fair value may require significant management judgment or estimation and is based upon management’s assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities.

Fair Value Measurement on a Recurring Basis

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the determination of which category within the fair value hierarchy is appropriate for any given financial instrument is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the financial instrument.

In addition to using the above inputs in investment valuations, the Company continues to employ a valuation policy that is consistent with ASC 820 (Note 2). Consistent with the Company’s valuation policy, management evaluates the source of inputs, including any markets in which the investments are trading, in determining fair value.

Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of the Company’s investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments, and the differences could be material.

The Company’s equity method investment is valued based on its proportionate share of the net assets of the underlying fund. The terms of the investments generally preclude the ability to redeem the investment. Distributions from this investment will be received as the underlying assets in the funds are liquidated, the timing of which cannot be readily determined.

F-61


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

4. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS  – (continued)

The following tables present the fair value measurements of the Consolidated Funds’ investments and Medley’s equity method investment in SIC, by major class according to the fair value hierarchy:

       
  As of June 30, 2014 (unaudited)
     Level I   Level II   Level III   Total
     (Dollars in thousands)
Assets
                                   
Senior secured loans and notes   $     $     $  427,271     $  427,271  
Equity interests in LLCs                 26,241       26,241  
Equity securities     99       66       17,786       17,951  
Investments in tangible assets                 2,326       2,326  
Equity method investment                 10,256       10,256  
Total   $     99     $      66     $ 483,880     $ 484,045  

  

       
  As of December 31, 2013
     Level I   Level II   Level III   Total
     (Dollars in thousands)
Assets
                                   
Senior secured loans and notes   $     $     $  382,181     $  382,181  
Equity interests in LLCs                 18,624       18,624  
Equity securities     105       95       8,415       8,615  
Investments in tangible assets                 2,798       2,798  
Equity method investment                 10,173       10,173  
Total   $     105     $     95     $ 422,191     $ 422,391  

  

The following tables provide a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for the Consolidated Funds’ Level III investments and Medley’s equity method investment in SIC:

           
  Financial Assets at June 30, 2014 (unaudited)
     Investments of Consolidated Funds    
     Senior Secured Loans and Notes   Equity Interests in LLCs   Equity Securities   Tangible Assets   Equity Method Investment   Total
     (Dollars in thousands)
Balance, beginning of year   $ 382,181     $ 18,624     $ 8,415     $ 2,798     $ 10,173     $ 422,191  
Amortization     697                               697  
Paid in-kind interest income     3,515                               3,515  
Purchases     181,475       822       2,287                   184,584  
Sales and settlements     (119,443 )             (670 )                   (120,113 )  
Realized and unrealized appreciation (depreciation), net     (21,154 )       6,795       7,754       (472 )       83       (6,994 )  
Balance, end of period   $  427,271     $  26,241     $  17,786     $  2,326     $  10,256     $  483,880  
Changes in unrealized (gains) losses included in earnings related to financial assets still held at the reporting date   $  (22,467 )     $  6,795     $  7,778     $  (472 )     $  83     $  (8,283 )  

F-62


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

4. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS  – (continued)

           
  Financial Assets at December 31, 2013
     Investments of Consolidated Funds    
     Senior Secured Loans and Notes   Equity Interests in LLCs   Equity Securities   Tangible Assets   Equity Method Investment   Total
     (Dollars in thousands)
Balance, beginning of year   $ 308,040     $ 14,790     $   11,912     $ 5,160     $ 9,929     $ 349,831  
Amortization     1,438                               1,438  
Paid in-kind interest income     9,500                               9,500  
Purchases     170,914       2,727       391                   174,032  
Sales and settlements     (89,599 )       (105 )       (2,865 )       (800 )             (93,369 )  
Realized and unrealized appreciation (depreciation), net     (18,112 )       1,212       (1,023 )       (1,562 )       244       (19,241 )  
Balance, end of year   $  382,181     $  18,624     $  8,415     $  2,798     $  10,173     $  422,191  
Changes in unrealized (gains) losses included in earnings related to financial assets still held at the reporting date   $ (15,751 )     $ 2,739     $ (972 )     $   (2,361 )     $ 244     $ (16,101 )  

A review of fair value hierarchy classifications is conducted on a quarterly basis. Changes in the observability of valuation inputs may result in a reclassification for certain financial assets or liabilities. Reclassifications impacting Level III of the fair value hierarchy are reported as transfers in or out or the Level III category as of the beginning of the quarter in which the reclassifications occur.

There were no transfers between any levels in the fair value hierarchy during the six and twelve months ended June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

F-63


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

4. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS  – (continued)

The following tables summarize the quantitative inputs and assumptions used for the Consolidated Funds’ Level III inputs and the Company’s investment in its equity method investee as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013:

           
Assets   Fair Value at June 30, 2014
(Unaudited)
  Valuation Technique(s)   Unobservable input   Range   Weighted Average
  Minimum   Maximum
     (Dollars in thousands)                         
Senior Secured Loans   $ 193       Negotiated sales proceeds       Expected Sales Approach     $ 4,000,000     $ 4,000,000     $ 4,000,000  
       3,864       Sales comparison approach       Price per acre     $ 8,000     $ 41,000     $ 26,558  
                         Price per square foot     $ 1,976       2,167       2,072  
                         Price per room     $ 43,200     $ 71,429     $ 57,315  
                         Price per unit     $ 155,734     $ 228,009     $ 191,872  
       412       Current value       LTM Revenue multiple       0.55x       0.80x       0.68x  
                         Ton capacity multiple     $ 139     $ 149     $ 145  
       5,058       Income Approach (DCF)       Discount rate       12.0 %       35.0 %       20.4 %  
                         EBITDA exit multiple       7.00x       7.5x       7.25x  
       1,000       Cost Approach       Indirect costs       10.0 %       20.0 %       15.0 %  
                         Profit Margin       20.0 %       20.0 %       25.0 %  
       375,670       Income Approach (DCF)       Market yield       10.0 %       15.5 %       12.7  
                         Discount rate       14.3 %       18.0 %       16.1 %  
                         Recent arms-length
transactions
      11.0 %       14.8 %       12.9 %  
       15,305       Market Approach (Guideline
comparable)
      EBITDA multiple       6.0x       7.0x       6.5x  
                         Rev Multiple/EBITDA
multiple
      45x/4x       0.48x/5.3x       0.47x/4.7x  
       15,730       Market Approach
(Sales proceeds)
      N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  
       6,520       Market Approach
(Expected proceeds)
      N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  
       1,503       Guideline Comparable       LTM EBITDA multiple       4.75x       5.75x       5.25x  
                         LTM Revenue multiple       0.50x       0.75x       0.63x  
                         CFY Revenue multiple       0.90x       1.10x       1.00x  
                         CFY EBITDA multiple       7.00x       7.50x       7.25x  
       26       Market Approach       Market yield       13.9 %       13.9 %       13.9 %  
       1,845       Enterprise valuation analysis       Liquidation proceeds     $ 205.8M     $ 205.8M     $ 205.8M  
       145       Liquidation Approach       Asset coverage     $ 1,445,312     $ 1,445,312     $ 1,445,312  
Equity Interests in LLCs     14,705       Income Approach (DCF)       Discount rate       14.3 %       22.0 %       21.9 %  
                         Market yield       13.4 %       13.4 %       13.4 %  
       10,746       Market Approach (Guideline
comparable)
      Book value multiple       1.0x       1.10x       1.05x  
                         EBITDA multiple       4.0x       15.5x       5.7x  
                         Recent arms-length
transactions
      N/A       N/A       N/A  
       790       Income Approach (DCF)       Discount rate       18.0 %       44.0 %       29.5 %  
                         Capitalization rate       7.0 %       8.0 %       8.5 %  
Equity Securities     8,172       Market Approach
(Guideline comparable)
      EBITDA multiple       4.5x       8.9x       5.6x  
       974       Market Approach
(Guideline comparable)
      LTM EBITDA multiple       11.0x       12.0x       11.5x  
                         NJM revenue multiple       0.60x       0.80x       0.70x  
                Market Approach (Current
Value)
      Revenue multiple       1.6x       1.6x       1.6x  

F-64


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

4. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS  – (continued)

           
Assets   Fair Value at June 30, 2014
(Unaudited)
  Valuation Technique(s)   Unobservable input   Range   Weighted Average
  Minimum   Maximum
     (Dollars in thousands)                         
       1,281       Recent arms-length
transactions
      Recent arms-length
transactions
      N/A       N/A       N/A  
       6,920       Option Pricing Model       Volatility       50.0 %       61.0 %       55.5 %  
       439       Guideline Comparable       LTM EBITDA multiple       5.0x       5.5x       5.3x  
                         LTM revenue multiple       0.75x       0.75x       0.6x  
Tangible Assets     950       Market Approach       Appraisal of assets     $ 500,000     $ 1,400,000     $ 350,000  
       1,376       Sales Comparison Approach       Price per square meter       CNY 6,716        CNY 6,716        CNY 6,716   
Equity method investment     10,256       Net Asset Value of Underlying Fund       N/A       N/A        N/A        N/A   
     $  483,880                                

F-65


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

4. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS  – (continued)

           
           
Assets   Fair Value at December 31, 2013   Valuation Technique(s)   Unobservable input   Range   Weighted Average
  Minimum   Maximum
     (Dollars in thousands)                         
Senior Secured Loans   $ 386       Sales Comparison Approach       Price per ton     $ 0.25     $ 1.00     $ 0.63  
       1,487       Market Approach       Price per acre     $ 8,750     $ 42,396     $ 25,573  
       2,169       Market Approach       Price per room     $ 32,038     $ 71,429     $ 51,734  
                         Price per unit     $ 152,507     $ 417,016     $ 284,762  
                         Discount-lack of
marketability
      25.0 %       35.0 %       30.0 %  
       7,362       Income Approach (DCF)       Discount rate       12.0 %       17.4 %       14.7 %  
       349,635       Income Approach (DCF)       Market yield       9.0 %       20.2 %       13.7 %  
       14,370       Market Approach (Guideline
Comparable)
      EBITDA multiple       6.0x       6.0x       6.0x  
       1,871       Enterprise valuation analysis       Liquidation proceeds     $ 205.8M     $ 205.8M     $ 205.8M  
       25       Income Approach (DCF)       Market yield       14.2 %       14.2 %       14.2 %  
       335       Current Value       LTM Revenue multiple       1.50x       1.75x       1.63x  
       412       Guideline Comparable       Forward EBITDA multiple       3.75x       3.75x       3.75x  
       1,109       Guideline Comparable       LTM EBITDA multiple       5.25x       5.25x       5.25x  
                Guideline Comparable       LTM Revenue multiple       0.6x       0.6x       0.6x  
       1,000       Cost Approach       Expected proceeds     $ 10,000,000     $ 10,000,000     $ 10,000,000  
       1,609       Liquidation Approach       Asset coverage     $ 16,095,312     $ 16,095,312     $ 16,095,312  
Equity Interests in LLCs     2,313       Income Approach (DCF)       Discount rate       16.5 %       16.5 %       16.5 %  
                Income Approach (DCF)       Long term growth rate       1.5 %       1.5 %       1.5 %  
       3,646       Market Approach (Guideline
Comparable)
      Investment portfolio
multiple
      1.0x       1.0x       1.0x  
       11,698       Cost approach       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  
       968       Backsolve Methodology       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  
Equity Securities     411       Income Approach (DCF)       Discount rate       12.0 %       50.0 %       15.9 %  
       154       Market Approach (Guideline       LTM EBITDA multiple       11.5x       11.5x       11.5x  
                Comparable)       LTM revenue multiple       1.5x       1.5x       1.5x  
       964       Market Approach (Current
Value)
      Revenue multiple       1.6x       1.6x       1.6x  
                Market Approach (Current
Value)
      Price per ton     $ 148     $ 148     $ 148  
       720       Income Approach (DCF)       Discount rate       30.0 %       30.0 %       30.0 %  
       362       Guideline Comparable       LTM revenue multiple       5.3x       5.3x       5.3x  
       3,561       Market Approach (Guideline
Comparable)
      EBITDA multiple       3.5x       7.5x       6.1x  
       2,639       Option Model       Volatility       47.9 %       47.9 %       47.9 %  
       15       Cost Approach       N/A       N/A        N/A        N/A   
Tangible Assets     1,421       Market Approach       Appraisal of assets     $ 100,000     $ 3,700,000     $ 1,900,000  
                                                        
       1,376       Sales Comparison Approach       Price per square meter       CNY 6,716        CNY 6,716        CNY 6,716   
Equity method
investment
    10,173       Net Asset Value of Underlying Fund       N/A       N/A        N/A        N/A   
     $  422,191                                

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Consolidated Funds’ investments in senior secured loans include discount due to lack of marketability, discount rate, market yield, earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) and revenue multiples, expected proceeds, and asset coverage. Significant increases or decreases in discount rates, market yields, EBITDA multiples in isolation would result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement.

F-66


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

4. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS  – (continued)

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Consolidated Funds’ investments in equity interests in LLCs include discount rates, long term growth rates, and portfolio multiples. Significant increases or decreases in discount rates, growth rates and portfolio multiples would result in lower or higher fair value measurements.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Consolidated Funds’ investments in equity securities include revenue, EBITDA and revenue multiples, price per ton, expected proceeds, discount rates, and stock price valuation. Significant increases or decreases in these factors would result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Consolidated Funds’ investments in tangible assets include price per ton, price per acre, price per room, price per unit appraisals and price per square foot. Significant increases or decreases in these factors would result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement.

5. OTHER ASSETS

The components of other assets are as follows:

   
  June 30,
2014
(Unaudited)
  December 31, 2013
     (Dollars in thousands)
Other Assets of Medley
                 
Deferred offering costs   $ 1,525     $  
Security deposits     1,218       1,218  
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $1,537 and $1,351, respectively     1,268       1,247  
Administrative fees receivable (Note 9)     1,131       1,640  
Deferred tax assets     621       634  
Deferred financing costs, net     480       337  
Due from affiliates (Note 9)     190       224  
Other     464       8  
Total other assets of Medley     6,897       5,308  
Other Assets of Consolidated Funds
                 
Restricted cash     3,000        
Unsettled trade receivable     12,500        
Other     515       436  
Total other assets of Consolidated Funds     16,015       436  
Total other assets   $   22,912     $    5,744  

For the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, depreciation and amortization expense was $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

Restricted cash of Consolidated Funds consists of $3.0 million held as collateral against an irrevocable standby letter of credit required by a third party lender to one of the fund’s investments.

F-67


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

6. LOANS PAYABLE

The Company’s loans outstanding consist of the following:

   
  June 30, 2014
(Unaudited)
  December 31, 2013
     (Dollars in thousands)
CNB credit agreement
                 
Term loan   $ 29,375     $ 15,000  
Revolving credit facility     3,000       3,000  
Co-invest term loan     1,900       2,000  
Non-recourse promissory notes, net of unamortized discount of $2,762 and $3,010, respectively     10,426       7,990  
Total Loans payable   $   44,701     $   27,990  

CNB Credit Agreement

In December 2013, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with City National Bank (“CNB”), under which it borrowed $15 million in a term loan, $2 million in a co-invest term loan and $3 million under a revolving credit facility. In March 2014, the Company amended the Credit Agreement to increase the term loan to $30 million. The proceeds from these loans were primarily used to purchase membership interests from former Medley members.

The principal amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement, accrue interest, at the option of the Company, either (a) at a Base Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement) plus an applicable margin not to exceed 1.5%, or (b) at LIBOR plus an applicable margin not to exceed 4.00%. The interest rate was 4.19% and 3.44% at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. Medley pledged substantially all of its assets as collateral for the borrowings under the Credit Agreement. The term loan matures in December 2018, the co-invest term loan matures in December 2016, and the revolving credit facility matures in December 2015. The Company may prepay the loans in whole or in part at any time without penalty.

The Credit Agreement contains financial debt covenants that require the Company to maintain the following: a) a minimum level of Assets Under Management; b) a fixed charge coverage ratio, c) a ratio of total outstanding debt to EBITDA. Non-compliance with any of the financial or non financial covenants without cure or waiver would constitute an event of default under the Credit Agreement. An event of default resulting from a breach of certain financial or non financial covenants may result, at the option of the lenders, in an acceleration of the principal and interest outstanding, and a termination of the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement also contains other customary events of default, including defaults based on events of bankruptcy and insolvency, dissolution, nonpayment of principal, interest or fees when due, breach of specified covenants, change in control and material inaccuracy of representations and warranties. There were no events of default under the Credit Agreement as of June 30, 2014.

At June 30, 2014, $34.3 million was outstanding under the Credit Facility including: a) a $29.4 million term loan, b) a $3.0 million revolver, and c) a $1.9 million co-invest term loan. The term loan requires repayments in equal quarterly installments of $1.0 million, beginning July 1, 2014, until paid in full. The Credit Agreement also requires an additional amortization payment of the term loan based upon the amount of distributions made by the Company in the immediately preceding fiscal year above an amount stated in the Credit Agreement. The co-invest loan requires repayments of equal quarterly installments of $0.1 million, which began on April 1, 2014. Debt issuance costs pertaining to the Credit Agreement were $0.6 million and are included in other assets in the combined and consolidated balance sheets. Total interest expense for the Credit Agreement was $0.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. The fair value of the outstanding balances of the term loan, revolving credit facility, and co-invest term loan was approximately $34.5 million at June 30, 2014 based on current market rates for similar debt instruments.

F-68


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

6. LOANS PAYABLE  – (continued)

Non-Recourse Promissory Notes 

In April 2012, the Company borrowed $10 million under two non-recourse promissory notes. Proceeds from the borrowings were used to purchase 1,108,033 shares of common stock of SIC, which were pledged as collateral for the obligations. Interest on the notes is paid quarterly and is equal to the dividends received by the Company related to the pledged shares. The Company may prepay the notes in whole or in part at any time without penalty and the lenders may call the notes if certain conditions are met. The notes are scheduled to mature in March 2019. The proceeds from the notes were recorded net of issuance costs originally amounting to $3.8 million and are being accreted, using the effective interest method, over the term of the non-recourse promissory notes. Total interest expense under this non-recourse promissory noted, including accretion of the note discount, was $ 0.7 million for each of the six month periods ended June 30, 2014 and 2013. The fair value of the outstanding balance of the notes were $10.4 million and $10.2 million as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

In December 2013, the Company issued an unsecured promissory note in the amount of $1.0 million to a former Medley member in connection with the purchase of his membership interests. Interest on the note accrues at an annual rate of 0.25% and the note matures in December 2014.

In March 2014, the Company issued a promissory note in the amount of $2.5 million to a former Medley member in connection with the purchase of his membership interests. The promissory note carries no interest, has quarterly principal payments of $312,500, and matures in March 2016.

Fixed principal payments related to loans payables are as follows (in thousands): 

 
Remaining 2014   $ 3,825  
2015     8,650  
2016     4,713  
2017     4,900  
2018     15,375  
Thereafter     10,000  
     $  47,463  

F-69


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

7. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE, ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES

The components of accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities are as follows:

   
  June 30,
2014
(Unaudited)
  December 31,
2013
     (Dollars in thousands)
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilties of Medley:
                 
Compensation and benefits   $ 4,931     $ 5,650  
Due to affiliates (Note 9)     5,933       3,676  
Revenue share payable (Note 8)     6,684       5,286  
Deferred rent     566       794  
Professional fees     1,919       647  
Deferred tax liabilities     536       391  
Accounts payable     420       625  
Accrued expenses     1,502       544  
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities of Medley     22,491       17,613  
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities of Consolidated Funds     6,198       1,160  
Total accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities   $   28,689     $   18,773  

8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Medley leases office space in New York and San Francisco under non-cancelable lease agreements that expire at various times through December 2020. Rent expense for each of the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 was $1.3 million.

Future minimum rental payments under noncancelable leases are as follows (in thousands):

 
Remaining 2014   $ 1,277  
2015     2,431  
2016     816  
2017     451  
2018     457  
Thereafter     931  
Total future minimum lease payments   $  6,363  

Capital Commitments to Funds

As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had aggregate unfunded commitments of $0.8 million and $1.5 million, respectively, including commitments to both non-consolidated funds and Consolidated Funds.

Other Commitments

In April 2012, the Company entered into an obligation to pay a fixed percentage of management and incentive fees received by the Company from SIC. The agreement was entered into contemporaneously with the $10 million non-recourse promissory notes that were issued to the same parties (Note 6). The two transactions were deemed to be related freestanding contracts and the $10 million of loan proceeds were allocated to the contracts using their relative fair values. At inception, the Company recognized an obligation of $4.4 million representing the present value of the future cash flows expected to be paid under this agreement. At June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the obligation amounted to $6.7 million and $5.3 million, respectively and is recorded as a component of

F-70


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES  – (continued)

accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities on the combined and consolidated balance sheets as revenue share payable. The change in the estimated cash flows for this obligation is recorded in other expenses, net on the combined and consolidated statements of operations.

9. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Substantially all of Medley’s revenue is earned through agreements with its consolidated and non-consolidated funds for which it collects management and performance fees for providing investment and management services.

In April 2012, Medley entered into an investment advisory agreement (“IAA”) with SIC. Pursuant to the terms of the IAA, Medley agreed to bear all organization and offering expenses (“O&O Expenses”) related to SIC until the earlier of a) the end of the SIC offering period, or b) such time that SIC has raised $300 million in gross proceeds in connection with the sale of shares of its common stock. Effective June 2, 2014, Medley is no longer liable for these expenses as SIC had reached the $300 million in gross proceeds threshold. The SIC IAA requires SIC to reimburse Medley for O&O Expenses incurred by Medley in an amount equal to 1.25% of the aggregate gross proceeds in connection with the sale of shares of its common stock until the earlier of a) the end of the SIC offering period, which is currently scheduled to terminate in April 2015 or b) Medley has been repaid in full.

Medley incurred O&O Expenses of $1.5 million, and $0.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, which were recorded within general, administrative, and other expenses in the combined and consolidated statements of operations. Reimbursements of $2.2 million and $0.5 million were recorded in other income and fees in the combined and consolidated statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

In June 2012, Medley entered into an Expense Support and Reimbursement Agreement (“ESA”) with SIC. Under the ESA, until December 31, 2014, unless extended, Medley will pay up to 100% of SIC’s operating expenses in order for SIC to achieve a reasonable level of expenses relative to its investment income. Pursuant to the ESA, SIC has a conditional obligation to reimburse Medley for any amounts they funded under the ESA if, within three years of the date on which Medley funded such amounts, SIC meets certain financial levels. For the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, Medley recorded $3.5 million and $1.4 million, respectively, for ESA expenses under this agreement. The ESA expenses are recorded within general, administrative, and other expense in the combined and consolidated statements of operations. Medley recorded a liability of $5.2 million and $3.4 million as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, for ESA expenses related to this agreement. These amounts are included in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities as due to affiliates.

In January 2011, Medley entered into an administration agreement with MCC (the “MCC Admin Agreement”), whereby Medley agreed to provide administrative services necessary for the operations of MCC. MCC agreed to pay Medley for the costs and expenses incurred in providing such administrative services, including an allocable portion of Medley’s overhead expenses and an allocable portion of the cost of MCC’s officers and their respective staffs. Medley records these administrative fees as revenue in the period when the services are provided and are included in other income and fees on the combined and consolidated statement of operations. For the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded $1.7 million and $1.3 million, respectively, of revenue related to the MCC Admin Agreement. As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had $0.9 million and $0.7 million, respectively, of administrative

F-71


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

9. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS  – (continued)

fees receivable under the MCC Admin Agreement, which are included in other assets on the combined and consolidated balance sheets.

In April 2012, the Medley entered into an administration agreement with SIC (the “SIC Admin Agreement”), whereby Medley agreed to provide administrative services necessary for the operations of SIC. SIC agreed to pay Medley for the costs and expenses incurred in providing such administrative services including an allocable portion of Medley’s overhead expenses and an allocable portion of the cost of MCC’s officers and their respective staffs. Medley records these administrative fees as revenue in the period when the services are provided and are included in other income and fees on the combined and consolidated statement of operations. For the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded $0.5 million and $0.3 million, respectively, of revenue related to the SIC Admin Agreement. As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had $0.3 million and $1.0 million, respectively, of administrative fees receivable under the SIC Admin Agreement, which are included in other assets on the combined and consolidated balance sheets.

In December 2013, the Company purchased the membership interests of a former Medley member. In connection with the purchase, the Company issued a $1.0 million unsecured promissory note to the former member. The note bears interest at an annual rate of 0.25% and matures in December 2014.

In March 2014, the Company issued a promissory note in the amount of $2.5 million to a former Medley member in connection with the purchase of his membership interests. The promissory note carries no interest, has quarterly principal payments of $312,500, and matures in March 2016.

10. INCOME TAXES

The Company is organized as a series of pass through entities pursuant to the United States Internal Revenue Code. As such, the Company is not responsible for the tax liability due on certain income earned during the year. Such income is taxed at the unit holder and non-controlling interest holder level, and any income tax is the responsibility of the unit holders and is paid at that level. The Company is subject to state and local tax.

11. COMPENSATION EXPENSE AND MEMBERS’ CAPITAL

Compensation generally includes salaries, bonuses, and profit sharing awards. Bonuses and profit sharing awards are accrued over the service period to which they relate. All payments made to the Company’s members are accounted for as distributions on the equity held by such members rather than as employee compensation.

Performance Fee Compensation

In October 2010, the Company granted shares of vested profits interests in certain subsidiaries to selected employees. These awards are viewed as a profit-sharing arrangement and are accounted for under ASC 710 which requires compensation expense to be recognized over the vesting period, which is usually the period over which service is provided. The shares were vested at grant date, subject to a divestiture percentage based on percentage of service completed from the award grant date to the employee’s termination date. The Company adjusts the related liability quarterly based on changes in estimated cash flows for the profits interests.

In January 2014, the Company granted additional shares of profits interests in certain subsidiaries to selected employees. The shares were fully vested at grant date and were not subject to a divestiture percentage. Total performance compensation recorded under both of these grants was $3.2 million and $5.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. As

F-72


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

11. COMPENSATION EXPENSE AND MEMBERS’ CAPITAL  – (continued)

of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the total performance fee compensation liability for these awards was $18.5 million and $16.2 million, respectively.

12. MARKET AND OTHER RISK FACTORS

Due to the nature of the Consolidated Funds’ investment strategy, their portfolio of investments has significant market and credit risk. As a result, the Company is subject to market and other risk factors, including, but not limited to the following:

Market Risk

The market price of investments may significantly fluctuate during the period of investment. Investments may decline in value due to factors affecting securities markets generally or particular industries represented in the securities markets. The value of an investment may decline due to general market conditions that are not specifically related to such investment, such as real or perceived adverse economic conditions, changes in the general outlook for corporate earnings, changes in interest or currency rates or adverse investor sentiment generally. They may also decline due to factors that affect a particular industry or industries, such as labor shortages or increased production costs and competitive conditions within an industry.

Credit Risk

There are no restrictions on the credit quality of the investments the Company intends to make. Investments may be deemed by nationally recognized rating agencies to have substantial vulnerability to default in payment of interest and/or principal. Some investments may have low- quality ratings or be unrated. Lower rated and unrated investments have major risk exposure to adverse conditions and are considered to be predominantly speculative. Generally, such investments offer a higher return potential than higher rated investments, but involve greater volatility of price and greater risk of loss of income and principal.

In general, the ratings of nationally recognized rating organizations represent the opinions of agencies as to the quality of the securities they rate. Such ratings, however, are relative and subjective; they are not absolute standards of quality and do not evaluate the market value risk of the relevant securities. It is also possible that a rating agency might not change its rating of a particular issue on a timely basis to reflect subsequent events. The Company may use these ratings as initial criteria for the selection of portfolio assets for the Company but is not required to utilize them.

Limited Liquidity of Investments

The Company intends to invest in investments that may not be readily marketable. Illiquid investments may trade at a discount from comparable, more liquid investments and, at times there may be no market at all for such investments. Subordinate investments may be less marketable, or in some instances illiquid, because of the absence of registration under federal securities laws, contractual restrictions on transfer, the small size of the market or the small size of the issue (relative to issues of comparable interests). As a result, the Company may encounter difficulty in selling its investments or may, if required to liquidate investments to satisfy redemption requests of its investors or debt service obligations, be compelled to sell such investments at less than fair value.

Counterparty Risk

Some of the markets in which the Company may effect its transactions are “over-the-counter” or “interdealer” markets. The participants in such markets are typically not subject to credit evaluation and regulatory oversight, unlike members of exchange-based markets. This exposes the Company to the risk that a counterparty will not settle a transaction in accordance with its terms and conditions

F-73


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

12. MARKET AND OTHER RISK FACTORS  – (continued)

because of a dispute over the terms of the applicable contract (whether or not such dispute is bona fide) or because of a credit or liquidity problem, causing the Company to suffer loss. Such “counterparty risk” is accentuated for contracts with longer maturities where events may intervene to prevent settlement, or where the Company has concentrated its transactions with a single or small group of counterparties.

Currency Risk

The Company may invest in financial instruments and enter into transactions denominated in currencies other than its functional currency. Although the Company may seek to hedge currency exposure through financial instruments, the Company may still be exposed to risks that the exchange rate of its currency relative to other foreign currencies may change in a manner that has an adverse effect on the value of that portion of the Company’s assets or liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency.

The Company may enter into derivative contracts to manage the risk associated with foreign currency exchange fluctuations on its non-U.S. dollar denominated holdings.

13. SEGMENT REPORTING

Medley’s business is currently comprised of only one reportable segment, the investment management segment, and substantially all Company operations are conducted through this segment. The investment management segment provides investment management services to permanent capital vehicles and long-dated private funds and separately managed accounts. The Company conducts its investment management business in the United States, where substantially all of its revenues are generated.

In addition to analyzing the Company’s results on a GAAP basis, management also makes operating decisions and assesses business performance based on the financial and operating metrics and data that are presented without the consolidation of any funds. Core Net Income and Core EBITDA are income measures that are used to by management to assess the performance of its business.

Core Net Income. Core Net Income is an income measure that is used by management to assess the performance of its business through the removal of non-core items, as well as other non-recurring expenses. It is calculated by adjusting standalone net income attributable to members to exclude reimbursable expenses associated with the launch of funds and certain one-time severance costs.

Core Earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization (Core EBITDA) . Core EBITDA is calculated as Core Net Income before interest expense, income taxes, and depreciation.

F-74


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

13. SEGMENT REPORTING  – (continued)

The following presents the standalone financial results of the Company’s operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013:

   
  Six Months Ended June 30,
     2014   2013
     (in thousands)
Revenues
                 
Management fees   $ 29,900     $ 20,440  
Performance fees     8,076       2,863  
Other income and fees     4,396       2,019  
Total revenues     42,372       25,322  
Expenses
                 
Compensation and benefits     9,333       6,564  
Performance fee compensation     3,158       5,271  
General, administrative and other expenses     9,363       5,874  
Total Expenses     21,854       17,709  
Other income (expense)
                 
Dividend income     443       443  
Interest expense     (1,364 )       (738 )  
Other expense, net     (1,620 )       (1,013 )  
Total other expense, net     (2,541 )       (1,308 )  
Income before income taxes     17,977       6,305  
Provision for income taxes     448       260  
Net income     17,529       6,045  
Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in consolidated subsidiaries     1,560        
Net income attributable to members   $ 15,969     $ 6,045  
Reimburable fund startup expenses     3,497       1,418  
Severance expenses     (5 )       740  
Core Net Income   $ 19,461     $ 8,203  
Interest expense     1,364       738  
Income taxes     448       260  
Depreciation and amortization     186       139  
Core EBITDA   $   21,459     $   9,340  

F-75


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

13. SEGMENT REPORTING  – (continued)

The following tables reconcile the Company’s segment results to its consolidated results:

     
  For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2014
(Unaudited)
     Standalone   Consolidation adjustments and reconciling items     Consolidated Results
Revenues   $      42,372     $         (9,151 )       (1 )     $      33,221  
Expenses     21,854       833       (2 )       22,687  
Other income (expense), net     (2,541 )       23,756       (3 )       21,215  
Income taxes     448       803       (4 )       1,251  
Non-controlling interest in subsidiaries     1,560                   1,560  
Non-contolling interests in Consolidated Funds           12,969             12,969  
Net income attributable to members     15,969                      15,969  
Reimbursable fund startup expenses     3,497                      3,497  
Severance expenses     (5 )                   (5 )  
Core Net Income   $ 19,461     $           $ 19,461  

  

     
  For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2013
(Unaudited)
     Standalone   Consolidation adjustments and reconciling items     Consolidated Results
Revenues   $      25,322     $         (8,194 )       (1 )     $      17,128  
Expenses     17,709       615       (2 )       18,324  
Other income (expense), net     (1,308 )       8,873       (3 )       7,565  
Income taxes     260       416       (4 )       676  
Non-controlling interest in subsidiaries                        
Non-controlling interest in Consolidated Funds           (352 )             (352 )  
Net income attributable to members     6,045                      6,045  
Reimbursable fund startup expenses     1,418                         1,418  
Severance expenses     740                   740  
Core Net Income   $ 8,203     $           $ 8,203  
(1) The revenue adjustment and reconciling items primarily represent management and performance fees earned from Consolidated Funds which were eliminated in consolidation.

   
  For the Six Months Ended June 30,
(Unaudited)
     2014   2013
Management fees from Consolidated Funds   $    (3,447 )     $    (5,582 )  
MOF II Performance fees     (5,704 )       (2,612 )  
Total segment revenue   $ (9,151 )     $ (8,194 )  
(2) The expenses adjustment and reconciling items primarily represent expenses from Consolidated Funds which were eliminated in consolidation.

   
  For the Six Months Ended June 30,
(Unaudited)
     2014   2013
Consolidated Funds expenses   $      833     $      615  
Total segment expenses   $ 833     $ 615  

F-76


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

13. SEGMENT REPORTING  – (continued)

(3) The other income adjustment and reconciling items primarily represents net interest income and net investment income from Consolidated Funds.

   
  For the Six Months Ended June 30,
(Unaudited)
     2014   2013
Interest and other income of Consolidated Funds   $    30,534     $    23,903  
Net realized gain (loss) on investments of Consolidated Funds     1,288       (12,579 )  
Net change in unrealized depreciation on investments of Consolidated Funds     (8,368 )       (3,286 )  
Elimination of equity from Consolidated Funds     302       835  
Total segment other income, net   $ 23,756     $ 8,873  
(4) The provision for income taxes adjustment and reconciling items primarily represents income taxes from Consolidated Funds.

   
  For the Six Months
ended June 30,
(Unaudited)
     2014   2013
Provision for income taxes   $      803     $       416  
Total segment other income (expense)   $ 803     $ 416  

F-77


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

14. CONSOLIDATING SCHEDULES

The following supplemental financial information illustrates the consolidating effects of the Consolidated Funds on the Company’s financial condition as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 and results from operations for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013. The financial condition and results of operations for Medley are presented in the tables below under the “Standalone” column.

       
  As of June 30, 2014 (Unaudited)
     Standalone   Consolidated Funds   Eliminations   Combined and Consolidated
     (Dollars in thousands)
Assets
                                   
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 3,278     $     $     $ 3,278  
Investments, at fair value     27,625             (17,369 )       10,256  
Management fees receivable     11,534                   11,534  
Performance fees receivable     5,895                   5,895  
Other assets     6,897                   6,897  
Assets of Consolidated Funds:
                                   
Cash and cash equivalents           95,033             95,033  
Investments, at fair value           473,789             473,789  
Interest and dividends receivable           4,307             4,307  
Other assets           16,525       (510 )       16,015  
Total assets   $ 55,229     $ 589,654     $ (17,879 )     $ 627,004  
Liabilities and equity
                                   
Loans payable   $ 44,701     $     $     $ 44,701  
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities     22,960             (469 )       22,491  
Performance fee compensation payable     18,491                   18,491  
Liabilities of Consolidated Funds:
                                   
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities           6,239       (41 )       6,198  
Total liabilities     86,152       6,239       (510 )       91,881  
Commitments and contingencies
                                   
Non-controlling interest in Consolidated Funds                 566,046       566,046  
Non-controlling interest in consolidated subsidiaries     2,528                   2,528  
Members' (deficit) equity     (33,451 )       583,415       (583,415 )       (33,451 )  
Total equity     (30,923 )       583,415       (17,369 )       535,123  
Total liabilities, non-controlling interests and equity   $  55,229     $  589,654     $ (17,879 )     $  627,004  

F-78


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

14. CONSOLIDATING SCHEDULES  – (continued)

       
  December 31, 2013
     Standalone   Consolidated Funds   Eliminations   Combined and Consolidated
     (Dollars in thousands)
Assets
                                   
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 5,395     $     $     $ 5,395  
Investments, at fair value     21,443             (11,270 )       10,173  
Management fees receivable     8,921                   8,921  
Performance fees receivable     3,339                   3,339  
Other assets     4,216             1,092       5,308  
Assets of Consolidated Funds:
                                   
Cash and cash equivalents           60,355             60,355  
Investments, at fair value           412,218             412,218  
Interest and dividends receivable           2,804             2,804  
Other assets           1,565       (1,129 )       436  
Total assets   $ 43,314     $ 476,942     $ (11,307 )     $ 508,949  
Liabilities and equity
                                   
Loans payable   $ 27,990     $     $     $ 27,990  
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities     17,613                   17,613  
Performance fee compensation payable     16,225                   16,225  
Liabilities of Consolidated Funds:
                                   
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities           1,198       (38 )       1,160  
Total liabilities     61,828       1,198       (38 )       62,988  
Commitments and contingencies
                                   
Non-controlling interest in Consolidated
Funds
                464,475       464,475  
Non-controlling interest in consolidated subsidiaries     40                   40  
Members' (deficit) equity     (18,554 )       475,744       (475,744 )       (18,554 )  
Total equity     (18,514 )       475,744       (11,269 )       445,961  
Total liabilities, non-controlling interests and equity   $  43,314     $  476,942     $  (11,307 )     $  508,949  

F-79


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

14. CONSOLIDATING SCHEDULES  – (continued)

       
  Six Months Ended June 30, 2014
(Unaudited)
     Standalone   Consolidated Funds   Eliminations   Combined and Consolidated
     (Dollars in thousands)
Revenues:
                                   
Management fees   $   29,900     $     $ (3,447 )     $  26,453  
Performance fees     8,076             (5,704 )       2,372  
Other income and fees     4,396                   4,396  
Total revenues     42,372             (9,151 )       33,221  
Expenses:
                                   
Compensation and benefits     9,333                   9,333  
Performance fee compensation     3,158                   3,158  
Consolidated Funds expenses           4,280       (3,447 )       833  
General, administrative and other expenses     9,363                   9,363  
Total operating expenses     21,854       4,280       (3,447 )       22,687  
Other income (expense):
                                   
Dividend income     443                   443  
Interest expense     (1,364 )                   (1,364 )  
Other expenses, net     (1,620 )             302       (1,318 )  
Interest and other income of Consolidated
Funds
          30,534             30,534  
Net realized gain on investments of Consolidated Funds           1,288             1,288  
Net change in unrealized depreciation on investments of Consolidated Funds           (8,368 )             (8,368 )  
Total other income (expense), net     (2,541 )       23,454       302       21,215  
Income before income taxes     17,977       19,174       (5,402 )       31,749  
Provision for income taxes     448       803             1,251  
Net income     17,529       18,371       (5,402 )       30,498  
Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in Consolidated Funds                 12,969       12,969  
Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries     1,560                   1,560  
Net income attributable to members   $   15,969     $  18,371     $  (18,371 )     $  15,969  

F-80


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
 
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

14. CONSOLIDATING SCHEDULES  – (continued)

       
  Six Months Ended June 30, 2013
(Unaudited)
     Standalone   Consolidated Funds   Eliminations   Combined and Consolidated
     (Dollars in thousands)
Revenues:
                                   
Management fees   $  20,440     $  —     $  (5,582 )     $ 14,858  
Performance fees     2,863             (2,612 )       251  
Other income and fees     2,019                   2,019  
Total revenues     25,322             (8,194 )       17,128  
Expenses:
                                   
Compensation and benefits     6,564                   6,564  
Performance fee compensation     5,271                   5,271  
Consolidated Funds expenses           6,197       (5,582 )       615  
General, administrative and other expenses     5,874                   5,874  
Total operating expenses     17,709       6,197       (5,582 )       18,324  
Other income (expense):
                                   
Dividend income     443                   443  
Interest expense     (738 )                   (738 )  
Other expenses, net     (1,013 )             835       (178 )  
Interest and other income of Consolidated
Funds
          23,903             23,903  
Net realized loss on investments of Consolidated Funds                                    
             (12,579 )             (12,579 )  
Net change in unrealized depreciation on investments of Consolidated Funds           (3,286 )             (3,286 )  
Total other (expense) income, net     (1,308 )       8,038       835       7,565  
Income before income taxes     6,305       1,841       (1,777 )       6,369  
Provision for income taxes     260       416             676  
Net income     6,045       1,425       (1,777 )       5,693  
Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in Consolidated Funds                 (352 )       (352 )  
Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries                        
Net income attributable to members   $   6,045     $   1,425     $   (1,425 )     $   6,045  

15. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated subsequent events and transactions for possible recognition or disclosure in these financial statements through August 18, 2014 the date that these financial statements were issued. On August 14, 2014, the Company completed a $110 million senior secured term loan financing with Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch as administrative agent and collateral agent and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC as book runner and lead arranger. The proceeds from the term loans were used to: (1) pay off the existing loan under the CNB Credit Agreement in the amount of $33.2 million, (2) pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with this financing in the amount of $2.1 million and (3) pay a distribution to Medley LLC’s members in the amount of $74.5 million. In connection with this financing the Company terminated its CNB Credit Agreement. There were no additional subsequent events that required either recognition or disclosure in these combined and consolidated financial statements.

F-81


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

         Shares

 
 
  

[GRAPHIC MISSING]  

  
  
  

Medley Management Inc.

Class A Common Stock

  
  
  
  
 
 



 

PROSPECTUS



 

  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 

 
Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Credit Suisse

  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  

Through and including the 25 th day after the date of this prospectus, all dealers that effect transactions in shares of our Class A common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligations to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following table sets forth the expenses payable by the Registrant expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the shares of Class A common stock being registered hereby (other than underwriting discounts and commissions). All of such expenses are estimates, other than the filing and listing fees payable to the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. and the New York Stock Exchange.

 
Filing Fee – Securities and Exchange Commission   $ 19,320  
Fee – Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.   $ 23,000  
Listing Fee – New York Stock Exchange     *  
Fees and Expenses of Counsel     *  
Printing Expenses     *  
Fees and Expenses of Accountants     *  
Transfer Agent and Registrar’s Fees     *  
Miscellaneous Expenses     *  
Total               *  

* To be provided by amendment.

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, allows a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation will not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for this limitation of liability.

Section 145 of the DGCL, or Section 145, provides, among other things, that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was, is or is threatened to be made, party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were or are a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests, provided further that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer, director, employee or agent is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred.

II-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify him or her under Section 145.

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL and must also pay expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition upon delivery of an undertaking, by or on behalf of an indemnified person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that such person is not entitled to be indemnified under our amended and restated bylaws or otherwise.

The indemnification rights set forth above shall not be exclusive of any other right which an indemnified person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

We expect to maintain standard policies of insurance that provide coverage (1) to our directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (2) to us with respect to indemnification payments that we may make to such directors and officers.

The proposed form of Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification to our directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

On June 16, 2014, the Registrant issued 100 shares of the Registrant’s Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share, to Medley Group LLC for $1.00. The issuance of such shares of Class B common stock was not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), because the shares were offered and sold in a transaction by the issuer not involving any public offering exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

Exhibit Index

 
  1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement*
  3.1   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
  3.2   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant
  5.1   Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP regarding validity of the shares of Class A common stock registered*
10.1   Form of Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Medley LLC*
10.2   Form of Tax Receivable Agreement
10.3   Form of Exchange Agreement
10.4   Form of Registration Rights Agreement
10.5.1   Form of 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.5.2   Form of Employee Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement*
10.5.3   Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement*
10.6   Award Agreement of Jeffrey Tonkel, dated as of January 7, 2013
10.7   Amendment to Award Agreement of Jeffrey Tonkel, dated as of May 29, 2014
10.8   Award Agreement of Richard Allorto, dated as of January 7, 2013
10.9   Amendment to Award Agreement of Richard Allorto, dated as of May 29, 2014

II-2


 
 
10.10   Credit Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2014, among Medley LLC, the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch
21.1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1   Consent of McGladrey LLP as to Medley Management Inc.
23.2   Consent of McGladrey LLP as to Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC
23.3   Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1)*
23.4   Consent of Jeffrey T. Leeds to be named as a director nominee
23.5   Consent of Guy Rounsaville, Jr. to be named as a director nominee
23.6   Consent of Philip K. Ryan to be named as a director nominee
24.1   Power of Attorney (included on signature pages to this Registration Statement)

* To be filed by amendment.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS

(1) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
(2) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(3) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
(A) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(B) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in New York, New York, on the 18 th day of August, 2014.

MEDLEY MANAGEMENT INC.

By:  /s/ Brook Taube

Name: Brook Taube
Title: Co-Chief Executive Officer, Chief Investment Officer and Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Know all men by these presents, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Brook Taube, Seth Taube, Richard Allorto and John Fredericks, and each of them, any of whom may act without joinder of the other, the individual’s true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for the person and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any or all amendments, including post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement, including a prospectus or an amended prospectus therein and any Registration Statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and all other documents in connection therewith to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact as agents or any of them, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement and Power of Attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 18 th day of August, 2014.

 
Signature   Title
/s/ Brook Taube

Brook Taube
  Co-Chief Executive Officer, Chief Investment Officer and Director
(co-principal executive officer)
/s/ Seth Taube

Seth Taube
  Co-Chief Executive Officer and Director
(co-principal executive officer)
/s/ Jeffrey Tonkel

Jeffrey Tonkel
  President and Director
/s/ Richard Allorto

Richard Allorto
  Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial and accounting officer)

II-4


 

Exhibit 3.1

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

MEDLEY MANAGEMENT INC.

 

The present name of the corporation is Medley Management Inc. (the “ Corporation ”). The Corporation was incorporated under the name “Medley Management Inc.” by the filing of its original certificate of incorporation (the “ Original Certificate of Incorporation ”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 13, 2014. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, which amends, restates and integrates the provisions of the Original Certificate of Incorporation, was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and by the written consent of the stockholders in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The Original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

Section 1.1.           Name . The name of the Corporation is Medley Management Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

 

ARTICLE II

 

Section 2.1.           Address . The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, New Castle County; and the name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Section 3.1.           Purpose . The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”).

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Section 4.1.           Capitalization . The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 3,301,000,000 shares, consisting of (i) 300,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Preferred Stock ”), (ii) 3,000,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Class A Common Stock ”), and (iii) 1,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Class B Common Stock ” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, the “ Common Stock ”). The number of authorized shares of any of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), and no vote of the holders of any of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Preferred Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor, unless a vote of any such holder is required pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock).

 

1
 

 

Section 4.2.           Preferred Stock .

 

(A)         The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) is hereby expressly authorized, by resolution or resolutions, at any time and from time to time, to provide, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock, for one or more series of Preferred Stock and, with respect to each such series, to fix the number of shares constituting such series and the designation of such series, the voting powers (if any) of the shares of such series, and the powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series and to cause to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware a certificate of designation with respect thereto. The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding.

 

(B)         Except as otherwise required by law, holders of a series of Preferred Stock, as such, shall be entitled only to such voting rights, if any, as shall expressly be granted thereto by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to such series).

 

Section 4.3.           Common Stock .

 

(A)          Voting Rights .

 

(1)         Each holder of Class A Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Class A Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote; provided, however, that to the fullest extent permitted by law, holders of Class A Common Stock, as such, shall have no voting power with respect to, and shall not be entitled to vote on, any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.

 

2
 

 

(2)         For so long as (i) holders of LLC Units (as defined in the Exchange Agreement dated on or about the date hereof as amended from time to time (the “ Exchange Agreement ”), by and among the Corporation, Medley LLC and the holders of LLC Units from time to time party thereto) as of the time of the closing of the initial public offering of Class A Common Stock (excluding the Corporation) (the “ Pre-IPO Owners ”) and (ii) persons that are then employed by or providing services (including as a director) to the Corporation and/or its affiliates (“ Medley Personnel ”) hold at least 10% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock and LLC Units (excluding those LLC Units held by the Corporation) then outstanding (the “ Substantial Ownership Requirement ”), Medley Group LLC, as a holder of record of Class B Common Stock, shall be entitled, without regard to the number of shares of Class B Common Stock (or fraction thereof) held by it, to a number of votes that is equal to the product of (x) ten (10) multiplied by (y) the aggregate number of LLC Units held of record by all non-managing members of Medley LLC that do not themselves hold shares of Class B Common Stock multiplied by (z) the Exchange Rate (as defined in the Exchange Agreement), and each other holder of record of Class B Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled, without regard to the number of shares of Class B Common Stock (or fraction thereof) held by such other holder, to a number of votes that is equal to the product of (x) ten (10) multiplied by (y) the total number of LLC Units held of record by such holder multiplied by (z) the Exchange Rate, on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote. For purposes of calculating the Substantial Ownership Requirement, (i) shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable to any Pre-IPO Owners or Medley Personnel pursuant to any equity awards granted to such person shall be deemed then outstanding and held by such person and (ii) shares of Class A Common Stock and LLC Units held by any estate, trust, partnership or limited liability company or other similar entity of which any Pre-IPO Owner or Medley Personnel, or any immediate family member thereof, is a trustee, partner, member or similar party shall be considered held by such Pre-IPO Owner or other Medley Personnel. From and after the time that the Substantial Ownership Requirement is no longer satisfied, Medley Group LLC, as a holder of record of Class B Common Stock, shall be entitled, without regard to the number of shares of Class B Common Stock (or fraction thereof) held by it, to a number of votes that is equal to the product of (x) the aggregate number of LLC Units held of record by all non-managing members of Medley LLC that do not themselves hold shares of Class B Common Stock multiplied by (y) the Exchange Rate, and each other holder of record of Class B Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled, without regard to the number of shares of Class B Common Stock (or fraction thereof) held by such other holder, to a number of votes that is equal to the product of (x) the total number of LLC Units held of record by such holder multiplied by (y) the Exchange Rate, on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the fullest extent permitted by law, holders of Class B Common Stock, as such, shall have no voting power with respect to, and shall not be entitled to vote on, any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.

 

3
 

 

(3)         Except as otherwise provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or required by applicable law, the holders of Common Stock shall vote together as a single class (or, if the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote together with the holders of Common Stock, as a single class with the holders of such other series of Preferred Stock) on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders generally.

 

(B)          Dividends and Distributions . Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Class A Common Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and other distributions in cash, stock of any corporation or property of the Corporation, such dividends and other distributions may be declared and paid on the Class A Common Stock out of the assets of the Corporation that are by law available therefor at such times and in such amounts as the Board in its discretion shall determine. Dividends and other distributions shall not be declared or paid on the Class B Common Stock.

 

(C)          Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and of the preferential and other amounts, if any, to which the holders of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over the Class A Common Stock as to distributions upon dissolution or liquidation or winding up shall be entitled, the holders of all outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by each such stockholder. The holders of shares of Class B Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to receive any assets of the Corporation in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

 

(D)          Retirement of Class B Common Stock . In the event that any outstanding share of Class B Common Stock shall cease to be held by a holder of a LLC Unit, such share shall automatically and without further action on the part of the Corporation or any holder of Class B Common Stock be transferred to the Corporation for no consideration and thereupon shall be retired.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Section 5.1.           By-Laws . In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the DGCL, the Board is expressly authorized to make, amend, alter, change, add to or repeal the by-laws of the Corporation without the assent or vote of the stockholders in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders to make, amend, alter, change, add to or repeal any provision of the by-laws of the Corporation.

 

4
 

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Section 6.1.           Board of Directors .

 

(A)         Except as otherwise provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board. The total number of directors constituting the whole Board shall be determined from time to time exclusively by resolution adopted by the Board.

 

(B)         Whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more such other series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, removal and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) applicable thereto. Notwithstanding Section 6.1(A), the number of directors that may be elected by the holders of any such series of Preferred Stock shall be in addition to the number fixed pursuant to Section 6.1(A) hereof, and the total number of directors constituting the whole Board shall be automatically adjusted accordingly.

 

(C)         Directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the by-laws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Section 7.1.           Meetings of Stockholders . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of stock of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such holders unless such action is recommended by all directors of the Corporation then in office; provided, however, that any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of Class B Common Stock, voting separately as a class, or, to the extent expressly permitted by the certificate of designation relating to one or more series of Preferred Stock, by the holders of such series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding shares of the relevant class or series having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by or at the direction of the Board, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Section 8.1.           Limited Liability of Directors . No director of the Corporation will have any personal liability to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL as the same exists or hereafter may be amended. Neither the amendment nor the repeal of this Article VIII shall eliminate or reduce the effect thereof in respect of any state of facts existing or act or omission occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article VIII, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment or repeal.

 

5
 

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Section 9.1.           Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

ARTICLE X

 

Section 10.1.           Forum . Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as it may be amended or restated) or the by-laws of the Corporation or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article X.

 

*          *          *

 

6
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by _______________, its _______________, this ____ day of _________, 2014.

 

  MEDLEY MANAGEMENT INC.
     
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page – Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation]

 

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

Medley Management Inc.  

____________

 

ARTICLE I.

 

STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1.          The annual meeting of the stockholders of Medley Management Inc. (the “Corporation”) for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held on such date, and at such time and place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”). The Corporation may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders previously scheduled.

 

Section 2.          Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock (as defined in the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation), special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by or at the direction of the Board, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation.

 

Section 3.          Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation or these By-Laws, notice of the date, time, place (if any), the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (if such date is different from the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting) and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes of the meeting of stockholders shall be given not more than sixty (60), nor less than ten (10), days previous thereto, to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting at such address as appears on the records of the Corporation.

 

Section 4.          The holders of a majority in voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided herein, by statute or by the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation; but if at any meeting of stockholders there shall be less than a quorum present, the chairman of the meeting or, by a majority in voting power thereof, the stockholders present may, to the extent permitted by law, adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting of the date, time and place, if any, of the adjourned meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. Notwithstanding the foregoing, where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. Notice need not be given of any adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

 
 

  

Section 5.          The Chairman of the Board, or in the Chairman’s absence or at the Chairman’s direction, the Chief Executive Officer, or in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or at the Chief Executive Officer’s direction, any officer of the Corporation shall call all meetings of the stockholders to order and shall act as chairman of any such meetings. The Secretary of the Corporation or, in such officer’s absence, an Assistant Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting. If neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint a secretary of the meeting. The Board may adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Unless otherwise determined by the Board prior to the meeting, the chairman of the meeting shall determine the order of business and shall have the authority in his or her discretion to regulate the conduct of any such meeting, including, without limitation, convening the meeting and adjourning the meeting (whether or not a quorum is present), announcing the date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote, imposing restrictions on the persons (other than stockholders of record of the Corporation or their duly appointed proxies) who may attend any such meeting, establishing procedures for the transaction of business at the meeting (including the dismissal of business not properly presented), maintaining order at the meeting and safety of those present, restricting entry to the meeting after the time fixed for commencement thereof and limiting the circumstances in which any person may make a statement or ask questions at any meeting of stockholders.

 

Section 6.          At all meetings of stockholders, any stockholder entitled to vote thereat shall be entitled to vote in person or by proxy, but no proxy shall be voted after three years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. Without limiting the manner in which a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for the stockholder as proxy pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), the following shall constitute a valid means by which a stockholder may grant such authority: (1) a stockholder may execute a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for the stockholder as proxy, and execution of the writing may be accomplished by the stockholder or the stockholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing such writing or causing his or her signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature; or (2) a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for the stockholder as proxy by transmitting or authorizing by means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission, provided that any such means of electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder. If it is determined that such electronic transmissions are valid, the inspector or inspectors of stockholder votes or, if there are no such inspectors, such other persons making that determination shall specify the information upon which they relied.

 

2
 

  

A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the Secretary of the Corporation a revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date.

 

Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to the preceding paragraph of this Section 6 may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

 

Proxies shall be filed with the secretary of the meeting prior to or at the commencement of the meeting to which they relate.

 

Section 7.          When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the votes cast shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, these By-Laws or the DGCL a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Notwithstanding the foregoing, where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required and a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by shares of such class or series or classes or series shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, these By-Laws or the DGCL a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

 

Section 8.           ( A) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however , that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

 

3
 

  

(B) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such other action. If no such record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

Section 9.          At any time when the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation permits action by one or more classes or series of stockholders of the Corporation to be taken by written consent, the provisions of this section shall apply. All consents properly delivered in accordance with the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation and the DGCL shall be deemed to be recorded when so delivered. No written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation as required by the DGCL, written consents signed by the holders of a sufficient number of shares to take such corporate action are so delivered to the Corporation in accordance with the applicable provisions of the DGCL. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for notice of such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation as provided in the applicable provisions of the DGCL. Any action taken pursuant to such written consent or consents of the stockholders shall have the same force and effect as if taken by the stockholders at a meeting thereof. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. If no record date has been fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is required by statute, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board and prior action by the Board is required by statute, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

4
 

  

Section 10.         The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting ( provided, however , if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then a list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

 

Section 11.         The Board, in advance of all meetings of the stockholders, may appoint one or more inspectors of stockholder votes, who may be employees or agents of the Corporation or stockholders or their proxies, but who shall not be directors of the Corporation or candidates for election as directors. In the event that the Board fails to so appoint one or more inspectors of stockholder votes or, in the event that one or more inspectors of stockholder votes previously designated by the Board fails to appear or act at the meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting may appoint one or more inspectors of stockholder votes to fill such vacancy or vacancies. Inspectors of stockholder votes appointed to act at any meeting of the stockholders, before entering upon the discharge of their duties, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of inspector of stockholder votes with strict impartiality and according to the best of their ability and the oath so taken shall be subscribed by them. Inspectors of stockholder votes shall take all actions required under the applicable provisions of the DGCL.

 

Section 12.          ( A) Annual Meetings of Stockholders. (1) Nominations of persons for election to the Board and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (a) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) delivered pursuant to Article I, Section 3 of these By-Laws, (b) by or at the direction of the Board or any authorized committee thereof or (c) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote on such election or such other business at the meeting, who complied with the notice procedures set forth in subparagraphs (2) and (3) of this paragraph (A) of this Section 12 and who was a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation.

 

5
 

  

(2) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, and, in the case of business other than nominations of persons for election to the Board, such other business must be a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than thirty (30) days, or delayed by more than seventy (70) days, from such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. For purposes of the application of Rule 14a-4(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) (or any successor provision), the date for notice specified in this paragraph (A)(2) shall be the earlier of the date calculated as hereinbefore provided or the date specified in paragraph (c)(1) of Rule 14a-4. For purposes of the first annual meeting of stockholders following the adoption of these By-Laws, the date of the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting shall be deemed to be May 31, 2015.

 

6
 

  

Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; (b) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these By-Laws, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (c) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books and records, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (iii) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of the stock of the Corporation at the time of the giving of the notice, will be entitled to vote at such meeting and will appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination, (iv) a representation whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, will be or is part of a group which will (A) deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee and/or (B) otherwise solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination, (v) a certification regarding whether such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, have complied with all applicable federal, state and other legal requirements in connection with the stockholder’s and/or beneficial owner’s acquisition of shares of capital stock or other securities of the Corporation and/or the stockholder’s and/or beneficial owner’s acts or omissions as a stockholder of the Corporation and (vi) any other information relating to such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of directors in an election contest pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; (d) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to the nomination or proposal and/or the voting of shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation between or among the stockholder giving the notice, the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, any of their respective affiliates or associates and/or any others acting in concert with any of the foregoing (collectively, “proponent persons”); and (e) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including without limitation any contract to purchase or sell, acquisition or grant of any option, right or warrant to purchase or sell, swap or other instrument) the intent or effect of which may be (i) to transfer to or from any proponent person, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security of the Corporation, (ii) to increase or decrease the voting power of any proponent person with respect to shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation and/or (iii) to provide any proponent person, directly or indirectly, with the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from, or to otherwise benefit economically from, any increase or decrease in the value of any security of the Corporation. A stockholder providing notice of a proposed nomination for election to the Board or other business proposed to be brought before a meeting (whether given pursuant to this paragraph (A)(2) or paragraph (B) of this Section 12) shall update and supplement such notice from time to time to the extent necessary so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting and as of the date that is fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, provided that if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting is less than fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, the information shall be supplemented and updated as of such later date. Any such update and supplement shall be delivered in writing to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting (in the case of any update or supplement required to be made as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting), not later than ten (10) days prior to the date for the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of any update or supplement required to be made as of fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof) and not later than five (5) days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, but no later than the date prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of any update and supplement required to be made as of a date less than fifteen (15) days prior the date of the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof). The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation and to determine the independence of such director under the Exchange Act and rules and regulations thereunder and applicable stock exchange rules.

 

7
 

  

(3) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 12 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board is increased, effective after the time period for which nominations would otherwise be due under paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 12, and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board made by the Corporation at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 12 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which a public announcement of such increase is first made by the Corporation; provided that, if no such announcement is made at least ten (10) days before the meeting, then no such notice shall be required.

 

(B) Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting pursuant to Article I, Section 3 of these By-Laws. Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (a) by or at the direction of the Board or a committee thereof or (b) provided that the Board has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote on such election at the meeting, who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 12 and who is a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting if the stockholder’s notice as required by paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 12 shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting.

 

(C) General. (1) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 12 shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 12. Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation or these By-Laws, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 12 and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with this Section 12, to declare that such defective nomination shall be disregarded or that such proposed business shall not be transacted.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 12, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 12, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.

 

8
 

  

(2) For purposes of this Section 12, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service, in a document publicly filed or furnished by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise disseminated in a manner constituting “public disclosure” under Regulation FD promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(3) No adjournment or postponement or notice of adjournment or postponement of any meeting shall be deemed to constitute a new notice of such meeting for purposes of this Section 12, and in order for any notification required to be delivered by a stockholder pursuant to this Section 12 to be timely, such notification must be delivered within the periods set forth above with respect to the originally scheduled meeting.

 

(4) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 12, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 12; provided however, that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any references in these By-Laws to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to this Section 12 (including paragraphs (A)(1)(c) and (B) hereof), and compliance with paragraphs (A)(1)(c) and (B) of this Section 12 shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit other business. Nothing in this Section 12 shall apply to the right, if any, of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE II.

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 1.          The Board shall consist, subject to the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, of such number of directors as shall from time to time be fixed exclusively by resolution adopted by the Board. Directors shall (except as hereinafter provided for the filling of vacancies and newly created directorships and except as otherwise expressly provided in the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation) be elected by the holders of a plurality of the votes cast by the holders of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of such directors. A majority of the total number of directors then in office (but not less than one-third of the number of directors constituting the entire Board) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except as otherwise provided by law, these By-Laws or by the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. Directors need not be stockholders.

 

9
 

  

Section 2.          Subject to the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, unless otherwise required by the DGCL or Article II, Section 4 of these By-Laws, any newly created directorship on the Board that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the Board (whether by death, resignation, removal, retirement, disqualification or otherwise) shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

 

Section 3.          Meetings of the Board shall be held at such place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware as may from time to time be fixed by resolution of the Board or as may be specified in the notice of any meeting. Regular meetings of the Board shall be held at such times as may from time to time be fixed by resolution of the Board and special meetings may be held at any time upon the call of the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, by oral or written notice, including facsimile, e-mail or other means of electronic transmission, duly served on or sent and delivered to each director to such director’s address, e-mail address or telephone or telecopy number as shown on the books of the Corporation not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting. The notice of any meeting need not specify the purposes thereof. A meeting of the Board may be held without notice immediately after the annual meeting of stockholders at the same place, if any, at which such meeting is held. Notice need not be given of regular meetings of the Board held at times fixed by resolution of the Board. Notice of any meeting need not be given to any director who shall attend such meeting (except when the director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened), or who shall waive notice thereof, before or after such meeting, in writing (including by electronic transmission).

 

Section 4.          Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more such other series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, removal, and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) applicable thereto. The number of directors that may be elected by the holders of any such series of Preferred Stock shall be in addition to the total number of directors fixed by the Board pursuant to the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation and these By-Laws. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the terms of such series, the number of directors that may be so elected by the holders of any such series of stock shall be elected for terms expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders, and vacancies among directors so elected by the separate vote of the holders of any such series of Preferred Stock shall be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors elected by such series, or, if there are no such remaining directors, by the holders of such series in the same manner in which such series initially elected a director.

 

10
 

  

Section 5.          The Board may from time to time establish one or more committees of the Board to serve at the pleasure of the Board, which shall be comprised of such members of the Board and have such duties as the Board shall from time to time determine. Any director may belong to any number of committees of the Board. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, these By-Laws or the resolution of the Board designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and may delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

 

Section 6.          Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing (including by electronic transmission), and the writing or writings (including any electronic transmission or transmissions) are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board.

 

Section 7.          The members of the Board or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this subsection shall constitute presence in person at such a meeting.

 

Section 8.          The Board may establish policies for the compensation of directors and for the reimbursement of the expenses of directors, in each case, in connection with services provided by directors to the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE III.

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 1.          The Board shall elect officers of the Corporation, including a Chief Executive Officer, a President and a Secretary. The Board may also from time to time elect such other officers (including, without limitation, a Chief Financial Officer, a Chief Operating Officer, a Chief Investment Officer, a General Counsel, one or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and one or more Assistant Treasurers) as it may deem proper or may delegate to any elected officer of the Corporation the power to appoint and remove any such other officers and to prescribe their respective terms of office, authorities and duties. Any Vice President may be designated Executive, Senior or Corporate, or may be given such other designation or combination of designations as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may determine. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. The Board may also elect or appoint a Chairman of the Board, who may or may not also be an officer of the Corporation. The Board may elect or appoint co-Chairmen of the Board, co-Presidents or co-Chief Executive Officers and, in such case, references in these By-Laws to the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Chief Executive Officer shall refer to either such co-Chairman of the Board, co-President or co-Chief Executive Officer, as the case may be.

 

11
 

  

Section 2.          All officers of the Corporation elected by the Board shall hold office for such terms as may be determined by the Board or, except with respect to his or her own office, the Chief Executive Officer, or until their respective successors are chosen and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time either with or without cause by the Board, or, in the case of appointed officers, by any elected officer upon whom such power of removal shall have been conferred by the Board.

 

Section 3.          Each of the officers of the Corporation elected by the Board or appointed by an officer in accordance with these By-Laws shall have the powers and duties prescribed by law, by these By-Laws or by the Board and, in the case of appointed officers, the powers and duties prescribed by the appointing officer, and, unless otherwise prescribed by these By-Laws or by the Board or such appointing officer, shall have such further powers and duties as ordinarily pertain to that office.

 

Section 4.          Unless otherwise provided in these By-Laws, in the absence or disability of any officer of the Corporation, the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may, during such period, delegate such officer’s powers and duties to any other officer or to any director and the person to whom such powers and duties are delegated shall, for the time being, hold such office.

ARTICLE IV.

 

INDEMNIFICATION and advancement of expenses

 

Section 1.          Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 3 of this Article IV with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses or with respect to any compulsory counterclaim brought by such indemnitee, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

12
 

  

Section 2.          In addition to the right to indemnification conferred in Section 1 of this Article IV, an indemnitee shall also have the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred in appearing at, participating in or defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition or in connection with a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article IV (which shall be governed by Section 3 of this Article IV) (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided, however, that, if (x) the DGCL requires or (y) in the case of an advance made in a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made solely upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined after final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Article IV or otherwise.

 

Section 3.          If a claim under Section 1 or 2 of this Article IV is not paid in full by the Corporation within (i) sixty (60) days after a written claim for indemnification has been received by the Corporation or (ii) twenty (20) days after a claim for an advancement of expenses has been received by the Corporation, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim or to obtain advancement of expenses, as applicable. To the fullest extent permitted by law, if the indemnitee is successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including by its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including by its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article IV or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

13
 

  

Section 4.          (A) The provision of indemnification to or the advancement of expenses and costs to any indemnitee under this Article IV, or the entitlement of any indemnitee to indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs under this Article IV, shall not limit or restrict in any way the power of the Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses and costs to such indemnitee in any other way permitted by law or be deemed exclusive of, or invalidate, any right to which any indemnitee seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs may be entitled under any law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such indemnitee’s capacity as an officer, director, employee or agent of the Corporation and as to action in any other capacity.

 

(B) Given that certain jointly indemnifiable claims (as defined below) may arise due to the service of the indemnitee as a director and/or officer of the Corporation at the request of the indemnitee-related entities (as defined below), the Corporation shall be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to the indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses in connection with any such jointly indemnifiable claims, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Article IV, irrespective of any right of recovery the indemnitee may have from the indemnitee-related entities. Under no circumstance shall the Corporation be entitled to any right of subrogation against or contribution by the indemnitee-related entities and no right of advancement, indemnification or recovery the indemnitee may have from the indemnitee-related entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the indemnitee or the obligations of the Corporation under this Article IV. In the event that any of the indemnitee-related entities shall make any payment to the indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to any jointly indemnifiable claim, the indemnitee-related entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the indemnitee against the Corporation, and the indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the indemnitee-related entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. Each of the indemnitee-related entities shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Section 4(B) of Article IV, entitled to enforce this Section 4(B) of Article IV.

 

For purposes of this Section 4(B) of Article IV, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(1) The term “indemnitee-related entities” means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Corporation or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise for which the indemnitee has agreed, on behalf of the Corporation or at the Corporation’s request, to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent and which service is covered by the indemnity described herein) from whom an indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Corporation may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation.

 

(2) The term “jointly indemnifiable claims” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any action, suit or proceeding for which the indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses from both the indemnitee-related entities and the Corporation pursuant to applicable law, any agreement, certificate of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or comparable organizational documents of the Corporation or the indemnitee-related entities, as applicable.

 

14
 

  

Section 5.          The rights conferred upon indemnitees in this Article IV shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article IV that adversely affects any right of an indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit, eliminate, or impair any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment or repeal.

 

Section 6.          The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

 

Section 7.          The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article IV with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

ARTICLE V.

 

CORPORATE BOOKS

 

The books of the Corporation may be kept inside or outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

ARTICLE VI.

 

CHECKS, NOTES, PROXIES, ETC.

 

All checks and drafts on the Corporation’s bank accounts and all bills of exchange and promissory notes, and all acceptances, obligations and other instruments for the payment of money, shall be signed by such officer or officers or agent or agents as shall be authorized from time to time by the Board or such officer or officers who may be delegated such authority. Proxies to vote and consents with respect to securities of other corporations or entities owned by or standing in the name of the Corporation may be executed and delivered from time to time on behalf of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or by such officers as the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Board may from time to time determine.

 

15
 

  

ARTICLE VII.

 

FISCAL YEAR

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be, unless otherwise determined by resolution of the Board, the calendar year ending on December 31.

 

ARTICLE VIII.

 

CORPORATE SEAL

 

The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation. In lieu of the corporate seal, when so authorized by the Board or a duly empowered committee thereof, a facsimile thereof may be impressed or affixed or reproduced.

 

ARTICLE IX.

 

GENERAL PROVISIONs

 

Section 1.          Whenever notice is required to be given by law or under any provision of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation or these By-Laws, notice of any meeting need not be given to any person who shall attend such meeting (except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened), or who shall waive notice thereof, before or after such meeting, in writing (including by electronic transmission).

 

Section 2.          Section headings in these By-Laws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

 

Section 3.          In the event that any provision of these By-Laws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation or the DGCL, the provision of these By-laws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

 

ARTICLE X.

 

AMENDMENTS

 

These By-Laws may be made, amended, altered, changed, added to or repealed as set forth in the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation.

 

16

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

among

MEDLEY MANAGEMENT INC.

 

and

 

THE PERSONS NAMED HEREIN

 

Dated as of __________, 2014

 

 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
     
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS 2
Section 1.1 Definitions 2
     
ARTICLE II DETERMINATION OF CERTAIN REALIZED TAX BENEFIT 9
Section 2.1 Basis Adjustment 9
Section 2.2 Tax Benefit Schedule 9
Section 2.3 Procedures, Amendments 10
     
ARTICLE III TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS 11
Section 3.1 Payments 11
Section 3.2 No Duplicative Payments 12
Section 3.3 Pro Rata Payments; Coordination of Benefits With Other Tax Receivable Agreements 12
     
ARTICLE IV TERMINATION 12
Section 4.1 Early Termination and Breach of Agreement 12
Section 4.2 Early Termination Notice 13
Section 4.3 Payment upon Early Termination 14
     
ARTICLE V SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS 14
Section 5.1 Subordination 14
Section 5.2 Late Payments by the Corporate Taxpayer 14
     
ARTICLE VI NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION 14
Section 6.1 Participation in the Corporate Taxpayer’s and OpCo’s Tax Matters 14
Section 6.2 Consistency 15
Section 6.3 Cooperation 15
     
ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS 15
Section 7.1 Notices 15
Section 7.2 Counterparts 16
Section 7.3 Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries 16
Section 7.4 Governing Law 16
Section 7.5 Severability 16
Section 7.6 Successors; Assignment; Amendments; Waivers 17
Section 7.7 Titles and Subtitles 17
Section 7.8 Resolution of Disputes 18
Section 7.9 Reconciliation 19
Section 7.10 Withholding 19

 

i
 

 

Section 7.11 Admission of the Corporate Taxpayer into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets 19
Section 7.12 Confidentiality 20
Section 7.13 Change in Law 21
Section 7.14 LLC Agreement 21
Section 7.15 Independent Nature of TRA Parties’ Rights and Obligations 21

 

ii
 

  

TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

 

This TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of __________, 2014, is hereby entered into by and among Medley Management Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporate Taxpayer ”), and each of the other persons from time to time party hereto (the “ TRA Parties” ).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the TRA Parties directly or indirectly hold limited liability company units (the “ Units ”) in Medley LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ OpCo ”), which is classified as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes;

 

WHEREAS, the Corporate Taxpayer is the managing member of OpCo, and holds and will hold, directly and/or indirectly, Units;  

 

WHEREAS, the Units held by the TRA Parties may be exchanged for Class A common stock (the “ Class A Shares ”) of the Corporate Taxpayer, subject to the provisions of the LLC Agreement (as defined below) and the Exchange Agreement, dated as of __________, 2014, among the Corporate Taxpayer and the holders of Units from time to time party thereto, as amended from time to time;

 

WHEREAS, OpCo and each of its direct and indirect subsidiaries treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes currently have and will have in effect an election under Section 754 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), for each Taxable Year (as defined below) in which a taxable acquisition (including a deemed taxable acquisition under Section 707(a) of the Code) of Units by the Corporate Taxpayer from the TRA Parties for Class A Shares or other consideration (an “ Exchange ”) occurs; 

 

WHEREAS, the income, gain, loss, expense and other Tax (as defined below) items of the Corporate Taxpayer may be affected by the Basis Adjustments (as defined below) and the Imputed Interest (as defined below);

 

WHEREAS, the parties to this Agreement desire to make certain arrangements with respect to the effect of the Basis Adjustments and Imputed Interest on the liability for Taxes of the Corporate Taxpayer;

 

WHEREAS, Exchanges by the TRA Parties and payments in respect of Tax savings related to such Exchanges will result in Tax savings for the Corporate Taxpayer;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1
 

  

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1            Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the terms set forth in this Article I shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined).

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person. 

 

Agreed Rate ” means LIBOR plus 100 basis points.

 

Agreement ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

 

Amended Schedule ” is defined in Section 2.3(b) of this Agreement.

 

Basis Adjustment ” means the adjustment to the tax basis of a Reference Asset under Sections 732, 734(b) and 1012 of the Code (in situations where, as a result of one or more Exchanges, OpCo becomes an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner for United States federal income tax purposes) or under Sections 734(b), 743(b) and 754 of the Code (in situations where, following an Exchange, OpCo remains in existence as an entity for United States federal income tax purposes) and, in each case, comparable sections of state and local tax laws, as a result of an Exchange and the payments made pursuant to this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the amount of any Basis Adjustment resulting from an Exchange of one or more Units shall be determined without regard to any Pre-Exchange Transfer of such Units and as if any such Pre-Exchange Transfer had not occurred.

 

A “ Beneficial Owner ” of a security is a Person who directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares: (i) voting power, which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security and/or (ii) investment power, which includes the power to dispose of, or to direct the disposition of, such security.  The terms “ Beneficially Own ” and “ Beneficial Ownership ” shall have correlative meanings.

 

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Corporate Taxpayer. 

 

Business Day ” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the State of New York shall not be regarded as a Business Day.

 

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

2
 

 

(i) any Person or any group of Persons acting together which would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor provisions thereto (excluding (a) a corporation or other entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Corporate Taxpayer in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Corporate Taxpayer or (b) Brook Taube, Seth Taube, any “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Securities Act of 1934 or any successor provisions thereto that includes Brook Taube, Seth Taube or any of their Affiliates or Permitted Transferees or any Person more than 50% of the combined voting power of then outstanding voting securities of which are owned by Brook Taube, Seth Taube or any of their Affiliates or Permitted Transferees or any such “group”) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporate Taxpayer representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Corporate Taxpayer’s then outstanding voting securities; or

 

(ii) the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors of the Corporate Taxpayer then serving: individuals who, on the IPO Date, constitute the Board and any new director whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Corporate Taxpayer’s shareholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the IPO Date or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended by the directors referred to in this clause (ii); or

 

(iii) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Corporate Taxpayer with any other corporation or other entity, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, either (x) the Board immediately prior to the merger or consolidation does not constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the company surviving the merger or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof, or (y) the voting securities of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not continue to represent or are not converted into more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof; or

 

(iv) the shareholders of the Corporate Taxpayer approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporate Taxpayer or there is consummated an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale, lease or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by the Corporate Taxpayer of all or substantially all of the Corporate Taxpayer’s assets, other than such sale or other disposition by the Corporate Taxpayer of all or substantially all of the Corporate Taxpayer’s assets to an entity, at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by shareholders of the Corporate Taxpayer in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such sale.

 

3
 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to clause (ii) and clause (iii)(x) above, a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the shares of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in, and own substantially all of the shares of, an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately following such transaction or series of transactions. For purposes of this definition, “Permitted Transferee” means a shareholder's family members or a trust for the benefit of the shareholder and/or family members.

 

Class A Shares ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

 

Code ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

 

Control ” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Corporate Taxpayer ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

 

Corporate Taxpayer Return ” means the federal and/or state and/or local Tax Return, as applicable, of the Corporate Taxpayer filed with respect to Taxes of any Taxable Year.

 

Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit ” for a Taxable Year means the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Benefits for all Taxable Years of the Corporate Taxpayer, up to and including such Taxable Year, net of the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Detriments for the same period. The Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year shall be determined based on the most recent Tax Benefit Schedules or Amended Schedules, if any, in existence at the time of such determination.

 

Default Rate ” means LIBOR plus 500 basis points.

 

Determination ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1313(a) of the Code or similar provision of state, foreign or local tax law, as applicable, or any other event (including the execution of IRS Form 870-AD) that finally and conclusively establishes the amount of any liability for Tax.

 

Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.8(a) of this Agreement.

 

Early Termination Date ” means the date of an Early Termination Notice for purposes of determining the Early Termination Payment.

 

Early Termination Effective Date ” is defined in Section 4.2 of this Agreement.

 

4
 

 

Early Termination Notice ” is defined in Section 4.2 of this Agreement.

 

Early Termination Schedule ” is defined in Section 4.2 of this Agreement. 

 

Early Termination Payment ” is defined in Section 4.3(b) of this Agreement.

 

Early Termination Rate ” means LIBOR plus 100 basis points.

 

Exchange ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the distribution of cash to the members of OpCo on or around the date of the IPO, which will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in whole or in part, as a deemed sale of partnership interests in OpCo to the Corporate Taxpayer pursuant to Section 707(a) of the Code shall be treated as Exchanges.

 

Exchange Basis Schedule ” is defined in Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

 

Exchange Date ” means the date of any Exchange.

 

Exchange Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.

 

Expert ” is defined in Section 7.9 of this Agreement.

 

Hypothetical Tax Liability ” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the liability for Taxes of (i) the Corporate Taxpayer and (ii) without duplication, OpCo, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on OpCo and allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer or to the other members of the consolidated group of which the Corporate Taxpayer is the parent, in each case using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on the relevant Corporate Taxpayer Return, but (a) using the Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis as reflected on the Exchange Basis Schedule including amendments thereto for the Taxable Year and (b) excluding any deduction attributable to Imputed Interest for the Taxable Year. For the avoidance of doubt, Hypothetical Tax Liability shall be determined without taking into account the carryover or carryback of any Tax item (or portions thereof) that is attributable to the Basis Adjustment or Imputed Interest, as applicable.

 

Imputed Interest ” in respect of a TRA Party shall mean any interest imputed under Section 1272, 1274 or 483 or other provision of the Code and any similar provision of state and local tax law with respect to the Corporate Taxpayer’s payment obligations in respect of such TRA Party under this Agreement.

 

IPO ” means the initial public offering of Class A Shares by the Corporate Taxpayer.

 

IPO Date ” means the closing date of the IPO.

 

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

 

5
 

 

LIBOR ” means during any period, an interest rate per annum equal to the one-year LIBOR reported, on the date two days prior to the first day of such period, on the Telerate Page 3750 (or if such screen shall cease to be publicly available, as reported on Reuters Screen page “LIBOR01” or by any other publicly available source of such market rate) for London interbank offered rates for United States dollar deposits for such period.

 

LLC Agreement ” means, with respect to OpCo, the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of OpCo, dated on or about the date hereof, as amended from time to time.

 

Market Value ” shall mean the closing price of the Class A Shares on the applicable Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Shares are then traded or listed, as reported by the Wall Street Journal ; provided , that if the closing price is not reported by the Wall Street Journal for the applicable Exchange Date, then the Market Value shall mean the closing price of the Class A Shares on the Business Day immediately preceding such Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Shares are then traded or listed, as reported by the Wall Street Journal ; provided , further , that if the Class A Shares are not then listed on a national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system, “Market Value” shall mean the cash consideration paid for Class A Shares, or the fair market value of the other property delivered for Class A Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith.

 

Material Objection Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 of this Agreement.

 

Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis ” means, with respect to any Reference Asset at any time, the Tax basis that such asset would have had at such time if no Basis Adjustments had been made.

 

Objection Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a) of this Agreement.

 

Payment Date ” means any date on which a payment is required to be made pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.

 

Pre-Exchange Transfer ” means any transfer (including upon the death of a Member) or distribution in respect of one or more Units (i) that occurs prior to an Exchange of such Units, and (ii) to which Section 743(b) or 734(b) of the Code applies.

 

Realized Tax Benefit ” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Hypothetical Tax Liability over the actual liability for Taxes of (i) the Corporate Taxpayer and (ii) without duplication, OpCo, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on OpCo and allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer or to the other members of the consolidated group of which the Corporate Taxpayer is the parent for such Taxable Year.  If all or a portion of the actual liability for such Taxes for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Benefit unless and until there has been a Determination.

 

6
 

 

Realized Tax Detriment ” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the actual liability over the Hypothetical Tax Liability for Taxes of (i) the Corporate Taxpayer and (ii) without duplication, OpCo, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on OpCo and allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer or to the other members of the consolidated group of which the Corporate Taxpayer is the parent for such Taxable Year.  If all or a portion of the actual liability for such Taxes for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Detriment unless and until there has been a Determination.

 

Reconciliation Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9 of this Agreement.

 

Reconciliation Procedures ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a) of this Agreement.

 

Reference Asset ” means an asset that is held by OpCo, or by any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries treated as a partnership or disregarded entity (but only if such indirect Subsidiaries are held only through Subsidiaries treated as partnerships or disregarded entities) for purposes of the applicable Tax, at the time of an Exchange. A Reference Asset also includes any asset that is “substituted basis property” under Section 7701(a)(42) of the Code with respect to a Reference Asset.

 

Schedule ” means any of the following: (i) an Exchange Basis Schedule, (ii) a Tax Benefit Schedule, or (iii) the Early Termination Schedule.

 

Senior Obligations ” is defined in Section 5.1 of this Agreement.

 

Subsidiaries ” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such Person, owns, directly or indirectly, or otherwise controls more than 50% of the voting power or other similar interests or the sole general partner interest or managing member or similar interest of such Person.

 

Subsidiary Stock ” means any stock or other equity interest in any subsidiary entity of OpCo that is treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes.

 

Tax Benefit Payment ” is defined in Section 3.1(b) of this Agreement.

 

Tax Benefit Schedule ” is defined in Section 2.2 of this Agreement.

 

Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, report or similar statement required to be filed with respect to Taxes (including any attached schedules), including, without limitation, any information return, claim for refund, amended return and declaration of estimated Tax.

 

7
 

 

Taxable Year ” means a taxable year of the Corporate Taxpayer as defined in Section 441(b) of the Code or comparable section of state or local tax law, as applicable (and, therefore, for the avoidance of doubt, may include a period of less than 12 months for which a Tax Return is made), ending on or after the IPO Date.

 

Taxes ” means any and all United States federal, state, local and foreign taxes, assessments or similar charges that are based on or measured with respect to net income or profits, and any interest related to such Tax.

 

Taxing Authority ” shall mean any domestic, federal, national, state, county or municipal or other local government, any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof, or any quasi-governmental body exercising any taxing authority or any other authority exercising Tax regulatory authority.

 

TRA Party ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

 

TRA Party Representative ” means, initially, Medley Group LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and thereafter, that TRA Party or committee of TRA Parties determined from time to time by a plurality vote of the TRA Parties ratably in accordance with their right to receive Early Termination Payments hereunder if all TRA Parties had fully Exchanged their Units for Class A Shares or other consideration and the Corporate Taxpayer had exercised its right of early termination on the date of the most recent Exchange.

 

Treasury Regulations ” means the final, temporary and proposed regulations under the Code promulgated from time to time (including corresponding provisions and succeeding provisions) as in effect for the relevant taxable period.

 

Units ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

 

Valuation Assumptions ” shall mean, as of an Early Termination Date, the assumptions that in each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Date, (1) the Corporate Taxpayer will have taxable income sufficient to fully utilize (i) the deductions arising from the Basis Adjustments and the Imputed Interest during such Taxable Year or future Taxable Years (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Basis Adjustments and Imputed Interest that would result from future Tax Benefit Payments that would be paid in accordance with the Valuation Assumptions) in which such deductions would become available and (ii) any loss carryovers generated by deductions arising from Basis Adjustments or Imputed Interest that are available as of the date of such Early Termination Date, (2) the United States federal, state and local income tax rates that will be in effect for each such Taxable Year will be those specified for each such Taxable Year by the Code and other law as in effect on the Early Termination Date, (3) any non-amortizable assets (other than any Subsidiary Stock) will be disposed of on the fifteenth anniversary of the applicable Basis Adjustment and any short-term investments will be disposed of 12 months following the Early Termination Date; provided , that in the event of a Change of Control, such non-amortizable assets shall be deemed disposed of at the time of sale of the relevant asset (if earlier than such fifteenth anniversary), (4) any Subsidiary Stock will never be disposed of and (5) if, at the Early Termination Date, there are Units that have not been Exchanged, then each such Unit shall is Exchanged for the Market Value of the Class A Shares and the amount of cash that would be transferred if the Exchange occurred on the Early Termination Date.

 

8
 

  

ARTICLE II

DETERMINATION OF CERTAIN REALIZED TAX BENEFIT

 

Section 2.1            Basis Adjustment . Within ninety (90) calendar days after the filing of the United States federal income tax return of the Corporate Taxpayer for any Taxable Year in which an Exchange has been effected by any TRA Party, the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to such TRA Party a schedule (the “ Exchange Basis Schedule ”) that shows, in reasonable detail necessary to perform the calculations required by this Agreement (i) the Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis of the Reference Assets in respect of such TRA Party as of each applicable Exchange Date, (ii) the Basis Adjustment with respect to the Reference Assets in respect of such TRA Party as a result of the Exchanges effected in such Taxable Year by such TRA Party, calculated in the aggregate, (iii) the period (or periods) over which the Reference Assets in respect of such TRA Party are amortizable and/or depreciable and (iv) the period (or periods) over which each Basis Adjustment in respect of such TRA Party is amortizable and/or depreciable.

 

Section 2.2            Tax Benefit Schedule .

 

(a)           Tax Benefit Schedule . Within ninety (90) calendar days after the filing of the United States federal income tax return of the Corporate Taxpayer for any Taxable Year in which there is a Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment in respect of such TRA Party, the Corporate Taxpayer shall provide to such TRA Party a schedule showing, in reasonable detail, the calculation of the Tax Benefit Payment in respect of such TRA Party for such Taxable Year (a “ Tax Benefit Schedule ”). Each Tax Benefit Schedule will become final as provided in Section 2.3(a) and may be amended as provided in Section 2.3(b) (subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.3(b)). 

 

(b)           Applicable Principles . Subject to Section 3.3(a), the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year is intended to measure the decrease or increase in the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporate Taxpayer for such Taxable Year attributable to the Basis Adjustments and Imputed Interest, determined using a “with and without” methodology. For the avoidance of doubt, the actual liability for Taxes will take into account the deduction of the portion of the Tax Benefit Payment that must be accounted for as interest under the Code based upon the characterization of Tax Benefit Payments as additional consideration payable by the Corporate Taxpayer for the Units acquired in an Exchange. Carryovers or carrybacks of any Tax item attributable to the Basis Adjustments and Imputed Interest shall be considered to be subject to the rules of the Code and the Treasury Regulations or the appropriate provisions of U.S. state and local income and franchise tax law, as applicable, governing the use, limitation and expiration of carryovers or carrybacks of the relevant type. If a carryover or carryback of any Tax item includes a portion that is attributable to the Basis Adjustment or Imputed Interest and another portion that is not, such portions shall be considered to be used in accordance with the “with and without” methodology. The parties agree that (i) all Tax Benefit Payments attributable to the Basis Adjustments (other than amounts accounted for as interest under the Code) will be treated as subsequent upward purchase price adjustments have the effect of creating additional Basis Adjustments to Reference Assets for the Corporate Taxpayer in the year of payment, and (ii) as a result, such additional Basis Adjustments will be incorporated into the current year calculation and into future year calculations, as appropriate.

 

9
 

  

Section 2.3            Procedures, Amendments .

 

(a)            Procedure . Every time the Corporate Taxpayer delivers to a TRA Party an applicable Schedule under this Agreement, including any Amended Schedule delivered pursuant to Section 2.3(b), and any Early Termination Schedule or amended Early Termination Schedule, the Corporate Taxpayer shall also (x) deliver to such TRA Party schedules, valuation reports, if any, and work papers, as determined by the Corporate Taxpayer or requested by such TRA Party, providing reasonable detail regarding the preparation of the Schedule and (y) allow such TRA Party reasonable access at no cost to the appropriate representatives at the Corporate Taxpayer, as determined by the Corporate Taxpayer or requested by such TRA Party, in connection with a review of such Schedule. Without limiting the application of the preceding sentence, each time the Corporate Taxpayer delivers to a TRA Party a Tax Benefit Schedule, in addition to the Tax Benefit Schedule duly completed, the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to such TRA Party the Corporate Taxpayer Return, the reasonably detailed calculation by the Corporate Taxpayer of the applicable Hypothetical Tax Liability in respect of such TRA Party, the reasonably detailed calculation by the Corporate Taxpayer of the actual Tax liability, as well as any other work papers as determined by the Corporate Taxpayer or requested by such TRA Party, provided that the Corporate Taxpayer shall be entitled to redact any information that it reasonably believes is unnecessary for purposes of determining the items in the applicable Schedule or amendment thereto or any information that the Corporate Taxpayer is prohibited from disclosing under applicable law or contractual confidentiality restrictions. An applicable Schedule or amendment thereto shall become final and binding on all parties thirty (30) calendar days from the date on which all relevant TRA Parties are treated as having received the applicable Schedule or amendment thereto under Section 7.1 unless the TRA Party Representative (i) within thirty (30) calendar days from such date provides the Corporate Taxpayer with notice of a material objection to such Schedule (“ Objection Notice ”) made in good faith or (ii) provides a written waiver of such right of any Objection Notice within the period described in clause (i) above, in which case such Schedule or amendment thereto becomes binding on the date the waiver is received by the Corporate Taxpayer. If the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in the Objection Notice within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Corporate Taxpayer of an Objection Notice, the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative shall employ the reconciliation procedures as described in Section 7.9 of this Agreement (the “ Reconciliation Procedures ”).

 

(b)           Amended Schedule . The applicable Schedule for any Taxable Year may be amended from time to time by the Corporate Taxpayer (i) in connection with a Determination affecting such Schedule, (ii) to correct inaccuracies in the Schedule identified as a result of the receipt of additional factual information relating to a Taxable Year after the date the Schedule was provided to a TRA Party, (iii) to comply with the Expert’s determination under the Reconciliation Procedures, (iv) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to a carryback or carryforward of a loss or other tax item to such Taxable Year, (v) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to an amended Tax Return filed for such Taxable Year, or (vi) to adjust an applicable Exchange Basis Schedule to take into account payments made pursuant to this Agreement (any such Schedule, an “ Amended Schedule ”). The Corporate Taxpayer shall provide an Amended Schedule to each TRA Party within thirty (30) calendar days of the occurrence of an event referenced in clauses (i) through (vi) of the preceding sentence.

 

10
 

  

ARTICLE III

TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS

 

Section 3.1            Payments .

 

(a)           Payments . Within five (5) calendar days after a Tax Benefit Schedule delivered to a TRA Party becomes final in accordance with Section 2.3(a), the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay such TRA Party for such Taxable Year the Tax Benefit Payment determined pursuant to Section 3.1(b).  Each such Tax Benefit Payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the bank account previously designated by such TRA Party to the Corporate Taxpayer or as otherwise agreed by the Corporate Taxpayer and such TRA Party.  For the avoidance of doubt, no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of estimated tax payments, including, without limitation, federal estimated income tax payments. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, at the election of a TRA Party specified in the Exchange Notice for the applicable Exchange, the aggregate Tax Benefit Payments in respect of such Exchange (other than amounts accounted for as interest under the Code) shall not exceed, as specified by a TRA Party, 50% of the fair market value of the Class A Shares received on such Exchange.

 

(b)          A “ Tax Benefit Payment ” in respect of a TRA Party for a Taxable Year means an amount, not less than zero, equal to the sum of the portion of the Net Tax Benefit that is allocable to such TRA Party and the Interest Amount with respect thereto. For the avoidance of doubt, for Tax purposes, the Interest Amount shall not be treated as interest but instead shall be treated as additional consideration for the acquisition of Units in Exchanges, unless otherwise required by law. Subject to Section 3.3(a), the “ Net Tax Benefit ” for a Taxable Year shall be an amount equal to the excess, if any, of 85% of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit as of the end of such Taxable Year, over the total amount of payments previously made under this Section 3.1 (excluding payments attributable to Interest Amounts); provided , for the avoidance of doubt, that no such recipient shall be required to return any portion of any previously made Tax Benefit Payment. The “ Interest Amount ” shall equal the interest on the Net Tax Benefit calculated at the Agreed Rate from the due date (without extensions) for filing the Corporate Taxpayer Return with respect to Taxes for such Taxable Year until the payment date under Section 3.1(a).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for each Taxable Year ending on or after the date of a Change of Control that occurs after the IPO Date, all Tax Benefit Payments, whether paid with respect to the Units that were Exchanged (i) prior to the date of such Change of Control or (ii) on or after the date of such Change of Control, shall be calculated by utilizing Valuation Assumptions (1), (3) and (4), substituting in each case the terms “the closing date of a Change of Control” for an “Early Termination Date.” 

 

11
 

  

Section 3.2            No Duplicative Payments . It is intended that the provisions of this Agreement will not result in duplicative payment of any amount (including interest) required under this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in the appropriate manner to ensure such intentions are realized.

 

Section 3.3            Pro Rata Payments; Coordination of Benefits With Other Tax Receivable Agreements .

 

(a)          Notwithstanding anything in Section 3.1 to the contrary, to the extent that the aggregate tax benefit of the Corporate Taxpayer’s deduction with respect to the Basis Adjustments or Imputed Interest, as such terms are defined in this Agreement, is limited in a particular Taxable Year because the Corporate Taxpayer does not have sufficient taxable income, the Net Tax Benefit for the Corporate Taxpayer shall be allocated among all parties eligible for payments under this Agreement in proportion to the respective amounts of Net Tax Benefit that would have been allocated to each party if the Corporate Taxpayer had sufficient taxable income so that there were no such limitation.

 

(b)          After taking into account Section 3.3(a), if for any reason the Corporate Taxpayer does not fully satisfy its payment obligations to make all Tax Benefit Payments due under this Agreement in respect of a particular Taxable Year, then the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Parties agree that no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of any Taxable Year until all Tax Benefit Payments in respect of prior Taxable Years have been made in full.

 

ARTICLE IV

TERMINATION

 

Section 4.1            Early Termination and Breach of Agreement .

 

(a)          The Corporate Taxpayer may terminate this Agreement with respect to all amounts payable to the TRA Parties and with respect to all of the Units held by the TRA Parties at any time by paying to each TRA Party the Early Termination Payment in respect of such TRA Party; provided , however , that this Agreement shall only terminate upon the receipt of the Early Termination Payment by all TRA Parties, and provided , further , that the Corporate Taxpayer may withdraw any notice to execute its termination rights under this Section 4.1(a) prior to the time at which any Early Termination Payment has been paid.  Upon payment of the Early Termination Payment by the Corporate Taxpayer, none of the TRA Parties or the Corporate Taxpayer shall have any further payment obligations under this Agreement, other than for any (a) Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by the Corporate Taxpayer, on one hand, and the TRA Party, on the other, as due and payable but unpaid as of the Early Termination Notice and (b) Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of the Early Termination Notice (except to the extent that the amount described in clause (b) is included in the Early Termination Payment).  If an Exchange occurs after the Corporate Taxpayer makes the Early Termination Payments with respect to all applicable TRA Parties, the Corporate Taxpayer shall have no obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Exchange.

 

12
 

  

(b)          In the event that the Corporate Taxpayer breaches any of its material obligations under this Agreement, whether as a result of failure to make any payment when due, failure to honor any other material obligation required hereunder or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of this Agreement in a case commenced under the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, then all obligations hereunder shall be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such breach and shall include, but not be limited to, (1) the Early Termination Payments calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of a breach, (2) any Tax Benefit Payment in respect of a TRA Party agreed to by the Corporate Taxpayer and such TRA Party as due and payable but unpaid as of the date of a breach, and (3) any Tax Benefit Payment in respect of any TRA Party due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of a breach.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Corporate Taxpayer breaches this Agreement, each TRA Party shall be entitled to elect to receive the amounts set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above or to seek specific performance of the terms hereof.  The parties agree that the failure to make any payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three months of the date such payment is due shall be deemed to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement for all purposes of this Agreement, and that it will not be considered to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement to make a payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three months of the date such payment is due. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, it shall not be a breach of this Agreement if the Corporate Taxpayer fails to make any Tax Benefit Payment when due to the extent that the Corporate Taxpayer has insufficient funds to make such payment in the Corporate Taxpayer’s sole judgment exercised in good faith; provided that the interest provisions of Section 5.2 shall apply to such late payment (unless the Corporate Taxpayer does not have sufficient cash to make such payment as a result of limitations imposed by existing credit agreements to which OpCo is a party, in which case Section 5.2 shall apply, but the Default Rate shall be replaced by the Agreed Rate).

 

Section 4.2            Early Termination Notice . If the Corporate Taxpayer chooses to exercise its right of early termination under Section 4.1 above, the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to each TRA Party notice of such intention to exercise such right (“ Early Termination Notice ”) and a schedule (the “ Early Termination Schedule ”) specifying the Corporate Taxpayer’s intention to exercise such right and showing in reasonable detail the calculation of the Early Termination Payment(s) due for each TRA Party. Each Early Termination Schedule shall become final and binding on all parties thirty (30) calendar days from the first date on which all TRA Parties are treated as having received such Schedule or amendment thereto under Section 7.1 unless the TRA Party Representative (i) within thirty (30) calendar days after such date provides the Corporate Taxpayer with notice of a material objection to such Schedule made in good faith (“ Material Objection Notice ”) or (ii) provides a written waiver of such right of a Material Objection Notice within the period described in clause (i) above, in which case such Schedule becomes binding on the date the waiver is received by the Corporate Taxpayer (the “ Early Termination Effective Date ”). If the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in such notice within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Corporate Taxpayer of the Material Objection Notice, the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures in which case such Schedule becomes binding ten (10) days after the conclusion of the Reconciliation Procedures.

 

13
 

  

Section 4.3            Payment upon Early Termination .

 

(a)          Within three (3) calendar days after an Early Termination Effective Date, the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay to the TRA Party an amount equal to the Early Termination Payment in respect of such TRA Party. Such payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account or accounts designated by the TRA Party or as otherwise agreed by the Corporate Taxpayer and such TRA Party.

 

(b)          “ Early Termination Payment ” in respect of a TRA Party shall equal the present value, discounted at the Early Termination Rate as of the applicable Early Termination Effective Date, of all Tax Benefit Payments in respect of such TRA Party that would be required to be paid by the Corporate Taxpayer beginning from the Early Termination Date and assuming that (i) the Valuation Assumptions in respect of such TRA Party are applied (ii) for each Taxable Year, the Tax Benefit Payment is paid ninety-five days after the due date, assuming an extension, of the U.S. federal income tax return of the Corporate Taxpayer and (iii) for purposes of calculating the Early Termination Rate, LIBOR shall be LIBOR as of the date of the Early Termination Notice.

 

ARTICLE V

SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS

 

Section 5.1            Subordination .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment required to be made by the Corporate Taxpayer to the TRA Parties under this Agreement shall rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to any principal, interest or other amounts due and payable in respect of any obligations in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money of the Corporate Taxpayer and its Subsidiaries (“ Senior Obligations ”) and shall rank pari passu with all current or future unsecured obligations of the Corporate Taxpayer that are not Senior Obligations. 

 

Section 5.2             Late Payments by the Corporate Taxpayer . The amount of all or any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment not made to the TRA Parties when due under the terms of this Agreement shall be payable together with any interest thereon, computed at the Default Rate and commencing from the date on which such Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment was due and payable.  

 

ARTICLE VI

NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION

 

Section 6.1            Participation in the Corporate Taxpayer’s and OpCo’s Tax Matters . Except as otherwise provided herein, the Corporate Taxpayer shall have full responsibility for, and sole discretion over, all Tax matters concerning the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo, including without limitation the preparation, filing or amending of any Tax Return and defending, contesting or settling any issue pertaining to Taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporate Taxpayer shall notify the TRA Party Representative of, and keep the TRA Party Representative reasonably informed with respect to, the portion of any audit of the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo by a Taxing Authority the outcome of which is reasonably expected to affect the rights and obligations of a TRA Party under this Agreement, and shall provide to the TRA Party Representative reasonable opportunity to provide information and other input to the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo and their respective advisors concerning the conduct of any such portion of such audit; provided , however , that the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo shall not be required to take any action that is inconsistent with any provision of the LLC Agreement.

 

14
 

  

Section 6.2            Consistency . The Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Parties agree to report and cause to be reported for all purposes, including federal, state and local Tax purposes and financial reporting purposes, all Tax-related items (including, without limitation, the Basis Adjustments and each Tax Benefit Payment) in a manner consistent with that specified by the Corporate Taxpayer in any Schedule required to be provided by or on behalf of the Corporate Taxpayer under this Agreement unless otherwise required by law.

 

Section 6.3            Cooperation . Each of the TRA Parties shall (a) furnish to the Corporate Taxpayer in a timely manner such information, documents and other materials as the Corporate Taxpayer may reasonably request for purposes of making any determination or computation necessary or appropriate under this Agreement, preparing any Tax Return or contesting or defending any audit, examination or controversy with any Taxing Authority, (b) make itself available to the Corporate Taxpayer and its representatives to provide explanations of documents and materials and such other information as the Corporate Taxpayer or its representatives may reasonably request in connection with any of the matters described in clause (a) above, and (c) reasonably cooperate in connection with any such matter, and the Corporate Taxpayer shall reimburse each such TRA Party for any reasonable third-party costs and expenses incurred pursuant to this Section.

 

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 7.1            Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given and received (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by facsimile or email with confirmation of transmission by the transmitting equipment or (b) on the first Business Day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next-day courier service. All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice: 

 

If to the Corporate Taxpayer, to: 

 

600 Montgomery St., 35 th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94111

Telephone:     (415) 568-2760

Facsimile:       (415) 358-5514

Email:              john.fredericks@medleycapital.com

 

15
 

 

Attention:     General Counsel


with a copy (which shall not constitute notice to the Corporate Taxpayer) to:


Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Telephone:      (212) 455-2000

Facsimile:       (212) 455-2502

Email:              jbonnie@stblaw.com

Attention:      Joshua Ford Bonnie

 

If to the TRA Parties, to: 

 

The address, fax number and email address set forth in the records of OpCo.

 

Any party may change its address, fax number or email by giving the other party written notice of its new address, fax number or email in the manner set forth above.

 

Section 7.2            Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.3            Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.4            Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof that would mandate the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

Section 7.5            Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any law or public policy, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

 

16
 

  

Section 7.6            Successors; Assignment; Amendments; Waivers .

 

(a)          Each TRA Party may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to any Person as long as such transferee has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such transfer, executes and delivers, a joinder to this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporate Taxpayer, agreeing to become a TRA Party for all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise provided in such joinder.

 

(b)          No provision of this Agreement may be amended unless such amendment is approved in writing by each of the Corporate Taxpayer and by the TRA Parties who would be entitled to receive at least two-thirds of the total amount of the Early Termination Payments payable to all TRA Parties hereunder if the Corporate Taxpayer had exercised its right of early termination on the date of the most recent Exchange prior to such amendment (excluding, for purposes of this sentence, all payments made to any TRA Party pursuant to this Agreement since the date of such most recent Exchange); provided, that no such amendment shall be effective if such amendment will have a disproportionate effect on the payments certain TRA Parties will or may receive under this Agreement unless such amendment is consented in writing by the TRA Parties disproportionately affected who would be entitled to receive at least two-thirds of the total amount of the Early Termination Payments payable to all TRA Parties disproportionately affected hereunder if the Corporate Taxpayer had exercised its right of early termination on the date of the most recent Exchange prior to such amendment (excluding, for purposes of this sentence, all payments made to any TRA Party pursuant to this Agreement since the date of such most recent Exchange). No provision of this Agreement may be waived unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective.

 

(c)          All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. The Corporate Taxpayer shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporate Taxpayer, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporate Taxpayer would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

Section 7.7            Titles and Subtitles . The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

 

17
 

  

Section 7.8            Resolution of Disputes .

 

(a)           Any and all disputes which are not governed by Section 7.9 and cannot be settled amicably, including any ancillary claims of any party, arising out of, relating to or in connection with the validity, negotiation, execution, interpretation, performance or non-performance of this Agreement (including the validity, scope and enforceability of this arbitration provision) (each a “ Dispute ”) shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator in New York in accordance with the then-existing Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce. If the parties to the Dispute fail to agree on the selection of an arbitrator within ten (10) calendar days of the receipt of the request for arbitration, the International Chamber of Commerce shall make the appointment. The arbitrator shall be a lawyer admitted to the practice of law in the State of New York and shall conduct the proceedings in the English language. Performance under this Agreement shall continue if reasonably possible during any arbitration proceedings. 

 

(b)           Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a), the Corporate Taxpayer may bring an action or special proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of compelling a party to arbitrate, seeking temporary or preliminary relief in aid of an arbitration hereunder, and/or enforcing an arbitration award and, for the purposes of this paragraph (b), the TRA Party (i) expressly consents to the application of paragraph (c) of this Section 7.8 to any such action or proceeding, (ii) agrees that proof shall not be required that monetary damages for breach of the provisions of this Agreement would be difficult to calculate and that remedies at law would be inadequate, and (iii) irrevocably appoints the Corporate Taxpayer as agent of the TRA Party for service of process in connection with any such action or proceeding and agrees that service of process upon such agent, who shall promptly advise the TRA Party of any such service of process, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the TRA Party in any such action or proceeding.

 

(c)          (i)  EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF COURTS LOCATED IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 7.8, OR ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING ANCILLARY TO AN ARBITRATION OR CONTEMPLATED ARBITRATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR CONCERNING THIS AGREEMENT. Such ancillary judicial proceedings include any suit, action or proceeding to compel arbitration, to obtain temporary or preliminary judicial relief in aid of arbitration, or to confirm an arbitration award. The parties acknowledge that the for a designated by this paragraph (c) have a reasonable relation to this Agreement, and to the parties’ relationship with one another; and 

 

(ii) The parties hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they now or hereafter may have to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any such ancillary suit, action or proceeding brought in any court referred to in the preceding paragraph of this Section 7.8 and such parties agree not to plead or claim the same.

 

18
 

  

Section 7.9            Reconciliation . In the event that the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative are unable to resolve a disagreement with respect to the matters governed by Sections 2.3 and 4.2 within the relevant period designated in this Agreement (“ Reconciliation Dispute ”), the Reconciliation Dispute shall be submitted for determination to a nationally recognized expert (the “ Expert ”) in the particular area of disagreement mutually acceptable to both parties. The Expert shall be a partner or principal in a nationally recognized accounting or law firm, and unless the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative agree otherwise, the Expert shall not, and the firm that employs the Expert shall not, have any material relationship with the Corporate Taxpayer or the TRA Party Representative or other actual or potential conflict of interest. If the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative are unable to agree on an Expert within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt by the respondent(s) of written notice of a Reconciliation Dispute, the Expert shall be appointed by the International Chamber of Commerce Centre for Expertise. The Expert shall resolve any matter relating to the Exchange Basis Schedule or an amendment thereto or the Early Termination Schedule or an amendment thereto within thirty (30) calendar days and shall resolve any matter relating to a Tax Benefit Schedule or an amendment thereto within fifteen (15) calendar days or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, in each case after the matter has been submitted to the Expert for resolution.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the matter is not resolved before any payment that is the subject of a disagreement would be due (in the absence of such disagreement) or any Tax Return reflecting the subject of a disagreement is due, the undisputed amount shall be paid on the date prescribed by this Agreement and such Tax Return may be filed as prepared by the Corporate Taxpayer, subject to adjustment or amendment upon resolution.  The costs and expenses relating to the engagement of such Expert or amending any Tax Return shall be borne by the Corporate Taxpayer except as provided in the next sentence.  The Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative shall bear their own costs and expenses of such proceeding, unless (i) the Expert adopts the TRA Party Representative’s position, in which case the Corporate Taxpayer shall reimburse the TRA Party Representative for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding, or (ii) the Expert adopts the Corporate Taxpayer’s position, in which case the TRA Party Representative shall reimburse the Corporate Taxpayer for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding.  Any dispute as to whether a dispute is a Reconciliation Dispute within the meaning of this Section 7.9 shall be decided by the Expert.  The Expert shall finally determine any Reconciliation Dispute and the determinations of the Expert pursuant to this Section 7.9 shall be binding on the Corporate Taxpayer and each of the TRA Parties and may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction. 

 

Section 7.10          Withholding . The Corporate Taxpayer shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any payment payable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as the Corporate Taxpayer is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any provision of state, local or foreign tax law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority by the Corporate Taxpayer, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of whom such withholding was made.

 

Section 7.11          Admission of the Corporate Taxpayer into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets

 

(a)           If the Corporate Taxpayer is or becomes a member of an affiliated or consolidated group of corporations that files a consolidated income tax return pursuant to Sections 1501 et seq. of the Code or any corresponding provisions of state or local law, then: (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall be applied with respect to the group as a whole; and (ii) Tax Benefit Payments, Early Termination Payments and other applicable items hereunder shall be computed with reference to the consolidated taxable income of the group as a whole.

 

19
 

  

(b)          If any entity that is obligated to make a Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment hereunder transfers one or more assets to a corporation (or a Person classified as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) with which such entity does not file a consolidated tax return pursuant to Section 1501 of the Code, such entity, for purposes of calculating the amount of any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment (e.g., calculating the gross income of the entity and determining the Realized Tax Benefit of such entity) due hereunder, shall be treated as having disposed of such asset in a fully taxable transaction on the date of such contribution.  The consideration deemed to be received by such entity shall be equal to the gross fair market value of the contributed asset. For purposes of this Section 7.11, a transfer of a partnership interest shall be treated as a transfer of the transferring partner’s share of each of the assets and liabilities of that partnership allocated to such partner.

 

Section 7.12          Confidentiality

 

(a)          Each TRA Party and each of their assignees acknowledge and agree that the information of the Corporate Taxpayer is confidential and, except in the course of performing any duties as necessary for the Corporate Taxpayer and its Affiliates, as required by law or legal process or to enforce the terms of this Agreement, such person shall keep and retain in the strictest confidence and not disclose to any Person any confidential matters, acquired pursuant to this Agreement, of the Corporate Taxpayer and its Affiliates and successors, concerning OpCo and its Affiliates and successors or the Members, learned by the TRA Party heretofore or hereafter.  This Section 7.12 shall not apply to (i) any information that has been made publicly available by the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its Affiliates, becomes public knowledge (except as a result of an act of the TRA Party in violation of this Agreement) or is generally known to the business community and (ii) the disclosure of information to the extent necessary for the TRA Party to prepare and file its Tax Returns, to respond to any inquiries regarding the same from any taxing authority or to prosecute or defend any action, proceeding or audit by any taxing authority with respect to such returns.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each TRA Party and each of their assignees (and each employee, representative or other agent of the TRA Party or its assignees, as applicable) may disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo and their Affiliates, and any of their transactions, and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to the TRA Party relating to such tax treatment and tax structure.

 

(b)          If a TRA Party or an assignee commits a breach, or threatens to commit a breach, of any of the provisions of this Section 7.12, the Corporate Taxpayer shall have the right and remedy to have the provisions of this Section 7.12 specifically enforced by injunctive relief or otherwise by any court of competent jurisdiction without the need to post any bond or other security, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach shall cause irreparable injury to the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its Subsidiaries or the TRA Parties and the accounts and funds managed by the Corporate Taxpayer and that money damages alone shall not provide an adequate remedy to such Persons.  Such rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.

 

20
 

  

Section 7.13          Change in Law . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, in connection with an actual or proposed change in law, a TRA Party reasonably believes that the existence of this Agreement could cause income (other than income arising from receipt of a payment under this Agreement) recognized by the TRA Party upon any Exchange by such TRA Party to be treated as ordinary income rather than capital gain (or otherwise taxed at ordinary income rates) for United States federal income tax purposes or would have other material adverse tax consequences to such TRA Party, then at the election of such TRA Party and to the extent specified by such TRA Party, this Agreement (i) shall cease to have further effect with respect to such TRA Party, (ii) shall not apply to an Exchange by such TRA Party occurring after a date specified by such TRA Party, or (iii) shall otherwise be amended in a manner determined by such TRA Party, provided that such amendment shall not result in an increase in payments under this Agreement at any time as compared to the amounts and times of payments that would have been due in the absence of such amendment.

 

Section 7.14          LLC Agreement . This Agreement shall be treated as part of the partnership agreement of OpCo as described in Section 761(c) of the Code and Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(h) and 1.761-1(c) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

Section 7.15          Independent Nature of TRA Parties’ Rights and Obligations . The obligations of each TRA Party hereunder are several and not joint with the obligations of any other TRA Party, and no TRA Party shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other TRA Party hereunder. The decision of each TRA Party to enter into this Agreement has been made by such TRA Party independently of any other TRA Party. Nothing contained herein, and no action taken by any TRA Party pursuant hereto, shall be deemed to constitute the TRA Parties as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the TRA Parties are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby and the Corporate Taxpayer acknowledges that the TRA Parties are not acting in concert or as a group, and the Corporate Taxpayer will not assert any such claim, with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

[ The remainder of this page is intentionally blank ]

 

21
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporate Taxpayer and each TRA Party have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

  MEDLEY MANAGEMENT INC.
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  TRA PARTIES
     
   
  Name:
     
   
  Name:
     
   
  Name:
     
   
  Name:
     
   
  Name:

 

[ Signature Page – Tax Receivable Agreement ]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

 

EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of  __________, 2014, among Medley Management Inc., a Delaware corporation, Medley LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and the holders of LLC Units (as defined herein) from time to time party hereto.

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to provide for the exchange of LLC Units for shares of Class A Common Stock (as defined herein), on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and undertakings contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

SECTION 1.1.   Definitions

 

The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.

 

Class A Common Stock ” means the Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Corporation ” means Medley Management Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

 

Exchange ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) of this Agreement.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Exchange Rate ” means the number of shares of Class A Common Stock for which a LLC Unit is entitled to be exchanged. On the date of this Agreement, the Exchange Rate shall be 1 for 1, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 2.2 of this Agreement.

 

LLC Unit ” means (i) each Class A Unit (as such term is defined in the Medley LLC Agreement) issued as of the date hereof and (ii) each Class A Unit or other interest in Medley LLC that may be issued by Medley LLC in the future that is designated by the Corporation as a “LLC Unit”.

 

LLC Unitholder ” means each holder of one or more LLC Units that may from time to time be a party to this Agreement.

 

Medley LLC ” means Medley LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successor thereto.

 

 
 

  

Medley LLC Agreement ” means the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Medley LLC, dated on or about the date hereof, as such agreement may be amended from time to time.

 

IPO ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) of this Agreement.

 

Permitted Transferee ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.1 of this Agreement.

 

Unvested Units ” has the meaning given to such term in the Medley LLC Agreement.

 

ARTICLE II

 

SECTION 2.1.   Exchange of LLC Units for Class A Common Stock.

 

(a)          From and after the first anniversary of the date of the closing of the initial public offering and sale of Class A Common Stock (as contemplated by the Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-__________)) (the “ IPO ”), or, if later, the date of the initial filing by the Corporation of a registration statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission to cover delivery of shares of Class A Common Stock to LLC Unitholders upon an Exchange (as defined herein), each LLC Unitholder shall be entitled at any time and from time to time, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, to surrender LLC Units (other than Unvested Units) to Medley LLC in exchange for the delivery to the exchanging LLC Unitholder of a number of shares of Class A Common Stock that is equal to the product of the number of LLC Units surrendered multiplied by the Exchange Rate (such exchange, an “ Exchange ”); provided that any such Exchange is for a minimum of the lesser of 1,000 LLC Units or all of the LLC Units (other than Unvested Units) held by such LLC Unitholder.

 

(b)          A LLC Unitholder shall exercise its right to exchange LLC Units as set forth in Section 2.1(a) above by delivering to the Corporation and to Medley LLC a written election of exchange in respect of the LLC Units to be exchanged substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, duly executed by such holder or such holder’s duly authorized attorney, in each case delivered during normal business hours at the principal executive offices of the Corporation and of Medley LLC. As promptly as practicable following the delivery of such a written election of exchange, Medley LLC shall deliver or cause to be delivered at the offices of the then-acting registrar and transfer agent of the Class A Common Stock or, if there is no then-acting registrar and transfer agent of the Class A Common Stock, at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable upon such Exchange, registered in the name of the relevant exchanging LLC Unitholder. To the extent the Class A Common Stock is settled through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, Medley LLC will, subject to Section 2.1(c) below, upon the written instruction of an exchanging LLC Unitholder, use its reasonable best efforts to deliver the shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable to such exchanging LLC Unitholder, through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, to the account of the participant of The Depository Trust Company designated by such exchanging LLC Unitholder. The Corporation shall take such actions as may be required to ensure the performance by Medley LLC of its obligations under this Section 2(b) and the foregoing Section 2(a), including the issuance and sale of shares of Class A Common Stock to or for the account of Medley LLC in exchange for the delivery to the Corporation of a number of LLC Units that is equal to the number of LLC Units surrendered by an exchanging LLC Unitholder.

 

 
 

  

(c)          Medley LLC and each Exchanging LLC Unitholder shall bear their own expenses in connection with the consummation of any Exchange, whether or not any such Exchange is ultimately consummated, except that Medley LLC shall bear any transfer taxes, stamp taxes or duties, or other similar taxes in connection with, or arising by reason of, any Exchange; provided, however, that if any shares of Class A Common Stock are to be delivered in a name other than that of the LLC Unitholder that requested the Exchange, then such LLC Unitholder and/or the person in whose name such shares are to be delivered shall pay to Medley LLC the amount of any transfer taxes, stamp taxes or duties, or other similar taxes in connection with, or arising by reason of, such Exchange or shall establish to the reasonable satisfaction of Medley LLC that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

 

(d)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, to the extent the Corporation or Medley LLC shall determine that LLC Units do not meet the requirements of Treasury Regulation section 1.7704-1(h), the Corporation or Medley LLC may impose such restrictions on Exchange as the Corporation or Medley LLC may determine to be necessary or advisable so that Medley LLC is not treated as a “publicly traded partnership” under Section 7704 of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Exchange shall be permitted (and, if attempted, shall be void ab initio ) if, in the good faith determination of the Corporation or of Medley LLC, such an Exchange would pose a material risk that Medley LLC would be a “publicly traded partnership” under Section 7704 of the Code.

 

(e)          For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a LLC Unitholder shall not be entitled to exchange LLC Units to the extent the Corporation determines that such Exchange (i) would be prohibited by law or regulation (including, without limitation, the unavailability of any requisite registration statement filed under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any exemption from the registration requirements thereunder) or (ii) would not be permitted under any other agreements with the Corporation or its subsidiaries to which such LLC Unitholder may be party (including, without limitation, the Medley LLC Agreement) or any written policies of the Corporation related to unlawful or inappropriate trading applicable to its directors, officers or other personnel.

 

(f)          The Corporation may adopt reasonable procedures for the implementation of the exchange provisions set forth in this Article II, including, without limitation, procedures for the giving of notice of an election of exchange.

 

 
 

  

SECTION 2.2.   Adjustment.

 

(a)          The Exchange Rate shall be adjusted accordingly if there is: (a) any subdivision (by any unit split, unit distribution, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse unit split, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) of the LLC Units that is not accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination of the Class A Common Stock; or (b) any subdivision (by any stock split, stock dividend or distribution, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse stock split, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) of the Class A Common Stock that is not accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination of the LLC Units. If there is any reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction in which the Class A Common Stock are converted or changed into another security, securities or other property, then upon any subsequent Exchange, an exchanging LLC Unitholder shall be entitled to receive the amount of such security, securities or other property that such exchanging LLC Unitholder would have received if such Exchange had occurred immediately prior to the effective date of such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction, taking into account any adjustment as a result of any subdivision (by any split, distribution or dividend, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of such security, securities or other property that occurs after the effective time of such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction. Except as may be required in the immediately preceding sentence, no adjustments in respect of distributions shall be made upon the exchange of any LLC Unit.

 

SECTION 2.3.   Class A Common Stock to be Issued.

 

(a)          The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon an Exchange, such number of shares of Class A Common Stock as shall be deliverable upon any such Exchange; provided that nothing contained herein shall be construed to preclude Medley LLC from satisfying its obligations in respect of the Exchange of the LLC Units by delivery of shares of Class A Common Stock which are held in the treasury of the Corporation or Medley LLC or any of their subsidiaries or by delivery of purchased shares of Class A Common Stock (which may or may not be held in the treasury of the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof). The Corporation and Medley LLC covenant that all Class A Common Stock issued upon an Exchange will, upon issuance, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

(b)          The Corporation and Medley LLC covenant and agree that, to the extent that a registration statement under the Securities Act is effective and available for shares of Class A Common Stock to be delivered with respect to any Exchange, shares that have been registered under the Securities Act shall be delivered in respect of such Exchange. In the event that any Exchange in accordance with this Agreement is to be effected at a time when any required registration has not become effective or otherwise is unavailable, upon the request and with the reasonable cooperation of the LLC Unitholder requesting such Exchange, the Corporation and Medley LLC shall use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly facilitate such Exchange pursuant to any reasonably available exemption from such registration requirements. The Corporation and Medley LLC shall use commercially reasonable efforts to list the Class A Common Stock required to be delivered upon exchange prior to such delivery upon each national securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system upon which the outstanding Class A Common Stock may be listed or traded at the time of such delivery.

 

 
 

  

SECTION 2.4.   Restrictions.

 

(a)          The provisions of Sections 8.02, 8.03, 8.04 and 8.06 of the Medley LLC Agreement and the restrictions on transfer under any other agreements with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries to which an exchanging LLC Unitholder may be party shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to any shares of Class A Common Stock. In each case, the provisions of Sections 8.03 and 8.04 of the Medley LLC Agreement shall apply in the aggregate to LLC Units and shares of Class A Common Stock received in exchange for LLC Units held by each LLC Unitholder.

 

ARTICLE III

 

SECTION 3.1.   Additional LLC Unitholders . To the extent a LLC Unitholder validly transfers any or all of such holder’s LLC Units to another person in a transaction in accordance with, and not in contravention of, the Medley LLC Agreement or any other agreement or agreements with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries to which a transferring LLC Unitholder may be party, then such transferee (each, a “ Permitted Transferee ”) shall have the right to execute and deliver a joinder to this Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, whereupon such Permitted Transferee shall become a LLC Unitholder hereunder. To the extent Medley LLC issues LLC Units in the future, Medley LLC shall be entitled, in its sole discretion, to make any holder of such LLC Units an LLC Unitholder hereunder through such holder’s execution and delivery of a joinder to this Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

 

SECTION 3.2.   Addresses and Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt) by delivery in person, by courier service, by fax, by electronic mail (delivery receipt requested) or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be as specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 3.2):

 

(a) If to the Corporation, to:

 

Medley Management Inc.

600 Montgomery St., 35 th Floor

San Francisco, California 94111

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: (415) 358-5514
Email: john.fredericks@medleycapital.com

 

(b) If to Medley LLC, to:

 

Medley LLC

c/o Medley Management Inc.

600 Montgomery St., 35 th Floor

San Francisco, California 94111

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: (415) 358-5514

Email: john.fredericks@medleycapital.com

 

 
 

 

(c) If to any LLC Unitholder, to the address and other contact information set forth in the records of Medley LLC from time to time.

 

SECTION 3.3.   Further Action . The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 3.4.   Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of all of the parties and, to the extent permitted by this Agreement, their successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legal representatives and assigns.

 

SECTION 3.5.   Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon a determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

 

SECTION 3.6.   Amendment . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended only by the affirmative vote or written consent of each of (i) the Corporation, (ii) Medley LLC and (iii) LLC Unitholders holding a majority of the then outstanding LLC Units (excluding LLC Units held by the Corporation).

 

SECTION 3.7.   Waiver . No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

 

SECTION 3.8.   Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial .

 

(a)          Any and all disputes which cannot be settled amicably, including any ancillary claims of any party, arising out of, relating to or in connection with the validity, negotiation, execution, interpretation, performance or non-performance of this Agreement (including the validity, scope and enforceability of this arbitration provision) shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator in New York in accordance with the then-existing Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce. If the parties to the dispute fail to agree on the selection of an arbitrator within thirty (30) days of the receipt of the request for arbitration, the International Chamber of Commerce shall make the appointment. The arbitrator shall be a lawyer and shall conduct the proceedings in the English language. Performance under this Agreement shall continue if reasonably possible during any arbitration proceedings.

 

 
 

  

(b)          Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a), the parties hereto may bring an action or special proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of compelling a party to arbitrate, seeking temporary or preliminary relief in aid of an arbitration hereunder, and/or enforcing an arbitration award and, for the purposes of this paragraph (b), each party hereto (i) expressly consents to the application of paragraph (c) of this Section 3.8 to any such action or proceeding and (ii) agrees that proof shall not be required that monetary damages for breach of the provisions of this Agreement would be difficult to calculate and that remedies at law would be inadequate.

 

(c)          (i)          EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF COURTS LOCATED IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 3.8, OR ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING ANCILLARY TO AN ARBITRATION OR CONTEMPLATED ARBITRATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR CONCERNING THIS AGREEMENT. Such ancillary judicial proceedings include any suit, action or proceeding to compel arbitration, to obtain temporary or preliminary judicial relief in aid of arbitration, or to confirm an arbitration award. The parties acknowledge that the fora designated by this paragraph (c) have a reasonable relation to this Agreement, and to the parties’ relationship with one another.

 

(i)          The parties hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they now or hereafter may have to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any such ancillary suit, action or proceeding brought in any court referred to in the preceding paragraph of this Section 3.8 and such parties agree not to plead or claim the same.

 

SECTION 3.9.   Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile transmission or by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf” format data file) in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Copies of executed counterparts transmitted by telecopy, by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf” format data file or other electronic transmission service shall be considered original executed counterparts for purposes of this Section 3.9.

 

SECTION 3.10.   Tax Treatment . This Agreement shall be treated as part of the partnership agreement of Medley LLC as described in Section 761(c) of the Code and Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(h) and 1.761-1(c) of the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. As required by the Code and the Treasury Regulations, the parties shall report any Exchange consummated hereunder as a taxable sale of the LLC Units by a LLC Unitholder to the Corporation, and no party shall take a contrary position on any income tax return, amendment thereof or communication with a taxing authority unless an alternate position is permitted under the Code and Treasury Regulations and the Corporation consents in writing.

 

SECTION 3.11.   Specific Performance . The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to specific performance of the terms and provisions hereof, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

 

 
 

  

SECTION 3.12.   Independent Nature of LLC Unitholders’ Rights and Obligations . The obligations of each LLC Unitholder hereunder are several and not joint with the obligations of any other LLC Unitholder, and no LLC Unitholder shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other LLC Unitholder hereunder. The decision of each LLC Unitholder to enter into to this Agreement has been made by such LLC Unitholder independently of any other LLC Unitholder. Nothing contained herein, and no action taken by any LLC Unitholder pursuant hereto, shall be deemed to constitute the LLC Unitholders as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the LLC Unitholders are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby and the Corporation acknowledges that the LLC Unitholders are not acting in concert or as a group, and the Corporation will not assert any such claim, with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

SECTION 3.13.   Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of Delaware.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

 
 

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered, all as of the date first set forth above.

 

  MEDLEY MANAGEMENT INC.
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  MEDLEY LLC
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  LLC UNITHOLDERS
     
     
  Name:
     
     
  Name:
     
     
  Name:
     
     
  Name:
     
     
  Name:

 

[Signature Page – Exchange Agreement]

 

 
 

  

EXHIBIT A

 

[FORM OF]
ELECTION OF EXCHANGE

 

Medley Management Inc.

375 Park Avenue, 33 rd Floor

New York, New York 10152

Attention: General Counsel

 

Medley LLC

c/o Medley Management Inc.

375 Park Avenue, 33 rd Floor

New York, New York 10152

Attention: General Counsel

Reference is hereby made to the Exchange Agreement, dated as of  __________ (the “ Exchange Agreement ”), among Medley Management Inc., a Delaware corporation, Medley LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and the holders of LLC Units (as defined herein) from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Exchange Agreement.

 

The undersigned LLC Unitholder hereby transfers to the Corporation, for the account of Medley LLC, the number of LLC Units set forth below in exchange for shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued in its name as set forth below, as set forth in the Exchange Agreement.

 

Legal Name of LLC Unitholder: __________________________________________________________

 

Address: _________________________________________________________________________________

 

Number of LLC Units to be exchanged: _________________________________

 

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that (i) the undersigned has full legal capacity to execute and deliver this Election of Exchange and to perform the undersigned’s obligations hereunder; (ii) this Election of Exchange has been duly executed and delivered by the undersigned and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the undersigned enforceable against it in accordance with the terms thereof or hereof, as the case may be, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and the availability of equitable remedies; (iii) the LLC Units subject to this Election of Exchange are being transferred to the Corporation free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest, encumbrance, equities or claim; and (iv) no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of any third party or with any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the undersigned or the LLC Units subject to this Election of Exchange is required to be obtained by the undersigned for the transfer of such LLC Units to the Corporation.

 

 
 

  

The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints any officer of the Corporation or of Medley LLC as the attorney of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in the premises, to do any and all things and to take any and all actions that may be necessary to transfer to the Corporation, for the account of Medley LLC, the LLC Units subject to this Election of Exchange and to deliver to the undersigned the shares of Class A Common Stock to be delivered in exchange therefor.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Election of Exchange to be executed and delivered by the undersigned or by its duly authorized attorney.

 

   
  Name:
   
  Dated:  

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

[FORM OF]
JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

This Joinder Agreement (“ Joinder Agreement ”) is a joinder to the Exchange Agreement, dated as of __________ (the “ Agreement ”), among Medley Management Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), Medley LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and each of the LLC Unitholders from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder Agreement shall have their meanings given to them in the Agreement. This Joinder Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of Delaware. In the event of any conflict between this Joinder Agreement and the Agreement, the terms of this Joinder Agreement shall control.

 

The undersigned hereby joins and enters into the Agreement having acquired LLC Units in Medley LLC. By signing and returning this Joinder Agreement to the Corporation, the undersigned accepts and agrees to be bound by and subject to all of the terms and conditions of and agreements of a LLC Unitholder contained in the Agreement, with all attendant rights, duties and obligations of a LLC Unitholder thereunder. The parties to the Agreement shall treat the execution and delivery hereof by the undersigned as the execution and delivery of the Agreement by the undersigned and, upon receipt of this Joinder Agreement by the Corporation and by Medley LLC, the signature of the undersigned set forth below shall constitute a counterpart signature to the signature page of the Agreement.

 

Name: __________________________________

 

 

Address for Notices:   With copies to:
     
     
     
     
     
     

 

Attention:      

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

 

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

OF

 

MEDLEY MANAGEMENT INC.

 

Dated as of __________, 2014

 

 

 

 
 

   

Table of Contents

 

  Page
     
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND OTHER MATTERS
     
Section 1.1 Definitions 1
Section 1.2 Definitions Generally 4
     
ARTICLE II
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
     
Section 2.1 Exchange Registration 4
Section 2.2 Demand Registration 5
Section 2.3 Piggyback Registration 6
Section 2.4 Lock-Up Agreements 8
Section 2.5 Registration Procedures 9
Section 2.6 Indemnification by the Company 12
Section 2.7 Indemnification by Registering Covered Persons 13
Section 2.8 Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings 13
Section 2.9 Contribution 14
Section 2.10 Participation in Public Offering 15
Section 2.11 Other Indemnification 15
Section 2.12 Parties in Interest 15
Section 2.13 Acknowledgement Regarding the Company 15
Section 2.14 Cooperation by the Company 15
     
ARTICLE III
MISCELLANEOUS
     
Section 3.1 Term of the Agreement; Termination of Certain Provisions 15
Section 3.2 Assignment; Successors 16
Section 3.3 Governing Law 16
Section 3.4 Severability 16
Section 3.5 Entire Agreement 16
Section 3.6 Successors and Assigns; Certain Transferees Bound Hereby 16
Section 3.7 Counterparts 17
Section 3.8 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial 17
Section 3.9 Notices 18
Section 3.10 Specific Performance 19
Section 3.11 Descriptive Headings 19
     
Appendix A        Covered Person Questionnaire  

 

i
 

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (including Appendix A hereto, as such Appendix A may be amended from time to time pursuant to the provisions hereof, this “ Agreement ”), is made and entered into as of __________, 2014, by and among Medley Management Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Medley Group LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Medley Group ”), and the Covered Persons (defined below) from time to time party hereto.

 

WHEREAS, the Covered Persons are holders of LLC Units (defined below), which, subject to certain restrictions and requirements, are exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof for shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Class A Common Stock ”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide the Covered Persons with registration rights with respect to Class A Common Stock underlying their LLC Units and certain other shares of Class A Common Stock they may otherwise hold from time to time.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual agreements, covenants and provisions herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND OTHER MATTERS

 

Section 1.1            Definitions . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement without other definition shall, unless expressly stated otherwise, have the meanings specified in this Section 1.1:

 

Beneficial Owner ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act.

 

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Class A Common Stock ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Recitals.

 

Company ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the preamble.

 

Covered LLC Units ” means, with respect to a Covered Person, such Covered Person’s LLC Units.

 

Covered Person ” means those persons, other than the Company, who shall from time to time be parties to this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof (including Permitted Transferees).

 

Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(d).

 

Demand Notice ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.2(a).

 

1
 

  

Demand Registration ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.2(a).

 

Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Exchange Agreement ” means the Exchange Agreement, dated as of or about the date hereof among the Company, Medley LLC and holders of LLC Units from time to time party thereto, as amended from time to time.

 

Exchange Registration ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a).

 

FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

 

Governmental Authority ” means any national, local or foreign (including U.S. federal, state or local) or supranational (including European Union) governmental, judicial, administrative or regulatory (including self-regulatory) agency, commission, department, board, bureau, entity or authority of competent jurisdiction.

 

LLC Unit ” has the meaning given to such term in the Exchange Agreement.

 

Lock-Up Period ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.4.

 

Maximum Offering Size ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.2(c).

 

Medley Group ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the preamble.

 

Medley LLC ” means Medley LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

Medley LLC Agreement ” means the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Medley LLC dated as of or about the date hereof, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

Indemnified Parties ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.6.

 

IPO ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.4.

 

Other Registration Rights ” means any securities of the Company proposed to be included in such registration by the holders of registration rights granted other than pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Permitted Transferee ” means any transferee of a LLC Unit after the date hereof the transfer of which was permitted by the Medley LLC Agreement.

 

Piggyback Registration ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(a).

 

Public Offering ” means an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any similar or successor form.

 

2
 

  

Registering Covered Person ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.5(a).

 

Registrable Securities ” means shares of Class A Common Stock that may be delivered in exchange for LLC Units and other shares of Class A Common Stock otherwise held by Covered Persons from time to time. For purposes of this Agreement, Registrable Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (i) a registration statement covering resales of such Registrable Securities has been declared effective under the Securities Act by the SEC and such Registrable Securities have been disposed of pursuant to such effective registration statement, (ii) such Registrable Securities are eligible to be sold by the Covered Person owning such Registrable Securities (including Registrable Securities deliverable to a Covered Person under an effective Exchange Registration) pursuant to Rule 144(b)(1) under the Securities Act or, in the case of Registrable Securities that are not “restricted securities” under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, pursuant to Section 4(1) of the Securities Act (or, in each case, any successor provision then in effect) or (iii) such Registrable Securities cease to be outstanding (or issuable upon exchange).

 

Registration Expenses ” means any and all expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with any registration or marketing of securities, including all (i) SEC and securities exchange registration and filing fees, and all other fees and expenses payable in connection with the listing of securities on any securities exchange or automated interdealer quotation system, (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with any securities or “blue sky” laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with “blue sky” qualifications of the securities registered), (iii) expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, mailing and delivery of any registration statements, prospectuses and other documents in connection therewith and any amendments or supplements thereto, (iv) security engraving and printing expenses, (v) internal expenses of the Company and Medley LLC (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of the officers and employees of the Company or Medley LLC performing legal or accounting duties), (vi) reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company or Medley LLC and customary fees and expenses for independent certified public accountants retained by the Company or Medley LLC (including the expenses relating to any comfort letters or costs associated with the delivery by independent certified public accountants of any comfort letters requested pursuant to Section 2.5(i)), (vii) reasonable fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company or Medley LLC in connection with such registration, (viii) in connection with a registration pursuant to Sections 2.2 or 2.3, reasonable fees of not more than one counsel for all of the Covered Persons participating in the offering selected by Medley Group, (ix) fees and expenses in connection with any review by FINRA of the underwriting arrangements or other terms of the offering, and all fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter,” including the fees and expenses of any counsel thereto, (x) fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, but excluding any underwriting fees, discounts and commissions attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities, (xi) costs of printing and producing any agreements among underwriters, underwriting agreements, any “blue sky” or legal investment memoranda and any selling agreements and other documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of the Registrable Securities, (xii) transfer agents’ and registrars’ fees and expenses and the fees and expenses of any other agent or trustee appointed in connection with such offering, (xiii) expenses relating to any analyst or investor presentations or any “road shows” undertaken in connection with the registration, marketing or selling of the Registrable Securities and (xiv) all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Company, Medley LLC or their appropriate officers in connection with their compliance with Section 2.5(m).

 

3
 

  

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Suspension Period ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.5(k).

 

Section 1.2            Definitions Generally . Wherever required by the context of this Agreement, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders and vice versa, and references to any agreement, document or instrument shall be deemed to refer to such agreement, document or instrument as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time. When used herein:  

(a)          the word “or” is not exclusive;

 

(b)          the words “including,” “includes,” “included” and “include” are deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”;

 

(c)          the terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular section, paragraph or subdivision;

 

(d)          the word “person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership or other legal entity or a government or any department or agency thereof or self-regulatory organization; and

 

(e)          all section, paragraph or clause references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement, and all exhibit, annex and schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such exhibits, annexes and schedules to this Agreement.
 

ARTICLE II
REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

Section 2.1            Exchange Registration .

 

(a)          The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC prior to the time that LLC Units held by Covered Persons become available for exchange for Class A Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement and cause to be declared effective under the Securities Act by the SEC promptly thereafter, one or more registration statements (the “ Exchange Registration ”) covering (i) the delivery by the Company from time to time to the Covered Persons of all shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable to the Covered Persons in exchange for LLC Units pursuant to the Exchange Agreement or (ii) if the Company determines that the registration provided for in clause (i) is not available for any reason, the registration of resale of such shares of Class A Common Stock by the Covered Persons.

 

4
 

  

(b)          The Company shall be liable for and pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any Exchange Registration, regardless of whether such registration is effected.

 

(c)          Upon notice to each Covered Person, the Company may postpone effecting a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 for a reasonable time specified in the notice but not exceeding 120 days, if (i) the Board shall determine in good faith that effecting the registration would materially and adversely affect an offering of securities of the Company the preparation of which had then been commenced or (ii) the Company is in possession of material non-public information the disclosure of which during the period specified in such notice the Board believes in good faith would not be in the best interests of the Company.

 

Section 2.2            Demand Registration .

 

(a)          If at any time the Company shall receive a written request (a “ Demand Notice ”) from Medley Group that the Company effect the registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of the Registrable Securities specified in the Demand Notice (a “ Demand Registration ”), specifying the information set forth under Section 2.5(j), then the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect, as expeditiously as reasonably practicable, subject to paragraphs (c) and (d) of this Section 2.2, the registration under the Securities Act of the Registrable Securities for which Medley Group has requested registration under this Section 2.2, all to the extent necessary to permit the disposition (in accordance with the intended methods thereof as aforesaid) of the Registrable Securities so to be registered.

 

(b)          At any time prior to the effective date of the registration statement relating to such registration, Medley Group may revoke such Demand Registration request by providing a notice to the Company revoking such request.  The Company shall be liable for and pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any Demand Registration.

 

(c)          If the sole or managing underwriter of a Demand Registration advises the Company that in its opinion the number of Registrable Securities and other securities requested to be included exceeds the largest number of Registrable Securities and other securities which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the distribution of the securities being offered, the price that will be paid in such offering or the marketability thereof (the “ Maximum Offering Size ”), the Company shall include in such registration, in the priority listed below, up to the Maximum Offering Size:

 

(i)          first, all Registrable Securities requested to be registered in the Demand Registration by Medley Group (allocated, if necessary for the offering not to exceed the Maximum Offering Size, in such proportions as shall be determined by Medley Group);

 

5
 

  

(ii)         second, any securities proposed to be registered by the Company for its own account and any securities entitled to Other Registration Rights requested to be registered by the holders thereof, ratably among the Company and the holders of such Other Registration Rights, based (A) as between the Company and the holders of such Other Registration Rights, on the respective amounts of securities requested to be registered, and (B) as among the holders of such Other Registration Rights, on the respective amounts of securities subject to such Other Registration Rights held by each such holder.

 

(d)          Upon notice to Medley Group, the Company may postpone effecting a registration pursuant to this Section 2.2 for a reasonable time specified in the notice but not exceeding 120 days in the aggregate (which period may not be extended or renewed), if (i) the Board shall determine in good faith that effecting the registration would materially and adversely affect an offering of securities of the Company the preparation of which had then been commenced or (ii) the Company is in possession of material non-public information the disclosure of which during the period specified in such notice the Board believes in good faith would not be in the best interests of the Company.

 

Section 2.3            Piggyback Registration .

 

(a)          Subject to any contractual obligations to the contrary, if the Company proposes at any time to register any of the equity securities issued by it under the Securities Act (other than an Exchange Registration or a registration on Form S-8 or Form S-4, or any successor forms, relating to Class A Common Stock issuable in connection with any employee benefit or similar plan of the Company or in connection with a direct or indirect acquisition by the Company of another person or as a recapitalization or reclassification of securities of the Company), whether or not for sale for its own account, the Company shall each such time give prompt notice at least 15 business days prior to the anticipated filing date of the registration statement relating to such registration to Medley Group, which notice shall offer Medley Group the opportunity to elect to include in such registration statement the number of Registrable Securities of the same class or series as those proposed to be registered held by Covered Persons as Medley Group may request (a “ Piggyback Registration ”), subject to the provisions of Section 2.3(b). If Medley Group elects to effect a Piggyback Registration, the Company shall give notice of the registration statement relating to such registration to those Covered Persons who Medley Group determines to afford participation in the Piggyback Registration. Upon the request of Medley Group, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities that the Company has been so requested to register by Medley Group, to the extent necessary to permit the disposition of the Registrable Securities to be so registered, provided that (i) if such registration involves an underwritten Public Offering, all such Covered Persons to be included in the Company’s registration must sell their Registrable Securities to the underwriters selected by the Company on the same terms and conditions as apply to the Company or any other selling person, as applicable, and (ii) if, at any time after giving notice of its intention to register any securities pursuant to this Section 2.3(a) and prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration, the Company shall determine for any reason not to register or to delay registration of such securities, the Company shall give notice of such determination to each holder of such Registrable Securities and, thereupon shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such registration, or shall be permitted to delay registration of such securities, as the case may be. No registration effected under this Section 2.3 shall relieve the Company of its obligations to effect an Exchange Registration or Demand Registration to the extent required by Section 2.1 or Section 2.2, respectively. The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with each Piggyback Registration

 

6
 

  

(b)          Subject to Section 2.2(c) and any other contractual obligations to the contrary, if a Piggyback Registration involves an underwritten Public Offering and the managing or sole underwriter advises the Company that, in its view, the number of Registrable Securities that the Company and such Covered Persons intend to include in such registration exceeds the Maximum Offering Size, the Company shall include in such registration, in the following priority, up to the Maximum Offering Size:

 

(i)          first, (A) any securities proposed to be registered by the Company for its own account (in the case of Piggyback Registrations in respect of such transactions) or (B) any securities proposed to be registered pursuant to any demand registration rights of the holders of Other Registration Rights (in the case of Piggyback Registrations in respect of such transactions);

 

(ii)         second, any securities to be registered by the Company for its own account (in the case of Piggyback Registrations in respect of transactions described in 2.3(b)(i)(B)), and any Registrable Securities and Company securities entitled to Other Registration Rights that are pari passu with Registrable Securities, in each case, requested to be registered by the holders thereof, ratably among the Company (if applicable), the holders of Registrable Securities and securities subject to such Other Registration Rights based (A) as between the Company and such holders requesting registration (if applicable), on the respective amounts of securities requested to be registered, and (B) as among the holders requesting registration, on the respective amounts of Registrable Securities and securities subject to such Other Registration Rights, as the case may be, held by each such holder; and

 

(iii)        third, any securities proposed to be registered for the account of any other persons with such priorities among them as the Company shall determine.

 

(c)          Notwithstanding any provision in this Section 2.3 or elsewhere in this Agreement, no provision relating to the registration of Registrable Securities shall be construed as permitting any Covered Person to effect a transfer of securities that is otherwise prohibited by the terms of any agreement between such Covered Person and the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Unless the Company shall otherwise consent, the Company shall not be obligated to provide notice or afford Piggyback Registration to Medley Group or any Covered Person pursuant to this Section 2.3 unless some or all of such person’s Registrable Securities are permitted to be transferred under the terms of applicable agreements between such person and the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

7
 

  

(d)          Upon delivering a request under this Section 2.3, a Covered Person will, if requested by the Company, execute and deliver a custody agreement and power of attorney in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company with respect to such Covered Person’s Securities to be registered pursuant to this Section 2.3 (a “ Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney ”). The Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney will provide, among other things, that the Covered Person will deliver to and deposit in custody with the custodian and attorney-in-fact named therein a certificate or certificates representing such Securities (duly endorsed in blank by the registered owner or owners thereof or accompanied by duly executed stock powers in blank) and irrevocably appoint said custodian and attorney-in-fact with full power and authority to act under the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney on such Covered Person’s behalf with respect to the matters specified therein. Such Covered Person also agrees to execute such other agreements as the Company may reasonably request to further evidence the provisions of this Section 2.3.

 

(e)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, after the time the Company has caused to become effective an Exchange Registration, covering all securities to be registered pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof, and at any time that such Exchange Registration remains effective and available for use, any Covered Person who is not an “affiliate” of the Company for purposes of Rule 144 shall not have the right to participate in such Piggyback Registration pursuant to this Section 2.3, except to the extent the securities to be registered and offered pursuant to such Piggyback Registration will be an underwritten offering.

 

Section 2.4            Lock-Up Agreements . The Company and each Covered Person agree that in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of Class A Common Stock (the “IPO”) and any Public Offering of Registrable Securities, the Company will not and each Covered Person, without the written consent of Medley Group, will not (x) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of the securities being registered or any securities convertible or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities or (y) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the securities being registered or any securities convertible or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities (except, in each case, as part of the IPO or such Public Offering of Registrable Securities, as the case may be), during the period (the “ Lock-Up Period ”) beginning 14 days prior to the effective date of the applicable registration statement until the earlier of (i) such time as Medley Group and the lead managing underwriter shall agree and (ii) 180 days following the pricing of the IPO or such Public Offering of Registrable Securities, as the case may be. If (i) the Company issues an earnings release or discloses other material information or a material event relating to the Company occurs during the last 17 days of the Lock-Up Period or (ii) prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning upon the expiration of such period, then to the extent necessary for a managing or co-managing underwriter of a registered offering required hereunder to comply with FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4), the Lock-Up Period will be extended until 18 days after the earnings release or disclosure of other material information or the occurrence of the material event, as the case may be.

 

8
 

  

Section 2.5            Registration Procedures . In connection with any request by Medley Group that Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to Sections 2.2 or 2.3, subject to the provisions of such Sections, the paragraphs below shall be applicable, and in connection with any Exchange Registration pursuant to Section 2.1, paragraphs (a), (c), (d), (e), (f), (k), (l) and (n) below shall be applicable:

 

(a)          The Company shall as expeditiously as reasonably practicable prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement on any form for which the Company then qualifies or that counsel for the Company shall deem appropriate and which form shall be available for the registration of the Registrable Securities to be registered thereunder in accordance with the intended method of distribution thereof, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such filed registration statement to become and remain effective for a period of not less than 40 days, or in the case of an Exchange Registration until all of the Registrable Securities of the Covered Persons included in any such registration statement (each, a “ Registering Covered Person ”) shall have actually been exchanged thereunder.

 

(b)          Prior to filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, the Company shall, if requested, furnish to each Registering Covered Person and each underwriter, if any, of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement copies of such registration statement as proposed to be filed, and thereafter the Company shall furnish to such Registering Covered Person and underwriter, if any, such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein), the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus) and any other prospectus filed under Rule 424 or Rule 430A under the Securities Act and such other documents as such Registering Covered Person or underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Registering Covered Person. The Registering Covered Person shall have the right to request that the Company modify any information contained in such registration statement, amendment and supplement thereto pertaining to such Registering Covered Person and the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with such request, provided, however, that the Company shall not have any obligation to so modify any information if the Company reasonably expects that so doing would cause the prospectus to contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

 

9
 

  

(c)          After the filing of the registration statement, the Company shall (i) cause the related prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement, and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, (ii) comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the Registering Covered Person thereof set forth in such registration statement or supplement to such prospectus and (iii) promptly notify each Registering Covered Person holding Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement of any stop order issued or threatened by the SEC suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement or any state securities commission and take all commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the entry of such stop order or to obtain the withdrawal of such order if entered.

 

(d)          To the extent any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) is used, the Company shall file with the SEC any free writing prospectus that is required to be filed by the Company with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act and retain any free writing prospectus not required to be filed.

 

(e)          The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as any Registering Covered Person holding such Registrable Securities or each underwriter, if any, reasonably (in light of such member’s intended plan of distribution) requests and (ii) cause such Registrable Securities to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Registering Covered Person to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such person, provided that the Company shall not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 2.5(e), (B) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (C) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction.

 

(f)          The Company shall immediately notify each Registering Covered Person holding such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement or each underwriter, if any, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the occurrence of an event requiring the preparation of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and promptly prepare and make available to each such Registering Covered Person or underwriter, if any, and file with the SEC any such supplement or amendment.

 

(g)          Medley Group shall select an underwriter or underwriters in connection with any Public Offering. In connection with any Public Offering, the Company shall enter into customary agreements (including an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take such all other actions as are reasonably required in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in any such Public Offering, including if necessary the engagement of a “qualified independent underwriter” in connection with the qualification of the underwriting arrangements with FINRA.

 

10
 

  

(h)          Subject to the execution of confidentiality agreements satisfactory in form and substance to the Company in the exercise of its good faith judgment, pursuant to the reasonable request of Medley Group or underwriter (if any), the Company will give to each Registering Covered Person, each underwriter (if any) and their respective counsel and accountants (i) reasonable and customary access to its books and records and (ii) such opportunities to discuss the business of the Company with its directors, officers, employees, counsel and the independent public accountants who have certified its financial statements, as shall be appropriate, in the reasonable judgment of counsel to such Registering Covered Person or underwriter, to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility.

 

(i)          The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to furnish to each Registering Covered Person and to each such underwriter, if any, a signed counterpart, addressed to such person or underwriter, of (i) an opinion or opinions of counsel to the Company and (ii) a comfort letter or comfort letters from the Company’s independent public accountants, each in customary form and covering such matters of the kind customarily covered by opinions or comfort letters, as the case may be, as Medley Group or underwriter reasonably requests.

 

(j)          Each Registering Covered Person registering securities under Sections 2.2 or 2.3 shall promptly furnish in writing to the Company the information set forth in Appendix B and such other information regarding itself, the distribution of the Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request and such other information as may be legally required or advisable in connection with such registration.

 

(k)          Each Registering Covered Person and each underwriter, if any, agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 2.5(f), such Registering Covered Person or underwriter shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable Securities until such Registering Covered Person’s or underwriter’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 2.5(f), provided , however , that, upon written notice to each Registering Covered Person and each underwriter, if any, and for a reasonable time specified in the notice but not exceeding 60 days thereafter or 90 days in any 365 day period (the “ Suspension Period ”), the Company may suspend the use or effectiveness of any registration statement if the Company’s Board determines, in its sole discretion, that the Company is in possession of material non-public information the disclosure of which during the period specified in such notice the Company believes in good faith would not be in the best interests of the Company; and, if so directed by the Company, such Registering Covered Person or underwriter shall deliver to the Company all copies, other than any permanent file copies then in such Registering Covered Person’s possession, of the most recent prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice. If the Company shall give such notice, the Company shall extend the period during which such registration statement shall be maintained effective (including the period referred to in Section 2.5(a)) by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of notice pursuant to Section 2.5(f) to the date when the Company shall make available to such Registering Covered Person a prospectus supplemented or amended to conform with the requirements of Section 2.5(f).

 

11
 

  

(l)          The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to list all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement on any securities exchange or quotation system on which any of the Registrable Securities are then listed or traded.

 

(m)          The Company shall cause appropriate officers of the Company or Medley LLC to (i) prepare and make presentations at any “road shows” and before analysts and rating agencies, as the case may be, (ii) take other actions to obtain ratings for any Registrable Securities and (iii) otherwise use their commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate as reasonably requested by the underwriters in the offering, marketing or selling of the Registrable Securities.

 

(n)          The Company shall cooperate with the Registering Covered Persons to facilitate the timely delivery of Registrable Securities to be sold, which shall not bear any restrictive legends, and to enable such Registrable Securities to be issued in such denominations and registered in such names as such Registering Covered Persons may reasonably request at least two business days prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities.

 

Section 2.6            Indemnification by the Company . In the event of any registration of any Registrable Securities of the Company under the Securities Act pursuant to this Article II, the Company will, and it hereby does, indemnify and hold harmless, to the extent permitted by law, a Registering Covered Person, each affiliate of such Registering Covered Person and their respective directors and officers or general and limited partners or members and managing members (including any director, officer, affiliate, employee, agent and controlling person of any of the foregoing) and each other person, if any, who controls such seller within the meaning of the Securities Act (collectively, the “ Indemnified Parties ”), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (1) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement or amendment or supplement thereto under which such Registrable Securities were registered or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or (2) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any prospectus, any free writing prospectus or any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act in respect of the Registrable Securities, or amendment or supplement thereto, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , that the Company shall not be liable to any Indemnified Party in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability (or action or proceeding in respect thereof) or expense arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, prospectus, any free writing prospectus or any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act in respect of the Registrable Securities, or amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information regarding a Registering Covered Person furnished to the Company by such Registering Covered Person or other Indemnified Party with respect to such seller or any underwriter specifically for use in the preparation thereof.

 

12
 

  

Section 2.7            Indemnification by Registering Covered Persons . Each Registering Covered Person hereby severally and not jointly indemnifies and holds harmless, and the Company may require, as a condition to including any Registrable Securities in any registration statement filed in accordance with this Article II, that the Company shall have received an undertaking reasonably satisfactory to it from any underwriter to indemnify and hold harmless, the Company and all other prospective sellers of Registrable Securities, each officer of the Company who signed the registration statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company and all other prospective sellers of Registrable Securities within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in Section 2.6 above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company with respect to such seller or any underwriter specifically for use in the preparation of such registration statement, prospectus, any free writing prospectus or any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act in respect of the Registrable Securities, or amendment or supplement thereto. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company, any of the Registering Covered Persons or any underwriter, or any of their respective affiliates, directors, officers or controlling persons and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such person. In no event shall any such indemnification liability of any Registering Covered Person be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the proceeds received by such Registering Covered Person upon the sale of the Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation.

 

Section 2.8            Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings . Promptly after receipt by an Indemnified Party hereunder of written notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding with respect to which a claim for indemnification may be made pursuant to this Article II, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party, give written notice to the latter of the commencement of such action; provided, that the failure of the Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under this Article II, except to the extent that the indemnifying party is materially prejudiced by such failure to give notice.

 

13
 

  

In case any such action is brought against an Indemnified Party, unless in such Indemnified Party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such Indemnified Party and indemnifying parties may exist in respect of such claim, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in and to assume the defense thereof, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified to the extent that it may wish, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such Indemnified Party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the latter in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. It is understood and agreed that the indemnifying person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Parties, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm (x) for any Covered Person, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control persons of such Indemnified Party shall be designated in writing by Medley Group, (y) in all other cases shall be designated in writing by the Board. The indemnifying person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. No indemnifying person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement (A) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (B) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.

 

Section 2.9            Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in this Article II from the indemnifying party is unavailable to an Indemnified Party hereunder in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and Indemnified Parties in connection with the actions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such indemnifying party and Indemnified Parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, has been made by, or relates to information supplied by, such indemnifying party or Indemnified Parties, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action. The amount paid or payable by a party under this Section 2.9 as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or proceeding.

 

The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 2.9 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

14
 

  

Section 2.10          Participation in Public Offering . No Covered Person may participate in any Public Offering hereunder unless such Covered Person (a) agrees to sell such Covered Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Covered Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements and the provisions of this Agreement in respect of registration rights.

 

Section 2.11           Other Indemnification . Indemnification similar to that specified herein (with appropriate modifications) shall be given by the Company and the Registering Covered Person participating therein with respect to any required registration or other qualification of securities under any federal or state law or regulation or Governmental Authority other than the Securities Act.

 

Section 2.12          Parties in Interest . Each Covered Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits of this Agreement and shall be bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement by reason of such Covered Person’s election to participate in a registration under this Article II. To the extent LLC Units are effectively transferred in accordance with the terms of the Medley LLC Agreement, the Permitted Transferee of such LLC Units shall be entitled to receive the benefits of this Agreement and shall be bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement upon becoming bound hereby pursuant to Section 3.1(c).

 

Section 2.13          Acknowledgement Regarding the Company. Other than those determinations reserved expressly to Medley Group, all determinations necessary or advisable under this Article II shall be made by the Board, the determinations of which shall be final and binding.

 

Section 2.14          Cooperation by the Company . If the Covered Person shall transfer any Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Covered Person and shall provide to the Covered Person such information as may be required to be provided under Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

ARTICLE III

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 3.1            Term of the Agreement; Termination of Certain Provisions .

 

(a)          The term of this Agreement shall continue until the first to occur of (i) such time as no Covered Person holds any Covered LLC Units or Registrable Securities and (ii) such time as the Agreement is terminated by the Company and Medley Group. This Agreement may be amended only with the consent of the Company and Medley Group; provided that no amendment may materially and adversely affect the rights of a Covered Person, as such, other than on a pro rata basis with other Covered Persons without the consent of such Covered Person (or, if there is more than one such Covered Person that is so affected, without the consent of a majority of such affected Covered Persons in accordance with their holdings of Covered LLC Units and Registrable Securities).

 

15
 

  

(b)          Unless this Agreement is theretofore terminated pursuant to Section 3.1(a) hereof, a Covered Person shall be bound by the provisions of this Agreement with respect to any Covered LLC Units or Registrable Securities until such time as such Covered Person ceases to hold any Covered LLC Units or Registrable Securities. Thereafter, such Covered Person shall no longer be bound by the provisions of this Agreement other than Sections 2.7, 2.8, 2.9 and 2.11 and this Article III.

 

(c)          Any Permitted Transferee of a Covered Person shall be entitled to become part to this agreement as a Covered Person; provided, that, such Permitted Transferee shall first sign an agreement in the form approved by the Company acknowledging that such Permitted Transferee is bound by the terms and provisions of the Agreement.

 

Section 3.2            Assignment; Successors . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the Covered Persons; provided, however, that a Covered Person may not assign this Agreement or any of his rights or obligations hereunder, and any purported assignment in breach hereof by a Covered Person shall be void except in connection with any transfer to a Permitted Transferee in accordance with this Agreement; and provided further that no assignment of this Agreement by the Company or to a successor of the Company (by operation of law or otherwise) shall be valid unless such assignment is made to a person which succeeds to the business of such person substantially as an entirety.

 

Section 3.3            Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 3.4            Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

Section 3.5            Entire Agreement . Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, this document embodies the complete agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

 

Section 3.6            Successors and Assigns; Certain Transferees Bound Hereby . Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each of the Company and Medley LLC and their successors and assigns, and by the Covered Persons and their respective successors and assigns so long as they hold shares of Class A Common Stock or LLC Units. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnification and contribution provisions of this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by any person who continues to be a Covered Person but ceases to hold any shares of Class A Common Stock or LLC Units.

 

16
 

  

Section 3.7            Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

Section 3.8            Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial .

 

(a)          Any and all disputes which cannot be settled amicably, including any ancillary claims of any party, arising out of, relating to or in connection with the validity, negotiation, execution, interpretation, performance or non-performance of this Agreement (including the validity, scope and enforceability of this arbitration provision) shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator in New York in accordance with the then-existing Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce. If the parties to the dispute fail to agree on the selection of an arbitrator within thirty (30) days of the receipt of the request for arbitration, the International Chamber of Commerce shall make the appointment. The arbitrator shall be a lawyer and shall conduct the proceedings in the English language. Performance under this Agreement shall continue if reasonably possible during any arbitration proceedings.

 

(b)          Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a), the parties hereto may bring an action or special proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of compelling a party to arbitrate, seeking temporary or preliminary relief in aid of an arbitration hereunder, and/or enforcing an arbitration award and, for the purposes of this paragraph (b), each party hereto (i) expressly consents to the application of paragraph (c) of this Section 3.8 to any such action or proceeding and (ii) agrees that proof shall not be required that monetary damages for breach of the provisions of this Agreement would be difficult to calculate and that remedies at law would be inadequate.

 

(c)          (i)          EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF COURTS LOCATED IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 3.8, OR ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING ANCILLARY TO AN ARBITRATION OR CONTEMPLATED ARBITRATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR CONCERNING THIS AGREEMENT. Such ancillary judicial proceedings include any suit, action or proceeding to compel arbitration, to obtain temporary or preliminary judicial relief in aid of arbitration, or to confirm an arbitration award. The parties acknowledge that the fora designated by this paragraph (c) have a reasonable relation to this Agreement, and to the parties’ relationship with one another.

 

(ii)         The parties hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they now or hereafter may have to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any such ancillary suit, action or proceeding brought in any court referred to in the preceding paragraph of this Section 3.8 and such parties agree not to plead or claim the same.

 

17
 

  

Section 3.9            Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt) by delivery in person, by courier service, by fax, by electronic mail (delivery receipt requested) or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be as specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 3.9):

 

(a)          If to the Company at:

 

Medley Management Inc.

600 Montgomery St., 35 th Floor

San Francisco, California 94111

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: (415) 358-5514
Email: john.fredericks@medleycapital.com

 

with a copy to:

 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017-3954
Attention: Joshua Ford Bonnie, Esq.
Fax: (212) 455-2502
Email: jbonnie@stblaw.com

 

(b)          If to Medley LLC at:

 

Medley LLC

c/o Medley Management Inc.

600 Montgomery St., 35 th Floor

San Francisco, California 94111

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: (415) 358-5514
Email: john.fredericks@medleycapital.com

 

with a copy to:

 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017-3954
Attention: Joshua Ford Bonnie, Esq.
Fax: (212) 455-2502
Email: jbonnie@stblaw.com

 

(c)          If to any Covered Person, to the address and other contact information set forth in the records of Medley LLC from time to time.

 

18
 

  

Section 3.10          Specific Performance . Each party hereto acknowledges that the remedies at law of the other parties for a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement would be inadequate and, in recognition of this fact, any party to this Agreement, without posting any bond, and in addition to all other remedies that may be available, shall be entitled to obtain equitable relief in the form of specific performance, a temporary restraining order, a temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy that may be then available.

 

Section 3.11          Descriptive Headings . The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

19
 

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed or caused to be duly executed this Agreement as of the dates indicated.

 

  MEDLEY MANAGEMENT INC.
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  MEDLEY GROUP LLC
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  COVERED PERSONS
   
   
  Name:
   
   
  Name:
   
   
  Name:
   
   
  Name:
   
   
  Name:

 

[Signature Page – Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 
 

   

Appendix A

 

MEDLEY MANAGEMENT INC.

 

Covered Person Questionnaire

 

The undersigned Covered Person understands that the Company has filed or intends to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration of the shares of Class A Common Stock (as such may be amended, the “ Registration Statement ”), in accordance with Sections 2.2 or 2.3 of the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of ____________ (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”), among the Company and the Covered Persons referred to therein. A copy of the Agreement is available from the Company upon request at the address set forth below. All capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

NOTICE

 

The undersigned Covered Person hereby gives notice to the Company of its intention to register Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it and listed below in Item 3 (unless otherwise specified under Item 3) pursuant to the Registration Statement. The undersigned, by signing and returning this Questionnaire, understands that it will be bound by the terms and conditions of this Questionnaire and the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the undersigned has agreed to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and all other prospective sellers of Registrable Securities, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company and all other prospective sellers of Registrable Securities within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities arising in connection with statements made or omissions concerning the undersigned in the Registration Statement, prospectus, any free writing prospectus or any “issuer information” in reliance upon the information provided in this Questionnaire.

 

The undersigned Covered Person hereby provides the following information to the Company and represents and warrants that such information is accurate and complete:

 

QUESTIONNAIRE

 

1. Name.  
     
  (a) Full Legal Name of Covered Person:
     
     
     
  (b) Full Legal Name of Covered Person (if not the same as (a) above) through which Registrable Securities Listed in Item 3 below are held:
     
     

 

 
 

  

  (c) Full Legal name of DTC Participant (if applicable and if not the same as (b) above) through which Registrable Securities listed in Item 3 below are held:
     
     
     
  (d) Full Legal Name of natural control person (which means a natural person who directly or indirectly alone or with others has power to vote or dispose of the Registrable Securities listed in Item 3 below):
     
     

 

2. Address for Notices to Covered Person:
   
   
   
   

 

  Telephone:  

  Fax:  

  Email:  

  Contact Person:  

 

3. Beneficial Ownership of Registrable Securities:

 

    Number of Registrable Securities beneficially owned:
     
     
     
     

 

4. Broker-Dealer Status:

 

  (a) Are you a broker-dealer?

 

Yes ¨           No ¨

 

  Note:

If yes, the SEC’s staff has indicated that you should be identified as an underwriter in the Registration Statement.

 

 

  (b) Are you an affiliate of a broker-dealer?

 

Yes ¨           No ¨

 

    If yes, please identify the broker-dealer with whom the Covered Person is affiliated and the nature of the affiliation:______________________________
     
       

 

 
 

 

 

  (c) If you are an affiliate of a broker-dealer, do you certify that you bought the Registrable Securities in the ordinary course of business, and at the time of the purchase of the Registrable Securities to be resold, you had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the Registrable Securities?

 

Yes ¨           No ¨

 

  Note: If no, the SEC’s staff has indicated that you should be identified as an underwriter in the Registration Statement.
     
  (d) If you are (1) a broker-dealer or (2) an affiliate of a broker-dealer and answered “no” to Question 4(c), do you consent to being named as an underwriter in the Registration Statement?

 

Yes ¨           No ¨

 

5.          Beneficial Ownership of Other Securities of the Company Owned by the Covered Person.

 

  Except as set forth below in this Item 5, the undersigned Covered Person is not the beneficial or registered owner of any securities of the Company other than the Registrable Securities listed above in Item 3.
   
  Type and Amount of Other Securities beneficially owned by the Covered Person:

 

     
     
 

 

 

 

6. Relationships with the Company:

 

  Except as set forth below, neither the undersigned Covered Person nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors or principal equity holders (owners of 5% or more of the equity securities of the undersigned) has held any position or office or has had any other material relationship with the Company (or its predecessors or affiliates) during the past three years.
   
  State any exceptions here:
   
   
   

 

 
 

 

 

7.          Intended Method of Disposition of Registrable Securities (Only Applicable to a Demand Registration Effected Pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Registration Rights Agreement):

 

  Intended Method or Methods of Disposition of Registrable Securities beneficially owned:
   
   
   
   

 

 
 

  

The undersigned agrees to promptly notify the Company of any inaccuracies or changes in the information provided herein that may occur subsequent to the date hereof and at any time while the Registration Statement remains in effect.

 

By signing below, the undersigned consents to the disclosure of the information contained herein in its answers to Items 1 through 7 and the inclusion of such information in the Registration Statement and the related prospectus. The undersigned understands that such information will be relied upon by the Company in connection with the preparation or amendment of the Registration Statement and the related prospectus.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Questionnaire to be executed and delivered either in person or by its duly authorized agent.

 

Dated:     Beneficial Owner:    

 

      By:    
        Name:    
        Title:    

 

PLEASE SEND A COPY OF THE COMPLETED AND EXECUTED QUESTIONNAIRE BY FAX OR ELECTRONIC MAIL, AND RETURN THE ORIGINAL BY OVERNIGHT MAIL, TO:

 

  Medley Management Inc.
  600 Montgomery St., 35th Floor
 

San Francisco, California 94111

Attention: General Counsel

  Fax:  (415) 358-5514
  Email: john.fredericks@medleycapital.com

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.5.1

 

MEDLEY MANAGEMENT INC.
2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

1.           Purpose . The purpose of the Medley Management Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan is to provide a means through which the Company and its Affiliates may attract and retain key personnel and to provide a means whereby directors, officers, employees, consultants and advisors (and prospective directors, officers, employees, consultants and advisors) of the Company and its Affiliates can acquire and maintain an equity interest in the Company, or be paid incentive compensation, including incentive compensation measured by reference to the value of Common Stock or LLC Interests, thereby strengthening their commitment to the welfare of the Company and its Affiliates and aligning their interests with those of the Company’s stockholders.

 

2.           Definitions . The following definitions shall be applicable throughout the Plan.

 

(a)           Absolute Share Limit ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5(b) of the Plan.

 

(b)           Affiliate ” means any Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Company. The term “control” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting or other securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

(c)           Award ” means, individually or collectively, any Incentive Stock Option, Nonqualified Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Other Stock-Based Award, Performance Compensation Award or LLC Interests granted under the Plan.

 

(d)           Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(e)           Cause ” means, as to any Participant, unless the applicable Award agreement states otherwise, (i) “Cause”, as defined in any employment or consulting agreement between the Participant and the Service Recipient in effect at the time of such Termination; or (ii) in the absence of any such employment or consulting agreement (or the absence of any definition of “Cause” contained therein), the Participant’s (A) willful neglect in the performance of the Participant’s duties for the Service Recipient or willful or repeated failure or refusal to perform such duties; (B) engagement in conduct in connection with the Participant’s employment or service with the Service Recipient, which results, or could reasonably be expected to result in, material harm to the business or reputation of the Company or any Affiliate; (C) conviction of, or plea of guilty or no contest to, (I) any felony; or (II) any other crime that results, or could reasonably be expected to result in, material harm to the business or reputation of the Company or any Affiliate; (D) material violation of the written policies of the Service Recipient, including but not limited to those relating to sexual harassment or the disclosure or misuse of confidential information, or those set forth in the manuals or statements of policy of the Service Recipient; (E) fraud or misappropriation, embezzlement or misuse of funds or property belonging to the Company or any Affiliate; or (F) act of personal dishonesty that involves personal profit in connection with the Participant’s employment or service to the Service Recipient.

 

 
 

 

(f)           Change in Control ” means:

 

(i)           the acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, combination or other similar transaction) by any Person of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% (on a fully diluted basis) of either (A) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, and the exercise of any similar right to acquire such Common Stock, treating, for the avoidance of doubt, all then-outstanding LLC Units as shares of Common Stock assuming the full exchange of then-outstanding LLC Units for shares of Common Stock in accordance with the Exchange Agreement or (B) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; provided, however , that for purposes of this Plan, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (I) any acquisition by the Company or any Affiliate; (II) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliate; or (III) in respect of an Award held by a particular Participant, any acquisition by the Participant or any group of Persons including the Participant (or any entity controlled by the Participant or any group of Persons including the Participant);

 

(ii)          during any period of 24 months, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (the “ Incumbent Directors ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however , that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest, as such terms are used in Rule 14a-12 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director; or

 

(iii)         the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company.

 

(g)           Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor thereto. Reference in the Plan to any section of the Code shall be deemed to include any regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, regulations or guidance.

 

2
 

 

(h)           Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or subcommittee thereof if required with respect to actions taken to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code in respect of Awards or, if no such Compensation Committee or subcommittee thereof exists, the Board.

 

(i)           Common Stock ” means the Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (and any stock or other securities into which such Common Stock may be converted or into which it may be exchanged).

 

(j)           Company ” means Medley Management Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

 

(k)           Date of Grant ” means the date on which the granting of an Award is authorized, or such other date as may be specified in such authorization.

 

(l)           Designated Foreign Subsidiaries ” means all Affiliates organized under the laws of any jurisdiction or country other than the United States of America that may be designated by the Board or the Committee from time to time.

 

(m)           Detrimental Activity ” means any of the following: (i) unauthorized disclosure of any confidential or proprietary information of the Company or its Affiliates; (ii) any activity that would be grounds to terminate the Participant’s employment or service with the Service Recipient for Cause; (iii) the breach of any noncompetition, nonsolicitation or other agreement containing restrictive covenants, with the Company or its Affiliates; or (iv) fraud or conduct contributing to any financial restatements or irregularities, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

 

(n)           Disability ” means, as to any Participant, unless the applicable Award agreement states otherwise, (i) “Disability”, as defined in any employment or consulting agreement between the Participant and the Service Recipient in effect at the time of such Termination; or (ii) in the absence of any such employment or consulting agreement (or the absence of any definition of “Disability” contained therein), a condition entitling the Participant to receive benefits under a long-term disability plan of the Company or an Affiliate, or, in the absence of such a plan, the complete and permanent inability by reason of illness or accident to perform the duties of the occupation at which a Participant was employed or served when such disability commenced. Any determination of whether Disability exists shall be made by the Company in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

(o)           Effective Date ” means __________ , 2014.

 

(p)           Eligible Director ” means a person who is (i) a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act; (ii) an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code; and (iii) an “independent director” under the rules of the NYSE or any other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, or a person meeting any similar requirement under any successor rule or regulation.

 

3
 

 

(q)           Eligible Person ” means any (i) individual employed by the Company or an Affiliate; provided, however , that no such employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement shall be an Eligible Person unless and to the extent that such eligibility is set forth in such collective bargaining agreement or in an agreement or instrument relating thereto; (ii) director or officer of the Company or an Affiliate; (iii) consultant or advisor to the Company or an Affiliate who may be offered securities registrable pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act; or (iv) any prospective employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who have accepted offers of employment or consultancy from the Company or one of its Affiliates (and would satisfy the provisions of clauses (i) through (iii) above once he or she begins employment with or providing services to the Company or one of its Affiliates), who, in the case of each of clauses (i) through (iv) above has entered into an Award agreement or who has received written notification from the Committee or its designee that they have been selected to participate in the Plan. Solely for purposes of this Section 2(q), “Affiliate” shall be limited to: (1) a Subsidiary; (2) any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code (“ Parent ”); (3) any corporation, trade or business of which 50% or more of the combined voting power of such entity’s outstanding securities is directly or indirectly controlled by the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent; or (4) any corporation, trade or business which, directly or indirectly, controls 50% or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding securities of the Company.

 

(r)           Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor thereto. Reference in the Plan to any section of (or rule promulgated under) the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include any rules, regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section or rule, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, rules, regulations or guidance.

 

(s)           Exchange Agreement ” means the Exchange Agreement, dated as of or about the date of the closing of the initial public offering of the Company among the Company, Medley LLC and holders of LLC Units from time to time party thereto, as amended from time to time.

 

(t)           Exercise Price ” has the meaning given such term in Section 7(b) of the Plan.

 

(u)           Fair Market Value ” means, on a given date, if (i) the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, the closing sales price of the Common Stock reported on the primary exchange on which the Common Stock is listed and traded on such date, or, if there are no such sales on that date, then on the last preceding date on which such sales were reported; (ii) the Common Stock is not listed on any national securities exchange but is quoted in an inter-dealer quotation system on a last sale basis, the average between the closing bid price and ask price reported on such date, or, if there is no such sale on that date, then on the last preceding date on which a sale was reported; or (iii) the Common Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange or quoted in an inter-dealer quotation system on a last sale basis, the amount determined by the Committee in good faith to be the fair market value of the Common Stock; provided , however , as to any Awards granted on or with a Date of Grant of the date of the pricing of the Company’s initial public offering, “Fair Market Value” shall be equal to the per share price the Common Stock is offered to the public in connection with such initial public offering.

 

(v)          Immediate Family Members ” has the meaning given such term in Section 14(b) of the Plan.

 

4
 

 

(w)           Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option which is designated by the Committee as an incentive stock option as described in Section 422 of the Code and otherwise meets the requirements set forth in the Plan.

 

(x)           Indemnifiable Person ” has the meaning given such term in Section 4(f) of the Plan.

 

(y)           LLC Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Medley LLC, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

(z)           LLC Interests ” means any interest in Medley LLC that is designated by the Committee that is available to be issued or granted under the Plan as an LLC Interest.

 

(aa)          LLC Units ” has the meaning given such term in the Exchange Agreement.

 

(bb)          Negative Discretion ” means the discretion authorized by the Plan to be applied by the Committee to eliminate or reduce the size of a Performance Compensation Award consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

(cc)          Nonqualified Stock Option ” means an Option which is not designated by the Committee as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(dd)          Non-Employee Director ” means a member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

(ee)          NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange.

 

(ff)          Option ” means an Award granted under Section 7 of the Plan.

 

(gg)          Option Period ” has the meaning given such term in Section 7(c) of the Plan.

 

(hh)          Other Stock-Based Award ” means an Award granted under Section 10 of the Plan.

 

(ii)          Participant ” means an Eligible Person who has been selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan and to receive an Award pursuant to the Plan.

 

(jj)          Performance Compensation Award ” means any Award designated by the Committee as a Performance Compensation Award pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan.

 

(kk)          Performance Criteria ” means the criterion or criteria that the Committee shall select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period with respect to any Performance Compensation Award under the Plan.

 

(ll)          Performance Formula ” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more objective formulae applied against the relevant Performance Goal to determine, with regard to the Performance Compensation Award of a particular Participant, whether all, some portion but less than all, or none of the Performance Compensation Award has been earned for the Performance Period.

 

5
 

 

(mm)          Performance Goals ” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Committee for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria.

 

(nn)          Performance Period ” means the one or more periods of time of not less than 12 months, as the Committee may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to, and the payment of, a Performance Compensation Award.

 

(oo)          Permitted Transferee ” has the meaning given such term in Section 14(b) of the Plan.

 

(pp)          Person ” means any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision).

 

(qq)          Plan ” means this Medley Management Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

(rr)          Restricted Period ” means the period of time determined by the Committee during which an Award is subject to restrictions or, as applicable, the period of time within which performance is measured for purposes of determining whether an Award has been earned.

 

(ss)          Restricted Stock ” means Common Stock, subject to certain specified restrictions (which may include, without limitation, a requirement that the Participant remain continuously employed or provide continuous services for a specified period of time), granted under Section 9 of the Plan.

 

(tt)          Restricted Stock Unit ” means an unfunded and unsecured promise to deliver shares of Common Stock, cash, other securities or other property, subject to certain restrictions (which may include, without limitation, a requirement that the Participant remain continuously employed or provide continuous services for a specified period of time), granted under Section 9 of the Plan.

 

(uu)          SAR Period ” has the meaning given such term in Section 8(c) of the Plan.

 

(vv)          Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor thereto. Reference in the Plan to any section of (or rule promulgated under) the Securities Act shall be deemed to include any rules, regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section or rule, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, rules, regulations or guidance.

 

(ww)          Service Recipient ” means, with respect to a Participant holding a given Award, either the Company or an Affiliate of the Company by which the original recipient of such Award is, or following a Termination was most recently, principally employed or to which such original recipient provides, or following a Termination was most recently providing, services, as applicable.

 

6
 

 

(xx)         Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means an Award granted under Section 8 of the Plan.

 

(yy)          Strike Price ” has the meaning given such term in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

 

(zz)          Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

 

(i)           any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of such entity’s voting securities (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

 

(ii)          any partnership (or any comparable foreign entity) (A) the sole general partner (or functional equivalent thereof) or the managing general partner of which is such Person or Subsidiary of such Person or (B) the only general partners (or functional equivalents thereof) of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof).

 

(aaa)         Substitute Award ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5(e) of the Plan.

 

(bbb)         Sub-Plans ” means, any sub-plan to this Plan that has been adopted by the Board or the Committee for the purpose of permitting the offering of Awards to employees of certain Designated Foreign Subsidiaries or otherwise outside the United States of America, with each such sub-plan designed to comply with local laws applicable to offerings in such foreign jurisdictions. Although any Sub-Plan may be designated a separate and independent plan from the Plan in order to comply with applicable local laws, the Absolute Share Limit shall apply in the aggregate to the Plan and any Sub-Plan adopted hereunder.

 

(ccc)         Termination ” means the termination of a Participant’s employment or service, as applicable, with the Service Recipient.

 

3.           Effective Date; Duration . The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date. The expiration date of the Plan, on and after which date no Awards may be granted hereunder, shall be the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date; provided, however , that such expiration shall not affect Awards then outstanding, and the terms and conditions of the Plan shall continue to apply to such Awards.

 

4.           Administration .

 

(a)           The Committee shall administer the Plan. To the extent required to comply with the provisions of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act (if the Board is not acting as the Committee under the Plan) or necessary to obtain the exception for performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, as applicable, it is intended that each member of the Committee shall, at the time he or she takes any action with respect to an Award under the Plan that is subject to Rule 16b-3 or Section 162(m) of the Code, as applicable, be an Eligible Director. However, the fact that a Committee member shall fail to qualify as an Eligible Director shall not invalidate any Award granted by the Committee that is otherwise validly granted under the Plan.

 

7
 

 

(b)           Subject to the provisions of the Plan and applicable law, the Committee shall have the sole and plenary authority, in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to a Participant; (iii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock or LLC Interests, as applicable, to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, other Awards or other property, or canceled, forfeited, or suspended and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances the delivery of cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, other Awards or other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Participant or of the Committee; (vii) interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, correct any defect in and/or supply any omission in the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award granted under, the Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive any rules and regulations and appoint such agents as the Committee shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; (ix) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan; and (x) adopt Sub-Plans.

 

(c)           Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or traded, the Committee may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any person or persons selected by it. Any such allocation or delegation may be revoked by the Committee at any time. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or any Subsidiary the authority to act on behalf of the Committee with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Committee herein, and which may be so delegated as a matter of law, except for grants of Awards to persons (i) who are Non-Employee Directors or otherwise are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or (ii) who are, or who are reasonably expected to be, “covered employees” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

(d)           Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award or any documents evidencing Awards granted pursuant to the Plan shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons or entities, including, without limitation, the Company, any of its Affiliates, any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Award, and any stockholder of the Company.

 

8
 

 

(e)           Awards may, in the discretion of the Committee, be made under the Plan in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by the Company, any of its Affiliates or any entity acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines.

 

(f)           No member of the Board, the Committee or any employee or agent of the Company or any Subsidiary (each such person, an “ Indemnifiable Person ”) shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken or any determination made with respect to the Plan or any Award hereunder (unless constituting fraud or a willful criminal act or omission). Each Indemnifiable Person shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense (including attorneys’ fees) that may be imposed upon or incurred by such Indemnifiable Person in connection with or resulting from any action, suit or proceeding to which such Indemnifiable Person may be a party or in which such Indemnifiable Person may be involved by reason of any action taken or omitted to be taken or determination made under the Plan or any Award agreement and against and from any and all amounts paid by such Indemnifiable Person with the Company’s approval, in settlement thereof, or paid by such Indemnifiable Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against such Indemnifiable Person, and the Company shall advance to such Indemnifiable Person any such expenses promptly upon written request (which request shall include an undertaking by the Indemnifiable Person to repay the amount of such advance if it shall ultimately be determined as provided below that the Indemnifiable Person is not entitled to be indemnified); provided that the Company shall have the right, at its own expense, to assume and defend any such action, suit or proceeding and once the Company gives notice of its intent to assume the defense, the Company shall have sole control over such defense with counsel of the Company’s choice. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be available to an Indemnifiable Person to the extent that a final judgment or other final adjudication (in either case not subject to further appeal) binding upon such Indemnifiable Person determines that the acts or omissions or determinations of such Indemnifiable Person giving rise to the indemnification claim resulted from such Indemnifiable Person’s fraud or willful criminal act or omission or that such right of indemnification is otherwise prohibited by law or by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of or otherwise supersede any other rights of indemnification to which such Indemnifiable Persons may be entitled under the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s organizational documents, as a matter of law, individual indemnification agreement or contract or otherwise, or any other power that the Company may have to indemnify such Indemnifiable Persons or hold them harmless.

 

(g)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan, the Board may, in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, grant Awards and administer the Plan with respect to such Awards. Any such actions by the Board shall be subject to the applicable rules of the NYSE or any other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted. In any such case, the Board shall have all the authority granted to the Committee under the Plan.

 

9
 

 

5.           Grant of Awards; Shares and LLC Interests Subject to the Plan; Limitations .

 

(a)           The Committee may, from time to time, grant Awards to one or more Eligible Persons.

 

(b)           Awards granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following limitations: (i) subject to Section 12 of the Plan, the total number of Awards available under the Plan shall be no more than __________ (the “ Absolute Share Limit ”), of which all or any portion may be issued as shares of Common Stock or LLC Interests; (ii) subject to Section 12 of the Plan, grants of Options or SARs under the Plan in respect of no more than __________ shares of Common Stock may be made to any individual Participant during any single fiscal year of the Company (for this purpose, if a SAR is granted in tandem with an Option (such that the SAR expires with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock for which the Option is exercised), only the shares underlying the Option shall count against this limitation); (iii) subject to Section 12 of the Plan, no more than the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Absolute Share Limit may be issued in the aggregate pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan; (iv) subject to Section 12 of the Plan, no more than __________ shares of Common Stock may be issued in respect of Performance Compensation Awards denominated in shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan to any individual Participant for a single fiscal year during a Performance Period (or with respect to each single fiscal year in the event a Performance Period extends beyond a single fiscal year), or in the event such share denominated Performance Compensation Award is paid in cash, other securities, other Awards or other property, no more than the Fair Market Value of such shares of Common Stock on the last day of the Performance Period to which such Award relates; (v) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock subject to Awards granted during a single fiscal year to any Non-Employee Director, taken together with any cash fees paid to such Non-Employee Director during the fiscal year, shall not exceed $ __________ in total value (calculating the value of any such Awards based on the grant date fair value of such Awards for financial reporting purposes); and (vi) the maximum amount that can be paid to any individual Participant for a single fiscal year during a Performance Period (or with respect to each single fiscal year in the event a Performance Period extends beyond a single fiscal year) pursuant to a Performance Compensation Award denominated in cash (described in Section 11(a) of the Plan) shall be $ __________ . Unless the Committee shall otherwise determine, the Common Stock delivered by the Company or its Affiliates upon exchange of the LLC Interests that have been issued under the Plan shall be issued under the Plan.

 

(c)           Other than with respect to Substitute Awards, to the extent that an Award expires or is canceled, forfeited, terminated, settled in cash, or otherwise is settled without delivery to the Participant of the full number of shares of Common Stock to which the Award related, the undelivered shares will again be available for grant. Shares of Common Stock withheld in payment of the exercise price or taxes relating to an Award and shares equal to the number of shares surrendered in payment of any Exercise Price or Strike Price, or taxes relating to an Award, shall be deemed to constitute shares not issued to the Participant and shall be deemed to again be available for Awards under the Plan; provided, however , that such shares shall not become available for issuance hereunder if either: (i) the applicable shares are withheld or surrendered following the termination of the Plan; or (ii) at the time the applicable shares are withheld or surrendered, it would constitute a material revision of the Plan subject to stockholder approval under any then-applicable rules of the national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed.

 

10
 

 

(d)           Shares of Common Stock issued by the Company in settlement of Awards may be authorized and unissued shares, shares held in the treasury of the Company, shares purchased on the open market or by private purchase or a combination of the foregoing.

 

(e)           Awards may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, be granted under the Plan in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an entity directly or indirectly acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines (“ Substitute Awards ”). Substitute Awards shall not be counted against the Absolute Share Limit; provided , that Substitute Awards issued in connection with the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding options intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code shall be counted against the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock available for Awards of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan. Subject to applicable stock exchange requirements, available shares under a stockholder approved plan of an entity directly or indirectly acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines (as appropriately adjusted to reflect the acquisition or combination transaction) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan.

 

6.           Eligibility . Participation in the Plan shall be limited to Eligible Persons.

 

7.           Options .

 

(a)           General . Each Option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award agreement, in written or electronic form, which agreement need not be the same for each Participant. Each Option so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 7, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award agreement. All Options granted under the Plan shall be Nonqualified Stock Options unless the applicable Award agreement expressly states that the Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option. Incentive Stock Options shall be granted only to Eligible Persons who are employees of the Company and its Affiliates, and no Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any Eligible Person who is ineligible to receive an Incentive Stock Option under the Code. No Option shall be treated as an Incentive Stock Option unless the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company in a manner intended to comply with the stockholder approval requirements of Section 422(b)(1) of the Code, provided that any Option intended to be an Incentive Stock Option shall not fail to be effective solely on account of a failure to obtain such approval, but rather such Option shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option unless and until such approval is obtained. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the terms and conditions of such grant shall be subject to and comply with such rules as may be prescribed by Section 422 of the Code. If for any reason an Option intended to be an Incentive Stock Option (or any portion thereof) shall not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option or portion thereof shall be regarded as a Nonqualified Stock Option appropriately granted under the Plan.

 

11
 

 

(b)           Exercise Price . Except as otherwise provided by the Committee in the case of Substitute Awards, the exercise price (“ Exercise Price ”) per share of Common Stock for each Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such share (determined as of the Date of Grant); provided, however , that in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an employee who, at the time of the grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate, the Exercise Price per share shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per share on the Date of Grant.

 

(c)           Vesting and Expiration; Termination .

 

(i)           Options shall vest and become exercisable in such manner and on such date or dates or upon such events as determined by the Committee; provided , however , that notwithstanding any such vesting dates or events, the Committee may in its sole discretion accelerate the vesting of any Options at any time and for any reason. Options shall expire upon a date determined by the Committee, not to exceed ten (10) years from the Date of Grant (the “ Option Period ”); provided , that if the Option Period (other than in the case of an Incentive Stock Option) would expire at a time when trading in the shares of Common Stock is prohibited by the Company’s insider trading policy (or Company-imposed “blackout period”), then the Option Period shall be automatically extended until the 30 th day following the expiration of such prohibition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Option Period exceed five (5) years from the Date of Grant in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who on the Date of Grant owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

(ii)          Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, whether in an Award agreement or otherwise, in the event of: (A) a Participant’s Termination by the Service Recipient for Cause, all outstanding Options granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire; (B) a Participant’s Termination due to death or Disability, each outstanding unvested Option granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire, and each outstanding vested Option shall remain exercisable for one year thereafter (but in no event beyond the expiration of the Option Period); and (C) a Participant’s Termination for any other reason, each outstanding unvested Option granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire, and each outstanding vested Option shall remain exercisable for ninety (90) days thereafter (but in no event beyond the expiration of the Option Period).

 

12
 

 

(d)           Method of Exercise and Form of Payment . No shares of Common Stock shall be issued pursuant to any exercise of an Option until payment in full of the Exercise Price therefor is received by the Company and the Participant has paid to the Company an amount equal to any Federal, state, local and non-U.S. income, employment and any other applicable taxes required to be withheld. Options which have become exercisable may be exercised by delivery of written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company (or telephonic instructions to the extent provided by the Committee) in accordance with the terms of the Option accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price shall be payable: (i) in cash, check, cash equivalent and/or shares of Common Stock valued at the Fair Market Value at the time the Option is exercised (including, pursuant to procedures approved by the Committee, by means of attestation of ownership of a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock in lieu of actual issuance of such shares to the Company); provided , that such shares of Common Stock are not subject to any pledge or other security interest; or (ii) by such other method as the Committee may permit in its sole discretion, including, without limitation (A) in other property having a fair market value on the date of exercise equal to the Exercise Price; (B) if there is a public market for the shares of Common Stock at such time, by means of a broker-assisted “cashless exercise” pursuant to which the Company is delivered (including telephonically to the extent permitted by the Committee) a copy of irrevocable instructions to a stockbroker to sell the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon the exercise of the Option and to deliver promptly to the Company an amount equal to the Exercise Price or (C) a “net exercise” procedure effected by withholding the minimum number of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable in respect of an Option that are needed to pay the Exercise Price and all applicable required withholding and any other applicable taxes. Any fractional shares of Common Stock shall be settled in cash.

 

(e)           Notification upon Disqualifying Disposition of an Incentive Stock Option . Each Participant awarded an Incentive Stock Option under the Plan shall notify the Company in writing immediately after the date he or she makes a disqualifying disposition of any Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Incentive Stock Option. A disqualifying disposition is any disposition (including, without limitation, any sale) of such Common Stock before the later of (A) two years after the Date of Grant of the Incentive Stock Option or (B) one year after the date of exercise of the Incentive Stock Option. The Company may, if determined by the Committee and in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, retain possession, as agent for the applicable Participant, of any Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option until the end of the period described in the preceding sentence, subject to complying with any instructions from such Participant as to the sale of such Common Stock.

 

(f)           Compliance With Laws, etc . Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall a Participant be permitted to exercise an Option in a manner which the Committee determines would violate the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as it may be amended from time to time, or any other applicable law or the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or traded.

 

8.           Stock Appreciation Rights .

 

(a)           General . Each SAR granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award agreement. Each SAR so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 8, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award agreement. Any Option granted under the Plan may include tandem SARs. The Committee also may award SARs to Eligible Persons independent of any Option.

 

(b)           Strike Price . Except as otherwise provided by the Committee in the case of Substitute Awards, the strike price (“ Strike Price ”) per share of Common Stock for each SAR shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such share (determined as of the Date of Grant). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a SAR granted in tandem with (or in substitution for) an Option previously granted shall have a Strike Price equal to the Exercise Price of the corresponding Option.

 

13
 

 

(c)           Vesting and Expiration; Termination .

 

(i)           A SAR granted in connection with an Option shall become exercisable and shall expire according to the same vesting schedule and expiration provisions as the corresponding Option. A SAR granted independent of an Option shall vest and become exercisable in such manner and on such date or dates or upon such events as determined by the Committee; provided , however , that notwithstanding any such vesting dates or events, the Committee may in its sole discretion accelerate the vesting of any SAR at any time and for any reason. SARs shall expire upon a date determined by the Committee, not to exceed ten (10) years from the Date of Grant (the “ SAR Period ”); provided , that if the SAR Period would expire at a time when trading in the shares of Common Stock is prohibited by the Company’s insider trading policy (or Company-imposed “blackout period”), then the SAR Period shall be automatically extended until the 30th day following the expiration of such prohibition.

 

(ii)          Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, whether in an Award agreement or otherwise, in the event of: (A) a Participant’s Termination by the Service Recipient for Cause, all outstanding SARs granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire; (B) a Participant’s Termination due to death or Disability, each outstanding unvested SAR granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire, and each outstanding vested SAR shall remain exercisable for one (1) year thereafter (but in no event beyond the expiration of the SAR Period); and (C) a Participant’s Termination for any other reason, each outstanding unvested SAR granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire, and each outstanding vested SAR shall remain exercisable for ninety (90) days thereafter (but in no event beyond the expiration of the SAR Period).

 

(d)           Method of Exercise . SARs which have become exercisable may be exercised by delivery of written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Award, specifying the number of SARs to be exercised and the date on which such SARs were awarded.

 

(e)           Payment . Upon the exercise of a SAR, the Company shall pay to the Participant an amount equal to the number of shares subject to the SAR that is being exercised multiplied by the excess of the Fair Market Value of one (1) share of Common Stock on the exercise date over the Strike Price, less an amount equal to any Federal, state, local and non-U.S. income, employment and any other applicable taxes required to be withheld. The Company shall pay such amount in cash, in shares of Common Stock valued at Fair Market Value, or any combination thereof, as determined by the Committee. Any fractional shares of Common Stock shall be settled in cash.

 

14
 

 

(f)           Substitution of SARs for Nonqualified Stock Options . The Committee shall have the authority in its sole discretion to substitute, without the consent of the affected Participant or any holder or beneficiary of SARs, SARs settled in shares of Common Stock (or settled in shares or cash in the sole discretion of the Committee) for outstanding Nonqualified Stock Options; provided that (i) the substitution shall not otherwise result in a modification of the terms of any such Nonqualified Stock Option; (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock underlying the substituted SARs shall be the same as the number of shares of Common Stock underlying such Nonqualified Stock Options; and (iii) the Strike Price of the substituted SARs shall be equal to the Exercise Price of such Nonqualified Stock Options.

 

9.           Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units .

 

(a)           General . Each grant of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be evidenced by an Award agreement. Each Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 9, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award agreement.

 

(b)           Stock Certificates and Book-Entry; Escrow or Similar Arrangement . Upon the grant of Restricted Stock, the Committee shall cause a stock certificate registered in the name of the Participant to be issued or shall cause share(s) of Common Stock to be registered in the name of the Participant and held in book-entry form subject to the Company’s directions and, if the Committee determines that the Restricted Stock shall be held by the Company or in escrow rather than issued to the Participant pending the release of the applicable restrictions, the Committee may require the Participant to additionally execute and deliver to the Company (i) an escrow agreement satisfactory to the Committee, if applicable and (ii) the appropriate stock power (endorsed in blank) with respect to the Restricted Stock covered by such agreement. If a Participant shall fail to execute and deliver (in a manner permitted under Section 14(a) of the Plan or as otherwise determined by the Committee) an agreement evidencing an Award of Restricted Stock and, if applicable, an escrow agreement and blank stock power within the amount of time specified by the Committee, the Award shall be null and void. Subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 9 and the applicable Award agreement, the Participant generally shall have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to such Restricted Stock, including, without limitation, the right to vote such Restricted Stock; provided that if the lapsing of restrictions with respect to any grant of Restricted Stock is contingent on satisfaction of performance conditions (other than or in addition to the passage of time), any dividends payable on such shares of Restricted Stock shall be held by the Company and delivered (without interest) to the Participant within fifteen (15) days following the date on which the restrictions on such Restricted Stock lapse (and the right to any such accumulated dividends shall be forfeited upon the forfeiture of the Restricted Stock to which such dividends relate). To the extent shares of Restricted Stock are forfeited, any stock certificates issued to the Participant evidencing such shares shall be returned to the Company, and all rights of the Participant to such shares and as a stockholder with respect thereto shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Company.

 

(c)           Restricted Period; Termination .

 

(i)           The Restricted Period with respect to Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall lapse in such manner and on such date or dates or upon such events determined by the Committee; provided , however , that notwithstanding any such dates or events, the Committee may in its sole discretion accelerate the lapse of the Restricted Period at any time and for any reason.

 

15
 

 

(ii)          Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, whether in an Award agreement or otherwise, in the event of a Participant’s Termination for any reason prior to the time that such Participant’s Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, as applicable, have vested (x) all vesting with respect to such Participant’s Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units shall cease and (y) unvested shares of Restricted Stock and unvested Restricted Stock Units, as applicable, shall be forfeited to the Company by the Participant, for no consideration, as of the date of such Termination.

 

(d)           Issuance of Restricted Stock and Settlement of Restricted Stock Units .

 

(i)           Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any shares of Restricted Stock, the restrictions set forth in the applicable Award agreement shall be of no further force or effect with respect to such shares, except as set forth in the applicable Award agreement. If an escrow arrangement is used, upon such expiration, the Company shall issue to the Participant, or his or her beneficiary, without charge, the stock certificate (or, if applicable, a notice evidencing a book-entry notation) evidencing the shares of Restricted Stock which have not then been forfeited and with respect to which the Restricted Period has expired (rounded down to the nearest full share). Dividends, if any, that may have been withheld by the Committee and attributable to any particular share of Restricted Stock shall be distributed to the Participant in cash or, at the sole discretion of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value (on the date of distribution) equal to the amount of such dividends, upon the release of restrictions on such share and, if such share is forfeited, the Participant shall have no right to such dividends.

 

(ii)          Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award agreement or otherwise, upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any outstanding Restricted Stock Units, the Company shall issue to the Participant, or his or her beneficiary, without charge, one (1) share of Common Stock (or other securities or other property, as applicable) for each such outstanding Restricted Stock Unit; provided, however , that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, elect to (i) pay cash or part cash and part shares of Common Stock in lieu of issuing only shares of Common Stock in respect of such Restricted Stock Units; or (ii) defer the issuance of shares of Common Stock (or cash or part shares of Common Stock and part cash, as the case may be) beyond the expiration of the Restricted Period if such extension would not cause adverse tax consequences under Section 409A of the Code. If a cash payment is made in lieu of issuing shares of Common Stock, the amount of such payment shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock as of the date on which the Restricted Period lapsed with respect to such Restricted Stock Units. To the extent provided in an Award agreement, the holder of outstanding Restricted Stock Units shall be entitled to be credited with dividend equivalent payments (upon the payment by the Company of dividends on shares of Common Stock) either in cash or, at the sole discretion of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends (and interest may, at the sole discretion of the Committee, be credited on the amount of cash dividend equivalents at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Committee), which accumulated dividend equivalents (and interest thereon, if applicable) shall be payable at the same time as the underlying Restricted Stock Units are settled following the release of restrictions on such Restricted Stock Units, and, if such Restricted Stock Units are forfeited, the Participant shall have no right to such dividend equivalent payments.

 

16
 

 

(e)           Legends on Restricted Stock . Each certificate, if any, representing Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan, if any, shall bear a legend substantially in the form of the following, in addition to any other information the Company deems appropriate, until the lapse of all restrictions with respect to such shares of Common Stock:

 

TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY IS RESTRICTED PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE MEDLEY MANAGEMENT INC. 2014 Omnibus INCENTIVE PLAN AND A RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT BETWEEN MEDLEY MANAGEMENT INC. AND PARTICIPANT. A COPY OF SUCH PLAN AND AWARD AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF MEDLEY MANAGEMENT INC.

 

10.          Other Stock- or LLC Interest-Based Awards . The Committee may issue unrestricted Common Stock, rights to receive grants of Awards at a future date, other Awards denominated in Common Stock (including, without limitation, performance shares or performance units) or LLC Interests, under the Plan to Eligible Persons, alone or in tandem with other Awards, in such amounts as the Committee shall from time to time in its sole discretion determine. Each Other Stock-Based Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award agreement. Each Other Stock-Based Award so granted shall be subject to such conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award agreement.

 

11.          Performance Compensation Awards .

 

(a)           General . The Committee shall have the authority, at or before the time of grant of any Award, to designate such Award as a Performance Compensation Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. The Committee shall also have the authority to make an award of a cash bonus to any Participant and designate such Award as a Performance Compensation Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if the Company determines that a Participant who has been granted an Award designated as a Performance Compensation Award is not (or is no longer) a “covered employee” (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code), the terms and conditions of such Award may be modified without regard to any restrictions or limitations set forth in this Section 11 (but subject otherwise to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan).

 

17
 

 

(b)           Discretion of Committee with Respect to Performance Compensation Awards . With regard to a particular Performance Period, the Committee shall have sole discretion to select the length of such Performance Period, the type(s) of Performance Compensation Awards to be issued, the Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goal(s), the kind(s) and/or level(s) of the Performance Goal(s) that is (are) to apply and the Performance Formula(e). Within the first ninety (90) days of a Performance Period (or, within any other maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), the Committee shall, with regard to the Performance Compensation Awards to be issued for such Performance Period, exercise its discretion with respect to each of the matters enumerated in the immediately preceding sentence and record the same in writing.

 

(c)           Performance Criteria . The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goal(s) may be based on the attainment of specific levels of performance of the Company (and/or one or more Affiliates, divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments, or any combination of the foregoing) and shall be limited to the following, which may be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) or on a non-GAAP basis: (i) net earnings, net income (before or after taxes) or consolidated net income; (ii) basic or diluted earnings per share (before or after taxes); (iii) net revenue or net revenue growth; (iv) gross revenue or gross revenue growth, gross profit or gross profit growth; (v) net operating profit (before or after taxes); (vi) return measures (including, but not limited to, return on investment, assets, capital, employed capital, invested capital, equity, or sales); (vii) cash flow measures (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow, or cash flow return on capital), which may but are not required to be measured on a per share basis; (viii) earnings before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization (including EBIT and EBITDA); (ix) gross or net operating margins; (x) productivity ratios; (xi) share price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and total stockholder return); (xii) expense targets or cost reduction goals, general and administrative expense savings; (xiii) operating efficiency; (xiv) objective measures of customer/client satisfaction; (xv) working capital targets; (xvi) measures of economic value added or other ‘value creation’ metrics; (xvii) enterprise value; (xviii) sales; (xix) stockholder return; (xx) customer/client retention; (xxi) competitive market metrics; (xxii) employee retention; (xxiii) objective measures of personal targets, goals or completion of projects (including but not limited to succession and hiring projects, completion of specific acquisitions, dispositions, reorganizations or other corporate transactions or capital-raising transactions, expansions of specific business operations and meeting divisional or project budgets); (xxiv) comparisons of continuing operations to other operations; (xxv) market share; (xxvi) cost of capital, debt leverage year-end cash position or book value; (xxvii) strategic objectives; or (xxviii) any combination of the foregoing. Any one or more of the Performance Criteria may be stated as a percentage of another Performance Criteria, or used on an absolute or relative basis to measure the performance of the Company and/or one or more Affiliates as a whole or any divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments of the Company and/or one or more Affiliates or any combination thereof, as the Committee may deem appropriate, or any of the above Performance Criteria may be compared to the performance of a selected group of comparison companies, or a published or special index that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, or as compared to various stock market indices. The Committee also has the authority to provide for accelerated vesting of any Award based on the achievement of Performance Goals pursuant to the Performance Criteria specified in this paragraph. To the extent required under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall, within the first ninety (90) days of a Performance Period (or, within any other maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period.

 

18
 

 

(d)           Modification of Performance Goal(s) . In the event that applicable tax and/or securities laws change to permit Committee discretion to alter the governing Performance Criteria without obtaining stockholder approval of such alterations, the Committee shall have sole discretion to make such alterations without obtaining stockholder approval. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time a Performance Compensation Award is granted, the Committee shall, during the first ninety (90) days of a Performance Period (or, within any other maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), or at any time thereafter to the extent the exercise of such authority at such time would not cause the Performance Compensation Awards granted to any Participant for such Performance Period to fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, specify adjustments or modifications to be made to the calculation of a Performance Goal for such Performance Period, based on and in order to appropriately reflect the following events: (i) asset write-downs; (ii) litigation or claim judgments or settlements; (iii) the effect of changes in tax laws, accounting principles, or other laws or regulatory rules affecting reported results; (iv) any reorganization and restructuring programs; (v) extraordinary nonrecurring items as described in Accounting Standards Codification Topic 225-20 (or any successor pronouncement thereto) and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in the Company’s annual report to stockholders for the applicable year; (vi) acquisitions or divestitures; (vii) any other specific, unusual or nonrecurring events, or objectively determinable category thereof; (viii) foreign exchange gains and losses; (ix) discontinued operations and nonrecurring charges; and (x) a change in the Company’s fiscal year.

 

(e)           Payment of Performance Compensation Awards .

 

(i)           Condition to Receipt of Payment . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, a Participant must be employed by the Company on the last day of a Performance Period to be eligible for payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award for such Performance Period.

 

(ii)          Limitation . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, a Participant shall be eligible to receive payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award only to the extent that: (A) the Performance Goals for such period are achieved; and (B) all or some of the portion of such Participant’s Performance Compensation Award has been earned for the Performance Period based on the application of the Performance Formula to such achieved Performance Goals.

 

(iii)         Certification . Following the completion of a Performance Period, the Committee shall review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, the Performance Goals for the Performance Period have been achieved and, if so, calculate and certify in writing that amount of the Performance Compensation Awards earned for the period based upon the Performance Formula. The Committee shall then determine the amount of each Participant’s Performance Compensation Award actually payable for the Performance Period and, in so doing, may apply Negative Discretion.

 

19
 

 

(iv)         Use of Negative Discretion . In determining the actual amount of an individual Participant’s Performance Compensation Award for a Performance Period, the Committee may reduce or eliminate the amount of the Performance Compensation Award earned under the Performance Formula in the Performance Period through the use of Negative Discretion. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, the Committee shall not have the discretion to: (A) grant or provide payment in respect of Performance Compensation Awards for a Performance Period if the Performance Goals for such Performance Period have not been attained; or (B) increase a Performance Compensation Award above the applicable limitations set forth in Section 5 of the Plan.

 

(f)           Timing of Award Payments . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, Performance Compensation Awards granted for a Performance Period shall be paid to Participants as soon as administratively practicable following completion of the certifications required by this Section 11. Any Performance Compensation Award that has been deferred shall not (between the date as of which the Award is deferred and the payment date) increase (i) with respect to a Performance Compensation Award that is payable in cash, by a measuring factor for each fiscal year greater than a reasonable rate of interest set by the Committee or (ii) with respect to a Performance Compensation Award that is payable in shares of Common Stock, by an amount greater than the appreciation of a share of Common Stock from the date such Award is deferred to the payment date. Any Performance Compensation Award that is deferred and is otherwise payable in shares of Common Stock shall be credited (during the period between the date as of which the Award is deferred and the payment date) with dividend equivalents (in a manner consistent with the methodology set forth in the last sentence of Section 9(d)(ii) of the Plan).

 

12.          Changes in Capital Structure and Similar Events . In the event of (a) any dividend (other than regular cash dividends) or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities or other property, including LLC Interests), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company or LLC Interests, issuance of warrants or other rights to acquire shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company or LLC Interests, or other similar corporate transaction or event (including, without limitation, a Change in Control) that affects the shares of Common Stock or LLC Interests, as applicable or (b) unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, a Change in Control) affecting the Company, any Affiliate, or the financial statements of the Company or any Affiliate, or changes in applicable rules, rulings, regulations or other requirements of any governmental body or securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system, accounting principles or law, such that in either case an adjustment is determined by the Committee in its sole discretion to be necessary or appropriate, then the Committee shall make any such adjustments in such manner as it may deem equitable, including, without limitation, any or all of the following:

 

20
 

 

(i)           adjusting any or all of (A) the Absolute Share Limit, or any other limit applicable under the Plan with respect to the number of Awards which may be granted hereunder; (B) the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or other property, including LLC Interests) which may be issued in respect of Awards or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan (including, without limitation, adjusting any or all of the limitations under Section 5 of the Plan); and (C) the terms of any outstanding Award, including, without limitation, (1) the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or other property, including LLC Interests) subject to outstanding Awards or to which outstanding Awards relate; (2) the Exercise Price or Strike Price with respect to any Award; or (3) any applicable performance measures (including, without limitation, Performance Criteria and Performance Goals);

 

(ii)          providing for a substitution or assumption of Awards (or awards of an acquiring company), accelerating the exercisability of, lapse of restrictions on, or termination of, Awards or providing for a period of time (which shall not be required to be more than ten (10) days) for Participants to exercise outstanding Awards prior to the occurrence of such event (and any such Award not so exercised shall terminate upon the occurrence of such event); and

 

(iii)         cancelling any one or more outstanding Awards and causing to be paid to the holders holding vested Awards (including any Awards that would vest as a result of the occurrence of such event but for such cancellation) the value of such Awards, if any, as determined by the Committee (which if applicable may be based upon the price per share of Common Stock received or to be received by other stockholders of the Company or holders of LLC Interests, as applicable, in such event), including, without limitation, in the case of an outstanding Option or SAR, a cash payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value (as of a date specified by the Committee) of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Option or SAR over the aggregate Exercise Price or Strike Price of such Option or SAR, respectively (it being understood that, in such event, any Option or SAR having a per share Exercise Price or Strike Price equal to, or in excess of, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock subject thereto may be canceled and terminated without any payment or consideration therefor);

 

provided, however , that in the case of any “equity restructuring” (within the meaning of the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor pronouncement thereto)), the Committee shall make an equitable or proportionate adjustment to outstanding Awards to reflect such equity restructuring. Any adjustment in Incentive Stock Options under this Section 12 (other than any cancellation of Incentive Stock Options) shall be made only to the extent not constituting a “modification” within the meaning of Section 424(h)(3) of the Code, and any adjustments under this Section 12 shall be made in a manner which does not adversely affect the exemption provided pursuant to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. Any such adjustment shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes. Payments to holders pursuant to clause (iii) above shall be made in cash or, in the sole discretion of the Committee, in the form of such other consideration necessary for a Participant to receive property, cash, or securities (or combination thereof) as such Participant would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the transaction if the Participant had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the holder of the number of shares of Common Stock or LLC Interests, as applicable, covered by the Award at such time (less any applicable Exercise Price or Strike Price). In addition, prior to any payment or adjustment contemplated under this Section 12, the Committee may require a Participant to (A) represent and warrant as to the unencumbered title to his Awards; (B) bear such Participant’s pro rata share of any post-closing indemnity obligations, and be subject to the same post-closing purchase price adjustments, escrow terms, offset rights, holdback terms, and similar conditions as the other holders of Common Stock or LLC Interests, as applicable and (C) deliver customary transfer documentation as reasonably determined by the Committee.

 

21
 

 

13.          Amendments and Termination .

 

(a)           Amendment and Termination of the Plan . The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided , that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made without stockholder approval if: (i) such approval is necessary to comply with any regulatory requirement applicable to the Plan (including, without limitation, as necessary to comply with any rules or regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company may be listed or quoted) or for changes in GAAP to new accounting standards; (ii) it would materially increase the number of securities which may be issued under the Plan (except for increases pursuant to Section 5 or 12 of the Plan) or (iii) it would materially modify the requirements for participation in the Plan; provided, further , that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant, holder or beneficiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment shall be made to the last proviso of Section 13(b) of the Plan without stockholder approval.

 

(b)           Amendment of Award Agreements . The Committee may, to the extent consistent with the terms of any applicable Award agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any Award theretofore granted or the associated Award agreement, prospectively or retroactively (including after a Participant’s Termination); provided that any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant with respect to any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant; provided, further , that without stockholder approval, except as otherwise permitted under Section 12 of the Plan, (i) no amendment or modification may reduce the Exercise Price of any Option or the Strike Price of any SAR; (ii) the Committee may not cancel any outstanding Option or SAR and replace it with a new Option or SAR (with a lower Exercise Price or Strike Price, as the case may be) or other Award or cash payment that is greater than the intrinsic value (if any) of the cancelled Option or SAR and (iii) the Committee may not take any other action which is considered a “repricing” for purposes of the stockholder approval rules of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or quoted.

 

22
 

 

14.          General .

 

(a)           Award Agreements . Each Award under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award agreement, which shall be delivered to the Participant and shall specify the terms and conditions of the Award and any rules applicable thereto, including, without limitation, the effect on such Award of the death, Disability or Termination of a Participant, or of such other events as may be determined by the Committee. For purposes of the Plan, an Award agreement may be in any such form (written or electronic) as determined by the Committee (including, without limitation, a Board or Committee resolution, an employment agreement, a notice, a certificate or a letter) evidencing the Award. The Committee need not require an Award agreement to be signed by the Participant or a duly authorized representative of the Company.

 

(b)           Nontransferability .

 

(i)          Each Award shall be exercisable only by a Participant during the Participant’s lifetime, or, if permissible under applicable law, by the Participant’s legal guardian or representative. No Award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant (including, without limitation, except as may be prohibited by applicable law, pursuant to a domestic relations order) other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or an Affiliate; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance.

 

(ii)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit Awards (other than Incentive Stock Options) to be transferred by a Participant, without consideration, subject to such rules as the Committee may adopt consistent with any applicable Award agreement to preserve the purposes of the Plan, to: (A) any person who is a “family member” of the Participant, as such term is used in the instructions to Form S-8 under the Securities Act or any successor form of registration statement promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (collectively, the “ Immediate Family Members ”); (B) a trust solely for the benefit of the Participant and his or her Immediate Family Members; (C) a partnership or limited liability company whose only partners or stockholders are the Participant and his or her Immediate Family Members; or (D) a beneficiary to whom donations are eligible to be treated as “charitable contributions” for federal income tax purposes;

 

(each transferee described in clauses (A), (B), (C) and (D) above is hereinafter referred to as a “ Permitted Transferee ”); provided that the Participant gives the Committee advance written notice describing the terms and conditions of the proposed transfer and the Committee notifies the Participant in writing that such a transfer would comply with the requirements of the Plan.

 

23
 

 

(iii)         The terms of any Award transferred in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence shall apply to the Permitted Transferee and any reference in the Plan, or in any applicable Award agreement, to a Participant shall be deemed to refer to the Permitted Transferee, except that: (A) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to transfer any Award, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; (B) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to exercise any transferred Option unless there shall be in effect a registration statement on an appropriate form covering the shares of Common Stock to be acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Option if the Committee determines, consistent with any applicable Award agreement, that such a registration statement is necessary or appropriate; (C) the Committee or the Company shall not be required to provide any notice to a Permitted Transferee, whether or not such notice is or would otherwise have been required to be given to the Participant under the Plan or otherwise; and (D) the consequences of the Termination of the Participant under the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award agreement shall continue to be applied with respect to the Participant, including, without limitation, that an Option shall be exercisable by the Permitted Transferee only to the extent, and for the periods, specified in the Plan and the applicable Award agreement.

 

(c)           Dividends and Dividend Equivalents . The Committee in its sole discretion may provide a Participant as part of an Award with dividends, dividend equivalents, or similar payments in respect of Awards, payable in cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, other Awards or other property, on a current or deferred basis, on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, payment directly to the Participant, withholding of such amounts by the Company subject to vesting of the Award or reinvestment in additional shares of Common Stock, Restricted Stock or other Awards; provided , that no dividends, dividend equivalents or other similar payments shall be payable in respect of outstanding (i) Options or SARs; or (ii) unearned Performance Compensation Awards or other unearned Awards subject to performance conditions (other than or in addition to the passage of time) (although dividends, dividend equivalents or other similar payments may be accumulated in respect of unearned Awards and paid within fifteen (15) days after such Awards are earned and become payable or distributable).

 

(d)           Tax Withholding .

 

(i)           A Participant shall be required to pay to the Company or any Affiliate, and the Company or any Affiliate shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold, from any cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities or other property issuable or deliverable under any Award or from any compensation or other amounts owing to a Participant, the amount (in cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities or other property) of any required withholding or any other applicable taxes in respect of an Award, its exercise, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Committee or the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding or any other applicable taxes.

 

(ii)          Without limiting the generality of clause (i) above, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit a Participant to satisfy, in whole or in part, the foregoing withholding liability by (A) the delivery of shares of Common Stock (which are not subject to any pledge or other security interest) owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability or (B) having the Company withhold from the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable or deliverable pursuant to the exercise or settlement of the Award a number of shares with a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability, provided that with respect to shares withheld pursuant to clause (B), the number of such shares may not have a Fair Market Value greater than the minimum required statutory withholding liability.

 

24
 

 

(e)           No Claim to Awards; No Rights to Continued Employment; Waiver . No employee of the Company or any Affiliate, or other person, shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award under the Plan or, having been selected for the grant of an Award, to be selected for a grant of any other Award. There is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants or holders or beneficiaries of Awards. The terms and conditions of Awards and the Committee’s determinations and interpretations with respect thereto need not be the same with respect to each Participant and may be made selectively among Participants, whether or not such Participants are similarly situated. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any Participant any right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or any Affiliate, nor shall it be construed as giving any Participant any rights to continued service on the Board. The Company or any of its Affiliates may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment or discontinue any consulting relationship, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or any Award agreement. By accepting an Award under the Plan, a Participant shall thereby be deemed to have waived any claim to continued exercise or vesting of an Award or to damages or severance entitlement related to non-continuation of the Award beyond the period provided under the Plan or any Award agreement, except to the extent of any provision to the contrary in any written employment contract or other agreement between the Company and its Affiliates and the Participant, whether any such agreement is executed before, on or after the Date of Grant.

 

(f)           International Participants . With respect to Participants who reside or work outside of the United States of America and who are not (and who are not expected to be) “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, amend the terms of the Plan or Sub-Plans or outstanding Awards with respect to such Participants in order to conform such terms with the requirements of local law or to obtain more favorable tax or other treatment for a Participant, the Company or its Affiliates.

 

(g)           Designation and Change of Beneficiary . Each Participant may file with the Committee a written designation of one or more persons as the beneficiary(ies) who shall be entitled to receive the amounts payable with respect to an Award, if any, due under the Plan upon his or her death. A Participant may, from time to time, revoke or change his or her beneficiary designation without the consent of any prior beneficiary by filing a new designation with the Committee. The last such designation received by the Committee shall be controlling; provided, however , that no designation, or change or revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Committee prior to the Participant’s death, and in no event shall it be effective as of a date prior to such receipt. If no beneficiary designation is filed by a Participant, the beneficiary shall be deemed to be his or her spouse or, if the Participant is unmarried at the time of death, his or her estate.

 

(h)           Termination . Except as otherwise provided in an Award agreement, unless determined otherwise by the Committee at any point following such event: (i) neither a temporary absence from employment or service due to illness, vacation or leave of absence (including, without limitation, a call to active duty for military service through a Reserve or National Guard unit) nor a transfer from employment or service with one Service Recipient to employment or service with another Service Recipient (or vice-versa) shall be considered a Termination; and (ii) if a Participant undergoes a Termination of employment, but such Participant continues to provide services to the Company and its Affiliates in a non-employee capacity, such change in status shall not be considered a Termination for purposes of the Plan. Further, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event that any Service Recipient ceases to be an Affiliate of the Company (by reason of sale, divestiture, spin-off or other similar transaction), unless a Participant’s employment or service is transferred to another entity that would constitute a Service Recipient immediately following such transaction, such Participant shall be deemed to have suffered a Termination hereunder as of the date of the consummation of such transaction.

 

25
 

 

(i)           No Rights as a Stockholder . Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or any Award agreement, no person shall be entitled to the privileges of ownership in respect of shares of Common Stock which are subject to Awards hereunder until such shares have been issued or delivered to such person.

 

(j)           Government and Other Regulations .

 

(i)           The obligation of the Company to settle Awards in shares of Common Stock or other consideration shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by governmental agencies as may be required. Notwithstanding any terms or conditions of any Award to the contrary, the Company shall be under no obligation to offer to sell or to sell, and shall be prohibited from offering to sell or selling, any shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Award unless such shares have been properly registered for sale pursuant to the Securities Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission or unless the Company has received an opinion of counsel (if the Company has requested such an opinion), satisfactory to the Company, that such shares may be offered or sold without such registration pursuant to an available exemption therefrom and the terms and conditions of such exemption have been fully complied with. The Company shall be under no obligation to register for sale under the Securities Act any of the shares of Common Stock to be offered or sold under the Plan. The Committee shall have the authority to provide that all shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company or any Affiliate issued under the Plan shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan, the applicable Award agreement, the Federal securities laws, or the rules, regulations and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or quoted and any other applicable Federal, state, local or non-U.S. laws, rules, regulations and other requirements, and, without limiting the generality of Section 9 of the Plan, the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on certificates representing shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company or any Affiliate issued under the Plan to make appropriate reference to such restrictions or may cause such Common Stock or other securities of the Company or any Affiliate issued under the Plan in book-entry form to be held subject to the Company’s instructions or subject to appropriate stop transfer orders. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee reserves the right to add any additional terms or provisions to any Award granted under the Plan that it in its sole discretion deems necessary or advisable in order that such Award complies with the legal requirements of any governmental entity to whose jurisdiction the Award is subject.

 

26
 

 

(ii)          The Committee may cancel an Award or any portion thereof if it determines, in its sole discretion, that legal or contractual restrictions and/or blockage and/or other market considerations would make the Company’s acquisition of shares of Common Stock from the public markets, the Company’s issuance of Common Stock to the Participant, the Participant’s acquisition of Common Stock from the Company and/or the Participant’s sale of Common Stock to the public markets, illegal, impracticable or inadvisable. If the Committee determines to cancel all or any portion of an Award in accordance with the foregoing, the Company shall pay to the Participant an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Award or portion thereof canceled (determined as of the applicable exercise date, or the date that the shares would have been vested or issued, as applicable), over (B) the aggregate Exercise Price or Strike Price (in the case of an Option or SAR, respectively) or any amount payable as a condition of issuance of shares of Common Stock (in the case of any other Award). Such amount shall be delivered to the Participant as soon as practicable following the cancellation of such Award or portion thereof.

 

(k)           No Section 83(b) Elections Without Consent of Company . No election under Section 83(b) of the Code or under a similar provision of law may be made unless expressly permitted by the terms of the applicable Award agreement or by action of the Committee in writing prior to the making of such election. If a Participant, in connection with the acquisition of shares of Common Stock under the Plan or otherwise, is expressly permitted to make such election and the Participant makes the election, the Participant shall notify the Company of such election within ten (10) days of filing notice of the election with the Internal Revenue Service or other governmental authority, in addition to any filing and notification required pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code or other applicable provision.

 

(l)           Payments to Persons Other Than Participants . If the Committee shall find that any person to whom any amount is payable under the Plan is unable to care for his or her affairs because of illness or accident, or is a minor, or has died, then any payment due to such person or his or her estate (unless a prior claim therefor has been made by a duly appointed legal representative) may, if the Committee so directs the Company, be paid to his or her spouse, child, relative, an institution maintaining or having custody of such person, or any other person deemed by the Committee to be a proper recipient on behalf of such person otherwise entitled to payment. Any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the Committee and the Company therefor.

 

(m)           Nonexclusivity of the Plan . Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board nor the submission of this Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise than under this Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.

 

27
 

 

(n)           No Trust or Fund Created . Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Affiliate, on the one hand, and a Participant or other person or entity, on the other hand. No provision of the Plan or any Award shall require the Company, for the purpose of satisfying any obligations under the Plan, to purchase assets or place any assets in a trust or other entity to which contributions are made or otherwise to segregate any assets, nor shall the Company maintain separate bank accounts, books, records or other evidence of the existence of a segregated or separately maintained or administered fund for such purposes. Participants shall have no rights under the Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Company, except that insofar as they may have become entitled to payment of additional compensation by performance of services, they shall have the same rights as other employees under general law.

 

(o)           Reliance on Reports . Each member of the Committee and each member of the Board shall be fully justified in acting or failing to act, as the case may be, and shall not be liable for having so acted or failed to act in good faith, in reliance upon any report made by the independent public accountant of the Company and its Affiliates and/or any other information furnished in connection with the Plan by any agent of the Company or the Committee or the Board, other than himself.

 

(p)           Relationship to Other Benefits . No payment under the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit sharing, group insurance or other benefit plan of the Company except as otherwise specifically provided in such other plan or as required by applicable law.

 

(q)           Governing Law . The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and performed wholly within the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the conflict of laws provisions thereof.

 

(r)           Severability . If any provision of the Plan or any Award or Award agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any person or entity or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be construed or deemed stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or entity or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

 

(s)           Obligations Binding on Successors . The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be binding upon any successor corporation or organization resulting from the merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to substantially all of the assets and business of the Company.

 

(t)           409A of the Code .

 

(i)           Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, it is intended that the provisions of this Plan comply with Section 409A of the Code, and all provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code. Each Participant is solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all taxes and penalties that may be imposed on or in respect of such Participant in connection with this Plan (including any taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Code), and neither the Company nor any Affiliate shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold such Participant (or any beneficiary) harmless from any or all of such taxes or penalties. With respect to any Award that is considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code, references in the Plan to “termination of employment” (and substantially similar phrases) shall mean “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, each of the payments that may be made in respect of any Award granted under the Plan is designated as separate payments.

 

28
 

 

(ii)          Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if a Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, no payments in respect of any Awards that are “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code and which would otherwise be payable upon the Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code) shall be made to such Participant prior to the date that is six months after the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” or, if earlier, the Participant’s date of death. Following any applicable six month delay, all such delayed payments will be paid in a single lump sum on the earliest date permitted under Section 409A of the Code that is also a business day.

 

(iii)         Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award agreement or otherwise, in the event that the timing of payments in respect of any Award (that would otherwise be considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code) would be accelerated upon the occurrence of (A) a Change in Control, no such acceleration shall be permitted unless the event giving rise to the Change in Control satisfies the definition of a change in the ownership or effective control of a corporation, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of a corporation pursuant to Section 409A of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder or (B) a Disability, no such acceleration shall be permitted unless the Disability also satisfies the definition of “Disability” pursuant to Section 409A of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(u)           Clawback/Forfeiture . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, an Award agreement may provide that the Committee may in its sole discretion cancel such Award if the Participant has engaged in or engages in any Detrimental Activity. The Committee may also provide in an Award agreement that if the Participant otherwise has engaged in or engages in any Detrimental Activity, the Participant will forfeit any gain realized on the vesting or exercise of such Award, and must repay the gain to the Company. The Committee may also provide in an Award agreement that if the Participant receives any amount in excess of what the Participant should have received under the terms of the Award for any reason (including, without limitation, by reason of a financial restatement, mistake in calculations or other administrative error), then the Participant shall be required to repay any such excess amount to the Company. Without limiting the foregoing, all Awards shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law.

 

29
 

 

(v)          Expenses; Gender; Titles and Headings . The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and its Affiliates. Masculine pronouns and other words of masculine gender shall refer to both men and women. The titles and headings of the sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control.

 

30

  

Exhibit 10.6

 

JEFFREY TONKEL

   

Class C Unit Award Agreement

under the Amended and r estated

  Limited Liability Company Agreement of Medley LLC

Dated and effective as of December 14, 2012

 

This Award Agreement ("Agreement") is made effective as of January 7, 2013 (the "Grant Date"), and is between Medley LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "Company"), and Jeffrey Tonkel (the "Participant"). Any term capitalized but not defined in this Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Medley LLC, dated and effective December 14, 2012, as may be amended from time to time (the "LLC Agreement").

 

1.           Unit Grant . In accordance with the terms of the LLC Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company hereby grants to the Participant an aggregate of 549,231 1 of the Company's Class C Units (the "Units"). The Units will vest and become nonforfeitable in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4, 6, 7 and 8. With respect to the Units:

 

(a)          The aggregate Profits Interest Hurdle is $44,200,000.00.

 

(b)          The aggregate Class C Member Guaranteed Payment is $25,000.00 per month. 2

 

(c)          The Participant’s total Capital Account is $0.00.

 

(d)          The Earned Redemption Quarter number as of the Grant Date shall be two (2), which number shall increase as provided in the LLC Agreement.

 

2.           Services, Title and Duties . Participant shall have the title of “Partner.” Participant shall report to the Company’s Board of Managers and, while a Class C Member, the Services to be performed shall include such duties and assignments as may be reasonably assigned to Participant consistent with his position as determined by the Board of Managers. Participant’s duties shall include:

 

1.          Creating new investment funds or vehicles for the Company to raise permanent capital;

 

2.          Exploration of possible strategic relationships, including seeking a possible strategic partner and/or acquisition of additional funds;

 

3.          Assist in development of new client relationships;

 

 

Number of Units is subject to adjustment such that, after dilution resulting from admission of other Class C Members prior to January 15, 2012, equals 6.0%.

Participant may be eligible for additional performance based bonuses in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of Managers.

 

 
 

  

 

4.          Assist in developing stronger firm-wide infrastructure and governance; and

  

5.          General management and oversight.

 

Participant will devote substantially all of his business time, energy, attention and skill to the performance of Participant’s duties and to the promotion and advancement of the Company’s business and interests. Participant shall not, directly or indirectly, engage in any other business or professional activity (whether or not such activity is pursued for gain, profit or other pecuniary advantage and whether or not during normal business hours) or have any interest in any such other business or professional activity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participant may invest in any business, provided that (i) the investment is passive, (i.e., Participant is not required to, and in fact does not, provide any services on behalf of such business) and (ii) the business invested in is not competitive with any aspect of the Company or any of its affiliates as determined by the Company’s Managers in their sole discretion, except that the limitation imposed by this clause (ii) shall not apply to investment in the securities of a publicly traded company as long as Participant does not own at any time more than five percent (5%) of any class of the securities of such company.

  

3.           Additional Terms .

  

(a)          Participant will be eligible for participation in the 401(k), health plan, and any other benefit plans provided by the Company to the extent a non-employee is eligible to participate without adverse consequence.

 

(b)          The Company will reimburse Participant for reasonable expenses incurred by Participant in performance of Participant’s duties under this Award Agreement in accordance with the Company’s policies with respect to reimbursement of such expenses and the documentation required therefor.

 

(c)          Participant will hold a non-voting observer seat on the Board of Managers of the Company, Medley LLC, and Medley GP Holdings LLC. Participant shall receive notice of and shall attend all meetings of the foregoing Boards of Managers, provided, however, that Company reserves the right to exclude Participant from access to any material or meeting or portion thereof if Company believes that such exclusion is reasonably necessary to preserve attorney-client, work product or similar privilege, to protect highly confidential proprietary information or where Participant’s presence would result in a conflict of interest.

 

(d)          The Company shall indemnify Participant and hold Participant harmless from and against any claim, loss or cause of action arising from or out of Participant’s performance or status as an officer of, board observer of or service provider of the Company or any of its parents, subsidiaries or affiliates or in any other capacity, including any fiduciary capacity, in which Participant serves at the request of the Company or any of its parents, subsidiaries or affiliates, to the extent arising as a result of any action or omission performed or omitted by Participant in good faith on behalf of the Company or any of its parents, subsidiaries or affiliates and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on Participant by Company or any of its parents, subsidiaries or affiliates pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, except that Participant shall not be entitled to be indemnified in respect of any loss, damage or claim incurred by Participant by reason of Participant's gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions. The Company undertakes to advance all defense expenses associated with defending against any indemnified claim.

 

Page 2
 

  

4.           Conditions to Award . The Award contemplated herein is conditioned upon the Participant executing (i) this Agreement, (ii) the LLC Agreement, (iii) an election under Section 83(b) of the Code (attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

5.           Termination of Existing Employment Agreement . Effective as of the Grant Date, that certain Employment Agreement, dated October 2010, between Company and Participant, as amended by that Certain Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated December 21, 2011 (the “Employment Agreement”), shall be terminated. Participant hereby waives all Termination Obligations (as defined in the Employment Agreement), including, but not limited to, any and all Share Appreciation Rights, Profit Sharing Interests, and Bonuses and Participant hereby releases Company from any and all liabilities with respect to such Termination Obligations.

 

6.           Vesting of the Units . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Units shall vest, and thereby be deemed Unrestricted Class C Units for purposes of the LLC Agreement as follows:

 

None. As of the Effective Date, Participant shall be deemed fully vested in all of the Units.

 

At all times prior to vesting or upon the Participant’s termination of Service for Cause, Units shall be deemed Restricted Class C Units for purposes of the LLC Agreement.

 

7.           Termination of Service . Any reference herein to a termination of Service or the Participant ceasing his Service shall be defined as an event that constitutes a “separation from service” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code. “Service” shall mean services rendered to the Company by the Participant as a service provider, as an employee, independent contractor or Member.

 

8.           Redemption Payments . Upon a termination of Service, all Units shall be subject to the redemption provisions as provided in the LLC Agreement.

 

9.            Restrictive Covenants .

 

(a)          The Participant agrees to the following Restrictive Covenants:

 

(i)           Confidentiality .

 

(A)         The Participant acknowledges that his Service creates a relationship of confidence and trust between Participant and the Company with respect to certain information pertaining to the business of the Company, its affiliates and their respective portfolio companies and investments (collectively, the “Company and Affiliates”) which may be made known to the Participant by the Company and Affiliates or learned by the Participant during the period of his Service with the Company.

 

Page 3
 

  

(B)         The Company and Affiliates possess and will continue to possess information that has been created, discovered or developed by, or otherwise becomes known to them (including, without limitation, information created, discovered or developed by, or made known to, Participant during the period of his Service which pertains to the Company and Affiliate’s actual or contemplated business, products, intellectual property or processes) or in which property rights have been or may be assigned or otherwise conveyed to the Company and Affiliates, which information has commercial value in the business in which the Company and Affiliates is engaged and is treated by the Company and Affiliates as confidential.

 

(C)         Any and all inventions, products, discoveries, improvements, processes, marketing and services methods or techniques, formulae, designs, styles, specifications, data bases, computer programs (whether in source code or object code), know-how, strategies and data, whether or not patentable or eligible to be registered under copyright or similar statutes, made, developed or created by Participant (whether at the request or suggestion of the Company and Affiliates or otherwise, whether alone or in conjunction with others, and whether during regular hours of work or otherwise) during the period of Participant’s Service with the Company which pertains to the Company and Affiliates' actual or contemplated business, products, intellectual property or processes (collectively hereinafter referred to as "Developments"), shall be the sole property of the Company and will be promptly and fully disclosed by Participant to the Company without any additional compensation therefore, including, without limitation, all papers, drawings, models, data, documents and other material pertaining to or in any way relating to any Developments made, developed or created by Participant as aforesaid. The Company shall own all right, title and interest in and to the Developments and such Developments shall be considered "works made for hire" for the Company under U.S. Copyright Law. If any of the Developments are held for any reason not to be "works made for hire" for the Company or if ownership of all right, title and interest in and to the Developments has not vested exclusively and immediately in the Company upon creation, Participant irrevocably assigns, without further consideration, any and all right, title and interest in and to the Developments to the Company, including any and all moral rights, and "shop rights" in the Developments recognized by applicable law. Participant irrevocably agrees to execute any document requested by the Company to give effect to this Section 9(a)(i)(c) such as assignment of invention or other general assignments of intellectual property rights, without additional compensation therefore.

 

(D)         Participant will keep confidential and will hold for the Company's sole benefit any Development which is to be the exclusive property of the Company under this Section 8(a)(i)(D) irrespective of whether any patent, copyright, trademark or other right or protection is issued or has been sought in connection therewith.

 

Page 4
 

  

(E)         Participant also agrees that Participant will not, without the prior approval of the Board of Managers, use for Participant’s benefit or disclose at any time during Participant’s Service with the Company, or thereafter, except to the extent required by the performance by Participant of Participant’s duties, any information obtained or developed by Participant while in the Service of the Company with respect to any Developments or with respect to any customers, clients, suppliers, specialized training, products, services, prices, employees, financial affairs, mergers, acquisitions, joint ventures, or methods of design, distribution, marketing, service, procurement or manufacture of the Company and Affiliates or any confidential matter, except information which at the time is generally known to the public other than as a result of disclosure by Participant not permitted hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following will not constitute confidential information for purposes of this Agreement: (i) information which is or becomes publicly available other than as a result of disclosure by the Participant; (ii) information designated in writing by the Company and Affiliates as no longer confidential; or (iii) information known by Participant as of the date of this Agreement and identified as such in writing to the Company. Participant will comply with all intellectual property disclosure policies established by the Company from time to time with respect to the Company and Affiliates' confidential information, including without limitation with respect to Developments.

 

(ii)          Non-Competition .          During the term of this Agreement, and for an additional period equal to the greater of (A) six (6) months after the termination of Participant’s Service with the Company for any reason or (B) the term of any payments to the Participant related to Earned Redemption Quarters following the termination of Participant’s Service with the Company for any reason, unless mutually agreed otherwise by the Participant and the Company, Participant shall not, directly or indirectly, provide services in the capacity of a principal, agent, manager, owner, lender, investor, partner, officer, employee, consultant, or otherwise, to any entity that directly or indirectly competes with Company and Affiliates.

  

Page 5
 

 

(iii)         Non-Solicitation .          Participant shall not, during his Service with the Company and for an additional period equal to the greater of (A) twelve (12) months after the termination of Participant’s Service with the Company for any reason or (B) the term of any payments to the Participant related to Earned Redemption Quarters following the termination of Participant’s Service with the Company for any reason, for any reason, either directly or indirectly: (a) directly or indirectly call on or solicit for similar services, or, encourage or take away any of the Company and Affiliates’ clients or potential clients about whom Participant became aware or with whom Participant had contact as a result of Participant’s Service with the Company, either for the benefit of Participant or for any other person or entity; or (b) directly or indirectly solicit, induce, recruit, or encourage any of the Company and Affiliates’ employees or contractors to leave the employ of the Company and Affiliates or cease providing services to the Company and Affiliates on behalf of the Participant or on behalf of any other person or entity; or (c) hire for himself or any other person or entity any employee or contractor who was employed or engaged by the Company and Affiliates within six months prior to the termination of Participant’s Service.

 

(b)          The Participant acknowledges that his access to confidential information will enable him to benefit from the Company and Affiliates’ goodwill and know-how. The Participant further acknowledges that it would be inherent in the performance of his duties as an owner, investor, director, officer, partner, employee, agent or consultant of any person or entity that competes with the Company and Affiliates or that intends to compete with or may compete with the Company and Affiliates to disclose confidential information, as well as to misappropriate the Company and Affiliates’ goodwill and know-how, to or for the benefit of such other person or entity. The Participant acknowledges that, in exchange for his agreement to the restrictions set forth in this Section 9(b), he has and will receive substantial, valuable consideration, including the consideration set forth in Section 1.

 

(c)          In the event of a material breach of any of the Restrictive Covenants, in addition to any other penalties or restrictions that may apply under any employment agreement, state law, or otherwise, Participant’s breach shall constitute Cause for termination of Participant’s Services in accordance with the LLC Agreement.

 

(d)          If the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction declares that any term or provision of this Section is invalid or unenforceable, the parties agree that (i) the court making the determination of invalidity or unenforceability shall have the power to reduce the scope, duration, or geographic area of the term or provision, to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace any invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision, (ii) the parties shall request that the court exercise that power, and (iii) this Agreement shall be enforceable as so modified after the expiration of the time within which the judgment or decision may be appealed. The Participant acknowledges and agrees that a remedy at law for any breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this Section 9(d) would be inadequate and, therefore, agrees that the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief in addition to any other available rights and remedies in cases of any such breach or threatened breach, including those remedies provided in Section (c) above.

 

10.          Distributions . The Participant will be entitled to distributions with respect to the Units as provided by the LLC Agreement.

 

11.          Transferability of Units . As provided in the LLC Agreement, the Participant may not sell, transfer, pledge, assign or otherwise alienate or hypothecate the Unit.

 

Page 6
 

   

12.          Securities Law Requirements . No person who acquires Units under this Agreement may sell the Units, unless they make the offer and sale pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Exchange Act, which is current and includes the Units to be sold, or an exemption from the registration requirements of that Act.

 

13.          No Limitation on Rights of the Company . The grant of the Units does not and will not in any way affect the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications or changes in its capital or business structure, or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

14.          LLC Agreement and Agreement Not a Contract of Employment or Service . Neither the LLC Agreement nor this Agreement is a contract of employment or Service, and no terms of the Participant's Service will be affected in any way by the LLC Agreement, this Agreement or related instruments, except to the extent specifically expressed therein. Neither the LLC Agreement nor this Agreement will be construed as conferring any legal rights on the Participant to continue to remain in Service with the Company, nor will it interfere with the Company's or any Affiliate’s right to discharge the Participant or to deal with him or her regardless of the existence of the LLC Agreement, this Agreement or the Unit.

 

15.          Participant to Have No Rights as a Member . Before the date as of which he or she is recorded on the books of the Company as the holder of any Units, the Participant will have no rights as a member with respect to those Units.

 

16.          Notice . Any notice or other communication required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing, signed by the party giving such notice and shall be given or made (and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made upon receipt) by delivery in person, by courier service, by telecopy or by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested, with postage prepaid), to the respective parties at the addresses noted in the LLC Agreement.

 

17.          Successors . All obligations of the Company under this Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of the successor results from a direct or indirect purchase of all or substantially all of the business of the Company, or a merger, consolidation, or otherwise.

 

18.          Governing Law . To the extent not preempted by federal law, this Agreement will be construed and enforced in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its conflicts of law principles that would require the application of the law of any other jurisdiction. Any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with the LLC Agreement or this Agreement shall be brought only in the courts in the State of Delaware, including the Federal Courts located therein, should Federal jurisdiction requirements exist, and the Participant shall consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the such court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with the LLC Agreement or this Agreement and hereby waives any right to a jury trial with respect to such action or proceeding.

 

Page 7
 

   

19.          LLC Agreement Controls . The rights granted under this Agreement are in all respects subject to the provisions set forth in the LLC Agreement to the same extent and with the same effect as if set forth fully in this Agreement. If the terms of this Agreement conflict with the terms of the LLC Agreement document, the LLC Agreement document will control.

 

20.          Amendment of the Agreement . The Company and the Participant may amend this Agreement only as provided in the LLC Agreement.

 

21.          Counterparts . The parties may execute this Agreement in one or more counterparts, all of which together shall constitute but one Agreement.

 

22.          Section 409A . Each payment made with respect to the Units pursuant to the LLC Agreement shall be deemed a "separate payment" for purposes of Section 409A of the Code. Payments under this Agreement are intended to qualify for exemption from or, in the alternative, comply with, Section 409A of the Code. This Agreement and shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. If any provision of this Agreement needs to be revised to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, then such provision shall be modified or restricted to the extent and in the manner necessary to be in compliance with such requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any such modification shall attempt to maintain the same economic results as were intended under this Agreement. The Company does not guarantee that payments under this Agreement will satisfy all applicable requirements for exemption from Section 409A of the Code. Payments made to a Participant under this Agreement in error shall be returned to the Company and do not create a legally binding right to such payments.

 

23.          Agreement Administration . This Agreement will be administered by the Board of Managers. Except as limited by law, the Board of Managers will have full power to construe and interpret this Agreement and the LLC Agreement, to establish, amend or waive rules and regulations for this Agreement's administration, and to make all other determinations that may be necessary or advisable to administer this Agreement. As permitted by law, t he Boar d of Managers may deleg ate so me or all of its authority under this Agreement. All determinations and decisions made by the Board of Managers (or its delegate) pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement will be final, conclusive and binding on all Persons, including, without limitation, the Company, its Members, all Affiliates, Participants and their estates and beneficiaries.

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Participant have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

   

Medley LLC   /s/ Jeffrey Tonkel
    (Participant's Signature)
By: /s/ Brook Taube   Participant's Name and Address for notices:
Its: Manager   Jeffrey Tonkel
    7 Eldridge Court
    New York , NY 10580

 

Page 8

 

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

A MENDMENT TO A WARD A GREEMENT

 

This A mendment to A ward A greement ("Amendment") is dated as of May 29, 2014, between Medley LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "Company"), and Jeffrey Tonkel (the "Participant").

 

RECITALS

 

A.           Pursuant to that certain Class C Unit Award Agreement under the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Medley LLC dated and effective as of December 14, 2012, effective as of January 7, 2013 (the “Award Agreement”), Company granted to Participant 485,054 of the Company's Class C Units (the “Existing Units”).

 

B.           Pursuant to that certain Class C Unit Award Agreement under the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Medley GP Holdings LLC effective as of January 7, 2013 (the “Holdings Award Agreement”), Medley GP Holdings LLC granted to Participant 485,054 of Medley GP Holdings LLC's Class C Units (the “Holdings Units”).

 

C.           Pursuant to that certain Exchange Agreement of even date herewith, Participant has transferred to Medley, and Medley has received from Holder, the Holdings Units in exchange for 10,585 additional Class C Units of Medley (together with the Initial Units, the “Existing Units”).

 

D.           Concurrently herewith, the Members of the Company are amending and restating the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Medley LLC (the “LLC Agreement”). Any term capitalized but not defined in this Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.

 

E.           In connection with the amendment and restatement of the LLC Agreement, Participant is exchanging the Existing Units for 3,000,000 new Class B Units in accordance with the terms of the LLC Agreement and the Award Agreement, as amended by this Amendment.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and agreements of the parties set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Company and Participant hereby agree as follows:

 

1.          Exchange of Existing Units for New Class B Units. Participant hereby exchanges his Existing Units for 3,000,000 Class B Units subject to the terms of the LLC Agreement and this Award Agreement.

 

2.          Amendment of Award Agreement. The Award Agreement is amended as follows:

 

 
 

 

a.           All references in the Award Agreement to Class C shall refer to Class B, including, but not limited to, “Class C Units” shall refer to “Class B Units,” “Class C Member” shall refer to “Class B Member.”

 

b.           Section 1 of the Award Agreement is amended as follows:

 

(i)          Section 1(a) of the Award Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following, “The aggregate Profits Interest Hurdle is $0.00.”

 

(ii)         Section 1(d) of the Award Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following, “As of May 16, 2014, Participant shall be deemed to have earned ten (10) Earned Redemption Quarters, which number shall increase as provided in the LLC Agreement.

 

c.           Sections 9(a)(ii) and 9(a)(iii) of the Award Agreement are deleted in their entirety and replaced with:

 

(ii)          Non-Competition . During the term of this Agreement, and for an additional period equal to one year after the termination of Participant’s Service with the Company for any reason other than Good Reason, unless mutually agreed otherwise by the Participant and the Company, Participant shall not, directly or indirectly, provide services in the capacity of a principal, agent, manager, owner, lender, investor, partner, officer, employee, consultant, or otherwise, to any entity that directly or indirectly competes with Company and Affiliates.

 

(iii)          Non-Solicitation . Participant shall not, during his Service with the Company and for an additional period equal to one year after the termination of Participant’s Service with the Company for any reason, either directly or indirectly: (a) directly or indirectly call on or solicit for similar services, or, encourage or take away any of the Company and Affiliates’ clients or potential clients about whom Participant became aware or with whom Participant had contact as a result of Participant’s Service with the Company, either for the benefit of Participant or for any other person or entity; or (b) directly or indirectly solicit, induce, recruit, or encourage any of the Company and Affiliates’ employees or contractors to leave the employ of the Company and Affiliates or cease providing services to the Company and Affiliates on behalf of the Participant or on behalf of any other person or entity; or (c) hire for himself or any other person or entity any employee or contractor who was employed or engaged by the Company and Affiliates within six months prior to the termination of Participant’s Service.

 

 
 

 

d.           Section 9(c) is deleted in its entirety and replaced with:

 

(c)          If the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction declares that any term or provision of this Section is invalid or unenforceable, the parties agree that (i) the court making the determination of invalidity or unenforceability shall have the power to reduce the scope, duration, or geographic area of the term or provision, to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace any invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision, (ii) the parties shall request that the court exercise that power, and (iii) this Agreement shall be enforceable as so modified after the expiration of the time within which the judgment or decision may be appealed. The Participant acknowledges and agrees that a remedy at law for any breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this Section 9(d) would be inadequate and, therefore, agrees that the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief in addition to any other available rights and remedies in cases of any such breach or threatened breach.

 

e.           Section 9(d) is deleted in its entirety and replaced with:

 

(d)          Notwithstanding the definition of “Cause” in the LLC Agreement, with respect to Participant, “Cause” shall mean:

 

(a)          such Member's fraud or embezzlement;

 

(b)          any conviction of, or the entering of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a financial crime that constitutes a felony (or any state-law equivalent) or that involves moral turpitude; and

 

(c)          any conviction of any other criminal act that has a material adverse effect on the property, operations, business or reputation of the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries.

 

The Company shall bear the burden of proof in any legal proceeding with respect to any determination of Cause.

 

f.            Section 11 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with, “Reserved.”

 

3.          Ratification. Except as expressly amended and modified under this Amendment, the terms and provisions of the Award Agreement are hereby ratified and affirmed in their entirety.

 

4.          Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

5.          Counterparts; Headings. This Amendment may be signed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Any such counterpart may be executed by facsimile transmission. Headings in this Amendment are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or affect the meaning of the provisions hereof.

 

 
 

 

6.          Complete Agreement. This Amendment constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the amendment of the Agreement and all prior or contemporaneous agreements or understandings, verbal or written, with respect thereto are hereby superseded and merged herein.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Participant have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

MEDLEY LLC    
     
By: /s/ Seth Taube   /s/Jeffrey Tonkel
      (Participant's Signature)
       
Name:  Seth Taube     Participant's Name and Address for notices:
      Jeffrey Tonkel
      7 Eldridge Court
Its: Manager   New York, NY10580

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

RICHARD ALLORTO

 

Class C Unit Award Agreement

under the Amended and Restated

Limited Liability Company Agreement of
Medley LLC

Dated and effective as of December 14, 2012

 

This Award Agreement (“Agreement”) is made effective as of January 7, 2013 (the “Grant Date”), and is between Medley LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and Richard Allorto (the “Participant”). Any term capitalized but not defined in this Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Medley LLC, dated and effective December 14, 2012, as may be amended from time to time (the “LLC Agreement”).

 

1.           Unit Grant. In accordance with the terms of the LLC Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company hereby grants to the Participant an aggregate of 183,077 1 of the Company’s Class C Units (the “Units”). The Units will vest and become nonforfeitable in accordance with the provisions of Sections 3, 5, 6 and 7. With respect to the Units:

 

(a)          The aggregate Profits Interest Hurdle is $44,200,000.00.

 

(b)          The aggregate Class C Member Guaranteed Payment is $25,000.00 per month. 2

 

(c)          The Participant’s total Capital Account is $0.00.

 

(c)          The Earned Redemption Quarter number as of the Grant Date shall be three (3), which number shall increase as provided in the LLC Agreement.

 

2.           Services, Title and Duties . Participant shall have the title of “Chief Financial Officer.” Participant shall report to the Company’s Board of Managers and, while a Class C Member, the Services to be performed shall include such duties and assignments as may be reasonably assigned to Participant consistent with his position as determined by the Board of Managers. Participant’s duties shall include:

 

a.           Care and custody of all funds of the Company;

 

b.           Keep a full and accurate account of all funds received and paid on account of the Company;

 

c.           Render a statement of accounts whenever the Board of Managers or an Executive Officer requires;

 

 

1 Number of Units is subject to adjustment such that, after dilution resulting from admission of other Class C Members prior to January 15, 2012, equals 2.0%.

2 Participant may be eligible for additional performance based bonuses in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of Managers.

 

 
 

 

d           Perform all other necessary acts and duties in connection with the administration of the financial affairs of the Company, and will generally perform all the duties usually appertaining to the office of Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer of a limited liability company.

 

Participant will devote substantially all of his business time, energy, attention and skill to the performance of Participant’s duties and to the promotion and advancement of the Company’s business and interests. Participant shall not, directly or indirectly, engage in any other business or professional activity (whether or not such activity is pursued for gain, profit or other pecuniary advantage and whether or not during normal business hours) or have any interest in any such other business or professional activity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participant may invest in any business, provided that (i) the investment is passive, (i.e., Participant is not required to, and in fact does not, provide any services on behalf of such business) and (ii) the business invested in is not competitive with any aspect of the Company or any of its affiliates as determined by the Company’s Managers in their sole discretion, except that the limitation imposed by this clause (ii) shall not apply to investment in the securities of a publicly traded company as long as Participant does not own at any time more than five percent (5%) of any class of the securities of such company.

 

3.           Conditions to Award . The Award contemplated herein is conditioned upon the Participant executing (i) this Agreement, (ii) the LLC Agreement, (iii) an election under Section 83(b) of the Code (attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

4.           Termination of Existing Employment Agreement . Effective as of the Grant Date, Participant’s employment by Medley Capital LLC shall be terminated. Participant hereby waives all termination benefits and claims arising therefrom and Participant hereby releases Company from any and all liabilities with respect thereto.

 

5.           Vesting of the Units . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Units shall vest, and thereby be deemed Unrestricted Class C Units for purposes of the LLC Agreement as follows:

 

None. As of the Effective Date, Participant shall be deemed fully vested in all of the Units.

 

At all times prior to vesting or upon the Participant’s termination of Service for Cause, Units shall be deemed Restricted Class C Units for purposes of the LLC Agreement.

 

6.           Termination of Service . Any reference herein to a termination of Service or the Participant ceasing his Service shall be defined as an event that constitutes a “separation from service” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code. “Service” shall mean services rendered to the Company by the Participant as a service provider, as an employee, independent contractor or Member.

 

7.           Redemption Payments . Upon a termination of Service, all Units shall be subject to the redemption provisions as provided in the LLC Agreement.

 

Page 2
 

 

8.           Restrictive Covenants .

 

(a)          The Participant agrees to the following Restrictive Covenants:

 

(i)           Confidentiality .

 

(A)         The Participant acknowledges that his Service creates a relationship of confidence and trust between Participant and the Company with respect to certain information pertaining to the business of the Company, its affiliates and their respective portfolio companies and investments (collectively, the “Company and Affiliates”) which may be made known to the Participant by the Company and Affiliates or learned by the Participant during the period of his Service with the Company.

 

(B)         The Company and Affiliates possess and will continue to possess information that has been created, discovered or developed by, or otherwise becomes known to them (including, without limitation, information created, discovered or developed by, or made known to, Participant during the period of his Service which pertains to the Company and Affiliate’s actual or contemplated business, products, intellectual property or processes) or in which property rights have been or may be assigned or otherwise conveyed to the Company and Affiliates, which information has commercial value in the business in which the Company and Affiliates is engaged and is treated by the Company and Affiliates as confidential.

 

(C)         Any and all inventions, products, discoveries, improvements, processes, marketing and services methods or techniques, formulae, designs, styles, specifications, data bases, computer programs (whether in source code or object code), know-how, strategies and data, whether or not patentable or eligible to be registered under copyright or similar statutes, made, developed or created by Participant (whether at the request or suggestion of the Company and Affiliates or otherwise, whether alone or in conjunction with others, and whether during regular hours of work or otherwise) during the period of Participant’s Service with the Company which pertains to the Company and Affiliates’ actual or contemplated business, products, intellectual property or processes (collectively hereinafter referred to as “Developments”), shall be the sole property of the Company and will be promptly and fully disclosed by Participant to the Company without any additional compensation therefore, including, without limitation, all papers, drawings, models, data, documents and other material pertaining to or in any way relating to any Developments made, developed or created by Participant as aforesaid. The Company shall own all right, title and interest in and to the Developments and such Developments shall be considered “works made for hire” for the Company under U.S. Copyright Law. If any of the Developments are held for any reason not to be “works made for hire” for the Company or if ownership of all right, title and interest in and to the Developments has not vested exclusively and immediately in the Company upon creation, Participant irrevocably assigns, without farther consideration, any and all right, title and interest in and to the Developments to the Company, including any and all moral rights, and “shop rights” in the Developments recognized by applicable law. Participant irrevocably agrees to execute any document requested by the Company to give effect to this Section 8(a)(i)(c) such as assignment of invention or other general assignments of intellectual property rights, without additional compensation therefore.

 

Page 3
 

 

(D)         Participant will keep confidential and will hold for the Company’s sole benefit any Development which is to be the exclusive property of the Company under this Section 8(a)(i)(D) irrespective of whether any patent, copyright, trademark or other right or protection is issued or has been sought in connection therewith.

 

(E)         Participant also agrees that Participant will not, without the prior approval of the Board of Managers, use for Participant’s benefit or disclose at any time during Participant’s Service with the Company, or thereafter, except to the extent required by the performance by Participant of Participant’s duties, any information obtained or developed by Participant while in the Service of the Company with respect to any Developments or with respect to any customers, clients, suppliers, specialized training, products, services, prices, employees, financial affairs, mergers, acquisitions, joint ventures, or methods of design, distribution, marketing, service, procurement or manufacture of the Company and Affiliates or any confidential matter, except information which at the time is generally known to the public other than as a result of disclosure by Participant not permitted hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following will not constitute confidential information for purposes of this Agreement: (i) information which is or becomes publicly available other than as a result of disclosure by the Participant; (ii) information designated in writing by the Company and Affiliates as no longer confidential; or (iii) information known by Participant as of the date of this Agreement and identified as such in writing to the Company. Participant will comply with all intellectual property disclosure policies established by the Company from time to time with respect to the Company and Affiliates' confidential information, including without limitation with respect to Developments.

 

(ii)          Non-Competition .         During the term of this Agreement, and for an additional period equal to the greater of (A) three (3) months after the termination of Participant’s Service with the Company for any reason or (B) the term of any payments to the Participant related to Earned Redemption Quarters following the termination of Participant’s Service with the Company for any reason, unless mutually agreed otherwise by the Participant and the Company, Participant shall not, directly or indirectly, provide services in the capacity of a principal, agent, manager, owner, lender, investor, partner, officer, employee, consultant, or otherwise, to any entity that directly or indirectly competes with Company and Affiliates.

 

Page 4
 

 

(iii)         Non-Solicitation . Participant shall not, during his Service with the Company and for an additional period equal to the greater of (A) twelve (12) months after the termination of Participant’s Service with the Company for any reason or (B) the term of any payments to the Participant related to Earned Redemption Quarters following the termination of Participant’s Service with the Company for any reason, for any reason, either directly or indirectly: (a) directly or indirectly call on or solicit for similar services, or, encourage or take away any of the Company and Affiliates’ clients or potential clients about whom Participant became aware or with whom Participant had contact as a result of Participant’s Service with the Company, either for the benefit of Participant or for any other person or entity; or (b) directly or indirectly solicit, induce, recruit, or encourage any of the Company and Affiliates’ employees or contractors to leave the employ of the Company and Affiliates or cease providing services to the Company and Affiliates on behalf of the Participant or on behalf of any other person or entity; or (c) hire for himself or any other person or entity any employee or contractor who was employed or engaged by the Company and Affiliates within six months prior to the termination of Participant’s Service.

 

(b)          The Participant acknowledges that his access to confidential information will enable him to benefit from the Company and Affiliates’ goodwill and know-how. The Participant further acknowledges that it would be inherent in the performance of his duties as an owner, investor, director, officer, partner, employee, agent or consultant of any person or entity that competes with the Company and Affiliates or that intends to compete with or may compete with the Company and Affiliates to disclose confidential information, as well as to misappropriate the Company and Affiliates’ goodwill and know-how, to or for the benefit of such other person or entity. The Participant acknowledges that, in exchange for his agreement to the restrictions set forth in this Section 8(b), he has and will receive substantial, valuable consideration, including the consideration set forth in Section 1.

 

(c)          In the event of a material breach of any of the Restrictive Covenants, in addition to any other penalties or restrictions that may apply under any employment agreement, state law, or otherwise, Participant’s breach shall constitute Cause for termination of Participant’s Services in accordance with the LLC Agreement.

 

(d)          If the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction declares that any term or provision of this Section is invalid or unenforceable, the parties agree that (i) the court making the determination of invalidity or unenforceability shall have the power to reduce the scope, duration, or geographic area of the term or provision, to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace any invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision, (ii) the parties shall request that the court exercise that power, and (iii) this Agreement shall be enforceable as so modified after the expiration of the time within which the judgment or decision may be appealed. The Participant acknowledges and agrees that a remedy at law for any breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this Section 8(d) would be inadequate and, therefore, agrees that the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief in addition to any other available rights and remedies in cases of any such breach or threatened breach, including those remedies provided in Section (c) above.

 

Page 5
 

 

9.            Distributions . The Participant will be entitled to distributions with respect to the Units as provided by the LLC Agreement.

 

10.          Transferability of Units . As provided in the LLC Agreement, the Participant may not sell, transfer, pledge, assign or otherwise alienate or hypothecate the Unit.

 

11.          Securities Law Requirements . No person who acquires Units under this Agreement may sell the Units, unless they make the offer and sale pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Exchange Act, which is current and includes the Units to be sold, or an exemption from the registration requirements of that Act.

 

12.          No Limitation on Rights of the Company . The grant of the Units does not and will not in any way affect the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications or changes in its capital or business structure, or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

13.          LLC Agreement and Agreement Not a Contract of Employment or Service . Neither the LLC Agreement nor this Agreement is a contract of employment or Service, and no terms of the Participant’s Service will be affected in any way by the LLC Agreement, this Agreement or related instruments, except to the extent specifically expressed therein. Neither the LLC Agreement nor this Agreement will be construed as conferring any legal rights on the Participant to continue to remain in Service with the Company, nor will it interfere with the Company's or any Affiliate’s right to discharge the Participant or to deal with him or her regardless of the existence of the LLC Agreement, this Agreement or the Unit.

 

14.          Participant to Have No Rights as a Member . Before the date as of which he or she is recorded on the books of the Company as the holder of any Units, the Participant will have no rights as a member with respect to those Units.

 

15.          Notice . Any notice or other communication required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing, signed by the party giving such notice and shall be given or made (and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made upon receipt) by delivery in person, by courier service, by telecopy or by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested, with postage prepaid), to the respective parties at the addresses noted in the LLC Agreement.

 

16.          Successors . All obligations of the Company under this Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of the successor results from a direct or indirect purchase of all or substantially all of the business of the Company, or a merger, consolidation, or otherwise.

 

Page 6
 

 

17.          Governing Law . To the extent not preempted by federal law, this Agreement will be construed and enforced in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its conflicts of law principles that would require the application of the law of any other jurisdiction. Any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with the LLC Agreement or this Agreement shall be brought only in the courts in the State of Delaware, including the Federal Courts located therein, should Federal jurisdiction requirements exist, and the Participant shall consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the such court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with the LLC Agreement or this Agreement and hereby waives any right to a jury trial with respect to such action or proceeding.

 

18.          LLC Agreement Controls . The rights granted under this Agreement are in all respects subject to the provisions set forth in the LLC Agreement to the same extent and with the same effect as if set forth fully in this Agreement. If the terms of this Agreement conflict with the terms of the LLC Agreement document, the LLC Agreement document will control.

 

19.          Amendment of the Agreement . The Company and the Participant may amend this Agreement only as provided in the LLC Agreement.

 

20.          Counterparts . The parties may execute this Agreement in one or more counterparts, all of which together shall constitute but one Agreement.

 

21.          Section 409A . Each payment made with respect to the Units pursuant to the LLC Agreement shall be deemed a “separate payment” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code. Payments under this Agreement are intended to qualify for exemption from or, in the alternative, comply with, Section 409A of the Code. This Agreement and shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. If any provision of this Agreement needs to be revised to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, then such provision shall be modified or restricted to the extent and in the manner necessary to be in compliance with such requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any such modification shall attempt to maintain the same economic results as were intended under this Agreement. The Company does not guarantee that payments under this Agreement will satisfy all applicable requirements for exemption from Section 409A of the Code. Payments made to a Participant under this Agreement in error shall be returned to the Company and do not create a legally binding right to such payments.

 

22.          Agreement Administration . This Agreement will be administered by the Board of Managers. Except as limited by law, the Board of Managers will have full power to construe and interpret this Agreement and the LLC Agreement, to establish, amend or waive rules and regulations for this Agreement’s administration, and to make all other determinations that may be necessary or advisable to administer this Agreement. As permitted by law, the Board of Managers may delegate some or all of its authority under this Agreement. All determinations and decisions made by the Board of Managers (or its delegate) pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement will be final, conclusive and binding on all Persons, including, without limitation, the Company, its Members, all Affiliates, Participants and their estates and beneficiaries.

 

Page 7
 

 

*          *           *

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Participant have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

Medley LLC   /s/ Richard Allorto
      (Participant’s Signature)
By: /s/ Brook Taube    
Its: Manager   Participant’s Name and Address for notices
       
      Richard Allorto
       
       
       
       

 

Page 8

 

 

Exhibit 10.9

 

A MENDMENT TO A WARD A GREEMENT

 

This A mendment to Award Agreement ("Amendment") is dated as of May 29, 2014, between Medley LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "Company"), and Richard Allorto (the "Participant").

 

RECITALS

 

A.           Pursuant to that certain Class C Unit Award Agreement under the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Medley LLC dated and effective as of December 14, 2012, effective as of January 7, 2013 (the “Award Agreement”), Company granted to Participant 161,685 of the Company's Class C Units (the “Initial Units”).

 

B.           Pursuant to that certain Class C Unit Award Agreement under the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Medley GP Holdings LLC effective as of January 7, 2013 (the “Holdings Award Agreement”), Medley GP Holdings LLC granted to Participant 161,685 of Medley GP Holdings LLC's Class C Units (the “Holdings Units”).

 

C.           Pursuant to that certain Exchange Agreement of even date herewith, Participant has transferred to Medley, and Medley has received from Holder, the Holdings Units in exchange for 3,528 additional Class C Units of Medley (together with the Initial Units, the “Existing Units”).

 

D.           Concurrently herewith, the Members of the Company are amending and restating the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Medley LLC (the “LLC Agreement”). Any term capitalized but not defined in this Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.

 

E.           In connection with the amendment and restatement of the LLC Agreement, Participant is exchanging the Existing Units for 1,000,000 new Class B Units in accordance with the terms of the LLC Agreement and the Award Agreement, as amended by this Amendment.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and agreements of the parties set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Company and Participant hereby agree as follows:

 

1.          Exchange of Existing Units for New Class B Units. Participant hereby exchanges his Existing Units for 1,000,000 Class B Units subject to the terms of the LLC Agreement and this Award Agreement.

 

2.          Amendment of Award Agreeement. The Award Agreement is amended as follows:

 

 
 

 

a.           All references in the Award Agreement to Class C shall refer to Class B, including, but not limited to, “Class C Units” shall refer to “Class B Units,” “Class C Member” shall refer to “Class B Member.”

 

b.           Section 1 of the Award Agreement is amended as follows:

 

(i)          Section 1(a) of the Award Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following, “The aggregate Profits Interest Hurdle is $0.00.”

 

(ii)         Section 1(d) of the Award Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following, “As of April 7, 2014, Participant shall be deemed to have earned eleven (11) Earned Redemption Quarters, which number shall increase as provided in the LLC Agreement.”

 

c.           Sections 9(a)(ii) and 9(a)(iii) of the Award Agreement are deleted in their entirety and replaced with:

 

(ii)          Non-Competition . During the term of this Agreement, and for an additional period equal to one year after the termination of Participant’s Service with the Company for any reason other than Good Reason, unless mutually agreed otherwise by the Participant and the Company, Participant shall not, directly or indirectly, provide services in the capacity of a principal, agent, manager, owner, lender, investor, partner, officer, employee, consultant, or otherwise, to any entity that directly or indirectly competes with Company and Affiliates.

 

(iii)          Non-Solicitation . Participant shall not, during his Service with the Company and for an additional period equal to two years after the termination of Participant’s Service with the Company for any reason, either directly or indirectly: (a) directly or indirectly call on or solicit for similar services, or, encourage or take away any of the Company and Affiliates’ clients or potential clients about whom Participant became aware or with whom Participant had contact as a result of Participant’s Service with the Company, either for the benefit of Participant or for any other person or entity; or (b) directly or indirectly solicit, induce, recruit, or encourage any of the Company and Affiliates’ employees or contractors to leave the employ of the Company and Affiliates or cease providing services to the Company and Affiliates on behalf of the Participant or on behalf of any other person or entity; or (c) hire for himself or any other person or entity any employee or contractor who was employed or engaged by the Company and Affiliates within six months prior to the termination of Participant’s Service.

 

 
 

 

d.           Section 9(c) is deleted in its entirety and replaced with:

 

(c)          If the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction declares that any term or provision of this Section is invalid or unenforceable, the parties agree that (i) the court making the determination of invalidity or unenforceability shall have the power to reduce the scope, duration, or geographic area of the term or provision, to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace any invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision, (ii) the parties shall request that the court exercise that power, and (iii) this Agreement shall be enforceable as so modified after the expiration of the time within which the judgment or decision may be appealed. The Participant acknowledges and agrees that a remedy at law for any breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this Section 9(d) would be inadequate and, therefore, agrees that the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief in addition to any other available rights and remedies in cases of any such breach or threatened breach.

 

e.           Section 9(d) is deleted in its entirety and replaced with:

 

              (d)          Notwithstanding the definition of “Cause” in the LLC Agreement, with respect to Participant, “Cause” shall mean:

 

               (a)          such Member's fraud or embezzlement;

 

               (b)          any conviction of, or the entering of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a financial crime that constitutes a felony (or any state-law equivalent) or that involves moral turpitude; and

 

               (c)          any conviction of any other criminal act that has a material adverse effect on the property, operations, business or reputation of the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries.

 

The Company shall bear the burden of proof in any legal proceeding with respect to any determination of Cause.

 

f.      Section 11 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with, “Reserved.”

 

3.          Ratification. Except as expressly amended and modified under this Amendment, the terms and provisions of the Award Agreement are hereby ratified and affirmed in their entirety.

 

4.          Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

5.          Counterparts; Headings. This Amendment may be signed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Any such counterpart may be executed by facsimile transmission. Headings in this Amendment are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or affect the meaning of the provisions hereof.

 

 
 

 

6.          Complete Agreement. This Amendment constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the amendment of the Agreement and all prior or contemporaneous agreements or understandings, verbal or written, with respect thereto are hereby superseded and merged herein.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Participant have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

MEDLEY LLC    
     
By: /s/ Seth Taube   /s/Richard Allorto
      (Participant's Signature)
       
Name:   Seth Taube   Participant's Name and Address for notices:
      Richard Allorto
      19 Isaac Graham Road
Its: Manager   Flemington, NJ 08822

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.10

 

Execution Version

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

dated as of

 

August 14, 2014

 

among

 

MEDLEY LLC,

as Borrower,

 

THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO

 

and

 

CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH

as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

 

 

 

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA)

LLC,

as Bookrunner and Lead Arranger

 

 

 

 
 

 

Table of Contents

 

    Page
       
Article I
Definitions
     
Section 1.01. Defined Terms 1
Section 1.02. Terms Generally 22
Section 1.03. Pro Forma Calculations 23
Section 1.04. Classification of Loans and Borrowings 23
     
Article II
The Credits
     
Section 2.01. Commitments 24
Section 2.02. Loans 24
Section 2.03. Borrowing Procedure 25
Section 2.04. Evidence of Debt; Repayment of Loans 25
Section 2.05. Fees 26
Section 2.06. Interest on Loans 26
Section 2.07. Default Interest 26
Section 2.08. Alternate Rate of Interest 26
Section 2.09. Termination and Reduction of Commitments 27
Section 2.10. Conversion and Continuation of Borrowings 27
Section 2.11. Repayment of Term Borrowings 28
Section 2.12. Voluntary Prepayment 28
Section 2.13. Mandatory Prepayments 29
Section 2.14. Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances 30
Section 2.15. Change in Legality 31
Section 2.16. Breakage 32
Section 2.17. Pro Rata Treatment 32
Section 2.18. Sharing of Setoffs 32
Section 2.19. Payments 33
Section 2.20. Taxes 33
Section 2.21. Assignment of Loans Under Certain Circumstances; Duty to Mitigate 36
Section 2.22. Incremental Term Loans 38
Section 2.23. Discounted Voluntary Prepayments. 40
     
Article III
Representations and Warranties
     
Section 3.01. Organization; Powers 42
Section 3.02. Authorization 42
Section 3.03. Enforceability 42
Section 3.04. Governmental Approvals 42
Section 3.05. Financial Statements 43
Section 3.06. No Material Adverse Change 43
Section 3.07. Title to Properties 43
Section 3.08. Subsidiaries 43
Section 3.09. Litigation; Compliance with Laws 44

 

i
 

 

Table of Contents

 

    Page
       
Section 3.10. Agreements 44
Section 3.11. Federal Reserve Regulations 44
Section 3.12. Investment Company Act 44
Section 3.13. Use of Proceeds 44
Section 3.14. Tax Returns 44
Section 3.15. No Material Misstatements 44
Section 3.16. Employee Benefit Plans 45
Section 3.17. Environmental Matters 45
Section 3.18. Insurance 45
Section 3.19. Security Documents 45
Section 3.20. Location of Real Property and Leased Premises 46
Section 3.21. Labor Matters 46
Section 3.22. Solvency 46
Section 3.23. Sanctioned Persons 47
Section 3.24. Funds; Management Agreements; Management Fees 47
Section 3.25. Certain Regulatory Matters 47
     
Article IV
Conditions of Lending
     
Section 4.01. All Credit Events 48
Section 4.02. First Credit Event 48
     
Article V
Affirmative Covenants
     
Section 5.01. Existence; Compliance with Laws; Businesses and Properties 51
Section 5.02. Insurance 51
Section 5.03. Obligations and Taxes 52
Section 5.04. Financial Statements, Reports, Etc. 52
Section 5.05. Litigation and Other Notices, Etc. 54
Section 5.06. Information Regarding Collateral 55
Section 5.07. Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections; Maintenance of Ratings 55
Section 5.08. Use of Proceeds 55
Section 5.09. Employee Benefits 55
Section 5.10. Compliance with Environmental Laws 56
Section 5.11. [Reserved.] 56
Section 5.12. Further Assurances 56
Section 5.13. Management Fees 57
Section 5.14. Investment Adviser; Other Regulatory Matters 57
Section 5.15. Sanction and Anti-Corruption Laws 58
     
Article VI
Negative Covenants
     
Section 6.01. Indebtedness 58
Section 6.02. Liens 60

 

ii
 

 

Table of Contents

 

    Page
       
Section 6.03. Sale and Lease-Back Transactions 61
Section 6.04. Investments, Loans and Advances 61
Section 6.05. Mergers, Consolidations, Sales of Assets and Acquisitions 63
Section 6.06. Restricted Payments; Restrictive Agreements 64
Section 6.07. Transactions with Affiliates 66
Section 6.08. Business of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries 66
Section 6.09. Other Indebtedness and Agreements 66
Section 6.10. Maximum Net Leverage Ratio 67
Section 6.11. Fiscal Year 67
Section 6.12. Certain Equity Securities 67
Section 6.13. Additional Funds 67
Section 6.14. Sanctioned Persons; Anti-Corruption Laws 67
Section 6.15. Management Fees 68
Section 6.16. Limitation on Accounting Changes 68
Section 6.17. Compliance with Financial Covenant 68
     
Article VII
Events of Default
     
Section 7.01. Events of Default. 68
Section 7.02. Application of Proceeds. 71
     
Article VIII
  The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent; Etc.    
     
Article IX
Miscellaneous
     
Section 9.01. Notices; Electronic Communications 74
Section 9.02. Survival of Agreement 76
Section 9.03. Binding Effect 76
Section 9.04. Successors and Assigns 76
Section 9.05. Expenses; Indemnity 79
Section 9.06. Right of Setoff 81
Section 9.07. Applicable Law 81
Section 9.08. Waivers; Amendment 81
Section 9.09. Interest Rate Limitation 82
Section 9.10. Entire Agreement 83
Section 9.11. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL 83
Section 9.12. Severability 83
Section 9.13. Counterparts 83
Section 9.14. Headings 83
Section 9.15. Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process 83
Section 9.16. Confidentiality 84
Section 9.17. Lender Action 85
Section 9.18. USA PATRIOT Act Notice 85
Section 9.19. Intercreditor Agreement 85

 

iii
 

 

SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 1.01(a) - Threshold Percentage
Schedule 1.01(b) - Severance Costs
Schedule 2.01 - Lenders and Commitments
Schedule 3.08 - Subsidiaries
Schedule 3.09 - Litigation
Schedule 3.12 - Investment Company Act Registrations
Schedule 3.18 - Insurance
Schedule 3.19 - UCC Filing Offices
Schedule 3.20 - Leased Real Property
Schedule 3.24(a)(i) - Funds
Schedule 3.24(a)(ii) - Separately Managed Accounts
Schedule 3.24(b) - Management Agreements
Schedule 3.25(a) - Investment Advisers Act Registrations
Schedule 6.01 - Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 6.02 - Existing Liens
Schedule 6.04(a) - Existing Investments

 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A - Form of Administrative Questionnaire
Exhibit B - Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit C - Form of Borrowing Request
Exhibit D - Form of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement
Exhibit E - Form of Affiliate Subordination Agreement
Exhibit F - Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit G - Auction Procedures
Exhibit H - Form of Irrevocable Direction Letter
Exhibit I - Form of Note
Exhibit J - Form of Undertaking Agreement
Exhibit K - Form of Intercreditor Agreement
Exhibit L - Management Agreement Requirements
Exhibit M-1 - Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate
Exhibit M-2 - Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate
Exhibit M-3 - Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate
Exhibit M-4 - Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

 

i
 

 

This CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of August 14, 2014, is entered into by and among MEDLEY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders (such term and each other capitalized term used but not defined in this introductory statement having the meaning given it in Article I ), and CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as administrative agent (in such capacity, including any successor thereto, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and as collateral agent (in such capacity, including any successor thereto, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the Lenders.

 

The Borrower has requested that the Lenders extend credit on the Closing Date in the form of Term Loans made pursuant to this Agreement, in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of $110,000,000. The proceeds of the Term Loans are to be used on the Closing Date, first , to refinance the Existing Debt (as defined below), second , to pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions and, third , to pay the Subject Dividend, and for general corporate purposes, including the funding of co-investments. The Lenders are willing to extend such credit to the Borrower on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Article I
Definitions

 

Section 1.01.          Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified below:

 

ABR ,” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

 

Account Control Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

Acquired Entity ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.04(e) .

 

Adjusted LIBO Rate ” shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) 1.00% per annum and (b) the product of (i) the LIBO Rate in effect for such Interest Period and (ii) Statutory Reserves.

 

Administrative Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory statement to this Agreement.

 

Administrative Agent Fees ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(a) .

 

Administrative Questionnaire ” shall mean an Administrative Questionnaire in the form of Exhibit A , or such other form as may be supplied from time to time by the Administrative Agent.

 

Affiliate ” shall mean, when used with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified; provided , however , that, for purposes of Section 6.07 , the term “Affiliate” shall also include (i) any Person that directly or indirectly owns 10% or more of any class of Equity Interests of the Person specified or that is an officer or director of the Person specified, (ii) each director (or comparable manager) of the Person specified and (c) each partnership in which the Person specified is a general partner. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as it relates to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary, the term “Affiliate” shall not include any Fund or Fund-Related Entity, except with respect to Section 6.07 .

 

 
 

 

Affiliate Subordination Agreement ” shall mean an Affiliate Subordination Agreement in the form of Exhibit E pursuant to which intercompany obligations and advances owed by any Loan Party are subordinated to the Obligations.

 

Agents ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article VIII .

 

Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory statement hereof.

 

Agreement Value ” shall mean, for each Hedging Agreement, on any date of determination, the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Borrower or any other Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Hedging Agreement were terminated on such date.

 

Alternate Base Rate ” shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus ½ of 1.00% and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate that would then be in effect for a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of one month plus 1.00% ( provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Adjusted LIBO Rate for any day shall be based on the rate determined on such day at approximately 11 a.m. (London time) by reference to the interest settlement rates for deposits in Dollars (as set forth by (a) the ICE Benchmark Administration, (b) any successor service or entity that has been authorized by the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority to administer the London Interbank Offered Rate or (c) any service selected by the Administrative Agent that has been nominated by such an entity as an authorized vendor for the purpose of displaying such rates)). If the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain (x) the Federal Funds Effective Rate for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms of the definition thereof, the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b) of the preceding sentence until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist, or (y) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for any reason, any determination of Adjusted LIBO Rate for the purposes of determining the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b) of the definition of “Adjusted LIBO Rate” until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, as the case may be.

 

Anti-Corruption Laws ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.23 .

 

Applicable Margin ” shall mean, for any day (a) with respect to any Eurodollar Term Loan, 5.50% per annum and (b) with respect to any ABR Term Loan, 4.50% per annum .

 

Asset Sale ” shall mean the sale, transfer or other disposition (by way of merger, casualty, condemnation or otherwise) by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to any Person (other than to the Borrower or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower) of any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal, or mixed real and personal, or whether tangible or intangible, other than in the ordinary course of business and for not less than the fair value thereof, other than any such sale, transfer or disposition or series of related sales, transfers or dispositions having value not in excess of $250,000.

 

2
 

 

Assignment and Acceptance shall mean an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee, and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit B or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent.

 

Auction Manager ” shall mean the Lead Arranger (or, if the Lead Arranger declines to act as Auction Manager, an investment bank of recognized standing selected by the Borrower and reasonably satisfactory to the Lead Arranger), which shall be engaged to act in such capacity on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Lead Arranger (or such other investment bank).

 

Auction Notice ” shall mean an auction notice given by the Borrower in accordance with the Auction Procedures with respect to a Discounted Prepayment Offer.

 

Auction Procedures ” shall mean the auction procedures with respect to Discounted Prepayment Offers set forth in Exhibit G hereto.

 

Available Amount ” shall mean, on any date of determination (the “ Reference Date ”), the result of (without duplication):

 

(a)          an amount determined on a cumulative basis equal to 100% of Core Net Income for the period (taken as one accounting period) commencing on the first day of the fiscal quarter of the Borrower ending on June 30, 2014 and ending of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter or fiscal year, as applicable, for which financial statements and certificates required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.04(a) or Section 5.04(b), as the case may be, and Section 5.04(c) , have been delivered to the Administrative Agent, plus

 

(b)          the Net Cash Proceeds from issuances of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower after the date hereof, to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds are actually received by the Borrower (excluding (i) any such Net Cash Proceeds applied to repay or retire indebtedness, (ii) any such Net Cash Proceeds of a Qualified Public Offering and (iii) any Net Cash Proceeds received under Section 6.06(a)(vii)(B) ), less the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments as of the Reference Date made pursuant to Section 6.06(a)(iii) , minus

 

(c)          the sum of (i) Restricted Payments as of the Reference Date made pursuant to Sections 6.06(a)(v)(B) and 6.06(a)(vi) and (ii) investments or expenditures as of the Reference Date made pursuant to (A) subclause (y) of clause (iv)(c) of the proviso to Section 6.04(f) , (B) subclause (y) of clause (ii)(C) of Section 6.04(b) and (C) Section 6.04(h).

 

Board ” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

 

Borrower ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory statement to this Agreement.

 

Borrower Materials ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.01 .

 

Borrowing ” shall mean Loans of the same Class and Type made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.

 

Borrowing Request ” shall mean a request by the Borrower in accordance with the terms of Section 2.03 and substantially in the form of Exhibit C , or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent.

 

3
 

 

Breakage Event ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.16 .

 

Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or day on which banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close; provided , however , that when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in Dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

 

Capital Lease Obligations ” of any Person shall mean the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Change in Control ” shall mean, at any time, (a) Permitted Holders shall cease to have the power to vote or direct the vote of 50.1% or more of the voting power of the outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower; (b) prior to a Qualified Public Offering, Permitted Holders shall cease to directly or indirectly own and control on a fully diluted basis 50.1% or more of the economic interest in the Equity Interests of the Borrower; (c) following a Qualified Public Offering, any Person or group (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) other than the Permitted Holders (and Persons Controlled by the Permitted Holders) shall directly or indirectly own and control on a fully diluted basis 35% or more on of the economic interest in the Equity Interests of the Borrower; (d) the Borrower shall cease to directly or indirectly (i) own and control on a fully diluted basis 100% of the economic interest in the Equity Interests of, or have the power to vote or direct the vote 100% of, the outstanding Equity Interests of any Subsidiary that is a Loan Party or (ii) own and control on a fully diluted basis the Threshold Percentage or more of the economic interest in the Equity Interests of, or have the power to vote or direct the vote of 100% of the voting power of, the outstanding Equity Interests of any Subsidiary that is a not Loan Party; (e) during any period of two consecutive years, the majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors (or similar governing body) of the Borrower cease to be occupied by Persons who either (i) were members of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of the Borrower at the beginning of such period or (ii) were nominated for election by, or appointed by, a Permitted Holder or the board of directors (or similar governing body) of the Borrower, a majority of whom were directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved by a majority of such directors; (f) so long any Loan Party shall have any obligations under Section 10(n) of the Shareholder Purchase Agreement, a “Change of Control” under and as defined in the Shareholder Purchase Agreement shall have occurred and be continuing; or (g) any change in control (or similar event, however denominated) with respect to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall occur under and as defined in any indenture or agreement in respect of Material Indebtedness to which such Person is a party.

 

Change in Law ” shall mean (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement (including any rules or regulations issued under or implementing any existing law), (b) any change in any law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) compliance by any Lender (or, for purposes of Section 2.14 , by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement; provided, however , that, for purposes of this Agreement, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law,” regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

 

4
 

 

Charges ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.09 .

 

Class ,” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Term Loans or Other Term Loans and, when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Term Loan Commitment or Incremental Term Loan Commitment.

 

Closing Date ” shall mean August 14, 2014.

 

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

Collateral ” shall mean all the “Collateral” as defined in any Security Document.

 

Collateral Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory statement to this Agreement.

 

Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment and Incremental Term Loan Commitment.

 

Communications ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.01 .

 

Confidential Information Memorandum ” shall mean the Confidential Information Memorandum of the Borrower dated July, 2014.

 

Consolidated Funds ” shall mean each Fund or Fund-Related Entity which is not a Subsidiary of the Borrower, but for which Borrower, in accordance with GAAP, is required to report such Fund’s or Fund-Related Entity’s financial position, results of operations, equity and cash flows on a consolidated basis with those of Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

 

Control ” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” shall have meanings correlative thereto.

 

Cooperating Guarantor ” shall mean “Cooperating Guarantor” as defined in each Cooperation Guaranty.

 

Cooperation Guaranty ” shall mean, each of the Cooperation Guaranties dated as of the Closing Date signed by the parties thereto in favor of Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and “ Cooperation Guaranties ” shall mean all such documents collectively.

 

Core EBITDA ” shall mean, for any period, (a) Core Net Income plus (b) to the extent deducted in determining such Core Net Income, the sum of standalone (i) interest expense for such period, (ii) income taxes (including Permitted Tax Distributions) accrued with respect to such period, (iii) all amounts attributable to depreciation and amortization for such period and (iv) non-recurring transaction expenses incurred in connection with the incurrence of the Term Loans.

 

5
 

 

Core Net Income ” shall mean, for any period, (a) the net income (or loss) of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for such period determined on a standalone basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded (i) the income of any Subsidiary of the Borrower to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such Subsidiary, (ii) the income or loss of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower or is merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or the date that such Person’s assets are acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, and (iii) the income of any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Borrower) in which any other Person (other than the Borrower or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower) has a joint interest, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to the Borrower or a Loan Party by such Person during such period; plus (b) to the extent deducted in determining such net income (or loss) of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for such period, the sum during such period of (i) reimbursable expenses associated with the launch of Funds or Fund-Related Entities to the extent reimbursable in accordance with the relevant Management Agreements or other governing documents relating to such Fund or Fund-Related Entity, (ii) the aggregate amount of one-time severance costs described in Schedule 1.01(b) hereto, and (iii) the amortization of any one-time equity compensation expense associated with grants of restricted Equity Interests.

 

Credit Event ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01 .

 

Credit Facilities ” shall mean the term loan facilities provided for by this Agreement.

 

Default ” shall mean any event or condition which upon notice, lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.

 

Designated Account ” shall mean the deposit account of the Borrower maintained at City National Bank entitled “Medley LLC” with account number 210247483.

 

Discounted Prepayment Offer ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.23(a) .

 

Disqualified Stock ” shall mean any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, (a) matures (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, or requires the payment of any cash dividend or any other scheduled payment constituting a return of capital, or (b) is convertible into or exchangeable (unless at the sole option of the issuer thereof) for (i) debt securities or (ii) any Equity Interest referred to in clause (a) above.

 

Dollars ” and “ $ ” shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.

 

Domestic Subsidiaries ” shall mean all Subsidiaries incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Subsidiary that is organized in a territory or possession of the United States of America).

 

6
 

 

Eligible Assignee ” means any Person (other than a natural Person or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned or operated for the primary benefit of, a natural Person) that is (i) a Lender, (ii) an Affiliate of a Lender, (iii) a Related Fund of a Lender, and (iv) any other Person (other than a natural person or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned or operated for the primary benefit of, a natural Person) approved by the Administrative Agent and, unless a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and which consent, in the case of the Borrower, shall be deemed to have been given by the Borrower if the Borrower has not responded within five Business Days of a request for such consent); provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or the Funds, Fund-Related Entities or Separately Managed Accounts or their respective Affiliates.

 

Engagement Letter ” shall mean the letter agreement, dated July 25, 2014, by and between the Borrower and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Environmental Laws ” shall mean all former, current and future Federal, state, local and foreign laws (including common law), treaties, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, decrees, judgments, directives, orders (including consent orders), and agreements in each case, relating to protection of the environment, natural resources, human health and safety or the presence, Release of, or exposure to, Hazardous Materials, or the generation, manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, transport, recycling or handling of, or the arrangement for such activities with respect to, Hazardous Materials.

 

Environmental Liability ” shall mean all liabilities, obligations, damages, losses, claims, actions, suits, judgments, orders, fines, penalties, fees, expenses and costs (including administrative oversight costs, natural resource damages and remediation costs), whether contingent or otherwise, arising out of or relating to (a) compliance or non-compliance with any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release of any Hazardous Materials or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

Equity Interest s ” shall mean shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity interests in any Person, and any option, warrant or other right entitling the holder thereof to purchase or otherwise acquire any such equity interest.

 

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code, or solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

 

7
 

 

ERISA Event ” shall mean (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived), (b) the existence with respect to any Plan of any conditions for the imposition of a lien under Section 303(k) of ERISA or Section 430(k) of the Code, (c) any determination that a Plan is in “at risk” status within the meaning of Section 303(i) of ERISA or Section 430(i) of the Code, (d) a violation of the minimum funding standards under Sections 412 or 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA with respect to a Plan, (e) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan, (f) the incurrence by the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan or the withdrawal or partial withdrawal of the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their ERISA Affiliates from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan, (g) the receipt by the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their ERISA Affiliates from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to the intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan, (h) the adoption of any amendment to a Plan that would require the provision of security pursuant to Section 436(f) of the Code, (i) the receipt by the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their ERISA Affiliates of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their ERISA Affiliates of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, (j) the occurrence of a non-exempt “prohibited transaction” with respect to which the Borrower or any other Subsidiary is a “disqualified person” (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code) or with respect to which the Borrower or any such Subsidiary could otherwise be liable, or (ii) any other event or condition with respect to a Plan or Multiemployer Plan that could be reasonably likely to result in liability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

 

Eurodollar ,” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

 

Events of Default ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII .

 

Excluded Domestic Holdco means a Domestic Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist of Equity Interests or Indebtedness of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries (or in other entities that themselves would be Excluded Domestic Holdcos).

 

Excluded Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Domestic Subsidiary that is (a) a direct or indirect Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary or (b) an Excluded Domestic Holdco.

 

Excluded Taxes ” shall mean, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) income or franchise Taxes imposed on (or measured by) net income (i) by the United States of America, or by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction described in clause (a)(i) above or that are Other Connection Taxes, (c) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 2.21(a) ), any U.S. federal withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.20(a) or 2.20(c) , (d) taxes that would not have been imposed but for a failure by any Agent or Lender to comply with Section 2.20(e) , and (e) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

 

Existing Credit Facility ” shall mean that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2014, by and among the Borrower, as borrower, the lenders that are signatories thereto, and City National Bank, as administrative agent and lead arranger, as amended by that certain Amendment Number One to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Disclosure Statement and Consent, dated as of June 6, 2014.

 

8
 

 

Existing Debt ” shall mean the loans made to the Borrower under the Existing Credit Facility and any other obligations that are outstanding thereunder as of the Closing Date.

 

Existing Debt Payoff Documents ” shall mean any payoff letter or related document received by the Borrower in connection with the refinancing of the Existing Debt on the Closing Date.

 

Fair Market Value ” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress of either party, determined in good faith by the board of directors, board of managers or similar governing body of the applicable Person.

 

Family Member ” shall mean, with respect to any individual, his or her parents, siblings, spouse, children, and each of their respective spouses.

 

Family Trust ” shall mean, with respect to any individual, trusts or other estate planning vehicles established for the benefit of such individual or Family Members of such individual and in respect of which such individual serves as trustee or in a similar capacity.

 

FATCA ” means Section 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretation thereof, any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code, any intergovernmental agreements with respect thereto, and any Laws implementing intergovernmental agreements.

 

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

 

Financial Officer ” of any Person shall mean the chief financial officer, chief operating officer, treasurer or controller of such Person.

 

Fitch ” means Fitch, Inc., or any successor thereto.

 

Flow-Through Entity ” means an entity that (a) for U.S. federal income tax purposes, constitutes (i) an “S corporation” (as defined in Section 1361(a) of the Internal Revenue Code), (ii) a “qualified subchapter S subsidiary” (as defined in Section 1361(b)(3)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code), (iii) a “partnership” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code), or an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, other than a “publicly traded partnership” that is treated as a corporation under Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code, (iv) a business entity that is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner under the Internal Revenue Code, the Treasury Regulations, or any published administrative guidance of the Internal Revenue Service or (v) a trust to the extent its income is excludable in the taxable income of the grantor or another person under Sections 671 through 679 of the Internal Revenue Code (each of the entities described in the preceding clauses (i) , (ii) , (iii) , (iv) and (v) , a “ Federal Flow-Through Entity ”) and (b) for state and local jurisdictions, is subject to treatment on a basis under applicable state or local income tax law substantially similar to a Federal Flow-Through Entity.

 

9
 

 

Foreign Lender ” shall mean any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is located. For purposes of this definition, the United States of America, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

 

Foreign Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

 

Fund ” shall mean (i) each of the funds listed on Schedule 3.26(a)(i) hereto as of the Closing Date and (ii) each other fund, fund-of-funds or collective investment vehicle managed, administered or advised by the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof, other than a Fund-Related Entity or a Separately Managed Account.

 

Fund GP ” shall mean, with respect to a particular Fund, the general partner, managing member or equivalent thereof.

 

Fund-Related Entity ” shall mean, with respect to any Fund, any feeder fund, employee investment vehicle, holding company or other vehicle for a portfolio investment of a Fund, or other ancillary vehicle affiliated with such Fund which, in each case, does not receive, or directly pay, any Management Fees (in each case excluding any Subsidiary).

 

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect as of the date hereof.

 

Governmental Authority ” shall mean any Federal, state, local or foreign court or governmental agency, authority, instrumentality or regulatory body.

 

Guarantee ” of or by any Person shall mean any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment of such Indebtedness or other obligation or (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation; provided , however , that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

 

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ” shall mean the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit D , among the Borrower, the Guarantors party thereto and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

Guarantors ” shall mean, collectively, the Subject Entities and each other Subsidiary (other than the Borrower and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries) that is or becomes party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

Hazardous Materials ” shall mean (a) any petroleum products or byproducts and all other hydrocarbons, coal ash, radon gas, asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls, chlorofluorocarbons and all other ozone-depleting substances and (b) any chemical, material, substance or waste that is prohibited, limited or regulated by or pursuant to any Environmental Law.

 

10
 

 

Hedging Agreement ” shall mean (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of ISDA Master Agreement, including any such obligations or liabilities under any ISDA Master Agreement.

 

Historical Financial Statements ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.05(a) .

 

Incremental Term Borrowing shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Incremental Term Loans.

 

Incremental Term Lender ” shall mean a Lender with an Incremental Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Incremental Term Loan.

 

Incremental Term Loan Amount ” shall mean, at any time, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the excess, if any, of (i) $15,000,000 over (ii) the amount of Incremental Term Loan Commitments established prior to such time pursuant to Section 2.22 in reliance on this clause (a) since the Closing Date, and (b) such other amount such that, immediately after giving effect to the applicable Incremental Term Borrowing on a pro forma basis (and calculated as if such Incremental Term Borrowing and the Indebtedness available under the Revolving Credit Agreement were fully drawn on the funding date thereof), the Net Leverage Ratio, as of the most recently completed period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which the financial statements and certificates required by Section 5.04(a) or 5.04(b) , as the case may be, and Section 5.04(c) have been delivered, would not exceed 2.00:1.00.

 

Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement ” shall mean an Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement among, and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and one or more Incremental Term Lenders.

 

Incremental Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean the commitment of any Lender, established pursuant to Section 2.22 , to make Incremental Term Loans to the Borrower.

 

Incremental Term Loan Effective Date ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(c) .

 

Incremental Term Loan Maturity Date ” shall mean the final maturity date of any Incremental Term Loan, as set forth in the applicable Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement.

 

Incremental Term Loan Repayment Dates ” shall mean the dates scheduled for the repayment of principal of any Incremental Term Loan, as set forth in the applicable Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement.

 

Incremental Term Loans ” shall mean Loans made by one or more Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(b) . Incremental Term Loans may be made in the form of additional Term Loans or, to the extent permitted by Section 2.22 and provided for in the relevant Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement, Other Term Loans.

 

11
 

 

Indebtedness ” of any Person shall mean, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person upon which interest charges are customarily paid, (d) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property or assets purchased by such Person, (e) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade accounts payable and accrued obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business), (f) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, (g) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (h) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (i) all Synthetic Lease Obligations of such Person, (j) net obligations of such Person under any Hedging Agreements, valued at the Agreement Value thereof, (k) all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Disqualified Capital Stock of such Person or any other Person or any warrants, rights or options to acquire such equity interests, valued, in the case of redeemable preferred interests, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends, (l) all obligations of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and (m) all obligations of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership in which such Person is a general partner, to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provides that such person is not liable therefore.

 

Indemnified Taxes ” shall mean (a) Taxes other than Excluded Taxes imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

 

Indemnitee ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.05(b) .

 

Information ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.16 .

 

Intellectual Property ” shall mean all intellectual property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of every kind and nature now owned or hereafter acquired by any of the foregoing.

 

Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean the Intercreditor Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit K , among the Borrower, the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and the Revolving Loan Collateral Agent.

 

Interest Payment Date ” shall mean (a) with respect to any ABR Loan, the last day of each March, June, September and December, and (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day that would have been an Interest Payment Date had successive Interest Periods of three months’ duration been applicable to such Borrowing.

 

12
 

 

Interest Period ” shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day (or, if there is no numerically corresponding day, on the last Business Day) in the calendar month that is 1, 2, 3 or 6 months thereafter, as the Borrower may elect; provided , however , that (a) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, (b) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period and (c) no Interest Period for any Loan shall extend beyond the Term Loan Maturity Date. Interest shall accrue from and including the first day of an Interest Period to but excluding the last day of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

 

Investment Advisers Act ” shall mean the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.

 

Irrevocable Direction Letter ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.13 .

 

Lead Arranger ” shall mean Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC.

 

Lenders ” shall mean (a) the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 (other than any such Person that has ceased to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance), (b) any Person that has become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, and (c) each Incremental Term Lender.

 

LIBO Rate ” shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date that is two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period by reference to the interest settlement rates for deposits in Dollars (as set forth by (a) the ICE Benchmark Administration, (b) any successor service or entity that has been authorized by the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority to administer the London Interbank Offered Rate or (c) any service selected by the Administrative Agent that has been nominated such an entity as an authorized information vendor for the purpose of displaying such rates) for a period equal to such Interest Period; provided that, to the extent that an interest rate is not ascertainable by reference to the ICE Benchmark Administration (or any successor service or entity that has been authorized by the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority to administer the London Interbank Offered Rate), the “LIBO Rate” shall be the interest rate per annum reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent to be the average of the rates per annum at which deposits in Dollars are offered for such relevant Interest Period to major banks in the London interbank market in London, England by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date that is two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period.

 

Lien ” shall mean, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, encumbrance, charge or security interest in or on such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

 

Liquidity ” shall mean, on any date of determination, the sum of the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents held by the Borrower and the Guarantors and the aggregate amount of loans available to be drawn under the Revolving Credit Agreement on such date.

 

Loan Documents ” shall mean this Agreement, the Security Documents, each Undertaking Agreement, any Affiliate Subordination Agreement, each Cooperation Guaranty, each Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement, the promissory notes, if any, executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2.04(d) and any other document executed in connection with the foregoing.

 

Loan Parties ” shall mean the Borrower and each Guarantor.

 

13
 

 

Loans ” shall mean the Term Loans and the Other Term Loans.

 

Management Agreements ” shall mean, collectively, (i) each management agreement by and between the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and a Fund GP or a Fund and (ii) each agreement pursuant to which the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower agrees to provide management, administrative, advisory or similar services with respect to a Separately Managed Account.

 

Management Fees ” shall mean (a) any management, administrative, advisory or similar fees or any other similar compensation payable by any Fund or any Separately Managed Account (in each case, whether pursuant to a Management Agreement, the Organizational Documents of a Fund, or otherwise), and shall include amounts, if any, by which such fees are paid through deductions from the capital account of any defaulting member of any such Fund and (b) other fee-based revenue payable to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and generated through the formation of new investment partnerships, investment vehicles, managed accounts or similar investment vehicles or arrangements, or other arrangements or new lines of business that contribute additional fee-based revenue to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, including in each case, Performance/Incentive Fees.

 

Margin Stock ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean (a) a materially adverse effect on the business, assets, operations, financial condition or operating results of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) a material impairment of the ability of the Borrower or any other Obligor to perform any of its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is or will be a party or (c) a material impairment of the rights and remedies of or benefits available to the Agents or Lenders under any Loan Document.

 

Material Indebtedness ” shall mean (i) Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Agreement and (ii) Indebtedness (other than the Loans), or obligations in respect of one or more Hedging Agreements, of any one or more of the Loan Parties in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $5,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations in respect of any Hedging Agreement at any time shall be the Agreement Value of such Hedging Agreement at such time.

 

Maximum Rate ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.09 .

 

Merger Sub Note ” shall mean that certain promissory note issued on December 27, 2013 by Medley SMH Acquisition LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as maker, and SMH Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as payee, in the original principal amount of $1,000,000, as in effect on the date hereof.

 

Moody’s ” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor thereto.

 

Mortgaged Properties ” shall mean each parcel of real property and improvements thereto with respect to which a Mortgage is granted pursuant to Section 5.12 .

 

Mortgages ” shall mean the mortgages, deeds of trust, assignments of leases and rents, modifications and other security documents delivered pursuant to Section 5.12 , each in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

Multiemployer Plan ” shall mean a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

 

14
 

 

Net Cash Proceeds ” shall mean (a) with respect to any Asset Sale, the cash proceeds (including cash proceeds subsequently received (as and when received) in respect of noncash consideration initially received, and any insurance proceeds), net of (i) selling expenses (including reasonable broker’s fees or commissions, legal fees, transfer and similar taxes and the Borrower’s good faith estimate of Taxes paid or payable in connection with such sale by the applicable seller or any of its direct or indirect owners), (ii) amounts provided as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities under any indemnification obligations or purchase price adjustment associated with such Asset Sale ( provided that, to the extent and at the time any such amounts are released from such reserve, such amounts shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds) and (iii) the principal amount, premium or penalty, if any, interest and other amounts on any Indebtedness for borrowed money which is secured by the asset sold in such Asset Sale and which is required to be repaid with such proceeds (other than any such Indebtedness assumed by the purchaser of such asset); and (b) with respect to any issuance or incurrence of Indebtedness or any Equity Issuance, the cash proceeds thereof, net of all taxes and customary fees, commissions, costs and other expenses incurred in connection therewith, in each case, to the extent the same are paid to non-Affiliates.

 

Net Leverage Ratio ” shall mean, on any date, the ratio of Total Net Debt on such date to Core EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended on or prior to such date.

 

New York UCC ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

Non-Guarantor Subsidiary ” shall mean (a) each of MCC Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, SIC Advisers LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, MOF II GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and MOF III GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, in each case in the event it has not become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 5.12 , and (b) each Subsidiary of the Borrower acquired or organized after the Closing Date that is not required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 5.12 .

 

Obligations ” shall mean all obligations defined as “Obligations” in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

Obligors ” shall mean, collectively, the Borrower, the Guarantors and each Subsidiary party to a Loan Document.

 

OFAC ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.23 .

 

OID ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(b) .

 

Organizational Documents ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (i) the certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership, articles of incorporation or other similar document of such Person, and (ii) the limited liability company agreement, limited partnership agreement, by-laws or other similar document of such Person.

 

Other Connection Taxes ” shall mean, with respect to any recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

 

15
 

 

Other Taxes ” shall mean any and all present or future stamp, court or documentary intangible, recording, or filing Taxes or any other excise or property Taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery, performance, registration or enforcement of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except that any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.21 ).

 

Other Term Loans ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(a) .

 

Participant Register ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(f) .

 

PBGC ” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA.

 

Perfection Certificate ” shall mean the Perfection Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

Performance/Incentive Fees ” shall mean performance or incentive fees which are based upon a percentage of the total return over an agreed preferred return or hurdle rate of a Fund or Separately Managed Account or an agreed percentage of net interest income or net realized gain of a Fund or Separately Managed Account in excess of an agreed return or hurdle rate, in each case which are payable in addition to base management fees.

 

Permitted Acquisition ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.04(e) .

 

Permitted Holders ” shall mean Brook Taube and Seth Taube, and their respective Family Members and Family Trusts.

 

Permitted Investments ” shall mean:

 

(a)          direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America), in each case maturing within one year from the date of issuance thereof;

 

(b)          investments in commercial paper maturing within 270 days from the date of issuance thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, the highest credit rating obtainable from S&P, Moody’s or Fitch;

 

(c)          investments in certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts and demand deposit accounts issued or offered by, the Administrative Agent or any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof that has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000 and that issues (or the parent of which issues) commercial paper rated at least “Prime-1” (or the then equivalent grade) by Moody’s or “A-1” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P;

 

(d)          fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for securities described in clause (a) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria of clause (c) above;

 

16
 

 

(e)          investments in “money market funds” within the meaning of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, substantially all of whose assets are invested in investments of the type described in clauses (a) through (d) above; and

 

(f)          other short-term investments utilized by Foreign Subsidiaries in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments of a type analogous to the foregoing.

 

Permitted Tax Distributions ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.06 .

 

Permitted Tax Distribution Amount ” shall mean, for each taxable year an amount equal to the product of (i) the Tax Rate and (ii) the net taxable income of the Borrower for the relevant taxable year, determined without regard to any special adjustments of tax items required as a result of any election under Section 754 of the Code, including adjustments required by Sections 734 and 743 of the Code.

 

Person ” shall mean any natural person, corporation, business trust, joint venture, association, company, limited liability company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

 

Plan ” shall mean any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their ERISA Affiliates is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

 

Plan Asset Regulation ” shall mean United States Department of Labor Regulation 29 C.F.R. § 2510.3-101 and any successor rules and regulations thereto.

 

Platform ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.01 .

 

Pledged Collateral ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

Prime Rate ” shall mean the rate of interest per annum determined from time to time by Credit Suisse AG (or any successor Administrative Agent hereunder) as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City and notified to the Borrower. The prime rate is a rate set by Credit Suisse AG (or any successor Administrative Agent hereunder) based upon various factors including Credit Suisse AG’s (or such successor’s) costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such rate.

 

Private Lender ” shall mean Lenders other than Public Lenders.

 

Public Co. ” shall mean any corporation owning Equity Interests in the Borrower and formed for the purpose of effecting a public offering of the Equity Interests of such corporation or an affiliate thereof.

 

Public Lender ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.01 .

 

Qualified Capital Stock ” of any Person shall mean any Equity Interest of such Person that is not Disqualified Stock.

 

17
 

 

Qualified Public Offering ” shall mean the initial underwritten public offering of common Equity Interests of the Borrower or of a person owning Equity Interests in the Borrower pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, that results in at least $50,000,000 of Net Cash Proceeds to the Borrower.

 

Quarterly Tax Payment Period ” shall mean each calendar quarter ending on each of March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each calendar year.

 

Register ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(d) .

 

Regulation T ” shall mean Regulation T of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

 

Regulation U ” shall mean Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

 

Regulation X ” shall mean Regulation X of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

 

Related Fund ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender that is a fund or commingled investment vehicle that invests in bank loans, any other fund that invests in bank loans and is managed or advised by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.

 

Related Parties ” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents, advisors, representatives and members of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

 

Release ” shall mean any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into or through the environment or within or upon any building, structure, facility or fixture.

 

Repayment Date ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 2.11(a) .

 

Required Lenders ” shall mean, at any time, Lenders having Loans and Commitments (if any) representing more than 50% of the sum of all Loans and Commitments (if any) at such time.

 

Responsible Officer ” of any Person shall mean the chief executive officer of such Person, chief financial officer of such Person or any other executive officer of such Person identified as such by the chief executive officer or chief financial officer from time to time, or a Financial Officer of such Person.

 

Restricted Indebtedness ” shall mean Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary, the payment, prepayment, repurchase, acquisition or defeasance of which is restricted under Section 6.09(c) .

 

Restricted Payment ” shall mean any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in the Borrower or any other Subsidiary, or any payment by the Borrower or any Subsidiary (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any Equity Interests in the Borrower or any other Subsidiary.

 

Revolving Credit Agreement ” means a revolving facility on terms that are no less favorable in all material respects to the Borrower than the terms of the City National Bank revolving credit facility term sheet previously provided to Lenders, consistent with the Intercreditor Agreement and otherwise the subject of customary documentation reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent.

 

18
 

 

Revolving Loan Collateral Agent ” shall mean City National Bank, in its capacity as Collateral Agent under the Revolving Credit Agreement.

 

Sanctions ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.23 .

 

Sanctions Laws ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.23 .

 

S&P ” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service, or any successor thereto.

 

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Secured Parties ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

Security Documents ” shall mean the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the Account Control Agreements, the Irrevocable Direction Letters, the Cooperation Guaranties, the Mortgages (if any), and each of the security agreements, mortgages and other instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to any of the foregoing or pursuant to Section 5.12 .

 

Separately Managed Account ” shall mean, as of the Closing Date, Reliance Standard Life Insurance Company, Illinois corporation, Safety National Casualty Corporation, a Missouri corporation, Philadelphia Indemnity Insurance Company, a Pennsylvania corporation, and NAV LLC, a New York limited liability company, and thereafter shall include each other third-party account that is managed or administered by the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower.

 

Shareholder Purchase Agreement ” means that certain Agreement of Purchase and Sale, dated as of December 27, 2013, by and among Medley SMH Acquisition, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, SMH Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and each of the Operating Companies (as defined therein), as in effect on the date hereof.

 

Specified Equity Contribution ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 6.17 .

 

State ” shall mean any State comprising the United States of America.

 

Statutory Reserves ” shall mean a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board and any other banking authority, domestic or foreign, to which the Administrative Agent or any Lender (including any branch, Affiliate or other fronting office making or holding a Loan) is subject for Eurocurrency Liabilities (as defined in Regulation D of the Board). Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency Liabilities (as defined in Regulation D of the Board) and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D. Statutory Reserves shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

 

Subject Dividend ” shall mean a dividend to the holders of the Equity Interests of the Borrower in an amount not to exceed $74,500,000.

 

19
 

 

Subject Entities ” shall mean Medley Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, MOF II Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, MOF III Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Medley SMA Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Medley GP Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and Medley GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

Subject Revolving Loan Amendment ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 5.05(a)(iv) .

 

subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any Person (herein referred to as the “ parent ”), any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, Controlled or held, or (b) that is, at the time any determination is made, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.

 

Subsidiary ” shall mean any subsidiary of the Borrower (other than a Fund or a Fund-Related Entity).

 

Synthetic Lease ” shall mean, as to any Person, any lease (including leases that may be terminated by the lessee at any time) of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) (a) that is accounted for as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP and (b) in respect of which the lessee retains or obtains ownership of the property so leased for U.S. federal income tax purposes, other than any such lease under which such Person is the lessor.

 

Synthetic Lease Obligations ” shall mean, as to any Person, an amount equal to the capitalized amount of the remaining lease payments under any Synthetic Lease that would appear on a balance sheet of such person in accordance in accordance with GAAP if such obligations were accounted for as Capital Lease Obligations.

 

Synthetic Purchase Agreement ” shall mean any swap, derivative or other agreement or combination of agreements pursuant to which the Borrower or any other Subsidiary is or may become obligated to make (a) any payment in connection with a purchase by any third party from a Person other than the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of any Equity Interest or Restricted Indebtedness or (b) any payment (other than on account of a permitted purchase by it of any Equity Interest or Restricted Indebtedness) the amount of which is determined by reference to the price or value at any time of any Equity Interest or Restricted Indebtedness; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only to current or former directors, officers or employees of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries (or to their heirs or estates) shall be deemed to be a Synthetic Purchase Agreement.

 

Tax Rate ” shall mean with respect to the amount of taxable income of Borrower allocable to Equity Interests held by any Person, the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate (including, without limitation, the “medicare” tax imposed under Section 1411 of the Code) for a Fiscal Year prescribed for an individual or corporate resident in California or New York, New York (taking into account (a) the nondeductiblity of expenses subject to the limitation described in Section 67(a) of the Code and (b) the character (e.g., long-term or short-term capital gain or ordinary or exempt income) of the applicable income, but not taking into account the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes).

 

Taxes ” shall mean any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings (including backup withholding) imposed by any Governmental Authority.

 

20
 

 

Term Borrowing ” shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Term Loans.

 

Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Term Loans hereunder as set forth on Schedule 2.01 , as the same may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09 .

 

Term Loan Maturity Date ” shall mean June 15, 2019.

 

Term Loans ” shall mean the term loans made pursuant to Section 2.01(a) and, unless the context shall otherwise require, the Incremental Term Loans (other than Other Term Loans) made pursuant to Section 2.01(b) .

 

Threshold Percentage ” shall mean (i) with respect to each of the Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 1.01(a) hereto, the percentage set forth opposite such Subsidiary, and (ii) with respect to any other Subsidiary, 80%.

 

Total Net Debt ” shall mean, at any time, the total Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries at such time on a standalone basis (excluding Indebtedness of the type described in clause (j) , clause (k) and clause (l) of the definition of such term, except, in the case of such clause (l) , to the extent of any unreimbursed drawings thereunder), net of Unrestricted Cash on deposit or credit to a deposit account or securities account that is subject to a control agreement pursuant to which the Collateral Agent has a perfected, first priority interest in such Unrestricted Cash. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in respect of any determination of the Net Leverage Ratio for purposes of Sections 6.04(b)(ii)(C)(y) , 6.04(f)(iv)(C)(2)(y) , 6.04(h)(ii) and 6.06(v) and (vi) , Total Net Debt shall be calculated (without duplication of any Indebtedness outstanding under the Revolving Credit Agreement) as if all Indebtedness available under the Revolving Credit Agreement were fully drawn on such date of determination.

 

TRA ” shall mean that certain Tax Receivable Agreement to be entered into by and among Medley Management Inc., a Delaware corporation (or other Public Co.) and each of the other parties named therein that provides for the payment by Medley Management Inc. to exchanging holders of Borrower equity units in respect of the benefits, if any, that Medley Management Inc. is deemed to realize as a result of an increase in tax deductions and of certain other tax benefits relating to such exchanges.

 

Trademarks ” shall mean trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, trade dress, logos, other source or business identifiers, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and registration applications thereof, including registrations and registration applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office (or any successor office) or any similar offices in any State of the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, and all extensions or renewals thereof and all goodwill connected with the use thereof and symbolized thereby.

 

Transactions ” shall mean, collectively, (a) the refinancing of the Existing Debt on the Closing Date, (b) the execution, delivery and performance by the Obligors of the Loan Documents to which they are a party and the making of the Borrowings hereunder, (c) the declaration and payment of the Subject Dividend and (d) the payment of related fees and expenses.

 

Treasury Rate ” means, as of any date of a prepayment or assignment of all or any portion of the Term Loan, the yield to maturity as of such date (as determined by the Administrative Agent) of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity of a period most nearly equal to the period from the date of such prepayment or assignment to the Term Loan Maturity Date (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least three Business Days prior to such date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)).

 

21
 

 

Type, ” when used in respect of any Loan or Borrowing, shall refer to the Rate by reference to which interest on such Loan or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing is determined. For purposes hereof, the term “ Rate ” shall mean the Adjusted LIBO Rate and the Alternate Base Rate.

 

Undertaking Agreement ” shall mean the Undertaking Agreement in the form of Exhibit J attached hereto.

 

Unrestricted Cash ” shall mean, at any time, the aggregate amount of cash and Permitted Investments held in accounts of the Borrower and the Guarantors, to the extent that the use of such cash or Permitted Investments for application to the payment of the Obligations is not prohibited by law or any contract or other agreement, and such cash and Permitted Investments are free and clear of all liens (other than Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent and other Liens permitted under Section 6.02(n) ).

 

Upfront Fees ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(b) .

 

USA PATRIOT Act ” shall mean The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).

 

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person shall mean a subsidiary of such Person of which securities (except for directors’ qualifying shares) or other ownership interests representing 100% of the Equity Interests are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, Controlled or held by such Person or one or more wholly owned subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more wholly owned subsidiaries of such Person.

 

Windsor Note ” means that certain promissory note issues on March 7, 2014 by the Borrower and Medley GP Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, in favor Windsor Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, in the original principal amount of $2,500,000, as in effect on the date hereof.

 

Withdrawal Liability ” shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

 

Withholding Agent ” means the Borrower, any other Loan Party and the Administrative Agent, as the case may be.

 

Yield Differential ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(b) .

 

22
 

 

Section 1.02.          Terms Generally . The definitions in Section 1.01 shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation,” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”; and the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed as having the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights. All references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be deemed references to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) any reference in this Agreement to any Loan Document shall mean such document as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, in each case, in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement, and (b) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP; provided that (i) for purposes of determining the outstanding amount of any Indebtedness, (A) any election by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries to measure an item of Indebtedness using fair value (as permitted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 825-10-25 issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board in February 2007, and any statements replacing, modifying or superseding such statement) shall be disregarded and such determination shall be made as if such election had not been made and (B) any original issue discount with respect to such Indebtedness shall not be deducted in determining the outstanding amount of such Indebtedness. If at any time after the date of this Agreement, (i) any change in GAAP or (ii) any change in any law, rule or regulation or adoption of any law, rule or regulations, in each case applicable to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, would affect the operation of any covenant set forth in Article VI hereof or the computation of any financial ratio provided for herein, the Borrower may request (and the Administrative Agent or Required Lenders may request) that the Administrative Agent and the Borrower negotiate in good faith to amend such covenant or financial ratio to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change or adoption; provided that, until so amended, such covenant or financial ratio shall continue to be computed, and compliance with such covenant shall be determined, in each instance, in conformity with those accounting principles and policies used to prepare the financial statements of the Borrower immediately prior to such change or adoption, and the Borrower shall provide to Administrative Agent and Lenders the reconciliation statements provided for in Section 5.04(e) .

 

Section 1.03.          Pro Forma Calculations; Standalone Calculations . All pro forma calculations permitted or required to be made by the Borrower or any Subsidiary pursuant to this Agreement shall include only those adjustments that would be permitted or required by Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, together with those adjustments that (i) have been certified by a Financial Officer of the Borrower as having been prepared in good faith based upon reasonable assumptions and (ii) are based on reasonably detailed written assumptions reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement requires or tests compliance with (or with respect to) the covenant set forth in Section 6.10 on a pro forma basis (i) prior to the date that such covenant is first tested under Section 6.10 , such provision shall be deemed to refer to the first covenant level set forth in Section 6.10 , or (ii) prior to the initial date upon which the financial statements and certificates required by Section 5.04(a) or 5.04(b) , as the case may be, and Section 5.04(c) are required to be delivered, compliance shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as of the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending June 30, 2014; it being understood that such financial information for the quarter ending June 30, 2014 shall be prepared in a manner consistent in all material respects with the pro forma financial statements delivered to the Lenders on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4.02(l) . All standalone calculations permitted or required to be made by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be made in accordance with GAAP and on a basis consistent with the consolidation principles used in the preparation of the Financial Statements of the Borrower.

 

Section 1.04.          Classification of Loans and Borrowings . For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Term Loan”) or by Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Loan”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Term Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Term Borrowing”) or by Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Borrowing”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Term Borrowing”).

 

23
 

 

Article II
The Credits

 

Section 2.01.          Commitments . (a) Subject to the terms and conditions and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, each Lender agrees, severally and not jointly, to make a Term Loan to the Borrower on the Closing Date in a principal amount not to exceed its Term Loan Commitment. Amounts paid or prepaid in respect of Term Loans may not be reborrowed.

 

(b)          Each Lender having an Incremental Term Loan Commitment, severally and not jointly, hereby agrees, subject to the terms and conditions and relying upon the representations and warranties set forth herein and in the applicable Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement, to make Incremental Term Loans to the Borrower, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed its Incremental Term Loan Commitment. Amounts paid or prepaid in respect of Incremental Term Loans may not be reborrowed.

 

Section 2.02.          Loans . (a) Each Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their applicable Commitments; provided , however , that the failure of any Lender to make any Loan shall not in itself relieve any other Lender of its obligation to lend hereunder (it being understood, however, that no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make any Loan required to be made by such other Lender). The Loans comprising any Borrowing shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is (i) an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000 (except, with respect to any Incremental Term Borrowing, to the extent otherwise provided in the related Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement) or (ii) equal to the remaining available balance of the applicable Commitments.

 

(b)          Subject to Sections 2.08 and 2.15 , each Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the Borrower may request pursuant to Section 2.03 . Each Lender may at its option make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Borrowings of more than one Type may be outstanding at the same time; provided , however , that the Borrower shall not be entitled to request any Borrowing that, if made, would result in more than five Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding hereunder at any time. For purposes of the foregoing, Borrowings having different Interest Periods, regardless of whether they commence on the same date, shall be considered separate Borrowings.

 

(c)          Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account in New York City as the Administrative Agent may designate not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly credit the amounts so received to an account designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request or, if a Borrowing shall not occur on such date because any condition precedent herein specified shall not have been met, return the amounts so received to the respective Lenders.

 

(d)          Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s portion of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such portion available to the Administrative Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with paragraph (c) above and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If the Administrative Agent shall have so made funds available then, to the extent that such Lender shall not have made such portion available to the Administrative Agent, such Lender and the Borrower severally agree to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at (i) in the case of the Borrower, a rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable at the time to the Loans comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Lender, a rate determined by the Administrative Agent to represent its cost of overnight or short-term funds (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error). If such Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan as part of such Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement.

 

24
 

 

Section 2.03.          Borrowing Procedure . In order to request a Borrowing, a Responsible Officer of the Borrower shall provide written notice by hand delivery or fax to the Administrative Agent of such request (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, three Business Days (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may agree) before a proposed Borrowing, and (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, one Business Day before a proposed Borrowing. Each such Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable, and shall specify the following information: (i) whether the Borrowing then being requested is to be a Term Borrowing or an Incremental Term Borrowing, and whether such Borrowing is to be a Eurodollar Borrowing or an ABR Borrowing; (ii) the date of such Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day); (iii) the number and location of the account to which funds are to be disbursed; (iv) the amount of such Borrowing; and (v) if such Borrowing is to be a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period with respect thereto; provided , however , that, notwithstanding any contrary specification in any Borrowing Request, each requested Borrowing shall comply with the requirements set forth in Section 2.02 . If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified in any such notice, then the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing is specified in any such notice, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. The Administrative Agent shall promptly advise the applicable Lenders of any notice given pursuant to this Section 2.03 (and the contents thereof), and of each Lender’s portion of the requested Borrowing.

 

Section 2.04.          Evidence of Debt; Repayment of Loans . (a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender all Obligations of such Lender as provided in Section 2.11 .

 

(b)          The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it will record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Class and Type thereof and, if applicable, the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower or any Guarantor and each Lender’s share thereof.

 

(c)          The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) above shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations therein recorded; provided , however , that the failure of the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligations of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with their terms.

 

(d)          Any Lender may request that Loans made by it hereunder be evidenced by a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit I . In such event, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to such Lender and its registered assigns and in a form and substance reasonably acceptable to the recipient Lender, Administrative Agent and the Borrower (it being understood that a legend will be inserted, if applicable, in each note stating that such note was issued with original issue discount and information as to the issue price, the amount of original issue discount and other information will be available upon request to the Borrower). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event any Lender shall request and receive such a promissory note, the interests represented by such note shall at all times (including after any assignment of all or part of such interests pursuant to Section 9.04 ) be represented by one or more promissory notes payable to the payee named therein or its registered assigns.

 

25
 

 

Section 2.05.          Fees . (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, the administrative fees set forth in the Engagement Letter at the times and in the amounts specified therein (the “ Administrative Agent Fees ”). All Administrative Agent Fees shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent. Once paid, none of the Administrative Agent Fees shall be refundable under any circumstances.

 

(b)          The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Lender on the Closing Date, a commitment fee equal to 1.00% of the aggregate amount of the Term Loans made on the Closing Date (the “ Upfront Fees ”). All Upfront Fees shall be payable in full on the Closing Date.

 

Section 2.06.          Interest on Loans . (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.07 and to any provisions setting forth alternative rates of interests with respect to Other Term Loans in any Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement, the Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing shall bear interest (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and calculated from and including the date of such Borrowing to but excluding the date of repayment thereof) at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

 

(b)          Subject to the provisions of Section 2.07 and to any provisions setting forth alternative rates of interests with respect to Other Term Loans in any Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement, the Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days) at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Margin.

 

(c)          Interest on each Loan shall be payable on the Interest Payment Dates applicable to such Loan except as otherwise provided in this Agreement. The applicable Alternate Base Rate or Adjusted LIBO Rate for each Interest Period or day within an Interest Period, as the case may be, shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

Section 2.07.          Default Interest . Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, then, until such Event of Default shall be cured or waived in writing, to the extent permitted by law, all Obligations shall bear interest (after as well as before judgment), payable on demand, (a) in the case of principal, at the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan pursuant to Section 2.06 plus 2.00% per annum and (b) in all other cases, at a rate per annum (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days) equal to the rate that would be applicable to an ABR Loan plus 2.00% per annum .

 

Section 2.08.          Alternate Rate of Interest . In the event, and on each occasion, that on the day two Business Days prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing the Administrative Agent shall have determined that Dollar deposits in the principal amounts of the Loans comprising such Borrowing are not generally available in the London interbank market, or that the rates at which such Dollar deposits are being offered will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to the majority of Lenders of making or maintaining Eurodollar Loans during such Interest Period, or that reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate, the Administrative Agent shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, give written or fax notice of such determination to the Borrower and the Lenders. In the event of any such determination, until the Administrative Agent shall have advised the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, any request by the Borrower for a Eurodollar Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.03 or 2.10 shall be deemed to be a request for an ABR Borrowing. Each determination by the Administrative Agent under this Section 2.08 shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

26
 

 

Section 2.09.          Termination and Reduction of Commitments . The Term Loan Commitments shall automatically terminate upon the making of the Term Loans on the Closing Date. Any Incremental Term Loan Commitments shall terminate as provided in the related Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement.

 

Section 2.10.          Conversion and Continuation of Borrowings . The Borrower shall have the right at any time upon prior irrevocable written notice to the Administrative Agent (a) not later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, one Business Day prior to conversion, to convert any Eurodollar Borrowing into an ABR Borrowing, (b) not later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, three Business Days prior to conversion or continuation, to convert any ABR Borrowing into a Eurodollar Borrowing or to continue any Eurodollar Borrowing as a Eurodollar Borrowing for an additional Interest Period, and (c) not later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, three Business Days prior to conversion, to convert the Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing to another permissible Interest Period, subject in each case to the following:

 

(i)          until the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Borrower that the primary syndication of the Term Loans has been completed (which notice shall be given as promptly as practicable and, in any event, within 30 days after the Closing Date), no ABR Borrowing may be converted into a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period in excess of one month;

 

(ii)         each conversion or continuation shall be made pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with the respective principal amounts of the Loans comprising the converted or continued Borrowing;

 

(iii)        if less than all the outstanding principal amount of any Borrowing shall be converted or continued, then each resulting Borrowing shall satisfy the limitations specified in Sections 2.02(a) and 2.02(b) regarding the principal amount and maximum number of Borrowings of the relevant Type;

 

(iv)        each conversion shall be effected by each Lender and the Administrative Agent by recording for the account of such Lender the new Loan of such Lender resulting from such conversion and reducing the Loan (or portion thereof) of such Lender being converted by an equivalent principal amount; accrued interest on any Eurodollar Loan (or portion thereof) being converted shall be paid by the Borrower at the time of conversion;

 

(v)         if any Eurodollar Borrowing is converted at a time other than the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower shall pay, upon demand, any amounts due to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.16 ;

 

(vi)        any portion of a Borrowing maturing or required to be repaid in less than one month may not be converted into or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing;

 

(vii)       any portion of a Eurodollar Borrowing that cannot be converted into or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing by reason of the immediately preceding clause shall be automatically converted at the end of the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing into an ABR Borrowing;

 

(viii)      no Interest Period may be selected for any Eurodollar Term Borrowing that would end later than a Repayment Date occurring on or after the first day of such Interest Period if, after giving effect to such selection, the aggregate outstanding amount of (A) the Eurodollar Term Borrowings comprised of Term Loans or Other Term Loans, as applicable, with Interest Periods ending on or prior to such Repayment Date and (B) the ABR Term Borrowings comprised of Term Loans or Other Term Loans, as applicable, would not be at least equal to the principal amount of Term Borrowings to be paid on such Repayment Date; and

 

27
 

 

(ix)         upon notice to the Borrower from the Administrative Agent given at the request of the Required Lenders, after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or Event of Default, no outstanding Loan may be converted into, or continued as, a Eurodollar Loan.

 

Each notice pursuant to this Section 2.10 shall be irrevocable and shall refer to this Agreement and specify (i) the identity and amount of the Borrowing that the Borrower requests be converted or continued, (ii) whether such Borrowing is to be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing or an ABR Borrowing, (iii) if such notice requests a conversion, the date of such conversion (which shall be a Business Day) and (iv) if such Borrowing is to be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period with respect thereto. If no Interest Period is specified in any such notice with respect to any conversion to or continuation as a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. The Administrative Agent shall promptly advise the Lenders of any notice given pursuant to this Section 2.10 and of each Lender’s portion of any converted or continued Borrowing. If the Borrower shall not have given notice in accordance with this Section 2.10 to continue any Borrowing into a subsequent Interest Period (and shall not otherwise have given notice in accordance with this Section 2.10 to convert such Borrowing), such Borrowing shall, at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto (unless repaid pursuant to the terms hereof), automatically be converted into an ABR Borrowing.

 

Section 2.11.          Repayment of Term Borrowings . (a)(i) The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders, on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date, commencing on December 31, 2014, or if any such date is not a Business Day, on the next preceding Business Day (each such date being called a “ Repayment Date ”), a principal amount of the Term Loans equal to $1,375,000, (as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Sections 2.12(b) , 2.13(d) , 2.22(d) and 2.23(c) ) together in each case with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be paid to but excluding the date of such payment.

 

(ii)         The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the applicable Incremental Term Lenders, on each applicable Incremental Term Loan Repayment Date, a principal amount of the Other Term Loans (as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Sections 2.12(b) , 2.13(d) and 2.23(c) ) equal to the amount set forth for such date in the applicable Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement, together in each case with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be paid to but excluding the date of such payment.

 

(b)          To the extent not previously paid, all Term Loans and Other Term Loans shall be due and payable on the Term Loan Maturity Date and the applicable Incremental Term Loan Maturity Date, respectively, together with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be paid to but excluding the date of payment.

 

(c)          All repayments pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall be subject to Section 2.16 , but shall otherwise be without premium or penalty.

 

28
 

 

Section 2.12.          Voluntary Prepayment . (a) The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing, in whole or in part, upon at least three Business Days’ prior written or fax notice (or telephone notice promptly confirmed by written or fax notice) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, or written or fax notice (or telephone notice promptly confirmed by written or fax notice) at least one Business Day prior to the date of prepayment in the case of ABR Loans, to the Administrative Agent before 12:00 (noon), New York City time; provided , however , to the extent any such prepayments, including any prepayments made pursuant to Section 2.23 made on or prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date exceed $33,000,000 in the aggregate, Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the applicable Lenders a prepayment premium in an amount equal to the then present value of the required interest payments not yet made (assuming for this purpose an interest rate equal to the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a Eurodollar Borrowing with a one month Interest Period made on the date of such prepayment or assignment plus the Applicable Margin with respect thereto) on the principal amount of the Term Loan so prepaid that but for such prepayment would have been payable through the Term Loan Maturity Date, calculated using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of the date of such prepayment or assignment plus 50 basis points; provided, further that each partial prepayment shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $100,000 and not less than $500,000.

 

(b)          Voluntary prepayments of Term Loans shall be applied against the remaining scheduled installments of principal due in respect of the Term Loans under Section 2.11 as directed by the Borrower. Voluntary prepayments of Other Term Loans shall be applied against the remaining scheduled installments of principal due in respect of such Other Term Loans as set forth in the applicable Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement or, if the applicable Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement does not provide for the manner of such application, such prepayments shall be applied as directed by the Borrower.

 

(c)          Each notice of prepayment shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing (or portion thereof) to be prepaid, shall be irrevocable and shall commit the Borrower to prepay such Borrowing by the amount stated therein on the date stated therein; provided , however , that if such prepayment is for all of the then outstanding Loans, then the Borrower may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent prior to 1:00 p.m. New York City time on the prepayment date, revoke such notice and/or extend the prepayment date by not more than five Business Days; provided further , however , that the provisions of Section 2.16 shall apply with respect to any such revocation or extension. All prepayments under this Section 2.12 shall be subject to Section 2.16 but shall, except as otherwise set forth above in clause (a) of this Section 2.12 , otherwise be without premium or penalty. All prepayments under this Section 2.12 shall be accompanied by accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be prepaid to but excluding the date of payment.

 

Section 2.13.          Mandatory Prepayments . (a) No later than the third Business Day following the receipt of Net Cash Proceeds in respect of any Asset Sale (other than Asset Sales permitted under Sections 6.05(b)(i) or (b)(ii) , the Borrower shall apply 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds received with respect thereto to make prepayments in accordance with Section 2.13(d) ; provided that, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, no prepayments shall be required from (and the amounts in the preceding sentence shall not include) Net Cash Proceeds of such Asset Sale, if the Borrower reinvests such Net Cash Proceeds in like assets, financial assets, or other financial services investment strategies within 365 days of its receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds.

 

(b)          In the event that the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall receive Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance or incurrence of Indebtedness for money borrowed of the Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than a Fund GP, with respect to the incurrence of Indebtedness by a Fund or a Fund Related Entity, and other than any cash proceeds from the issuance of Indebtedness for money borrowed permitted pursuant to Section 6.01 ), the Borrower shall, substantially simultaneously with (and in any event not later than the Business Day next following) the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds by the Borrower or such Subsidiary, apply an amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds to make prepayments in accordance with Section 2.13(d) .

 

29
 

 

(c)          In the event that the Borrower receives any Specified Equity Contribution permitted pursuant to Section 6.17 , the Borrower shall, substantially simultaneously with (and in any event not later than the Business Day next following) the receipt of such Specified Equity Contribution, apply an amount equal to 100% of such Specified Equity Contribution to make prepayments in accordance with Section 2.13(d) .

 

(d)          Amounts to be applied in connection with prepayments pursuant to clauses (a)  and (c) of this Section 2.13 shall (i) be applied to the prepayment of the Term Loans and the Other Term Loans, (ii) be allocated pro rata between the Term Loans and the Other Term Loans and (iii)(A) with respect to the Term Loans, be applied, first , to the next succeeding four scheduled installments of principal due in respect of the Term Loans under Section 2.11 in direct order of maturity and, thereafter , pro rata to the remaining scheduled installments of principal due in respect of the Term Loans under Section 2.11 and (B) with respect to the Other Term Loans, be applied pursuant to the applicable Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreements or, if the applicable Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement does not provide for the manner of such application, pursuant to the preceding clause (A) , mutatis mutandis .

 

(e)          The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, at the time of each prepayment required under this Section 2.13 , (i) a certificate signed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the amount of such prepayment and (ii) not later than 1:00 p.m. New York City time at least three Business Days’ prior written notice of such prepayment. Each notice of prepayment shall specify the prepayment date, the Type of each Loan being prepaid and the principal amount of each Loan (or portion thereof) to be prepaid. All prepayments of Borrowings under this Section 2.13 shall be subject to Section 2.16 , but shall otherwise be without premium or penalty, and shall be accompanied by accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be prepaid to but excluding the date of payment.

 

Section 2.14.          Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances . (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Change in Law shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement which is reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or shall impose on such Lender or the London interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender, and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making, converting to, or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan, or increase the cost to any Lender or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then the Borrower will pay to such Lender, as the case may be, upon demand such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

 

(b)          If any Lender shall have determined that any Change in Law regarding capital adequacy or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made pursuant hereto to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then from time to time the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

 

30
 

 

(c)          If any Change in Law shall subject any Lender or other recipient of payments pursuant to the Loan Documents to any Taxes (other than Indemnified Taxes and Excluded Taxes) on its Loans, commitments or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto, and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or such other recipient of making, converting to, continuing or maintaining any Loan or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or other recipient hereunder or under any other Loan Document (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender or other recipient, the Borrower will pay to such lender or other recipient such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such lender or other recipient for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

 

(d)          A certificate of a Lender or Agent setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or Agent or its holding company, as applicable, as specified in paragraph (a) , (b) or (c) above shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or Agent the amount shown as due on any such certificate delivered by it within 10 days after its receipt of the same.

 

(e)          Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or Agent to demand compensation for any increased costs or reduction in amounts received or receivable or reduction in return on capital shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be under any obligation to compensate any Lender or other Person under paragraph (a) , (b) or (c) above with respect to increased costs or reductions with respect to any period prior to the date that is 180 days prior to such request if such Lender knew or could reasonably have been expected to know of the circumstances giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of the fact that such circumstances would result in a claim for increased compensation by reason of such increased costs or reductions; provided further that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to any increased costs or reductions arising out of the retroactive application of any Change in Law within such 180-day period. The protection of this Section shall be available to each Lender regardless of any possible contention of the invalidity or inapplicability of the Change in Law that shall have occurred or been imposed.

 

Section 2.15.          Change in Legality . (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Change in Law shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain any Eurodollar Loan or to give effect to its obligations as contemplated hereby with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, then, by written notice to the Borrower and to the Administrative Agent:

 

(i)          such Lender may declare that Eurodollar Loans will not thereafter (for the duration of such unlawfulness) be made by such Lender hereunder (or be continued for additional Interest Periods) and ABR Loans will not thereafter (for such duration) be converted into Eurodollar Loans, whereupon any request for a Eurodollar Borrowing (or to convert an ABR Borrowing to a Eurodollar Borrowing or to continue a Eurodollar Borrowing for an additional Interest Period) shall, as to such Lender only, be deemed a request for an ABR Loan (or a request to continue an ABR Loan as such for an additional Interest Period or to convert a Eurodollar Loan into an ABR Loan, as the case may be), unless such declaration shall be subsequently withdrawn; and

 

(ii)         such Lender may require that all outstanding Eurodollar Loans made by it be converted to ABR Loans, in which event all such Eurodollar Loans shall be automatically converted to ABR Loans as of the effective date of such notice as provided in paragraph (b) below.

 

In the event any Lender shall exercise its rights under clause (i)  or (ii)  above, all payments and prepayments of principal that would otherwise have been applied to repay the Eurodollar Loans that would have been made by such Lender or the converted Eurodollar Loans of such Lender shall instead be applied to repay the ABR Loans made by such Lender in lieu of, or resulting from the conversion of, such Eurodollar Loans.

 

31
 

 

(b)          For purposes of this Section 2.15 , a notice to the Borrower by any Lender shall be effective as to each Eurodollar Loan made by such Lender, if lawful, on the last day of the Interest Period then applicable to such Eurodollar Loan; in all other cases such notice shall be effective on the date of receipt by the Borrower.

 

Section 2.16.          Breakage . The Borrower shall indemnify each Lender against any loss or expense that such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) any event, other than a default by such Lender in the performance of its obligations hereunder, that results in (i) such Lender receiving or being deemed to receive any amount on account of the principal of any Eurodollar Loan prior to the end of the Interest Period in effect therefor, (ii) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan to an ABR Loan, or the conversion of the Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, in each case other than on the last day of the Interest Period in effect therefor, or (iii) any Eurodollar Loan to be made by such Lender (including any Eurodollar Loan to be made pursuant to a conversion or continuation under Section 2.10 ) not being made after notice of such Loan shall have been given by the Borrower hereunder (any of the events referred to in this clause (a) being called a “ Breakage Event ”) or (b) any default in the making of any payment or prepayment required to be made hereunder. In the case of any Breakage Event, such loss shall include an amount equal to the excess, as reasonably determined by such Lender, of (i) its cost of obtaining funds for the Eurodollar Loan that is the subject of such Breakage Event for the period from the date of such Breakage Event to the last day of the Interest Period in effect (or that would have been in effect) for such Loan over (ii) the amount of interest likely to be realized by such Lender in redeploying the funds released or not utilized by reason of such Breakage Event for such period. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts which such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 2.16 shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

Section 2.17.          Pro Rata Treatment . Except as required under Section 2.15, each Borrowing, each payment or prepayment of principal of any Borrowing (other than Discounted Voluntary Prepayments made by the Borrower as expressly provided in Section 2.23 ), each payment of interest on the Loans (or, with respect to any payment of interest made in connection with a prepayment of any Borrowing, each payment of interest on the Loans made pursuant to such Borrowing) and each conversion of any Borrowing to or continuation of any Borrowing as a Borrowing of any Type shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with their respective applicable Commitments (or, if such Commitments shall have expired or been terminated, in accordance with the respective principal amounts of their applicable outstanding Loans). Each Lender agrees that in computing such Lender’s portion of any Borrowing to be made hereunder, the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, round each Lender’s percentage of such Borrowing to the next higher or lower whole Dollar amount.

 

32
 

 

Section 2.18.          Sharing of Setoffs . Each Lender agrees that if it shall, through the exercise of a right of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim against the Borrower or any other Loan Party, or pursuant to a secured claim under Section 506 of Title 11 of the United States Code or other security or interest arising from, or in lieu of, such secured claim, received by such Lender under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law or otherwise, or by any other means, obtain payment (voluntary or involuntary) in respect of any Loan or Loans as a result of which the unpaid principal portion of its Loans shall be proportionately less than the unpaid principal portion of the Loans of any other Lender, it shall be deemed simultaneously to have purchased from such other Lender at face value, and shall promptly pay to such other Lender the purchase price for, a participation in the Loans of such other Lender, so that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans and participations in Loans held by each Lender shall be in the same proportion to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Loans then outstanding as the principal amount of its Loans prior to such exercise of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event was to the principal amount of all Loans outstanding prior to such exercise of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event; provided , however , that (i) if any such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be made pursuant to this Section 2.18 and the payment giving rise thereto shall thereafter be recovered, such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be rescinded to the extent of such recovery and the purchase price or prices or adjustment restored without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this Section 2.18 shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates or any Fund or Fund-Related Entity or any of their respective Affiliates (as to which the provisions of this Section 2.18 shall apply). The Borrower expressly consents to the foregoing arrangements and agree that any Lender holding a participation in a Loan deemed to have been so purchased may exercise any and all rights of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim with respect to any and all moneys owing by the Borrower to such Lender by reason thereof as fully as if such Lender had made a Loan directly to the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

 

Section 2.19.          Payments . (a) The Borrower shall make each payment (including principal of or interest on any Borrowing or any fees or other amounts) hereunder and under any other Loan Document not later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, on the date when due in immediately available Dollars, without setoff, defense or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. Each such payment shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices at Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10010. The Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to each Lender any payments received by the Administrative Agent on behalf of such Lender.

 

(b)          Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, whenever any payment (including principal of or interest on any Borrowing or any fees or other amounts) hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall become due, or otherwise would occur, on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment may be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of interest or fees, if applicable.

 

Section 2.20.          Taxes . (a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower or any other Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of the applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Government Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the Borrower or any other Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions or withholdings (including deductions or withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent and each Lender (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made.

 

(b)          In addition, the Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of any Other Taxes.

 

33
 

 

(c)          The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes payable or paid by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower or any other Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender, or by the Administrative Agent on behalf of itself, a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(d)          As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by the Borrower or any other Loan Party to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(e)          Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower is a resident for tax purposes in the United States, each Agent and Lender entitled to payments under this Agreement shall provide to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), on or prior to the date on which such Agent or Lender becomes an Agent or Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent):

 

(i)          in the case of any Lender that is a “United States person” (as defined in section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), a properly completed and executed IRS Form W-9 (or successor form), certifying that such Agent or Lender is not subject to U.S. backup withholding tax;

 

(ii)         in the case of any Lender that is not a United States person, such Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

 

(A)         in the case of a Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of the applicable IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, the applicable IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

 

34
 

 

(B)         executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI;

 

(C)         in the case of a Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit M-1 to the effect that such Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “ U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ”) and (y) executed originals of the applicable IRS Form W-8BEN; or

 

(D)         to the extent a Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, the applicable IRS Form W-8BEN, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit M-2 or Exhibit M-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit M-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

 

(iii)        any Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made;

 

(iv)        an Administrative Agent that is not a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) shall deliver to the Borrower on or prior to the date on which the Administrative Agent becomes a party to this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the expiration or invalidity of the IRS form described below, upon the request of the Borrower, or as prescribed by applicable law) two (2) duly completed, executed, original copies of IRS Form W-8IMY certifying on Part 1 and Part IV of such Form W-8IMY that it is a U.S. branch that has agreed to be treated as a U.S. person for United States federal withholding tax purposes with respect to payments received by it from the Borrower. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower at any time it determines that it is no longer in a position to provide the certification described in the prior sentence; and

 

(v)         if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (v) , “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

 

35
 

 

Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

 

(f)          If any Agent or Lender determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or any other Loan Party or with respect to which such Borrower or Loan Party has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.20 , it shall pay to such Borrower or Loan Party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by such Borrower or Loan Party under this Section 2.20 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Agent or Lender, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that the Borrower or such Loan Party, upon the request of such Agent or Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower or such Loan Party (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to such Agent or Lender in the event such Agent or Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (f) , in no event will any Agent or Lender be required to pay any amount to the Borrower or any other Loan Party pursuant to this paragraph (f) the payment of which would place the Agent or Lender in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the Agent or Lender would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This subsection shall not be construed to require any Agent or Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.

 

(g)          Survival. Each party’s obligations under this Section 2.20 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document.

 

36
 

 

Section 2.21.          Assignment of Loans Under Certain Circumstances; Duty to Mitigate . (a) In the event (i) any Lender delivers a certificate requesting compensation pursuant to Section 2.14 , (ii) any Lender delivers a notice described in Section 2.15 , (iii) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority on account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.20 , or (iv) any Lender refuses to consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification of any Loan Document requested by the Borrower that requires the consent of a greater percentage of the Lenders than the Required Lenders and such amendment, waiver or other modification is consented to by the Required Lenders, then, in each case, the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort (including with respect to the processing and recordation fee referred to in Section 9.04(b) ), upon notice to such Lender, as the case may be, and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to transfer and assign, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04 ), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (or, in the case of clause (iv) above, all of its interests, rights and obligations with respect to the Class of Loans that is the subject of the related consent, amendment, waiver or other modification) to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such assigned obligations and, with respect to clause (iv) above, shall consent to such requested amendment, waiver or other modification of any Loan Documents (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (w) such assignment shall not conflict with any law, rule or regulation or order of any court or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction, (x) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed, (y) the Borrower or such assignee shall have paid to the affected Lender in immediately available funds an amount equal to the sum of the principal of and interest accrued to the date of such payment on the outstanding Loans of such Lender, respectively, plus all fees and other amounts accrued for the account of such Lender hereunder with respect thereto (including any amounts under Sections 2.12 , 2.13 , 2.14 and 2.16 ) and (z) if such assignment is in connection with a Lender that refuses to consent to (1) a decrease in the rate of, or extension of the date for the payment of, the prepayment fee described in Section 2.12(a) , (2) a waiver or excuse of any payment of, or any part of, or decrease in the amount of, the prepayment fee described in Section 2.12(a) , or (3) an extension of the date for payment of the prepayment fee described in Section 2.12(a) , the Borrower shall pay to such Lender (and not to the assignee of such Lender) the premium or fee (if any) set forth in Section 2.12(a) on or prior to the date of the consummation of such assignment; provided , further , that, if prior to any such transfer and assignment the circumstances or event that resulted in such Lender’s claim for compensation under Section 2.14 , notice under Section 2.15 or the amounts paid pursuant to Section 2.20 , as the case may be, cease to cause such Lender to suffer increased costs or reductions in amounts received or receivable or reduction in return on capital, or cease to have the consequences specified in Section 2.15 , or cease to result in amounts being payable under Section 2.20 , as the case may be (including as a result of any action taken by such Lender pursuant to paragraph (b) below), or if such Lender shall waive its right to claim further compensation under Section 2.14 in respect of such circumstances or event or shall withdraw its notice under Section 2.15 or shall waive its right to further payments under Section 2.20 in respect of such circumstances or event or shall consent to the proposed amendment, waiver, consent or other modification, as the case may be, then such Lender shall not thereafter be required to make any such transfer and assignment hereunder. Each Lender agrees that, if necessary to effectuate any assignment of such Lender’s interests hereunder in the circumstances contemplated by this Section 2.21(a) , it shall promptly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance to evidence the assignment and shall deliver to the Administrative Agent any promissory note (if promissory notes have been issued in respect of such Lender’s Loans) subject to such Assignment and Acceptance; provided that the failure of any such Lender to execute an Assignment and Acceptance by the later of (x) the date on which the assignee Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance and (y) the date as of which all obligations of the Borrower owing to the assigning Lender relating to such assigning Lender’s Loans subject to such Assignment and Acceptance shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to the assigning Lender, then such assigning Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance as of such date, and the Administrative Agent shall record such assignment in the Register.

 

(b)          If (i) any Lender shall request compensation under Section 2.14 , (ii) any Lender delivers a notice described in Section 2.15 or (iii) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority on account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.20 , then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts (which shall not require such Lender to incur an unreimbursed loss or unreimbursed cost or expense or otherwise take any action inconsistent with its internal policies or legal or regulatory restrictions or suffer any disadvantage or burden deemed by it to be significant) to (x) file any certificate or document reasonably requested in writing by the Borrower or (y) assign its rights and delegate and transfer its obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates (other than any Related Fund), if such filing or assignment would reduce its claims for compensation under Section 2.14 or enable it to withdraw its notice pursuant to Section 2.15 or would reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.20 , as the case may be, in the future. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such filing, assignment, delegation and transfer.

 

37
 

 

Section 2.22.          Incremental Term Loans . (a) The Borrower may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent from time to time, request Incremental Term Loan Commitments in an amount not to exceed the Incremental Term Loan Amount from one or more Incremental Term Lenders, all of which must be Eligible Assignees. Such notice shall set forth (i) the amount of the Incremental Term Loan Commitments being requested (which shall be in minimum increments of $1,000,000 and a minimum amount of $5,000,000 or such lesser amount equal to the remaining Incremental Term Loan Amount), (ii) the date on which such Incremental Term Loan Commitments are requested to become effective (which shall not be less than 10 Business Days or more than 60 days after the date of such notice), and (iii) whether such Incremental Term Loan Commitments are commitments to make additional Term Loans or commitments to make term loans with terms different from the Term Loans (“ Other Term Loans ”) (with pricing and other terms of the Other Term Loans being subject to the provisions of Section 2.22(b) ).

 

(b)          The Borrower may seek Incremental Term Loan Commitments from any or all of the existing Lenders (each of which shall be entitled to agree or decline to participate in its sole discretion) and, with the consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld), additional banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders who will become Incremental Term Lenders in connection therewith. The Borrower and each Incremental Term Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement and such other documentation as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably specify to evidence the Incremental Term Loan Commitment of each Incremental Term Lender. The terms and provisions of the Incremental Term Loans shall be identical to those of the Term Loans except as otherwise set forth herein or in the applicable Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement. The Incremental Term Loans shall rank pari passu in right of payment and security with the Term Loans made on the Closing Date. Without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders, (i) the final maturity date of any Other Term Loans shall be no earlier than the Term Loan Maturity Date and (ii) the average life to maturity of the Other Term Loans shall be no shorter than the remaining average life to maturity of the Term Loans. If the initial yield on any Other Term Loans (as determined by the Administrative Agent to be equal to the sum of (x) the margin above the Adjusted LIBO Rate on such Other Term Loans and (y) if such Other Term Loans are initially made at a discount or the Lenders making the same receive a fee (other than any customary arrangement or similar fees that are paid to the arranger of such Other Term Loans in its capacity as such) directly or indirectly from the Borrower or any Subsidiary for doing so (the amount of such discount or fee, expressed as a percentage of the Other Term Loans, being referred to herein as “ OID ”), the amount of such OID divided by the lesser of (A) the average life to maturity of such Other Term Loans and (B) four) exceeds the Applicable Margin then in effect for the Term Loans (which, for such purposes only, shall be deemed to include any initial discount or fee to the Lenders for making the Term Loans (other than arrangement or similar fees paid to the Lead Arranger in its capacity as such), expressed as a percentage of the Term Loans and divided by four) by more than 50 basis points (the amount of such excess above 50 basis points being referred to herein as the “ Yield Differential ”), then the Applicable Margin then in effect for the Term Loans shall automatically be increased by the Yield Differential, effective upon the making of such Other Term Loans. To the extent that any Adjusted LIBO Rate “floor” or Alternate Base Rate “floor” is imposed on the Other Term Loans, the highest of such Adjusted LIBO Rate “floors” or Alternate Base Rate “floors” shall be automatically applied to the Term Loans. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Incremental Term Loan Commitment and the applicable Incremental Term Loans evidenced thereby, and the Administrative Agent and the Borrower may revise this Agreement to evidence such amendments.

 

38
 

 

(c)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Incremental Term Loan Commitment shall become effective under this Section 2.22 unless, (i) on the date of such effectiveness (an “ Incremental Term Loan Effective Date ”), (x) the conditions set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of Section 4.01 shall be satisfied and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate to that effect dated such date and executed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower and (y) the Borrower would be in compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 6.10 as of the most recently completed period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which the financial statements and certificates required by Section 5.04(a) or Section 5.04(b) , as the case may be, and Section 5.04(c) have been delivered, after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of such Incremental Term Loans and the application of proceeds thereof and any acquisition, disposition or issuance, incurrence or assumption of Indebtedness occurring after such period and on or prior to such Incremental Term Loan Effective Date, (ii) on such Incremental Term Loan Effective Date, except as otherwise specified in the applicable Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall have received (with sufficient copies for each of the Incremental Term Lenders) legal opinions, board resolutions and other closing certificates reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent and consistent with those delivered on the Closing Date under Section 4.02 , (iii) on or prior to such Incremental Term Loan Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in respect of such Incremental Term Loan Commitment, including, to the extent invoiced, reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder or under each applicable Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement, and (iv) to the extent not consistent with this Agreement, the other terms and documentation in respect of the Incremental Term Loan shall otherwise be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(d)          Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that the Administrative Agent may, in consultation with the Borrower, take any and all action as may be reasonably necessary to ensure that all Incremental Term Loans (other than Other Term Loans), when originally made, are included in each Borrowing of outstanding Term Loans on a pro rata basis. This may be accomplished by requiring each outstanding Eurodollar Term Borrowing to be converted into an ABR Term Borrowing on the date of each Incremental Term Loan, or by allocating a portion of each Incremental Term Loan to each outstanding Eurodollar Term Borrowing on a pro rata basis. Any conversion of Eurodollar Term Loans to ABR Term Loans required by the preceding sentence shall be subject to Section 2.16 . If any Incremental Term Loan is to be allocated to an existing Interest Period for a Eurodollar Term Borrowing, then the interest rate thereon for such Interest Period and the other economic consequences thereof shall be as set forth in the applicable Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement. In addition, to the extent any Incremental Term Loans are not Other Term Loans, (i) the scheduled amortization payments under Section 2.11(a)(i) required to be made after the making of such Incremental Term Loans shall be ratably increased by the aggregate principal amount of such Incremental Term Loans and shall be further increased for all Lenders on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary to avoid any reduction in the amortization payments to which the Lenders were entitled before such recalculation and (ii) in the event that, prior to the incurrence of any Incremental Term Loans that are not Other Term Loans, the Term Loans made on the Closing Date and any Incremental Term Loans that are not Other Term Loans that were incurred prior to the incurrence of the subject Incremental Term Loans (collectively, the “ Existing Term Loans ”) have scheduled amortization payments that are less than 1.25% of the aggregate principal amount of such Term Loans when initially incurred, then, at the Borrower’s option, (x) the scheduled amortization payments of such Existing Term Loans on the effective date of such Incremental Term Loans shall be increased to be equal quarterly installments of principal equal to 1.25% of the aggregate principal amount of such Term Loans originally incurred or (y) the scheduled amortization payment of the Incremental Term Loans shall equal such smaller percentage applicable to the Existing Term Loans on such scheduled amortization payment date(s) (reflected as a percentage of the aggregate principal amount of such Incremental Term Loans), so long as, in the event this clause (y) is applicable, and for the avoidance of doubt, such percentage is expressly set forth in the Incremental Facility Amendment with respect to such Incremental Term Loans.

 

39
 

 

Section 2.23.          Discounted Voluntary Prepayments .

 

(a)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 2.12 or any other provision of this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions set forth or referred to below, the Borrower may from time to time, at its discretion, offer to prepay Loans at less than par value thereof (each, a “ Discounted Prepayment Offer ”), each such Discounted Prepayment Offer to be managed exclusively by the Auction Manager, so long as the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(i)          the aggregate principal amount of all Loans so prepaid shall not exceed 20% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Loans of such Class (it being understood that the Term Loans and Incremental Term Loans that are not Other Term Loans shall constitute a single Class and each borrowing of Other Term Loans shall constitute a single and separate class);

 

(ii)         each Discounted Prepayment Offer shall be conducted in accordance with the procedures, terms and conditions set forth in this Section 2.23 and the Auction Procedures;

 

(iii)        no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of the delivery of any Auction Notice and at the time of prepayment of any Loans in connection with any Discounted Prepayment Offer;

 

(iv)        no proceeds of extensions of credit under the Revolving Credit Agreement (or any successor revolving credit agreement) or any Incremental Term Loan Commitment may be used to effect such prepayment;

 

(v)         after giving effect to such prepayment, Liquidity shall not be less than $15,000,000;

 

(vi)        the principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of all Loans that the Borrower shall offer to prepay in any such Discounted Prepayment Offer shall be no less than $5,000,000 (unless another amount is agreed to by the Administrative Agent);

 

(vii)       all Loans so prepaid by the Borrower shall automatically be cancelled and retired by the Borrower on the applicable settlement date (and, for the avoidance of doubt, may not be reborrowed);

 

(viii)      no more than one Discounted Prepayment Offer may be ongoing at any one time and no more than four Discounted Prepayment Offers may be made in any four-quarter period;

 

(ix)         the Borrower represents and warrants that, at the commencement and settlement of the Discounted Prepayment Offer, it does not have material information regarding the Loans or the Borrower or the Subsidiaries that has not been disclosed to the Private Lenders.

 

(x)          the Borrower would be in compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 6.10 as of the most recently completed period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which the financial statements and certificates required by Section 5.04(a) or Section 5.04(b) , as the case may be, and Section 5.04(c) have been delivered, after giving pro forma effect to each prepayment of the Loans made in accordance with this Section 2.23 and any acquisition, disposition and issuance, incurrence or assumption of Indebtedness occurring after such period as if such prepayment of the Loans occurred as of the first day of such period; and

 

40
 

 

(xi)         at the time of the consummation of each purchase of Loans through a Discounted Prepayment Offer, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Auction Manager and the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying as to compliance with preceding clauses (ii) , (iii) , (iv) , (v) , (ix) and (x) .

 

(b)          The Borrower must terminate any Discounted Prepayment Offer if it fails to satisfy one or more of the conditions set forth above which are required to be satisfied at the time at which the Loans would have been prepaid pursuant to such Discounted Prepayment Offer. If the Borrower commences any Discounted Prepayment Offer (and all relevant requirements set forth above which are required to be satisfied at the time of the commencement of such Discounted Prepayment Offer have in fact been satisfied), and if at such time of commencement the Borrower reasonably believes that all required conditions set forth above which are required to be satisfied at the time of the consummation of such Discounted Prepayment Offer shall be satisfied, then the Borrower shall have no liability to any Lender or any other Person for any termination of such Discounted Prepayment Offer as a result of its failure to satisfy one or more of the conditions set forth above which are required to be satisfied at the time which otherwise would have been the time of consummation of such Discounted Prepayment Offer, and any such failure shall not result in any Default or Event of Default hereunder. With respect to all prepayments of Loans made by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.23 , the Borrower shall pay on the settlement date of each such prepayment all accrued and unpaid interest (except to the extent otherwise set forth in the relevant Auction Procedures), if any, on the prepaid Loans up to the settlement date of such prepayment.

 

(c)          No Loan prepayments conducted pursuant to Discounted Prepayment Offers shall constitute voluntary or mandatory prepayments for purposes of Sections 2.12 and 2.13 hereof, but the face amount of the Loans prepaid pursuant to this Section 2.23 shall be applied pro rata against the remaining scheduled installments of principal due in respect of such Loans.

 

(d)          Immediately upon a prepayment of the Loans pursuant to this Section 2.23 , (x) such Loans and all rights and obligations as a Lender related thereto shall for all purposes (including under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and otherwise) be deemed to be irrevocably prepaid, terminated, extinguished, cancelled and of no further force and effect and the Borrower shall neither obtain nor have any rights as a Lender hereunder or under the other Loan Documents by virtue of such payment and (y) the Borrower shall take all actions necessary to cause such Loans to be extinguished or otherwise cancelled in its books and records in accordance with GAAP.

 

(e)          The Auction Manager, acting in its capacity as such hereunder, shall be entitled to the benefits of the provisions of Article VIII and Section 9.05 to the same extent as if each reference therein to the “Administrative Agent” were a reference to the Auction Manager, and the Administrative Agent shall cooperate with the Auction Manager as reasonably requested by the Auction Manager in order to enable it to perform its responsibilities and duties in connection with each Discounted Prepayment Offer.

 

(f)          No Lender shall be obligated or required to participate in any Discounted Prepayment Offer.

 

41
 

 

Article III
Representations and Warranties

 

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each of the Lenders on the Closing Date and the date of each Credit Event that:

 

Section 3.01.          Organization; Powers . Each of the Borrower and each Subsidiary (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority to own its property and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, (c) is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except where the failure so to qualify could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (d) has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents and each other agreement or instrument contemplated thereby to which it is or will be a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to borrow hereunder.

 

Section 3.02.          Authorization . The Transactions (a) have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate, partnership or limited liability company actions and, if required, actions of equity holders, and (b) will not (i) violate (A) any provision of law, statute, rule or regulation, or of the Organizational Documents of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any Fund or Fund-Related Entity, (B) any order of any Governmental Authority, (C) any provision of any Management Agreement, or (D) any provision of any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party or by which any of them or any of their property is or may be bound, except, in the case of clause (D) , such violation as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) be in conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (alone or with notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, or give rise to any right to accelerate or to require the prepayment, repurchase or redemption of any obligation under any such indenture, agreement or other instrument, except such consequences as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (iii) be in conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (alone or with notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, or give rise to any right to accelerate or to require the prepayment of any obligation under any Management Agreement or any Organizational Document of a Fund or Fund-Related Entity, or (iv) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon or with respect to any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than any Liens created hereunder or under the Security Documents).

 

Section 3.03.          Enforceability . (a) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and constitutes, and each other Loan Document when executed and delivered by each Obligor party thereto will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor enforceable against such Obligor in accordance with its terms; (b) each of the Management Agreements constitutes a valid and binding obligation of each Obligor party thereto enforceable against each such Person in accordance with its terms; and (c) each limited partnership agreement, limited liability company agreement or other similar Organizational Document of each Obligor and the Funds constitutes a valid and binding obligation of each Obligor or Fund party thereto enforceable against such Person in accordance with its terms; except, in each case, (x) as the enforceability may be affected by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (y) the limitation of certain remedies by certain equitable principles of general applicability.

 

42
 

 

Section 3.04.          Governmental Approvals . No action, consent or approval of, registration or filing with or any other action by any Governmental Authority is or will be required in connection with the Transactions, except for (a) the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and filings with, and recordations by, the United States Patent and Trademark Office and, if applicable, the United States Copyright Office, (b) recordation of any Mortgages required to be recorded following the Closing Date, (c) such as have been made or obtained and are in full force and effect and (d) actions with respect to the creation or perfection (or attainment, in each case, of analogous status) of the Liens of the Collateral Agent in Collateral located or established outside the United States to the extent required under the Security Documents.

 

Section 3.05.          Financial Statements . (a) The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders the combined and consolidated (and, with respect to the Consolidated Funds, consolidating) balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows (i) with respect to the Borrower and the Subsidiaries as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012, and December 31, 2013, audited by and accompanied by the opinion of McGladrey LLP, independent public accountants (collectively, the “ Historical Financial Statements ”), and (ii) unaudited combined and consolidated (and, with respect to the Consolidated Funds, consolidating) financial statements as of and for each fiscal quarter of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries ended at least 45 days prior to the Closing Date. Such financial statements present fairly the financial condition and results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods. Such balance sheets and the notes thereto disclose all material liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof. The financial statements for the Borrower and the Subsidiaries were prepared in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis, subject, in the case of unaudited financial statements, to year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

 

(b)          The Borrower has heretofore delivered to the Lenders the unaudited pro forma combined and consolidated (and, with respect to the Consolidated Funds, consolidating) balance sheets and related pro forma statements of income with respect to the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for the twelve-month period ended June 30, 2014, prepared giving effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred, with respect to such balance sheets, on such date and, with respect to such income statements, on the first day of the twelve-month period ending on such date. Such pro forma financial statements have been prepared in good faith by the Borrower, based on the assumptions used to prepare the pro forma financial information prepared in connection with the Confidential Information Memorandum (which assumptions are believed by the Borrower on the date hereof and on the Closing Date to be reasonable), are based on the best information available to the Borrower as of the date of delivery thereof, accurately reflect all adjustments required to be made to give effect to the Transactions and present fairly on a pro forma basis the estimated consolidated financial position of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries as of such date and for such period, assuming that the Transactions had actually occurred at such date or at the beginning of such period, as the case may be, subject to audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

 

Section 3.06.          No Material Adverse Change . No event, change or condition has occurred that has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a material adverse effect on the business, assets, operations, financial condition or operating results of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, since December 31, 2013.

 

Section 3.07.          Title to Properties . Each of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its material properties and assets (including all Mortgaged Property, if applicable), except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties and assets for their intended purposes. All such material properties and assets are free and clear of Liens, other than Liens expressly permitted by Section 6.02 .

 

43
 

 

Section 3.08.          Subsidiaries . Schedule 3.08 sets forth as of the Closing Date a list of all Subsidiaries and the percentage ownership interest of the Borrower or any Subsidiary therein. The ownership interests so indicated on Schedule 3.08 are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by the Borrower or such Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens created under the Security Documents).

 

Section 3.09.          Litigation; Compliance with Laws . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.09 , there are no investigations, actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity or by or before any Governmental Authority now pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing against or affecting the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any Fund or Fund-Related Entity or any business, property or rights of any such Person (i) that involve any Loan Document or the Transactions or (ii) as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.10.          Agreements . Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary nor any Fund or Fund-Related Entity is in default under any provision of any indenture or other agreement or instrument evidencing Indebtedness, or any other material agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets are or may be bound, where such default could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.11.          Federal Reserve Regulations . (a) None of the Borrower, any Subsidiary, any Fund or any Fund-Related Entity is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock.

 

(b)          No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, for any purpose that entails a violation of, or that is inconsistent with, the provisions of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulation T, U or X.

 

Section 3.12.          Investment Company Act. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.12 , none of the Borrower, any Subsidiary, and Fund, and Fund-Related Entity or any of their respective members, partners, officers, directors or other employees (in their capacity as employees) or Affiliates is required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Each Person set forth on Schedule 3.12 , as such Schedule 3.12 may be updated from time to time pursuant to Section 5.06(b) , is duly registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (and has been so registered at all times when such registration has been required by applicable law).

 

Section 3.13.          Use of Proceeds . The Borrower will (i) use the proceeds of the Loans made on the Closing Date only for the purposes specified in the introductory statement to this Agreement and (ii) use the proceeds of Incremental Term Loans for general corporate purposes permitted or not otherwise prohibited hereby, including the funding of co-investments.

 

Section 3.14.          Tax Returns . Each of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries has filed or caused to be filed all material Federal, state, local and foreign tax returns or materials required to have been filed by it and has paid or caused to be paid all material taxes due and payable by it and all material assessments received by it, except taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which any such Person shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves. There is no proposed material tax assessment against the Borrower or any Subsidiary and none of the Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party to any tax sharing agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the TRA shall not be considered a tax sharing agreement for purposes of the representations and warranties in this Section 3.14 .

 

44
 

 

Section 3.15.          No Material Misstatements . None of (a) the Confidential Information Memorandum or (b) any other written information, report, financial statement, exhibit or schedule furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of any Loan Document or included therein or delivered pursuant thereto, as of the date of such Confidential Information Memorandum, information, report, financial statement, exhibit or schedule, contained any material misstatement of fact or, when taken as a whole with the other information so furnished, omitted to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that to the extent any such information, report, financial statement, exhibit or schedule was based upon or constitutes a forecast or projection, the Borrower represents only that it acted in good faith and utilized assumptions believed by the management of the Borrower to be reasonable at the time made (consistent with the accounting principles used in the preparation of the Historical Financial Statements) and due care in the preparation of such information, report, financial statement, exhibit or schedule; it being understood by the Lenders that such financial information as it relates to future events are not to be viewed as facts and are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Loan Parties, and no assurance can be given any particular forecast or projection will be realized and that actual results may differ and such difference may be material.

 

Section 3.16.          Employee Benefit Plans . (a) With respect to each employee benefit plan subject to ERISA maintained or sponsored by any of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, each of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events, could reasonably be expected to result in material liability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates. No Plan has been determined to be in “at risk” status within the meaning of Section 303(i) of ERISA, or been in violation of the limitations imposed by Section 436 of the Code. The present value of all benefit liabilities under each Plan (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the last annual valuation date applicable thereto, exceed by more than $1,000,000 the fair market value of the assets of such Plan.

 

(b)          Borrower and the Subsidiaries have no benefit plans maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or any Subsidiary that is not subject to the laws of the United States and that, under applicable law, is required to be funded through a trust or other funding vehicle other than a trust or funding vehicle maintained exclusively by a Governmental Authority.

 

Section 3.17.          Environmental Matters . Except with respect to any other matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, none of the Borrower or any Subsidiary (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability.

 

Section 3.18.          Insurance . Schedule 3.18 sets forth a true, complete and correct description of all insurance maintained by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries as of the date hereof and the Closing Date. As of each such date, such insurance is in full force and effect and all premiums have been duly paid. The Borrower and the Subsidiaries have insurance in such amounts and covering such risks and liabilities as are in accordance with normal industry practice.

 

45
 

 

Section 3.19.          Security Documents . (a) The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, upon execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto, will create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in the Collateral and the proceeds thereof, to the extent a security interest therein can be created under the New York UCC, and (x) when the Pledged Collateral is delivered to the Collateral Agent (to the extent required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), the Lien created under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall, to the extent such Lien can be perfected under the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the jurisdiction of the applicable Loan Party, constitute a fully perfected first priority Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Pledged Collateral, in each case, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, prior and superior in right to any other Person, (y) when Account Control Agreements are entered into with respect to any deposit account constituting Collateral, the Lien created under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall constitute a fully perfected first priority Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Collateral, in each case, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, prior and superior in right to any other Person, and (z) except to the extent a security interest in the Collateral cannot be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the jurisdiction of formation of the applicable Loan Party, when financing statements in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 3.19 , the Lien created under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement will constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in all Collateral, in each case, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, prior and superior in right to any other Person, other than with respect to Liens expressly permitted by Section 6.02 ; provided that, notwithstanding any Liens permitted by Section 6.02 , there are no such prior or superior Liens on any Management Fees (or the right to receive Management Fees), Equity Interests or, except for Liens permitted by Section 6.02(a) , Intellectual Property, in each case to the extent constituting Collateral).

 

(b)          Subject to the terms and conditions provided therein, each party to a Cooperation Guaranty, upon execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto, will guaranty to the due and punctual payment in full of all Obligations hereunder; provided however, that such Cooperation Guaranty and all obligations thereunder shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the occurrence of the Qualified Public Offering, or (ii) the date on which the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loans are reduced to $50,000,000 or less.

 

Section 3.20.          Location of Real Property and Leased Premises . As of the Closing Date, neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary owns any real property. Schedule 3.20 lists completely and correctly as of the Closing Date all real property leased by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries and the addresses thereof. The Borrower and the Subsidiaries have valid leases in all the real property set forth on Schedule 3.20 .

 

Section 3.21.          Labor Matters . As of the Closing Date, there are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against the Borrower or any Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing. The hours worked by and payments made to employees of each of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Federal, state, local or foreign law dealing with such matters. All payments due from the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or for which any claim may be made against the Borrower or any Subsidiary, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of such Person. The consummation of the Transactions will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is bound.

 

Section 3.22.          Solvency . Immediately after the consummation of the Transactions to occur on the Closing Date and immediately following the making of each Loan and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of each Loan, (a) the fair value of the assets of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, at a fair valuation, exceed the debts and liabilities of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, whether subordinated, contingent or otherwise; (b) the present fair saleable value of the property of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, is greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of the debts and other liabilities of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, whether subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured; (c) none of the Loan Parties intends to incur, or believe that it will incur, debts in amounts such that the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, will not be capable of paying such debts as they mature in the ordinary course of business; and (d) none of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the business in which they are engaged as such business is now conducted and is proposed to be conducted following the Closing Date.

 

46
 

 

Section 3.23.          Sanctioned Persons; Anti-Corruption Laws; USA Patriot Act . None of the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any Fund or Fund-Related Entity or any Separately Managed Account, or any director, officer, agent, employee or Affiliate of the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any Fund, Fund-Related Entity or Separately Managed Account is currently subject to any sanctions or economic embargoes administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of State or the U.S. Department of Treasury (including the Office of Foreign Assets Control) or any other applicable sanctions authority (collectively, “ Sanctions ,” and the associated laws, rules, regulations and orders, collectively, “ Sanctions Laws ”). To the extent applicable, each Loan Party is in compliance, in all material respects, with (i) all Sanctions Laws, (ii) the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption laws, rules, regulations and orders (collectively, “ Anti-Corruption Laws ”) and (iii) the USA PATRIOT Act and any other applicable terrorism and money laundering laws, rules, regulations and orders. No part of the proceeds of the Term Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, (A) for the purpose of financing any activities or business of or with any Person or in any country or territory that at such time is the subject of any Sanctions or (B) for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of any Anti-Corruption Law.

 

Section 3.24.          Funds; Management Agreements; Management Fees . (a) As of the Closing Date and, thereafter, as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which schedules have been updated pursuant to Section 5.06(b) , (i) set forth on Schedule 3.24(a)(i) is a list of all of the Funds which have had closings with third party investors, as such Schedule 3.24(a)(i) may be updated from time to time pursuant to Section 5.06(b) , and (ii) set forth on Schedule 3.24(a)(ii) is a list of all of the Separately Managed Accounts, as such Schedule 3.24(a)(ii) may be updated from time to time pursuant to Section 5.06(b) .

 

(b)          As of the Closing Date and, thereafter, as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which schedules have been updated pursuant to Section 5.06(b) , set forth on Schedule 3.24(b) is a list of all of the Management Agreements, as such Schedule 3.24(b) may be updated from time to time pursuant to Section 5.06(b) . Each Management Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the parties thereto and is in full force and effect. Except for Management Agreements with respect to Separately Managed Accounts and as otherwise set forth on Schedule 3.24(b) , the Borrower or another Obligor is a party to each of the Management Agreements.

 

(c)          No Obligor or Fund is a party to any agreement for the payment of Management Fees other than the Management Agreements.

 

Section 3.25.          Certain Regulatory Matters . (a) Each Loan Party, the other Subsidiaries, their respective members, officers, directors, other employees (in their capacity as employees) and each of the Funds and Fund-Related Entities, to the extent required thereby, are duly registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act or an investment adviser representative under applicable state law, as applicable (and has been so registered at all times when such registration has been required by applicable law with respect to the services provided for any Loan Party’s Subsidiaries and for the Funds). Each Person set forth on Schedule 3.25(a) (if any), as such Schedule 3.25(a) may be updated from time to time pursuant to Section 5.06(b) , is duly registered as an investment adviser or an investment adviser representative, as applicable, under the Investment Advisers Act or applicable state law (and has been so registered at all times when such registration has been required by applicable law with respect to the services provided for any Loan Party’s Subsidiaries and for the Funds).

 

47
 

 

(b)          (i) The Borrower and the Subsidiaries are in compliance with all applicable anti-money laundering laws, and (ii) the Funds and the Fund-Related Entities have implemented anti-money laundering policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to comply with applicable law. The Borrower has caused each applicable Subsidiary to take all actions that are necessary or reasonably advisable and within its control to cause its respective Separately Managed Accounts to maintain anti-money laundering policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to comply with applicable law.

 

(c)          The Borrower and the other Loan Parties have conducted the business of the Funds and Fund-Related Entities and, the applicable Subsidiaries have established and managed all Separately Managed Accounts in accordance with applicable law to the extent required in all material respects.

 

Article IV
Conditions of Lending

 

The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans hereunder are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

Section 4.01.          All Credit Events . On the date of each Borrowing made pursuant to Section 2.01(a) or 2.01(b) hereof (each such event being called a “ Credit Event ”):

 

(a)          The Administrative Agent shall have received a notice of such Borrowing as required by Section 2.03 .

 

(b)          The representations and warranties set forth in Article III and in each other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Event with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

 

(c)          At the time of and immediately after such Credit Event, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

Each Credit Event shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date of such Credit Event as to the matters specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section 4.01 .

 

Section 4.02.          First Credit Event . On the Closing Date:

 

(a)          The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself and the Lenders, favorable written opinions of Winston & Strawn LLP, counsel for the Loan Parties, and John D. Fredericks, General Counsel of the Loan Parties, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (i) dated the Closing Date, (ii) addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (iii) covering such matters relating to the Loan Documents and the Transactions as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request, and the Borrower hereby requests such counsel to deliver such opinions.

 

48
 

 

(b)          All legal matters incident to this Agreement, the Borrowings and extensions of credit hereunder and the other Loan Documents shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent.

 

(c)          The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the certificate of formation or certificate of limited partnership, as applicable, including all amendments thereto, of each Obligor, and a certificate as to the good standing of each Obligor as of a recent date, from the Secretary of State of such Obligor’s State of formation; (ii) a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of each Obligor or general partner or sole member thereof dated the Closing Date and certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws, limited liability company agreement or limited partnership agreement, as applicable, including all amendments thereto, of such Obligor as in effect on the Closing Date and at all times since a date prior to the date of the resolutions described in clause (B) below, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the board of members (or equivalent body) of such Obligor authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, (C) that the certificate of formation or certificate of limited partnership, as applicable, of such Obligor has not been amended since the date of the last amendment thereto shown on the certificate of good standing furnished pursuant to clause (i) above, and (D) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document or any other document delivered in connection herewith on behalf of such Obligor or general partner or sole member thereof; (iii) a certificate of another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary executing the certificate pursuant to clause (ii)  above; (iv) copies of each Management Agreement, the Shareholder Purchase Agreement, the Merger Sub Note and the Windsor Note (in each case, including any amendments thereto, including amendments to increase the termination period thereof to a period reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent), certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower to be true and complete and in effect on the Closing Date and in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and (v) such other documents as the Lenders or the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

 

(d)          The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions precedent set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of Section 4.01 .

 

(e)          The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees (including the Administrative Agent Fees) and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Closing Date, including, without limitation, fees owing pursuant to the Engagement Letter and, to the extent invoiced, reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

 

(f)          The Loan Documents, including, without limitation, each Account Control Agreement, the Undertaking Agreement, the Cooperation Guaranties and the Irrevocable Direction Letter, shall have been duly executed by each party thereto and shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date. The Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties shall have a security interest in the Collateral of the type and priority described in each Security Document.

 

(g)          The Collateral Agent shall have received all Pledged Collateral required to be delivered to the Collateral Agent on the Closing Date pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, together with duly executed undated blank membership interest powers, as applicable, or other equivalent instruments of transfer reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent.

 

49
 

 

(h)          The Collateral Agent shall have received the Perfection Certificate dated the Closing Date and duly executed by a Responsible Officer of each Loan Party together with all attachments contemplated thereby, including the results of searches of Uniform Commercial Code filings and the other searches specified therein, and copies of the financing statements (or similar documents) disclosed by such search, and accompanied by evidence satisfactory to the Collateral Agent that the Liens indicated in any such financing statement (or similar document) would be permitted under Section 6.02 or have been or will be contemporaneously released or terminated.

 

(i)          The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of, or a certificate as to coverage under, the insurance policies required by Section 5.02 and the applicable provisions of the Security Documents, each of which shall be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a customary lender’s loss payable endorsement and to name the Collateral Agent as loss payee, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(j)          The Administrative Agent shall have received executed copies of the Existing Debt Payoff Documents, dated the date of this Agreement and duly executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower and an equivalent person for the administrative agent and collateral agent for the lenders under the Existing Credit Facility.

 

(k)          Immediately after giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby, no Loan Party shall have outstanding any Indebtedness or preferred stock other than (a) Indebtedness outstanding under this Agreement, (b) Indebtedness of the Borrower under the Merger Sub Note and the Windsor Note, (c) Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Agreement, and (d) Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 6.01 .

 

(l)          The Lenders shall have received the financial statements and opinion referred to in Section 3.05 .

 

(m)          The Administrative Agent shall have received (a) a certificate from the chief financial officer of the Borrower in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent certifying that the Loan Parties, when taken as a whole, after giving effect to the Transactions to occur on the Closing Date, are solvent as set forth in Section 3.22 and (b) a solvency opinion of Murray, Devine & Co., Inc., addressed to the Administrative Agent and dated the Closing Date, each of which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(n)          All requisite Governmental Authorities, third parties and holders of Equity Interests in any Loan Party or Fund shall have approved or consented to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby to the extent required, all applicable appeal periods shall have expired and there shall not be any pending or threatened litigation, governmental, administrative or judicial action that could reasonably be expected to restrain, prevent or impose burdensome conditions on the Transactions or the other transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(o)          The Lenders shall have received, at least five Business Days prior to the Closing Date, to the extent requested, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act.

 

50
 

 

Article V
Affirmative Covenants

 

The Borrower covenants and agrees with each Lender that until the Commitments (if any) have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all fees (including Administrative Agent Fees) and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document shall have been paid in full, the Borrower will, and will cause each of the other Subsidiaries to:

 

Section 5.01.          Existence; Compliance with Laws; Businesses and Properties . (a) Do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence, except as otherwise expressly permitted under Section 6.05 , or with respect to the Subsidiaries, where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)          Do or cause to be done all things necessary to (i) obtain, preserve, renew, extend and keep in full force and effect the rights, licenses, permits, franchises, authorizations, and Intellectual Property material to the conduct of its business; (ii) comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and decrees and orders of any Governmental Authority, whether now in effect or hereafter enacted; and (iii) maintain and operate such business in substantially the manner in which it is presently conducted and operated and at all times maintain and preserve all property material to the conduct of such business and keep such property in good repair, working order and condition and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all needful and proper repairs, renewals, additions, improvements and replacements thereto necessary in order that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times, except, in the case of this clause (iii) , where a failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.02.          Insurance . (a) Keep its insurable properties adequately insured at all times by financially sound and reputable insurers; maintain such other insurance, to such extent and against such risks, including fire and other risks insured against by extended coverage, as is customary with companies in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations, including public liability insurance against claims for personal injury or death or property damage occurring upon, in, about or in connection with the use of any properties owned, occupied or controlled by it; and maintain such other insurance as may be required by law.

 

(b)          Within sixty (60) days following the Closing Date, (i) cause any material policies covering any Collateral (which policies are identified in such request) to be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a customary lender’s loss payable endorsement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, which endorsement shall provide that, from and after the Closing Date, if the insurance carrier shall have received written notice from the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent of the occurrence of an Event of Default, the insurance carrier shall pay all proceeds otherwise payable to the Borrower or the Loan Parties under such policies directly to the Collateral Agent; (ii) cause all such policies to provide that neither the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent nor any other party shall be a coinsurer thereunder and to contain a “Replacement Cost Endorsement”, without any deduction for depreciation, and such other provisions as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may reasonably require from time to time to protect their interests; (iii) deliver original or certified copies of all such policies to the Collateral Agent; (iv) cause each such policy to provide that it shall not be canceled, modified or not renewed (x) by reason of nonpayment of premium upon not less than 10 days’ prior written notice thereof by the insurer to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (giving the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent the right to cure defaults in the payment of premiums) or (y) for any other reason upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice thereof by the insurer to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent; (v) deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, prior to the cancellation, modification or nonrenewal of any such policy of insurance, a copy of a renewal or replacement policy (or other evidence of renewal of a policy previously delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent) together with evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent of payment of the premium therefor.

 

51
 

 

(c)          Notify the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent promptly whenever any separate material insurance concurrent in form or contributing in the event of loss with that required to be maintained under this Section 5.02 is taken out by any Loan Party; and if the Administrative Agent shall so request, promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent a certificate evidencing such coverage.

 

Section 5.03.          Obligations and Taxes . Pay its Indebtedness and other obligations promptly and in accordance with their terms and pay and discharge promptly when due all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in respect of its property, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, as well as all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies or otherwise that, if unpaid, might give rise to a Lien upon such properties or any part thereof; provided , however , that such payment and discharge shall not be required with respect to any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim so long as the validity or amount thereof shall be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and such contest operates to suspend collection of the contested obligation, tax, assessment or charge and enforcement of a Lien and, in the case of a Mortgaged Property, there is no risk of forfeiture of such property.

 

Section 5.04.          Financial Statements, Reports, Etc. In the case of the Borrower, furnish to the Administrative Agent, which shall furnish to each Lender:

 

(a)          (i) prior to such time as a Qualified Public Offering occurs, within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014, and (ii) from and after such time as a Qualified Public Offering occurs, within 120 days after the end of each subsequent fiscal year, an annual report containing a consolidated and combined (and, with respect to the Consolidated Funds, consolidating) balance sheet and related statements of operations, changes in equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year and the results of its operations and the operations of its applicable subsidiaries during such year, together with comparative figures for the immediately preceding fiscal year, all of which shall be accompanied by a report and an opinion that is unqualified (except as set forth below), and prepared in accordance with GAAP of McGladrey LLP or other independent public accountants of national recognized standing and accompanied by an opinion of such accountants (which opinion shall be without (i) a “going concern” or like qualification or exception, (ii) any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit or (iii) any qualification that relates to the treatment of classification of any item and that, as a condition to the removal of such qualification, would require an adjustment to such item, the effect of which would be to cause any noncompliance with the provisions of Section 6.10 ) to the effect that such consolidated and combined (and, with respect to the Consolidated Funds, consolidating) financial statements fairly present the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its subsidiaries;

 

(b)          (i) prior to such time as a Qualified Public Offering occurs, within 45 days after the end of the first full fiscal quarter (that is not also the end of a fiscal year ending after the Closing Date, and (ii) from and after such time as a Qualified Public Offering occurs, within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the consolidated and combined (and, with respect to the Consolidated Funds, consolidating) balance sheet and related statements of operations, changes in equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal quarter and the results of its operations and the operations of its applicable subsidiaries during such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of such fiscal year, and comparative figures for the same periods in the immediately preceding fiscal year, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as fairly presenting the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, subject to normal year end audit adjustments;

 

52
 

 

(c)          concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under paragraph (a) or (b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower, in the form of Exhibit F , (i) certifying that no Event of Default or Default has occurred or, if such an Event of Default or Default has occurred, specifying the nature and extent thereof and any corrective action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii) setting forth computations in reasonable detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent demonstrating compliance with the covenant contained in Sections 6.10 , and (iii) setting forth the calculation and uses of the Available Amount (and each of the components thereof) for the fiscal period then ended;

 

(d)          concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) above, a certificate of the accounting firm that reported on such statements (which certificate may be limited to accounting matters and disclaim responsibility for legal interpretations) certifying that as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year no Event of Default or Default has occurred with respect to Section 6.10 or, if such an Event of Default or Default has occurred, specifying the extent thereof in reasonable detail;

 

(e)          if (i) as a result of (A) any change in GAAP or (B) any change in any law, rule or regulation or adoption of any law, rule or regulations, in each case applicable to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, the consolidated financial statements of Borrower and the Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to Section 5.04(a) or 5.04(b) will differ in any material respect from the consolidated financial statements that would have been delivered pursuant to such subsections had no such change or adoption of the type described in the foregoing subclauses (A) and (B) been made and (ii) such change or adoption would have any of the effects described in the last sentence of Section 1.02 , then, together with the first delivery of such financial statements after such change or adoption, one or more statements of reconciliation against the financial statements that would have been required to be provided under Section 5.04(a) and 5.04(b) prior to such change or adoption, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders;

 

(f)          within 30 days after the beginning of each fiscal year of the Borrower, forecasted profit and loss statements for the Loan Parties prepared on a basis consistent with the Loan Parties’ historical financial statements, together with appropriate supporting details and a statement of underlying assumptions, all in form and substance (including as to scope and underlying assumptions) reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, for such fiscal year, quarter by quarter, certified by a Financial Officer of the Borrower as being such officer’s good faith estimate of the financial performance of the Loan Parties during the period covered thereby;

 

(g)          promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by any Obligor or public company with the SEC, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC, or with any national securities exchange, or other publicly available materials distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be;

 

(h)          promptly after the receipt thereof by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, a copy of any “management letter” received by any such Person from its certified public accountants and the management’s written response thereto;

 

53
 

 

(i)          promptly after the request by any Lender, all documentation and other information that such Lender reasonably requests in order for the Lenders to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act;

 

(j)          at least three Business Days following the occurrence thereof, written notice of the initial closing with third-party investors of any newly formed Fund or the establishment of any Separately Managed Account; and

 

(k)          promptly, from time to time, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any Fund or Fund-Related Entity, or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) may reasonably request.

 

Section 5.05.          Litigation and Other Notices, Etc.

 

(a)          Furnish to the Administrative Agent, which shall furnish to each Lender prompt written notice of the following:

 

(i)          any Default or Event of Default specifying the nature and extent thereof and the corrective action (if any) taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto;

 

(ii)         the filing or commencement of, or any written threat or notice of intention of any Person to file or commence, any investigation, action, suit or proceeding, whether at law or in equity or by or before any Governmental Authority, against any one or more of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, Loan Parties or the Funds, Fund-Related Entities or Separately Managed Accounts that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(iii)        the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, would reasonably be expected to result in (i) a lien with respect to any amount in favor of the PBGC on the assets of any one or more of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or (ii) a liability of any one or more of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding $1,000,000;

 

(iv)        any development that has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(v)         the termination of any Management Agreement or delivery thereunder of any fee blockage or similar notices (other than on the scheduled termination date thereof) or the delivery or receipt of any notice of termination in respect thereof; and

 

(vi)        any proposed amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of the Revolving Credit Agreement or any other Revolving Loan Document that (i) benefits any lender or secured party thereunder or (ii) imposes additional burdens on the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (any such amendment, a “ Subject Revolving Loan Amendment ”).

 

(b)          At the Administrative Agent’s or Required Lender’s request, execute and deliver a Conforming Amendment (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent in connection with each Subject Revolving Loan Amendment.

 

54
 

 

Section 5.06.          Information Regarding Collateral . (a) Furnish to the Administrative Agent prompt written notice of any change (i) in any Loan Party’s corporate name, (ii) in the jurisdiction of organization or formation of any Loan Party, (iii) in any Loan Party’s identity or corporate structure or (iv) in any Loan Party’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number. The Borrower agrees not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings have been made under the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise that are required in order for the Collateral Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest in all the Collateral. The Borrower also agrees promptly to notify the Administrative Agent if any material portion of the Collateral is damaged or destroyed.

 

(b)          In the case of the Borrower, (i) each year, at the time of delivery of the annual financial statements with respect to the preceding fiscal year pursuant to Section 5.04(a) , deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Financial Officer setting forth (x) the information required pursuant to Section 2 of the Perfection Certificate or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the date of the Perfection Certificate delivered on the Closing Date or the date of the most recent annual certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 5.06(b)(i) and (y) such other information as required by Section 4.03(c) of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, and (ii) each fiscal quarter, at the time of delivery of the quarterly financial statements with respect to the preceding fiscal quarter pursuant to Section 5.04(b) , deliver to the Administrative a certificate of a Financial Officer setting forth any updates to Schedules 3.24(a)(i) , 3.24(a)(ii) , 3.24(b) and 3.25(a) or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the Closing Date or the date of the most recent quarterly certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 5.06(b)(ii) .

 

Section 5.07.          Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections; Maintenance of Ratings . (a) Keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with all requirements of law are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. The Borrower will, and will cause each Subsidiary to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender (in the case of a Lender, with the consent of the Borrower, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) to visit and inspect the financial records and the properties of such Person at reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested and to make extracts from and copies of such financial records, and permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender (in the case of a Lender, with the consent of the Borrower, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) to discuss the affairs, finances and condition of such Person with the officers thereof and independent accountants therefor; provided , however , that unless an Event of Default exists and is continuing, the cost of only one such visit shall be borne by the Borrower in any twelve month period, and in no event will such expense in connection with such visit exceed $50,000.

 

(b)          Use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain private ratings for the Credit Facilities from S&P and Moody’s on at least an annual basis and use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a private corporate credit rating from S&P and a private corporate family rating from Moody’s, in each case in respect of the Borrower on at least an annual basis.

 

Section 5.08.          Use of Proceeds . (a) Use the proceeds of the Term Loans made on the Closing Date only for the purposes specified in the introductory statement to this Agreement and (b) use the proceeds of Incremental Term Loans for general corporate purposes not otherwise prohibited hereby, including the funding of co-investments.

 

55
 

 

Section 5.09.          Employee Benefits . (a) Comply in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code relating to employee benefit plans of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, (b) furnish to the Administrative Agent as soon as possible after, and in any event within ten days after any responsible officer of the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know that, any ERISA Event has occurred that, alone or together with any other ERISA Event could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate in an aggregate amount exceeding $1,000,000, a statement of a Financial Officer of the Borrower setting forth details as to such ERISA Event and the action, if any, that the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto, and (c) at all times preserve and maintain its status as an entity the assets of which do not constitute “plan assets” as defined in the Plan Asset Regulation.

 

Section 5.10.          Compliance with Environmental Laws . Comply, and cause all lessees and other Person occupying its properties to comply, in all material respects with all Environmental Laws applicable to its operations and properties; obtain and renew all material environmental permits necessary for its operations and properties; and conduct any remedial action in accordance with Environmental Laws; provided , however , that none of the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be required to undertake any remedial action required by Environmental Laws to the extent that its obligation to do so is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and appropriate reserves are being maintained with respect to such circumstances in accordance with GAAP.

 

Section 5.11.          [Reserved.]

 

Section 5.12.          Further Assurances . Execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all further action (including filing Uniform Commercial Code and other financing statements, mortgages and deeds of trust) that may be required under applicable law, or that the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in order to effectuate the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and first priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by the Security Documents. The Borrower will cause (i) each subsequently acquired or organized Wholly Owned Subsidiary (other than (x) a Foreign Subsidiary that is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code or (y) an Excluded Domestic Subsidiary) and each Non-Guarantor Subsidiary as of the Closing Date (excluding, for the purposes of clarity, MOF III GP LLC) that becomes a Wholly Owned Subsidiary after the Closing Date to become a Loan Party by executing the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and each applicable Security Document in favor of the Collateral Agent (except to the extent execution by such Subsidiary of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is prohibited by applicable law after the exercise of commercially reasonable efforts by the Borrower to have such Subsidiary become a Guarantor), (ii) each applicable Subsidiary, with respect to each subsequently established Separately Managed Account or Fund for which it serves as an investment advisor, (x) to cause such Separately Managed Account or Fund, as the case may be, to pay to the Borrower the entire amount of such Management Fees that are distributable to the Borrower or to which the Borrower is otherwise entitled (which payments shall be made directly into the Designated Account) pursuant to the Irrevocable Direction Letter executed and delivered by such Subsidiary or (y) to enter into other arrangements for the transfer of such Management Fees that are payable to such Subsidiary to be paid to the Borrower for deposit into the Designated Account pursuant to terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and in each case as to clauses (x) and (y) above, less reserves for costs and expenses for such entity, (iii) each such Subsidiary that does not become a Guarantor to become a party to the Undertaking Agreement (other than (x) a Foreign Subsidiary that is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code or (y) an Excluded Domestic Subsidiary. In addition, from time to time, the Borrower will, at its cost and expense, promptly secure the Obligations by pledging or creating, or causing to be pledged or created, perfected security interests with respect to such of its assets and properties as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders shall designate (it being understood that it is the intent of the parties that the Obligations shall be secured by substantially all the assets of the Borrower and its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries (including assets acquired subsequent to the Closing Date, but excluding assets of Foreign Subsidiaries and of Excluded Domestic Subsidiaries)). In addition, any pledge of Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary or of any Excluded Domestic Subsidiary shall be limited to (and shall not exceed) sixty-five percent (65%) of the outstanding voting Equity Interests and one hundred percent (100%) of outstanding non-voting Equity Interests of each Foreign Subsidiary directly owned by a Loan Party and each Excluded Domestic Subsidiary directly owned by a Loan Party. Such security interests and Liens will be created under the Security Documents and other security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust and other instruments and documents in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, and the Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Lenders all such instruments and documents (including legal opinions, title insurance policies and lien searches) as the Collateral Agent shall reasonably request to evidence compliance with this Section. The Borrower agrees to provide such evidence as the Collateral Agent shall reasonably request as to the perfection and priority status of each such security interest and Lien. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Borrower will give prompt notice to the Administrative Agent of the acquisition by the Borrower or any of the other Subsidiaries of any real property (or any interest in real property) having a value in excess of $250,000.

 

56
 

 

Section 5.13.          Management Fees . Each Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Borrower that is entitled to receive or otherwise receives Management Fees will (a) with respect to Management Fees which are not required to be further distributed to Persons that are not Affiliates of the Borrower (“ Non-Affiliated Third Parties ”) enter into and maintain an irrevocable direction letter substantially in the form of Exhibit H attached hereto (an “ Irrevocable Direction Letter ”), pursuant to which the Borrower and each such Subsidiary or Affiliate shall direct (or shall have directed) the Fund or Separately Managed Account for which it is acting as general partner, managing member, manager, management company or similar role, to pay to the Borrower, upon each date of payment thereof, 100% of all such Management Fees then owing to the Borrower or such Subsidiary or Affiliate and (b) with respect to distributions which are required to be further distributed to Non-Affiliated Third Parties, subject in all respects to the limitations on distributions to third parties in Section 6.09(b) , ensure that the portion of distributions distributable to the Borrower or its Affiliates are promptly paid to the Borrower. Each such payment shall be made directly to the Designated Account, which shall at all times be subject to a first priority perfected Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents and in each case as to clauses (a) and (b) above, less reasonable reserves for costs and expenses for such entity. The Borrower will cause the Subsidiaries or Affiliates that are entitled to receive any Management Fees to enforce their respective rights at law and in equity to receive such Management Fees from the applicable Fund, Separately Managed Account or other Person holding such Management Fees (except to the extent such Management Fees may be deferred, delayed, canceled or otherwise modified in accordance with Section 6.09 ).

 

Section 5.14.          Investment Adviser; Other Regulatory Matters . (a) Each Person described in Schedule 3.27(a) shall at all times (i) maintain its investment adviser registration with the SEC and in any State where the conduct of its business so requires, (ii) make all required amendments to form ADV required by the SEC in a timely manner, and (iii) take all other actions necessary, proper or advisable to ensure that it shall remain in good standing with the SEC and in any other State where it is registered as an investment adviser.

 

(b)          The Borrower and the Subsidiaries will conduct all offerings of the Funds and Fund-Related Entities, and will establish all Separately Managed Accounts, in accordance with applicable law in all material respects, and to the extent applicable, in a manner that is consistent with the provisions of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(c)          The Borrower and the Subsidiaries will comply with all applicable anti-money laundering laws, and the Funds and the Fund-Related Entities will maintain anti-money laundering policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to comply with applicable law. The Borrower shall cause each applicable Subsidiary to take all actions that are necessary or reasonably advisable and within its control to cause the applicable Separately Managed Account Funds to maintain anti-money laundering policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to comply with applicable law.

 

57
 

 

Section 5.15.          Sanction and Anti-Corruption Laws . The Borrower shall ensure that it and each of the Subsidiaries, each of the Funds and each of the Fund-Related Entities is in material compliance with (i) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended), and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, (ii) the USA PATRIOT Act, (iii) the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and (iv) all anti-money laundering rules and regulations applicable to it. The Borrower acknowledges that, pursuant to (i) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended), and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, (ii) the USA PATRIOT Act, (iii) the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or (iv) anti-money laundering rules and regulations, the Administrative Agent or any Lender may be required to obtain, verify and record information regarding each of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, their respective directors, authorized signing officers, direct or indirect shareholders or other persons in control of a Loan Party, and the transactions contemplated hereby, and disclose such information to Governmental Authorities. The Borrower consents to such information being obtained, verified, recorded and disclosed to Governmental Authorities and agrees to promptly provide to Administrative Agent or such Lender all such information, including supporting documentation and other evidence, as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, or any prospective assignee or participant of such Lender, in order to comply with (i) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended), and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, (ii) the USA PATRIOT Act, (iii) the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and (iv) anti-money laundering rules and regulations.

 

Article VI
Negative Covenants

 

The Borrower covenants and agrees with each Lender that, until the Commitments (if any) have been terminated or expired and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Administrative Agent Fees and all other fees, expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document have been paid in full, unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, the Borrower will not, nor will it cause or permit any of the Subsidiaries to:

 

Section 6.01.          Indebtedness . Incur, create, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:

 

(a)          Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.01 and any extensions, renewals or replacements of such Indebtedness to the extent the principal amount of such Indebtedness is not increased, neither the final maturity nor the weighted average life to maturity of such Indebtedness is decreased, such Indebtedness, if subordinated to the Obligations, remains so subordinated on terms no less favorable to the Lenders, and the original obligors in respect of such Indebtedness remain the only obligors thereon;

 

(b)          Indebtedness created hereunder and under the other Loan Documents;

 

58
 

 

(c)          intercompany Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries to the extent permitted by Section 6.04(c) so long as such Indebtedness of any Loan Party is subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to an Affiliate Subordination Agreement;

 

(d)          Indebtedness of the Loan Parties incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount there; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 90 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this Section 6.01(d) , when combined with the aggregate principal amount of all Capital Lease Obligations incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(e) , shall not exceed $1,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

(e)          Capital Lease Obligations of the Loan Parties in an aggregate principal amount, when combined with the aggregate principal amount of all indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(d) , shall not exceed $1,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

(f)          Indebtedness in respect of Hedging Agreements that are not speculative in nature and are incurred in a manner consistent with prudent business practices; provided that, subject to the approval of Required Lenders, the notional amount thereof that is collateralized or that could be senior in right of repayment to the Obligations under this Agreement shall not exceed $5,000,000;

 

(g)          Indebtedness in respect of netting services and overdraft protections and otherwise in connection with deposit accounts;

 

(h)          Indebtedness in respect of the Merger Sub Note and the Windsor Note;

 

(i)          Guarantees by Loan Parties of Indebtedness of other Loan Parties to the extent the incurrence of such Indebtedness is not otherwise prohibited hereunder and the Person providing such Guarantees would be permitted to incur such Indebtedness directly hereunder, and excluding Indebtedness incurred or assumed pursuant to Section 6.01(k) ;

 

(j)          Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Agreement; provided that the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of loans outstanding thereunder, (ii) the aggregate stated amount of undrawn letters of credit issued thereunder and unreimbursed drawings under letters of credit issued thereunder and (iii) the aggregate amount of unutilized commitments thereunder shall not exceed $15,000,000 at any time;

 

(k)          Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date hereof; provided that (i) such Indebtedness exists at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary and is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such Person becoming a Subsidiary, (ii) immediately before and after such Person becomes a Subsidiary, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (iii) after giving pro forma effect to such indebtedness and all other transactions consummated in connection with such Person becoming a Subsidiary, the Borrower would be in compliance on a pro forma basis with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.10 as of the most recently completed period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which the financial statements and certificates required by Section 5.04(a) or Section 5.04(b) , as the case may be, and Section 5.04(c) have been delivered; and any extensions, renewals or replacements of such Indebtedness to the extent the principal amount of such Indebtedness is not increased (other than on account of any accrued but unpaid interest, fees and premiums payable by the terms of such Indebtedness thereon), neither the final maturity nor the weighted average life to maturity of such Indebtedness is decreased, such Indebtedness, if subordinated to the Obligations, remains so subordinated on terms, when taken as a whole, no less favorable to the Lenders, and the original obligors in respect of such Indebtedness remain the only obligors thereon;

 

59
 

 

(l)          Indebtedness resulting from the endorsement of instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business;

 

(m)          other unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $5,000,000 at any time outstanding so long as no such Indebtedness is owing to a Permitted Holder or an Affiliate of a Permitted Holder; and

 

(n)          other secured Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $2,500,000 at any time outstanding, incurred to finance the acquisition of any subsidiary after the date hereof, provided that (i) the Liens in connection with such Indebtedness are permitted under Section 6.02(p) , and (ii) no such Indebtedness is owing to a Permitted Holder or an Affiliate of a Permitted Holder.

 

Section 6.02.          Liens . Create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or assets (including Equity Interests or other securities of any Subsidiary) now owned or hereafter acquired by it or on any income or revenues or rights in respect of any thereof, except:

 

(a)          Liens on property or assets (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Intellectual Property) of the Borrower and the other Subsidiaries existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.02 ; provided that such Liens shall secure only those obligations which they secure on the date hereof and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof permitted hereunder;

 

(b)          any Lien created under the Loan Documents;

 

(c)          any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Borrower or existing on any property or assets of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date hereof prior to the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary, as the case may be; provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary, (ii) such Lien does not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or to any Management Fees or rights to receive Management Fees, or any Intellectual Property of any Loan Party (other than the acquired Subsidiary), or any Equity Interests of any Loan Party (other than the acquired Subsidiary) and (iii) such Lien secures only those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary, as the case may be;

 

(d)          Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being contested in compliance with Section 5.03 ;

 

(e)          carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days, or which are being contested in compliance with Section 5.03 ;

 

(f)          pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workmen’s compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations;

 

(g)          deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for Indebtedness), leases (other than Capital Lease Obligations), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(h)          zoning restrictions, easements, rights of way, restrictions on use of real property and other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount and do not materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

60
 

 

(i)          purchase money security interests in real property, improvements thereto or equipment hereafter acquired (or, in the case of improvements, constructed) by any Loan Party; provided that (i) such security interests secure Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(d) , (ii) such security interests are incurred, and the Indebtedness secured thereby is created, prior to or within 90 days after such acquisition (or construction), (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the lesser of the cost or the fair market value of such real property, improvements or equipment at the time of such acquisition (or construction) and (iv) such security interests do not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary;

 

(j)          judgment Liens securing judgments not constituting an Event of Default under Article VII , or with respect to which payment in full above any applicable deductible is covered by insurance in respect of which the applicable insurance company has not denied coverage;

 

(k)          normal and customary rights of setoff upon deposits of cash in favor of banks or other depository institutions;

 

(l)          Liens granted by a Fund GP in such Fund GP’s rights to make and enforce capital calls to limited partners of a Fund (which Liens, for the avoidance of doubt, do not extend to any Collateral), in respect of credit facilities entered into by the Fund for which such Fund GP is the general partner; and the general partner;

 

(m)          Liens securing Capital Lease Obligations permitted under Section 6.01(e) , provided that any such Liens attach only to the property being financed pursuant to such Capital Lease;

 

(n)          subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, (i) Liens securing the obligations under the Revolving Credit Agreement, (ii) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(f) and (iii) Liens securing Bank Product Obligations (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) in an aggregate amount of such Bank Product Obligations not to exceed $1,000,000 at any time;

 

(o)          other Liens on assets (other than the Management Fees (or rights to receive Management Fees), Intellectual Property of any Loan Party, or any Equity Interests of any Loan Party) securing liabilities in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding; and

 

(p)          Liens on Equity Interests of any subsidiary acquired pursuant to Section 6.04(f) or (h) in connection with Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(n) .

 

Section 6.03.          Sale and Lease-Back Transactions . Enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any Person whereby it shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property which it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or transferred unless (a) the sale or transfer of such property is permitted by Section 6.05 and (b) any Capital Lease Obligations or Liens arising in connection therewith are permitted by Sections 6.01 and 6.02 , as the case may be.

 

Section 6.04.          Investments, Loans and Advances . Purchase, hold or acquire any Equity Interests, evidences of indebtedness or other securities of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to, or make or permit to exist any investment (including by way of Guarantee) in, any other Person, except:

 

(a)          investments by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 6.04(a) ;

 

61
 

 

(b)          (i) investments by a Loan Party in a Loan Party; and (ii) investments in Subsidiaries, Funds and Fund Related Entities that are not Loan Parties, so long as (A) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, (B) after giving pro forma effect to such investments, the Borrower shall be in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.10 as of the most recently completed period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to such transaction for which the financial statements and certificates required by Section 5.04(a) or 5.04(b) , as the case may be, and 5.04(c) have been delivered, and (C) the aggregate amount of all such investments (determined without regard to any adjustments for increases or decreases in value or write-up, write-downs or write-offs of such investments) does not exceed the sum of (x) $1,000,000 (less the amount theretofore utilized under the basket set forth in subclause (x) of clause (iv)(C) of the proviso to Section 6.04(f) ) plus (y) so long as the Net Leverage Ratio, as of the most recently completed period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which the financial statements and certificates required by Section 5.04(a) or 5.04(b) , as the case may be, and Section 5.04(c) have been delivered and after giving pro forma effect to such investment, would not exceed 3.08:1.00, the Available Amount;

 

(c)          cash and Permitted Investments;

 

(d)          loans or advances made by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Loan Party; provided that (i) any such loans and advances shall be evidenced by a promissory note pledged to the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and (ii) such loans and advances shall be unsecured and subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to an Affiliate Subordination Agreement;

 

(e)          investments made in connection with purchases of goods or services in the ordinary course of business;

 

(f)          the Borrower may acquire all or substantially all the assets of a Person or line of business of such Person, or not less than 100% of the Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares) of a Person (referred to herein as the “ Acquired Entity ”); provided that (i) such acquisition was not preceded by an unsolicited tender offer for such Equity Interests by, or proxy contest initiated by, the Borrower or any Subsidiary; (ii) the Acquired Entity shall be in a line of business that the Borrower and the other Loan Parties would be permitted to conduct pursuant to Section 6.08 ; (iii) all transactions in connection therewith shall be consummated in accordance with applicable law; and (iv) at the time of such transaction (A) both before and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (B) the Borrower would be in compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 6.10 as of the most recently completed period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to such transaction for which the financial statements and certificates required by Section 5.04(a) or 5.04(b) , as the case may be, and 5.04(c) have been delivered, after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and to any other event occurring after such period as to which pro forma recalculation is appropriate (including any other transaction described in this Section 6.04(f) occurring after such period) and any Indebtedness incurred or assumed in connection with such transaction, (including Indebtedness of the Acquired Entity) as if such transaction had occurred or Indebtedness had been incurred as of the first day of such period ( provided that, in the event such acquisition is financed, in whole or in part, with the proceeds of Incremental Term Loans, the Borrower shall be in compliance with the pro forma financial covenant requirements set forth in Section 2.22 ); (C) the total consideration paid in connection with any such acquisition (and all other such acquisitions pursuant to this Section 6.04(f) ) with respect to which (1) the relevant Acquired Entities (x) do not become Loan Parties by executing the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and each applicable Security Document or (y) 100% of the Equity Interests of which are not pledged pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and each applicable Security Document and subjected to a valid and perfected first priority (subject to Liens of the type permitted under Section 6.02(c) ) security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent and (2) the relevant assets acquired are not pledged by a Loan Party pursuant to the terms of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and each applicable Security Document and subjected to a valid and perfected first priority (subject to Liens of the type permitted under Section 6.02(c) ) security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent (and including in the calculation of such consideration any Indebtedness of the Acquired Entity assumed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary following such acquisition (or which remains outstanding) and any payments following such acquisition pursuant to earn-out provisions or similar obligations), when combined with the value of all investments made in reliance on clause (a)(iv) of this Section 6.04 , shall not exceed the sum of (x) $1,000,000 (less the amount theretofore utilized under the basket set forth in subclause (x) of clause (ii)(C) of Section 6.04(b) ) plus (y) so long as the Net Leverage Ratio, as of the most recently completed period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which the financial statements and certificates required by Section 5.04(a) or 5.04(b) , as the case may be, and Section 5.04(c) have been delivered and after giving pro forma effect to such transaction as provided in the preceding clause (B) , would not exceed 3.08:1.00, the Available Amount plus the Net Cash Proceeds of any Qualified Public Offering (less the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds applied to repay or retire indebtedness); and (D) the Borrower shall have delivered a certificate of a Financial Officer, certifying as to the foregoing and containing reasonably detailed calculations in support thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (any acquisition of an Acquired Entity or such assets meeting all the criteria of this Section 6.04(f) being referred to herein as a “ Permitted Acquisition ”);

 

62
 

 

(g)          investments by the Borrower in Hedging Agreements permitted under Section 6.01(f) ;

 

(h)          in addition to investments permitted by paragraphs (a) through (g) above, additional investments, loans and advances by the Borrower and the other Subsidiaries so long as the aggregate amount invested, loaned or advanced pursuant to this paragraph (h) (determined without regard to any adjustments for increases or decreases in value or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs of such investments, loans and advances) does not exceed the Available Amount plus 100% of the net proceeds of the Qualified Public Offering (less the amount of any such proceeds used pursuant to clause (f) above), so long as (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom and (ii) the Net Leverage Ratio, as of the most recently completed period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which the financial statements and certificates required by Section 5.04(a) or 5.04(b) , as the case may be, and Section 5.04(c) have been delivered and after giving pro forma effect to such investment, would not exceed 3.08:1.00.

 

Section 6.05.          Mergers, Consolidations, Sales of Assets and Acquisitions . (a) (i) Merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, or (ii) sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all the assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or less than all the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary, or (iii) purchase, lease or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the assets of any other Person, except that if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing (A) any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower may merge into the Borrower in a transaction in which the Borrower is the surviving Person or may transfer all or substantially all of its assets to the Borrower (and may subsequently liquidate or dissolve itself) and (B) the Borrower and Subsidiaries may make permitted Acquisitions pursuant to Section 6.04(f) or other investments pursuant to Section 6.04(b) or (h) .

 

(b)          Make any Asset Sale, otherwise permitted (or not restricted) under paragraph (a) above, except for:

 

(i)          the sale, transfer or other disposition of obsolete or worn out assets;

 

63
 

 

(ii)         the sale, transfer or other disposition of Permitted Investments for which the consideration therefor is at least equal to the Fair Market Value thereof; and

 

(iii)        other Asset Sales for consideration at least 75% of which is in cash and which consideration is at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets being sold, transferred or disposed of, provided that the Fair Market Value of all assets sold, transferred or disposed of pursuant to this clause shall not exceed $25,000,000 in the aggregate.

 

Section 6.06.          Restricted Payments; Restrictive Agreements . (a) Declare or make, or agree to declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so; provided , however , that:

 

(i)          the Borrower may pay the Subject Dividend; provided , however , (A) if the Subject Dividend is not paid on the Closing Date or within thirty (30) days thereafter, on the date on which the Subject Dividend is paid, prior to making such payment, the Administrative Agent shall have received a bringdown solvency opinion of Murray, Devine & Co., Inc., addressed to the Administrative Agent, which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders and (B) after giving pro forma effect to the making of the Subject Dividend, the Net Leverage Ratio, as of the most recently completed period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which the financial statements and certificates required by Section 5.04(a) or 5.04(b) , as the case may be, and Section 5.04(c) have been delivered (or, if the Subject Dividend is made prior to the first date after the Closing Date on which such financial statements and certificates are required to be delivered hereunder, as of the last day of the four-fiscal quarter period ending June 30, 2014), shall not exceed 3.08:1.00;

 

(ii)         (A) the Subject Entities may declare and make Restricted Payments to the Borrower, and (B) any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may declare and make Restricted Payments ratably to its equity holders, which shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the Management Agreements and the Loan Documents;

 

(iii)        for any taxable year in which the Borrower is a Flow-Through Entity, (1) the Borrower may make distributions of cash to the holders of its Equity Interests, on or after the twentieth (20 th ) Business Day before the final day of a Quarterly Tax Payment Period, in an amount determined as follows: (A) for the first Quarterly Tax Payment Period in such taxable year, 25% of the estimated Permitted Tax Distribution Amount, (B) for the second Quarterly Tax Payment Period in such taxable year, 50% of the estimated Permitted Tax Distribution Amount, less the prior tax distributions for such taxable year, (C) for the third Quarterly Tax Payment Period in such taxable year, 75% of the estimated Permitted Tax Distribution Amount, less the prior tax distributions for such taxable year and (D) for the fourth Quarterly Tax Payment Period in such taxable year, 100% of the estimated Permitted Tax Distribution Amount, less the prior tax distributions for such taxable year; (2) no later than the day prior to the due date for the payment by corporations of income taxes for such taxable year, the Borrower may make an additional tax distribution, in cash, to the extent that the Borrower’s revised estimate of the Permitted Tax Distribution Amount (the “ Amended Tax Amount ”) so calculated exceeds the cumulative tax distributions previously made by the Borrower in respect of such taxable year; and (3) within 30 days following the date on which the Borrower files a tax return on Form 1065, the Borrower may make an additional tax distribution, in cash, to the extent that the actual Permitted Tax Distribution Amount (the “ Final Tax Amount ”) exceeds the Amended Tax Amount; provided that, to the extent (I) the Amended Tax Amount is less than the cumulative tax distributions previously made by the Borrower in respect of a taxable year, the difference (the “ Credit Amount ”) and/or (II) the Final Tax Amount is less than the Amended Tax Amount, the difference (the “ Additional Credit Amount ”), such respective Credit Amount and Additional Credit Amount shall appropriately reduce (without duplication) the Permitted Tax Distribution Amount in subsequent taxable years; and (y) for any taxable year in which the Borrower is not a Flow-Through Entity but is a member of any consolidated, combined or unitary group for tax purposes, the Borrower may make distributions to the parent of such group to allow the parent to timely pay the taxes of such group to the extent attributable to the taxable income of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries as reasonably determined by the Borrower (each such distribution, a “ Permitted Tax Distribution ”);

 

64
 

 

(iv)         so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, after a Qualified Public Offering, the Borrower may make Restricted Payments in an annual amount not to exceed 5.0% of the Net Cash Proceeds of such Qualified Public Offering;

 

(v)         so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, Borrower may make mandatory redemptions of its Class B Units as and when required by the terms of its Organizational Documents (as in effect on the date hereof) (A) in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests of the Borrower that do not constitute Disqualified Stock or (B) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Available Amount during the term of this Agreement;

 

(vi)        so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, the Borrower may make Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount that does not exceed the Available Amount as in effect immediately prior to the time of making such Restricted Payment; provided that, in the case of any Restricted Payment under this clause (vi) , after giving pro forma effect to the making of such Restricted Payment, the Net Leverage Ratio, as of the most recently completed period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which the financial statements and certificates required by Section 5.04(a) or 5.04(b) , as the case may be, and Section 5.04(c) have been delivered would not exceed 3.08:1.00; and

 

(vii)       the Borrower may redeem Equity Interests with (A) other Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Stock or (B) the proceeds of the issuance of such other Equity Interests that are applied to such redemption substantially contemporaneously with such issuance of other Equity Interests.

 

(b)          Enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (i) the ability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets, (ii) the ability of any Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any of its Equity Interests or to make or repay loans or advances to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or (iii) the ability of any Fund to pay Management Fees or any Subsidiary to direct payment of the Management Fees to the Borrower; provided that (A) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by law or by any Loan Document, (B) clauses (i) and (ii) of the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed under the terms of the Revolving Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof, (C) clauses (i) and (ii) of the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed on a Fund GP solely in its capacity as general partner, managing member or equivalent acting for a Fund or as the general partner, managing member or equivalent of a Fund GP, in respect of Indebtedness of such Fund; provided no such restriction or condition shall affect the Collateral or the right to receive or pay Management Fees and, in the case of clause (i) , such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness ( provided that such property or assets shall not include the Management Fees or the right to receive Management Fees), and (D)  clause (i) of the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in Management Agreements, leases and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof.

 

65
 

 

Section 6.07.          Transactions with Affiliates . Except for transactions between or among Loan Parties, sell or transfer any property or assets to, or purchase or acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, unless otherwise approved by the Administrative Agent (in its sole discretion) and the Required Lenders; provided that (i) the Borrower or any other Subsidiary may engage in any of the foregoing transactions in the ordinary course of business at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties, (ii) the Borrower shall be permitted to make Restricted Payments permitted under Section 6.06 , (iii) the Borrower and the Subsidiaries shall be permitted to make payments of compensation, bonuses and employee benefits to Affiliates in connection with their employment with a Loan Party, provided that such compensation shall not exceed $5,000,000 in any year, and (iv) following the Qualified Public Offering, the Borrower may make payments to any Parent entity in connection with any administrative services agreements. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, none of the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall enter into any tax sharing agreement (other than any tax sharing agreement among any of the Borrower and any other Loan Parties). For the avoidance of doubt, (a) the TRA shall not be construed as a tax sharing agreement for purposes of this Section 6.07 and (b) in connection with and from and after a Qualified Public Offering, transactions between the Borrower and Public Co. consisting of issuance of Equity Interests of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock) and Public Co. designed to maintain the umbrella partnership C-corporation organizational structure that are effected at fair market value and on a basis that after giving effect thereto the Borrower has, on a net basis, not made a cash expenditure, shall be deemed to be in the ordinary course of business and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Borrower than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties.

 

Section 6.08.          Business of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries . (a) With respect to the Borrower, the Subsidiaries, and the other Loan Parties, engage at any time in any business or business activity other than the business currently conducted by it, related asset management businesses or activities, and business activities reasonably related or incidental thereto.

 

Section 6.09.          Other Indebtedness and Agreements . (a) Permit:

 

(i)          any waiver, supplement, modification or amendment of (A) the Merger Sub Note or the Windsor Note that would be adverse to the Lenders, in any material respect or (B) the Revolving Credit Agreement that would violate the Intercreditor Agreement; or

 

(ii)         except to the extent required by applicable law, any waiver, supplement, modification or amendment of (x) any Management Agreement, (y) any of its Organizational Documents, (z) any Organizational Documents of any Fund or Fund-Related Entity, in each case to the extent any such waiver, supplement, modification or amendment would defer, delay or subordinate in any material respect the payment of, Management Fees, or would establish any no fault termination provision with respect to the investment period or term of any Fund or any no fault removal provision with respect to the general partner, managing member or equivalent of any Fund, or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

66
 

 

(b)          (i) Establish or permit to exist any management agreement or other arrangement pursuant to which Management Fees (and any other fees and other fee-based revenue in connection with the management advisory or sub-advisory of any Fund or Separately Managed Account) are paid in respect of one or more Funds or Separately Managed Accounts to a Person other than the Borrower or another Loan Party, other than in respect of (A) Management Fees payable to a Subsidiary which are paid to the Borrower in accordance with Section 5.12 , (B) Management Fees payable to a Subsidiary acting as the management company for a Fund formed following the Closing Date, subject to compliance with the terms of Section 6.13 , or (C) (1) Management Fees (other than Performance/Incentive Fees) payable to Persons that own a percentage of the Equity Interests of the Subsidiary to which such Management Fees are payable in an amount not to exceed, for any period, the product of (x) the lesser of the aggregate percentage of such Equity Interests owned by such Person and 20% multiplied by (y) the aggregate amount of Management Fees such Subsidiary is entitled for such period and (2) Performance/Incentive Fees as performance-related allocations to Persons that manage the relevant Funds in an amount not to exceed, for any period, 50% of the aggregate amount of Performance/Incentive Fees to which the Borrower or its Subsidiaries are entitled for such period or (ii) provide or permit any Subsidiary to provide a notice of termination under or otherwise terminate any Management Agreement.

 

(c)          Make any distribution, whether in cash, property, securities or a combination thereof, other than regularly scheduled payments of principal and interest as and when due in respect of, or pay, or commit to pay, or directly or indirectly (including pursuant to any Synthetic Purchase Agreement) redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire for consideration, or set apart any sum for the aforesaid purposes, any Indebtedness under the Merger Sub Note and the Windsor Note.

 

Section 6.10.          Maximum Net Leverage Ratio . Permit the Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any fiscal quarter commencing with the fiscal quarter ending on or about December 31, 2014, to be greater than 3.50:1.00.

 

Section 6.11.          Fiscal Year . With respect to any Loan Party or any other Person in the Reporting Group, change their fiscal year-end to a date other than December 31.

 

Section 6.12.          Certain Equity Securities. Issue any Equity Interest that is not Qualified Capital Stock unless issued by the Borrower and otherwise permitted under Section 6.01 .

 

Section 6.13.          Additional Funds . Following the Closing Date, permit the formation of any Fund, unless such Fund or its Fund GP shall appoint the Borrower or another Loan Party as the management company of such Fund and enter into a Management Agreement under which all Management Fees are payable to the Borrower or such other Loan Party; provided that to the extent required under applicable law, or as otherwise requested by the limited partners of a Fund formed following the Closing Date, such Fund or its Fund GP may appoint a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to act as the management company of such Fund, so long as such Subsidiary, if not theretofore a party to the Undertaking Agreement, becomes a party to the Undertaking Agreement and (x) to the extent the applicable Management Fees are not required to be further distributed to Non-Affiliated Third Parties, all Management Fees are either payable to the Borrower or directed to be paid to or at the direction of the Borrower pursuant to an Irrevocable Direction Letter executed and delivered by such Subsidiary or (y) to the extent the applicable Management Fees are required to be further distributed to Non-Affiliated Third Parties, subject in all respects to the limitations on distributions to Non-Affiliated Third Parties in Section 6.09(b) , such Subsidiary ensures that the portion of the Management Fees distributable to the Borrower or its Affiliates are promptly paid to the Borrower.

 

Section 6.14.          Sanctioned Persons; Anti-Corruption Laws . Directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the Loans or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Person, for the purpose of financing the activities or business of or with any Person or in any country or territory that at such time is the subject of any Sanctions, or for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of any Anti-Corruption Law.

 

67
 

 

Section 6.15.          Management Fees . Permit any Fund, Fund-Related Entity or Separately Managed Account to enter into any agreement for the payment of Management Fees other than Management Agreements that satisfy the requirements of Exhibit L hereto.

 

Section 6.16.          Limitation on Accounting Changes . Make or permit any material change in accounting policies or reporting practices that results in a change in the method of calculation of financial covenants, standards or terms in this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders.

 

Section 6.17.          Compliance with Financial Covenant . Solely for purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenant in Section 6.10 , on or prior to the day that is ten Business Days after the day on which financial statements and certificates required by Section 5.04(a) or 5.04(b) , as the case may be, and Section 5.04(c) are required to be delivered with respect to a fiscal quarter, the Borrower may issue Qualified Capital Stock to the holders of its Equity Interests for cash, and such cash will, if so designated by the Borrower, be included in the calculation of Core EBITDA for the purposes of determining compliance with financial covenant set forth in Section 6.10 at the end of such fiscal quarter and the subsequent three fiscal quarters (any such equity contribution so included in the calculation of Core EBITDA, a “Specified Equity Contribution”); provided that (i) there shall be no more than four Specified Equity Contributions made during the term of this Agreement, (ii) in any four-fiscal-quarter period, there shall be at least two fiscal quarters in which no Specified Equity Contribution is made, (iii) the amount of any Specified Equity Contribution shall be no greater than the minimum amount required to cause the Borrower to be in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.10 , (iv) all Specified Equity Contributions shall be disregarded for all other purposes of this Agreement, (v) the Specified Equity Contribution shall not result in the pro forma reduction in Indebtedness for purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.10, and (vi) all such Specified Equity Contributions shall be applied to the prepayment of the Term Loans.

 

Article VII
Events of Default

Section 7.01.          Events of Default.

 

In case of the happening of any of the following events (“ Events of Default ”):

 

(a)          any representation or warranty made or deemed made in or in connection with any Loan Document or any Credit Event hereunder, or any representation, warranty, statement or information contained in any report, certificate, financial statement or other instrument furnished in connection with or pursuant to any Loan Document, in each case by any Obligor shall prove to have been false or misleading in any material respect when so made, deemed made or furnished;

 

(b)          default shall be made in the payment of any principal of any Loan when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or by acceleration thereof or otherwise;

 

(c)          default shall be made in the payment of any interest on any Loan or any fee (including Administrative Agent Fees) or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in (b) above) due under any Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of three Business Days;

 

(d)          default shall be made in the due observance or performance by the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.01(a) , 5.04(a) , (b) or (c) , 5.05(a)(i) , 5.08 or 5.14 or in Article VI ;

 

68
 

 

(e)          default shall be made in the due observance or performance by the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any Loan Document (other than those specified in clauses (b) , (c) or (d) above) and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after the earlier of (i) notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower (which notice shall also be given at the request of any Lender) or (ii) knowledge thereof of any Loan Party;

 

(f)          (i) the Borrower or any Subsidiary, individually or collectively, shall fail to pay any principal or interest, regardless of amount, due in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable, or (ii) any other event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of such Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause such Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; provided that this clause (ii) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, to the extent such property or assets are permitted to secure such Indebtedness hereunder;

 

(g)          an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking (i) relief in respect of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or of a substantial part of the property or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law, (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any other Loan Party or for a substantial part of the property or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or (iii) the winding-up or liquidation of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; and such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

 

(h)          the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking relief under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or the filing of any petition described in paragraph (g) above, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Subsidiary or for a substantial part of the property or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (vi) become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due or (vii) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

 

(i)          one or more judgments shall be rendered against the Borrower or any Subsidiary and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 45 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to levy upon assets or properties of the Borrower or any Subsidiary and such judgment either (i) is for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $5,000,000 or (ii) is for injunctive relief and would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(j)          an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, alone, or when taken together with all other such ERISA Events, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

69
 

 

(k)          any Guarantee under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, obligation of an Obligor under the Undertaking Agreement or any Cooperation Guaranty for any reason shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms), or any Guarantor, Obligor or Cooperating Guarantor shall deny in writing that it has any further liability or obligation under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, Undertaking Agreement or Cooperation Guaranty, as applicable (other than as a result of the discharge of such Guarantor, Obligor or Cooperating Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents);

 

(l)          any security interest purported to be created by any Security Document shall (except as otherwise expressly provided or permitted in this Agreement or such Security Document) cease to be, or shall be asserted by the Borrower or any other Loan Party not to be, a valid and perfected security interest, with the priority required by the Security Documents, in the securities, assets or properties covered thereby except to the extent that (i) any such loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Security Documents or to file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements or (ii) the assets in which such security interest are created constitute only a de minimis portion of the assets of the Borrower and the Loan Parties;

 

(m)          the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be enjoined, restrained or in any way prevented by the order of any court or any administrative agency or regulatory agency from conducting any material part of its business and such order shall continue in effect for more than thirty (30) days;

 

(n)          the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be indicted for a state or federal crime, or any civil or criminal action shall otherwise have been brought or threatened against such Person or Persons, which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(o)          any judgment or order shall be entered in any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding involving a determination that the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall have violated in any material respect any civil or criminal law or regulation applicable to it in the performance of its duties as an investment manager or an investment adviser, which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(p)          any involuntary suspension or termination of the registration of the Borrower or a Subsidiary as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or any event that would be deemed to be an “assignment” of any Management Agreement or investment advisory agreement with respect to the Borrower or any Subsidiary under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940; or

 

(q)          there shall have occurred a Change in Control,

 

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to a Loan Party described in paragraph (g) or (h) above), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate forthwith the Commitments (if any) and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be forthwith due and payable in whole or in part, whereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and any accrued and unpaid fees (including Administrative Agent Fees) and all other liabilities of the Borrower accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall become forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding; and in any event with respect to a Loan Party described in paragraph (g) or (h) above, the Commitments (if any) shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued fees and all other liabilities of the Borrower accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding.

 

70
 

 

Section 7.02.          Application of Proceeds.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document but subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, all payments received by the Collateral Agent or the Administrative Agent with respect to the Obligations (whether by prepayment, repayment or otherwise) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, including from any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral pursuant to any Security Document or otherwise shall be applied in the following order of priority:

 

FIRST, to the payment of all expenses payable to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 9.05 ;

 

SECOND, to the payment in full of all other Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent;

 

THIRD, to the payment in full of all Obligations consisting of interest (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the Loans (the amounts so applied to be distributed among the Secured Parties pro rata in accordance with the amounts of such Obligations owed to them on the date of any such distribution);

 

FOURTH, to the payment in full of all Obligations (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) consisting of unpaid principal amount of the Loans and any premium thereon or breakage or termination fees, costs or expenses related thereto (the amounts so applied to be distributed among the Secured Parties pro rata in accordance with the amounts of the Obligations owed to them on the date of any such distribution);

 

FIFTH, to the payment in full of all other Obligations (the amounts so applied to be distributed among the Secured Parties pro rata in accordance with the amounts of the Obligations owed to them on the date of any such distribution); and

 

SIXTH, to the Borrower, its successors and assigns, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.

 

The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall have absolute discretion as to the time of application of any such proceeds, moneys or balances in accordance with this Agreement and the Security Documents. Upon any sale of Collateral by the Collateral Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Collateral Agent or of the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Collateral Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof.

 

71
 

 

Article VIII
The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent; Etc.

 

Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (for purposes of Section 2.20 and this Article VIII , the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent are referred to collectively as the “ Agents ”) its agent and authorizes the Agents to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to such Agent by the terms of the Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agents are hereby expressly authorized to (i) execute any and all documents (including releases) with respect to the Collateral and the rights of the Secured Parties with respect thereto, as contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and (ii) subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, negotiate, enforce or settle any claim, action or proceeding affecting the Lenders in their capacity as such, at the direction of the Required Lenders, which negotiation, enforcement or settlement will be binding upon each Lender.

 

The institution serving as the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any Fund or Fund-Related Entity or, in each case, any Affiliate thereof as if it were not an Agent hereunder.

 

Neither Agent shall have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth in the Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) neither Agent shall be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) neither Agent shall have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby that such Agent is instructed in writing to exercise, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.08 or the Intercreditor Agreement), and (c) except as expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, neither Agent shall have any duty to disclose, nor shall it be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or any Fund that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. Neither Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.08 or the Intercreditor Agreement) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Neither Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to such Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and neither Agent shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered thereunder or in connection therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth in any Loan Document, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere in any Loan Document, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to such Agent.

 

72
 

 

Each Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. Each Agent may also rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. Each Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

 

Each Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by it. Each Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of each Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the Credit Facilities as well as activities as Agent.

 

Subject to provisions relating to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Agent as provided below, either Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the consent of the Borrower (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld and shall not be required for so long as any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to appoint a successor. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank. If no successor Agent has been appointed pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence by the 30 th day after the date such notice of resignation was given by such Agent, such Agent’s resignation shall become effective and the Required Lenders shall thereafter perform all the duties of such Agent hereunder and/or under any other Loan Document until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint (with the consent of the Borrower, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld and shall not be required for so long as any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) a successor Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent, as the case may be. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After an Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.05 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while acting as Agent.

 

Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agents or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agents or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any provision of any other Loan Document, the Lead Arranger is named as such for recognition purposes only, and in their respective capacities as such shall have no duties, responsibilities or liabilities with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document; it being understood and agreed that the Lead Arranger shall be entitled to all indemnification and reimbursement rights in favor of the Agents provided herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limitation of the foregoing the Lead Arranger shall not, by reason of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, have any fiduciary relationship in respect of any Lender, Obligor or any other Person.

 

73
 

 

Article IX
Miscellaneous

 

Section 9.01.          Notices; Electronic Communications . Notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by fax, as follows:

 

(a)          if to the Borrower, to it at Medley LLC, Attn: Rick Allorto, CFO, 375 Park Ave 33 rd Floor, New York, NY 10152, Tel. No. (646) 465-7898, Fax No. (212) 759-0091, Email: rick.allorto@medleycapital.com ;

 

(b)          if to the Administrative Agent, to Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, Attn: Agency Manager, Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10010, Tel. No. (919) 994-6369, Fax No. (212) 322-2291, Email: agency.loanops@credit-suisse.com;

 

(c)          if to the Collateral Agent, to Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, Attn: Loan Operations, Boutique Management, Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10010, Tel. No. (212) 538-3525, Email: list.ops-collateral@credit-suisse.com; and

 

(d)          if to a Lender, to it at its address (or fax number) set forth on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender shall have become a party hereto.

 

All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt if delivered by hand or overnight courier service or sent by fax or on the date five Business Days after dispatch by certified or registered mail if mailed, in each case delivered, sent or mailed (properly addressed) to such party as provided in this Section 9.01 or in accordance with the latest unrevoked direction from such party given in accordance with this Section 9.01 . As agreed to among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lenders from time to time, notices and other communications may also be delivered by e-mail to the e-mail address of a representative of the applicable Person provided from time to time by such Person.

 

The Borrower hereby agrees, unless directed otherwise by the Administrative Agent or unless the electronic mail address referred to below has not been provided by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower, that it will, or will cause its Subsidiaries to, provide to the Administrative Agent all information, documents and other materials that it is obligated to furnish to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Loan Documents or to the Lenders under Article V , including all notices, requests, financial statements, financial and other reports, certificates and other information materials, but excluding any such communication that (i) is or relates to a Borrowing Request or a notice pursuant to Section 2.10 , (ii) relates to the payment of any principal or other amount due under this Agreement prior to the scheduled date therefor, (iii) provides notice of any Default or Event of Default under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or (iv) is required to be delivered to satisfy any condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement and/or any Borrowing hereunder (all such non-excluded communications being referred to herein collectively as “ Communications ”), by transmitting the Communications in an electronic/soft medium that is properly identified in a format acceptable to the Administrative Agent to an electronic mail address as directed by the Administrative Agent. In addition, the Borrower agrees, and agrees to cause its Subsidiaries, to continue to provide the Communications to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, as the case may be, in the manner specified in the Loan Documents but only to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent.

 

74
 

 

The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent will make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, the “ Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Borrower Materials on Intralinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities) (each, a “ Public Lender ”). The Borrower hereby agrees that (w) all Borrower Materials that are to be made available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States federal and state securities laws ( provided , however , that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 9.16 ); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated as “Public Investor;” and (z) the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not marked as “Public Investor.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following Borrower Materials shall be deemed to be marked “PUBLIC”, unless the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent promptly that any such document contains material non-public information: (1) the Loan Documents, (2) notification of changes in the terms of the Credit Facilities and (3) all financial statements and reports delivered pursuant to Sections 5.04(a) , (b) and (c) .

 

Each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable law, including United States Federal and state securities laws, to make reference to Communications that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal or state securities laws.

 

THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE”. NEITHER THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT NOR ANY OF ITS RELATED PARTIES WARRANTS THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE COMMUNICATIONS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM AND EACH EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS LIABILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN THE COMMUNICATIONS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS IS MADE BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY OF ITS RELATED PARTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMMUNICATIONS OR THE PLATFORM. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY OF ITS RELATED PARTIES HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO ANY OBLIGOR, ANY LENDER OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, WHETHER OR NOT BASED ON STRICT LIABILITY AND INCLUDING DIRECT OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOSSES OR EXPENSES (WHETHER IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF ANY OBLIGOR’S OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S TRANSMISSION OF COMMUNICATIONS THROUGH THE INTERNET, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THE LIABILITY OF ANY SUCH PERSON IS FOUND IN A FINAL NON-APPEALABLE RULING BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO HAVE RESULTED PRIMARILY FROM SUCH PERSON’S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.

 

75
 

 

The Administrative Agent agrees that the receipt of the Communications by the Administrative Agent at its e-mail address set forth above shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to the Administrative Agent for purposes of the Loan Documents. Each Lender agrees that receipt of notice to it (as provided in the next sentence) specifying that the Communications have been posted to the Platform shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to such Lender for purposes of the Loan Documents. Each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent in writing (including by electronic communication) from time to time of such Lender’s e-mail address to which the foregoing notice may be sent by electronic transmission and that the foregoing notice may be sent to such e-mail address.

 

Nothing herein shall prejudice the right of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to give any notice or other communication pursuant to any Loan Document in any other manner specified in such Loan Document.

 

Section 9.02.          Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrower herein and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Lenders and shall survive the making by the Lenders of the Loans, regardless of any investigation made by the Lenders or on their behalf, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid and so long as the Commitments (if any) have not been terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.14 , 2.16 , 2.20 and 9.05 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Loans, the expiration of the Commitments (if any), the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender.

 

Section 9.03.          Binding Effect . This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto.

 

Section 9.04.          Successors and Assigns . (a) Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, or the Lenders that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

 

76
 

 

(b)          Each Lender may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of the Loans at the time owing to it), with notice to the Borrower (failure to provide or delay in providing such notice shall not invalidate such assignment) and the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided , however , that (i) the amount of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall be in an integral multiple of, and not less than, $1,000,000 (or, if less, the entire remaining amount of such Lender’s Loans of the relevant Class); provided that simultaneous assignments by two or more Related Funds shall be combined for purposes of determining whether the minimum assignment requirement is met, (ii) the parties to each assignment shall (A) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Administrative Agent or (B) if previously agreed with the Administrative Agent, manually execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, and, in each case, shall pay to the Administrative Agent a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (which fee may be waived or reduced in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent), and (iii) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire (in which the assignee shall designate one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower and its subsidiaries and their Related Parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws) and all applicable tax forms. Upon acceptance and recording pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section 9.04 , from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, (A) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement and (B) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14 , 2.16 , 2.20 and 9.05 , as well as to any fees accrued for its account and not yet paid, so long as such Lender continues to comply with the obligations set forth in such Sections and in Section 2.21 ).

 

(c)          By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the assigning Lender thereunder and the assignee thereunder shall be deemed to confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) such assigning Lender warrants that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned thereby free and clear of any adverse claim, (ii) except as set forth in (i) above, such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement, or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto, or the financial condition of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or the performance or observance by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any of its obligations under this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; (iii) such assignee represents and warrants that it is an Eligible Assignee legally authorized to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (iv) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements referred to in Section 3.05(a) or delivered pursuant to Section 5.04 and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (v) such assignee will independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, such assigning Lender or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement; (vi) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement as are delegated to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, respectively, by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (vii) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

 

(d)          The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in The City of New York a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the principal amount and stated interest of the Loans owing to each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Collateral Agent and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

 

77
 

 

(e)          Upon its receipt of, and consent to, a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, an Administrative Questionnaire completed in respect of the assignee (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) above, if applicable, and the written consent of the Administrative Agent and, if required, the Borrower, to such assignment and any applicable tax forms, the Administrative Agent shall (i) accept such Assignment and Acceptance and (ii) promptly record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph (e) .

 

(f)          Each Lender may without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent sell participations to one or more banks or other Persons (other than a natural Person or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of, a natural Person) in all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of the Loans owing to it); provided , however , that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) the participating banks or other Persons shall be entitled to the benefit and subject to the obligations of the cost protection provisions contained in Sections 2.14 , 2.16 and 2.20 to the same extent as if they were Lenders (but, with respect to any particular participant, to no greater extent than the Lender that sold the participation to such participant, and, in each case, subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 2.20(e) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.20(e) shall be delivered to the participating Lender)) and (iv) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, and such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce the obligations of the Borrower relating to the Loans and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement (other than amendments, modifications or waivers decreasing any fees payable to such participating bank or Person hereunder or the amount of principal of or the rate at which interest is payable on the Loans in which such participating bank or Person has an interest, extending any scheduled principal payment date or date fixed for the payment of interest on the Loans in which such participating bank or Person has an interest, or releasing all or substantially all of the value of the Guarantees or all or substantially all of the Collateral (other than in connection with a transaction permitted by Section 6.05 or as provided in the Intercreditor Agreement)). In the event that any Lender sells a participation pursuant to this Section 9.04(f) , such Lender shall maintain with respect to such participation, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, a register comparable to the Register (the “ Participant Register ”). Interests in the rights and/or obligations of a Lender under this Agreement may be participated in whole or in part only by registration of such participation on such Participant Register. If requested by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, such Lender shall make the Participant Register available to the Administrative Agent or the Borrower upon either (i) the exercise by a participant of remedies hereunder or (ii) a request for the Register by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

(g)          Any Lender or participant may, in connection with any assignment or participation or proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this Section 9.04 , disclose to the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant any information relating to the Borrower and the Subsidiaries or the Funds and Fund-Related Entities furnished to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower; provided that, prior to any such disclosure of information, each such assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant shall execute an agreement whereby such assignee or participant shall agree (subject to customary exceptions) to preserve the confidentiality of such confidential information on terms no less restrictive than those applicable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 9.16 .

 

78
 

 

(h)          Any Lender may at any time assign all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure extensions of credit to such Lender or in support of obligations owed by such Lender; provided that no such assignment shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

(i)          The Borrower shall not assign or delegate any of its rights or duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender, and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be null and void.

 

(j)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this agreement, any Lender may exchange, continue or roll over all or a portion of its Loans in connection with any refinancing, extension, loan modification or other similar transaction permitted by the terms of the Agreement, pursuant to a cashless settlement mechanism approved by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such Lender.

 

Section 9.05.          Expenses; Indemnity . (a) The Borrower agrees to pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lead Arranger) incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Lead Arranger, in connection with the syndication of the Credit Facilities and the preparation, negotiation and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in connection with any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions hereby or thereby contemplated shall be consummated) and (ii) except as set forth in Section 5.07(a) , all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lead Arranger or the Lenders (including but not limited to the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lead Arranger or the Lenders, expenses of due diligence investigation, consultants’ and other professionals’ fees, syndication expenses, and travel expenses ( provided that reimbursement for fees, charges and disbursements of additional counsel of the Lenders will be limited to one additional counsel (and one additional counsel per specialty area and one local counsel per applicable jurisdiction), plus additional counsel in the event of an actual or potential conflict of interest among such parties)) in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in connection with the Loans made hereunder.

 

(b)          The Borrower agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lead Arranger, each Lender and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and to hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including reasonable and documented counsel fees, charges and disbursements, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in any way connected with, or as a result of (i) the preparation, execution or delivery of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated thereby (including any amendments, modifications and waivers thereto), the performance by the parties thereto of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated thereby (including the syndication of the Credit Facilities), (ii) the use of the proceeds of the Loans, (iii) any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether or not any Indemnitee is a party thereto (and regardless of whether such matter is initiated by a third party or by the Borrower, any Subsidiary, any Fund or any of their respective Affiliates), or (iv) any actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on any property currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or the Subsidiaries; provided that the foregoing indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, apply to (x) losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses to the extent determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, and (y) any claim disputed solely among the Indemnitees other than losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses arising out of any act or omission on the part of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and other than losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses involving an Indemnitee in its capacity or in fulfilling its role as an agent, arranger or any similar role with respect to the Credit Facilities or any of the Transactions.

 

79
 

 

(c)          To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Lead Arranger under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Lead Arranger, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Lead Arranger. For purposes hereof, a Lender’s “ pro rata share” shall be determined based upon its share of the sum of the outstanding Loans.

 

(d)          To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof.

 

(e)          The provisions of this Section 9.05 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Loans, the expiration of the Commitments (if any), the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lead Arranger or any Lender. All amounts due under this Section 9.05 shall be payable on written demand therefor.

 

(f)          To the extent required by any applicable law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other Governmental Authority asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance which rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective or for any other reason, such Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent fully within ten (10) days after demand therefor for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as tax or otherwise, including any penalties or interest and together with all expenses (including legal expenses, allocated internal costs and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred. In addition, each Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent within ten (10) days after demand therefor for the full amount of any (i) Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 9.04(f) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register, and (ii) Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent, including any penalties or interest and together with all expenses (including legal expenses, allocated internal costs and out-of-pocket expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph. The agreements in this paragraph shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Revolving Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.

 

80
 

 

Section 9.06.          Right of Setoff . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, except to the extent prohibited by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement and other Loan Documents held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or such other Loan Document and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section 9.06 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.

 

Section 9.07.          Applicable Law . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS) SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Section 9.08.          Waivers; Amendment . (a) No failure or delay of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender in exercising any power or right hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lead Arranger and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by the Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) below, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice or demand on the Borrower in any case shall entitle the Borrower to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

 

81
 

 

(b)          Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders; provided , however , that no such agreement shall (i) decrease the principal amount of, or extend the maturity of or any scheduled principal payment date or date for the payment of any interest on or any fees (including any prepayment fee or premium (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the fees set forth in Section 2.12(a) ) payable with respect to any Loan, or waive or excuse any such payment or any part thereof, or decrease the rate of interest on or any fees (including any prepayment fee or premium (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the fees set forth in Section 2.12(a) ) payable with respect to any Loan, without the prior written consent of each Lender directly adversely affected thereby, (ii) increase or extend the Commitment (if any) or decrease or extend the date for payment of any fees (including any prepayment fee or premium (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the fees set forth in Section 2.12(a) ) of any Lender without the prior written consent of such Lender, (iii) amend or modify the pro rata requirements of Section 2.17 , the provisions of Section 9.04(i) or the provisions of this Section or release all or substantially all of the value of the Guarantees, any Cooperation Guaranty or all or substantially all of the Collateral without the prior written consent of each Lender (other than in connection with a transaction permitted by Section 6.05 or as provided in the Intercreditor Agreement), (iv) change the provisions of any Loan Document in a manner that by its terms adversely affects the rights in respect of payments due to Lenders holding Loans of one Class differently from the rights of Lenders holding Loans of any other Class without the prior written consent of Lenders holding a majority in interest of the outstanding Loans and Commitments (if any) of each adversely affected Class, (v) reduce the percentage contained in the definition of the term “Required Lenders” without the prior written consent of each Lender (it being understood that with the consent of the Required Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant to this Agreement may be included in the determination of the Required Lenders on substantially the same basis as the Term Loan Commitments on the date hereof), (vi) impose any additional restriction on any Lender’s ability to assign any of its rights or obligations without the prior written consent of such Lender or (vii) subordinate (x) payment of any of the Obligations to any other Indebtedness (except as provided in the Intercreditor Agreement with respect to the Revolver Obligations (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement)), or (y) the Lien created under the Loan Documents in respect of the Obligations to any Lien in respect of any other Indebtedness, in the case of each of subclauses (vii)(x) and (vii)(y) , without the prior written consent of each Lender; provided , further , that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent.

 

(c)          Notwithstanding anything in clause (b) or otherwise herein to the contrary, (i) any amendment or modification that would extend the final maturity date of the Loans of any Lender, in each case, with such Lender’s prior written consent, and increase the rate of interest and fees payable on the Loans of such Lender shall not require the prior written consent of each Lender, so long as such extension is offered to all Lenders holding such Loans on a pro rata basis based on the aggregate principal amount of such Loans then outstanding pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent and (ii) the payment in full of any Loans on the applicable final maturity date of such Loans and the payment of interest and fees made on account of the Commitments and/or Loans of any Lender as required under this Agreement after giving effect to an amendment or other modification described in the preceding clause (i) , shall not be deemed to violate Section 2.17 or be an event that would require the purchase of participations pursuant to Section 2.18 ; provided that, except as expressly set forth in the preceding clause (i) , no such amendment or modification shall alter the pro rata requirements of Section 2.17 .

 

(d)          The Administrative Agent and the Borrower may amend any Loan Document (i) to correct administrative errors or omissions, or to effect administrative changes that are not adverse to any Lender and (ii) to effect any Conforming Amendment (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) in respect of a Subject Revolving Loan Amendment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, such amendment shall become effective without any further consent of any other party to such Loan Document.

 

Section 9.09.          Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively the “ Charges ”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “ Maximum Rate ”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan or participation but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section 9.09 shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or participations or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

 

82
 

 

Section 9.10.          Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Engagement Letter and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract between the parties relative to the subject matter hereof. Any other previous agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof is superseded by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Nothing in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto and thereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereunder and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lead Arranger and the Lenders) any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

 

Section 9.11.          WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS Section 9.11 .

 

Section 9.12.          Severability . In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

Section 9.13.          Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract, and shall become effective as provided in Section 9.03 . Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission or other electronic image transmission (e.g., “PDF” or “TIF” via electronic mail) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

Section 9.14.          Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

 

83
 

 

Section 9.15.          Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process . (a) The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States of America sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding shall be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lead Arranger or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents against the Borrower or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

 

(b)          The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents in any New York State or Federal court. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

 

(c)          Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01 . Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

84
 

 

Section 9.16.          Confidentiality . Each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lead Arranger and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and its and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel, other advisors and administration, settlement and other similar service providers in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including to the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers with respect to the Loans) and to other Persons authorized by the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Lead Arranger and Lenders to organize, present or disseminate such Information in connection with disclosures otherwise made in accordance with this Section 9.16 (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority or quasi-regulatory authority (such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or any suit, action or proceeding relating to the enforcement of its rights hereunder or thereunder, (e) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as, or no less restrictive than, those of this Section 9.16 , (i) to any actual or prospective assignee of or participant in any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or (ii) to any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective obligations, (f) to any rating agency when required by it; provided that, prior to any disclosure, such rating agency shall undertake in writing to preserve the confidentiality of the Information relating to the Loan Parties received by it from any Agent or any Lender, (g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information is or becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 9.16 . For the purposes of this Section, “ Information ” shall mean all non-public information received from the Borrower and related to the Borrower or its business (including the Funds), other than any such information that was or becomes available to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis or was or is independently developed by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or such Lender without reliance upon the Information; provided that, in the case of Information received from the Borrower after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section 9.16 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord its own confidential information. In addition, the Administrative Agent may disclose the existence of this Agreement and information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry and service providers to the Agents and Lenders in connection with the administration of this Agreement, the other Loans Documents and the Commitments.

 

Section 9.17.          Lender Action . Each Lender agrees that it shall not take or institute any actions or proceedings, judicial or otherwise, for any right or remedy against any Obligor or any other obligor under any of the Loan Documents (including the exercise of any right of setoff, rights on account of any banker’s lien or similar claim or other rights of self-help), or institute any actions or proceedings, or otherwise commence any remedial procedures, with respect to any Collateral or any other property of any such Obligor, unless expressly provided for herein or in any other Loan Document, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. The provisions of this Section 9.17 are for the sole benefit of the Lenders and shall not afford any right to, or constitute a defense available to, any Obligor.

 

Section 9.18.          USA PATRIOT Act Notice . Each Lender and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower that, pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower and each Guarantor, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and Guarantors and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify the Borrower in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act.

 

Section 9.19.          Intercreditor Agreement . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Agents and each Lender hereby acknowledge that the Liens and security interests securing the Obligations, the exercise of any right or remedy with respect thereto, and certain rights of the parties hereto are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, on the one hand, and this Agreement and the Security Documents, on the other hand, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.

 

[ The remainder of this page is intentionally blank. ]

 

85
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

  MEDLEY LLC,
as Borrower
     
  By: /s/ Richard Allorto
    Name: Richard Allorto
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

S- 1
 

 

  CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, individually and as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent,
     
  by  
     
      /s/ John D. Toronto
    Name: John D. Toronto
    Title:   Authorized Signatory
     
  By  
     
      /s/ Whitney Gaston
    Name:  Whitney Gaston
    Title:    Authorized Signatory

 

S- 2

Exhibit 21.1

 

 

 

List of Subsidiaries

 

At the time of this offering, the following entities will become subsidiaries of Medley Management Inc.:

 

Name of Subsidiary Jurisdiction of Organization
MCC Advisors LLC Delaware
Medley Capital LLC Delaware
Medley GP Holdings LLC Delaware
Medley GP LLC Delaware
Medley LLC Delaware
Medley Opportunity Fund II LP Delaware
Medley Opportunity Fund LP Delaware
Medley SMA Advisors LLC Delaware
MOF II GP LLC Delaware
MOF II Management LLC Delaware
MOF III GP LLC Delaware
MOF III Management LLC Delaware
SIC Advisors LLC Delaware

Exhibit 23.1

 

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

 

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Medley Management Inc. of our report dated June 20, 2014, relating to our audit of the balance sheet of Medley Management Inc., appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

 

We also consent to the reference to our firm under the captions "Experts" in such Prospectus.

 

 

/s/ McGladrey LLP

 

New York, New York

August 18, 2014

Exhibit 23.2

 

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

 

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Medley Management Inc. of our report dated June 20, 2014, relating to our audits of the combined and consolidated financial statements of Medley LLC and Medley GP Holdings LLC, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

 

We also consent to the reference to our firm under the captions "Experts" in such Prospectus.

 

 

 

/s/ McGladrey LLP

 

New York, New York

August 18, 2014

Exhibit 23.4

 

 

The undersigned hereby consents to being named in the registration statement on Form S-1 and in all subsequent amendments and post-effective amendments or supplements thereto and in any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Registration Statement”) of Medley Management Inc. (the “Company”) as an individual to become a director of the Company and to the inclusion of his biographical and other information in the Registration Statement. The undersigned also hereby consents to being named in any registration statement on Form S-8 filed by the Company that incorporates by reference the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.

 

In witness whereof, this consent is signed and dated as of the date set forth below.

 

Date: August 14, 2014              /s/ Jeffrey T. Leeds     

              Name: Jeffrey T. Leeds

 

Exhibit 23.5

 

 

The undersigned hereby consents to being named in the registration statement on Form S-1 and in all subsequent amendments and post-effective amendments or supplements thereto and in any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Registration Statement”) of Medley Management Inc. (the “Company”) as an individual to become a director of the Company and to the inclusion of his biographical and other information in the Registration Statement. The undersigned also hereby consents to being named in any registration statement on Form S-8 filed by the Company that incorporates by reference the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.

 

In witness whereof, this consent is signed and dated as of the date set forth below.

 

Date: August 14, 2014              /s/ Guy Rounsaville, Jr.     

              Name: Guy Rounsaville, Jr.

 

Exhibit 23.6

 

 

The undersigned hereby consents to being named in the registration statement on Form S-1 and in all subsequent amendments and post-effective amendments or supplements thereto and in any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Registration Statement”) of Medley Management Inc. (the “Company”) as an individual to become a director of the Company and to the inclusion of his biographical and other information in the Registration Statement. The undersigned also hereby consents to being named in any registration statement on Form S-8 filed by the Company that incorporates by reference the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.

 

In witness whereof, this consent is signed and dated as of the date set forth below.

 

Date: August 14, 2014              /s/ Philip K. Ryan    

              Name: Phlip K. Ryan